science - 07 october 2011

144
7 October 2011 | $10

Upload: erik-tylosky

Post on 21-Feb-2015

571 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Science - 07 October 2011

7 October 2011 | $10

Page 2: Science - 07 October 2011

Our RabMAbs (Rabbit Monoclonal Antibodies) provide the

combined benefits of superior antigen recognition of the

rabbit immune system with the specificity and consistency

of a monoclonal antibody, enabling the development of

high quality phospho-specific antibodies. We have now

generated more than 350 phospho-specific and activation-

specific antibodies using our patented technology.

Find out more @www.epitomics.com/advantage

Why RabMAbsmake better Phospho Antibodies:

US & Canada | 1-877-772-2622Outside NA | 650-583-6688

www.epitomics.com

Be t t e r An t i bod i e s · B e t t e r S c i en ce Over 6800 Antibodies Total

2700 RABBIT MONOCLONALS

BETTER PHOSPHO ANTIBODIES

MONO

=RabMAbs®

A.

B.

Immunohistochemical staining of breast

adenocarcinoma tissue using

anti-Phospho-EGFR (pY1068) RabMAb

(Cat. #1727-1). Tissue was (A)

phosphatase treated and (B) untreated.

Western blot analysis on 3T3 cell

lysates using anti-Phospho-Akt1

(pS473) RabMAb (Cat. #2118-1,

1:10,000 dilution). Cells were either (1)

untreated or (2) treated with PDGF.

1 2

SPECIAL OFFER $99ANTIBODY SPECIAL www.epitomics.com/products/promo

Find out more @

Bet

ter Ant ibo

d

ies

B

et t e r S c i

enc

e

Antibody Satisfaction Guarantee

Page 3: Science - 07 October 2011

I help higher educationprofessionals with their

RETIREMENTSAVINGS

every day.

I’m

READYTO HELP

you, too.

Keep in mind that investing involves risk. The value of your investment will fluctuate over time and you may gain or lose money.Although consultations are one on one, guidance provided by Fidelity is educational in nature, is not individualized, and is not intended to serve asthe primary or sole basis for your investment or tax-planning decisions.

Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Member NYSE, SIPC, 900 Salem Street, Smithfield, RI 02917. © 2011 FMR LLC. All rights reserved. 586605.1.0

Meet us today.

866.715.6111

Fidelity.com/meetfidelity

I’m dedicated to helping higher education professionals feel confident

about retirement. It’s what I love to do — and I’m here for you, too.

� ���� �� ��� �� �� � ��� ������� ���� �� �� ����� ��� ��� �

� ���� �� ��� �� �� ��� ����� ������ ��� ����� ������� ��� ��� �����

� ���� �� ��� �� ������� ��� ��� ���� �� �� ���� �� �����

As a leading retirement plan provider for colleges and universities

across the country, we’re with you at every step. Start with a free,

no-obligation consultation with a Fidelity Investment Professional

— even if you aren’t working with us today.

Diane Bolden

Fidelity Investment Education Consultant

Page 4: Science - 07 October 2011

GE HealthcareLife Sciences

08/2011

GE, imagination at work, and GE monogram are trademarks of General Electric Company.

Cytiva is a trademark of GE Healthcare Companies.

© 2011 General Electric Company—All rights reserved. First published Aug. 2011.

GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences AB, Björkgatan 30, SE-751 84 Uppsala, Sweden.

Cytiva Cardiomyocytes from GE Healthcare Life Sciences are derived from human

embryonic stem (hES) cells and provide a biologically-relevant alternative to current

cell models and primary cells, for predictive toxicity testing.

• Highly characterized

• Functionally verified

• Representative myocyte population

• Karyotype verified

• Scalable

• Cryopreserved for ease of use

www.gelifesciences.com/stemcells

Relevant. Reliable. Confident.A new era in safety screening with human cell models.

Cytiva™ Cardiomyocytes

imagination at work

Page 5: Science - 07 October 2011

CONTENTS Volume 334 Issue 6052

page 41

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 5

COVER

Scanning electron microscope image of a strand of hair (about 80 micrometers wide) from the Aboriginal Australian whose genome was sequenced. The genomic sequence provides evidence for multiple dispersals into Asia of modern humans. See page 94.

Courtesy of Timothy P. Topper, Natural History Museum of Denmark

DEPARTMENTS

11 This Week in Science17 Editors’ Choice21 Science Staff113 New Products114 Science Careers

page 32

EDITORIAL

15 Genomics Is Not EnoughAravinda Chakravarti

NEWS OF THE WEEK

22 A roundup of the week’s top stories

NEWS & ANALYSIS

26 Human Cells Cloned—AlmostWhere Do Human Eggs Come From?

28 Sifting Medical Records to Determine Which Therapies Work Best

29 Gene Therapists Celebrate a Decade of Progress

30 Curious Cosmic Speed-Up Nabs Nobel Prize

31 Immunology Prize Overshadowed by Untimely Death of Awardee

NEWS FOCUS

32 An Epoch DebateA Global Perspective on the AnthropoceneA Sign of Our Times>> Science Podcast

LETTERS

38 Strategic Success for Hydropower in LaosG. Guerrier et al.

Justifi able Changes to Indicators SurveyC. Toumey and T. Guterbock

NextGenVOICES: Future of a Generation

Exxon-Mobil Funding OverstatedJ. L. Bast et al.

39 CORRECTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS

BOOKS ET AL.

41 Out of This WorldM. Ashley

POLICY FORUM

42 Paleolithic Art in Peril: Policy and Science Collide at Altamira CaveC. Saiz-Jimenez et al.

PERSPECTIVES

45 The Guts of Dietary HabitsU. Gophna>> Report p. 105

46 Resilience to BloomsJ. D. Brookes and C. C. Carey

47 Neuroimmune CommunicationE. F. Trakhtenberg and J. L. Goldberg>> Reports pp. 98 and 101

49 The Genomic Basis of Local Climatic AdaptationO. Savolainen>> Reports pp. 83 and 86

50 Toward Control of Large-Scale Quantum ComputingD. P. DiVincenzo>> Report p. 57

51 Diamond Window into the Lower MantleB. Harte>> Research Article p. 54

CONTENTS continued >>

Page 6: Science - 07 October 2011

To find your local sales office, visitwww.bio-rad.com/contact/In the U.S., call toll free at 1-800-4BIORAD (1-800-424-6723)

Visit us at www.bio-rad.com

That’s eennnzzyyyymmmmaagggicc.

Introducing SsoAdvanced™ SYBR® Green supermix —

designed to deliver superior gene expression results faster, without

compromising on sensitivity or reliability. With increased resistance to

a broad range of PCR inhibitors, this supermix provides high sensitivity

of detection, even from your most challenging samples.

■ Better performance— a robust formulation provides quality

data consistently with either standard or fast cycling

■ More tolerance— predeveloped qPCR assays work in a range of

reaction conditions, primer concentrations, and temperature ranges

■ Reliable efficiency— instant polymerase activation and rapid

polymerization kinetics decrease run times and time to results,

without compromise

Speed isn’t everything, but combine it with this kind of reliability,

sensitivity, and performance, and that’s really something. Learn more

at www.bio-rad.com/ad/Ssoadvanced or contact your

Bio-Rad representative.

RReesseaarcchh. TTooggeeethheeer.

SYBR is a trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc. Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. is licensed by Molecular Probes, Inc.

to sell reagents containing SYBR Green I for use in real-time PCR, for research purposes only.

Robust, sensitive, andfast real-time resultsunder any conditions.

AMPLIFICATION // SsoADVANCED SUPERMIX

Page 7: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 7

CONTENTS

pages 49, 83, & 86

pages 47, 98, & 101

page 79

RESEARCH ARTICLE

54 Deep Mantle Cycling of Oceanic Crust: Evidence from Diamonds and Their Mineral InclusionsM. J. Walter et al.Tiny minerals trapped inside Brazilian diamonds show that Earth’s carbon cycle extends down to the lower mantle.>> Perspective p. 51

REPORTS

57 Universal Digital Quantum Simulation with Trapped IonsB. P. Lanyon et al. A series of trapped calcium ions was used to simulate the complex dynamics of an interacting spin system.>> Perspective p. 50

61 Implementing the Quantum von Neumann Architecture with Superconducting CircuitsM. Mariantoni et al. A quantum version of a central processing unit was created with superconducting circuits and elements.

66 Three-Dimensional Anderson Localization of Ultracold MatterS. S. Kondov et al.A localized and a propagating component appear when an ultracold atomic gas expands in a disordered optical potential.

69 Detection of Pulsed Gamma Rays Above 100 GeV from the Crab PulsarThe VERITAS Collaboration This detection constrains the mechanism and emission region of gamma-ray radiation in the pulsar’s magnetosphere.>> Science Podcast

72 Dispersible Exfoliated Zeolite Nanosheets and Their Application as a Selective MembraneK. Varoon et al.Thin zeolite fi lms prepared through a polymer exfoliation method were used as selective membranes.

75 A Major Constituent of Brown Algae for Use in High-Capacity Li-Ion BatteriesI. Kovalenko et al.Alginate extracts help stabilize silicon nanoparticles used in a high-capacity lithium-silicon battery.

79 A Self-Quenched Defect Glass in a Colloid-Nematic Liquid Crystal CompositeT. A. Wood et al.A high concentration of colloidal particles stabilizes a defect network in a liquid crystal and creates a gel-like material.

83 Adaptation to Climate Across the Arabidopsis thaliana GenomeA. M. Hancock et al.Alleles that are under selection in Arabidopsis serve as genetic markers that can be used to predict local adaptation.

86 A Map of Local Adaptation in Arabidopsis thalianaA. Fournier-Level et al.Field experiments identify loci associated with fi tness and local adaptation in Arabidopsis.>> Perspective p. 49

89 The Shaping of Modern Human Immune Systems by Multiregional Admixture with Archaic HumansL. Abi-Rached et al.Viral defense and embryo implantation mechanisms have been shaped by contributions from Neandertal and Denisovan genes.

94 An Aboriginal Australian Genome Reveals Separate Human Dispersals into AsiaM. Rasmussen et al. Whole-genome data indicate that early modern humans expanded into Australia 62,000 to 75,000 years ago.

98 Acetylcholine-Synthesizing T Cells Relay Neural Signals in a Vagus Nerve CircuitM. Rosas-Ballina et al.A neural circuit that involves a specialized population of memory T cells regulates the immune response.

101 Functional Innervation of Hepatic iNKT Cells Is Immunosuppressive Following StrokeC. H. Y. Wong et al.Neurotransmitters relay immunosuppressive signals to natural killer T cells after stroke.>> Perspective p. 47

105 Linking Long-Term Dietary Patterns with Gut Microbial EnterotypesG. D. Wu et al. The basic composition of the human gut microbiome is infl uenced by long-term diet: high fat and protein versus high fi ber. >> Perspective p. 45

CONTENTS continued >>

Page 8: Science - 07 October 2011

©2011 Life Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. The trademarksmentioned herein are the property of Life Technologies Corporation

or their respective owners. For research use only. Not intended for any animal or human therapeutic or diagnostic use. CO19167 0511

headline essenceheadline brow

You can depend on NuPAGE® gels to deliver straight, sharp bandsLife Technologies offers you a reason to smile with Novex® NuPAGE® precast gels for protein

separation. Accurate and easy separation is at your fingertips. Enjoy the convenience of

consistent, superior performance.

here's a good reason

to smile

Go to www.invitrogen.com/nupagesciGet the free mobile app for your phone at http://gettag.mobi

Page 9: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 9

CONTENTS

SCIENCEXPRESSwww.sciencexpress.org

An Activating Mutation of AKT2 and Human HypoglycemiaK. Hussain et al.A key kinase in the insulin signaling pathway is constitutively activated in humans with a severe form of hypoglycemia.10.1126/science.1210878

Stochastic Pulse Regulation in Bacterial Stress Response J. C. W. Locke et al.Energy stress activates an alternative sigma factor in stochastic pulses and modulates pulse frequency to control activity.10.1126/science.1208144

The Infl uence of Late Quaternary Climate-Change Velocity on Species Endemism B. Sandel et al.Regions with low glacial-interglacial climate-change velocity were essential refuges for many small-ranged species.10.1126/science.1210173>> Science Podcast

Hot Carrier–Assisted Intrinsic Photoresponse in GrapheneN. M. Gabor et al.Photoexcited electrons in graphene remain thermally excited because they cannot transfer this energy to lattice vibrations.10.1126/science.1211384

Lithospheric Thinning Beneath Rifted Regions of Southern CaliforniaV. Lekic et al.Seismic imaging reveals the degree to which extensional forces can pull apart the lithosphere.10.1126/science.1208898

Editorial Expression of Concern on Puneet et al. ReportB. Alberts10.1126/science.1214735

SCIENCENOWwww.sciencenow.org Highlights From Our Daily News Coverage

Ig Nobels Honor Bladder Control, Beer Bottle Mating Annual awards recognize the humorous side of science.http://scim.ag/_IgNobels

Got War? Blame the Weather Study argues that climate shifts are behind most of humankind’s maladies.http://scim.ag/war-weather

Beam Me Up, Ratty ‘Teleportation’ study shows that spatial memories are stored in 125-millisecond packages.http://scim.ag/rat-beams

SCIENCEONLINE

SCIENCE (ISSN 0036-8075) is published weekly on Friday, except the last week in December, by the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1200 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20005. Periodicals Mail postage (publication No. 484460) paid at Washington, DC, and additional mailing offi ces. Copyright © 2011 by the American Association for the Advancement of Science. The title SCIENCE is a registered trademark of the AAAS. Domestic individual membership and subscription (51 issues): $149 ($74 allocated to subscription). Domestic institutional subscription (51 issues): $990; Foreign postage extra: Mexico, Caribbean (surface mail) $55; other countries (air assist delivery) $85. First class, airmail, student, and emeritus rates on request. Canadian rates with GST available upon request, GST #1254 88122. Publications Mail Agreement Number 1069624. Printed in the U.S.A.

Change of address: Allow 4 weeks, giving old and new addresses and 8-digit account number. Postmaster: Send change of address to AAAS, P.O. Box 96178, Washington, DC 20090–6178. Single-copy sales: $10.00 current issue, $15.00 back issue prepaid includes surface postage; bulk rates on request. Authorization to photocopy material for internal or personal use under circumstances not falling within the fair use provisions of the Copyright Act is granted by AAAS to libraries and other users registered with the Copyright Clearance Center (CCC) Transactional Reporting Service, provided that $25.00 per article is paid directly to CCC, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923. The identifi cation code for Science is 0036-8075. Science is indexed in the Reader’s Guide to Periodical Literature and in several specialized indexes.

SCIENCESIGNALING www.sciencesignaling.org The Signal Transduction Knowledge Environment4 October issue: http://scim.ag/ss100411

RESEARCH ARTICLE: Genome-Wide Analysis of a Wnt1-Regulated Transcriptional Network Implicates Neurodegenerative PathwaysE. M. Wexler et al. A systems biology approach identifi es connections between Wnt1 signaling and neurodegenerative diseases.

RESEARCH ARTICLE: Itk Controls the Spatiotemporal Organization of T Cell ActivationK. L. Singleton et al.Loss of the kinase Itk in activated T cells disrupts actin accumulation at the immunological synapse, compromising T cell activation.

PERSPECTIVE: A WNTer Revisit: New Faces of β-Catenin and TCFs in PluripotencyK. Watanabe and X. DaiWnt-stabilized β-catenin may enable embryonic stem cells to resist differentiation by balancing transcriptional repression and activation.

PODCAST: Science Signaling Podcast: 4 October 2011A. Levchenko and A. M. VanHook By working together, cells can overcome the loss of information as it fl ows through a signaling network.

ST NETWATCH: E-RNAiGet online help designing and evaluating RNAi reagents.

ST NETWATCH: Proteomics Identifi cations Database (PRIDE)Access published proteomics data sets and contribute your own mass spectrometry data to an online public repository.

SCIENCETRANSLATIONAL MEDICINEwww.sciencetranslationalmedicine.org Integrating Medicine and Science5 October issue: http://scim.ag/stm100511

COMMENTARY: The Changing Burden of Infectious Disease in EuropeR. Fears et al.Opportunities and challenges are described for improving disease surveillance and healthcare innovation to tackle the growing threats of infection.

PERSPECTIVE: Striking a Balance Between Feasible and Realistic Biological ModelsA. CalifanoA simple yet elegant quantitative modeling of oncogene addiction advances our predictive understanding of this physiological phenomenon.

RESEARCH ARTICLE: Increased Gene Dosage of Ube3a Results in Autism Traits and Decreased Glutamate Synaptic Transmission in MiceS. E. P. Smith et al.Tripling the dosage of an autism- and Angelman syndrome–related gene in mice results in reduced glutamatergic synaptic transmission and autism behavioral traits.

RESEARCH ARTICLE: Neutrophil-Derived Cathelicidin Protects from Neointimal HyperplasiaO. Soehnlein et al.Cathelicidin-coated stents limit neointima formation.

RESEARCH ARTICLE: Survival and Death Signals Can Predict Tumor Response to Therapy After Oncogene InactivationP. T. Tran et al. Modeling survival and death signaling in tumors by combining quantitative imaging and in situ biomarker analysis can be used to predict responses to therapy after oncogene inactivation.

SCIENCECAREERSwww.sciencecareers.org/career_magazine Free Career Resources for Scientists

Scientists as Competitive-Intelligence AnalystsS. LouëtScientifi c training gives applicants most of the skills companies need to keep track of the competition.http://scim.ag/Competitive_Intelligence

Taken for Granted: A Way to Improve Lab-Safety Culture?B. L. Benderly A former lab manager argues that modern information systems hold the key to safer academic labs.http://scim.ag/rbuDBl

Content Collection: Science Writing and EditingJ. AustinA collection of the best Science Careers articles on this popular career path for scientists.http://scim.ag/CC_Writing

SCIENCEPODCASTwww.sciencemag.org/multimedia/podcastFree Weekly Show

On the 7 October Science Podcast: climate change and species distributions, pulsar gamma ray emissions, the case for ‘the Anthropocene,’ and more.

SCIENCEINSIDERnews.sciencemag.org/scienceinsiderScience Policy News and Analysis

Page 10: Science - 07 October 2011

Built forefficiency.Competent Cells fromNew England Biolabs.

Ensure successful transformations with NEB cloning strains

and take advantage of:

• High transformation efficiencies

• Value pricing and no dry ice charges

• Convenient product formats, including single-use tubes

NEB Competent E. coli – building a strong foundation

for your cloning experiments.

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

NEB 5-alpha MAX Efficiency®

DH5α™-T1R

0.5

0

Tra

nsf

orm

atio

nE

ffic

iency

(x10

9)

(cfu

/μg

pU

C19)

Benefit from high transformation

efficiencies with NEB 5-alpha.

The transformation efficiencies of NEB 5-alpha and

MAX Efficiency DH5α-T1R were compared using

manufacturers’ recommended protocols. Values shown

are the average of triplicate experiments.

MAX Efficiency® is a registered trademark of Invitrogen.DH5α

™ is a trademark of Invitrogen.

SPECIAL OFFERPurchase NEB 5-alpha with NEB’sQuick Ligation Kit and receivethe item of lesser value for FREE

For more information, visit

www.neb5alpha.com

Page 11: Science - 07 October 2011

11

EDITED BY STELLA HURTLEY

CR

ED

ITS

(TO

P TO

BO

TTO

M):

PHO

TOG

RA

PH B

Y E

RIK

LU

CE

RO

/UN

IVE

RSI

TY O

F C

ALI

FOR

NIA

, SA

NTA

BA

RB

AR

A; V

AR

OO

N E

T A

L.

Continued on page 13

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

Rolling in the DeepThe global carbon cycle involves a constant exchange between oceans, biota, and the atmosphere. A large portion of the carbon cycle, however, extends deep into Earth’s solid interior, and exchange occurs over much longer time scales. Walter et al. (p. 54, published online 15 September; see the Perspective by Harte) show evidence, through the analysis of a unique set of Brazilian diamonds, that the deep carbon cycle extends further into Earth than previously anticipated. The isotopic signature of diamonds suggests that they formed from carbon that originated from subducted oceanic crust, but tiny mineral inclusions trapped within the diamonds reveal that they must have passed through the lower mantle before being sent back up to Earth’s surface.

3D Ultracold Anderson LocalizationRandom scatterers in a disordered medium may scatter a propagating wave in such a way that destructive interference occurs, effectively stop-ping the propagation; this phenomenon, known as Anderson localization (AL), has been observed for light, acoustic, and matter waves. In one and two dimensions (1D and 2D), AL may occur no matter how weak the disorder, whereas in 3D, an energy scale called the mobility edge separates the states that are localized from those that con-tinue to propagate. Ultracold atomic gases offer the opportunity to vary the amount of disorder systematically and to observe the effects of that variation on AL. AL has been observed in 1D cold atom systems; now, Kondov et al. (p. 66) ob-

serve AL in a 3D system and extract the behavior of the mobility edge and localization length as a function of disorder.

Looking into the CrabThe Crab pulsar is a spinning neutron star located in the Crab Nebula, the remnant of a supernova explosion recorded on Earth in 1054 CE. It is one of the most widely studied objects in astronomy; yet the origin of its pulsed emission is not completely understood, particularly at the highest energies. The VERITAS Collaboration (p. 69) reports the detection of pulsed emission above 100 gigaelectron volts from the Crab pulsar. This result challenges current pulsar models, which do not predict pulsed emission at these energies.

Reworking ZeolitesWhile zeolites have been used as membranes and catalysts, there are still substantial challenges in processing zeolitic materi-als into extended sheets. Varoon et al. (p. 72) show that a polymer can be used to exfoli-ate zeolite particles into fl akes and control their deposition onto a substrate. Packing of the exfoli-ated sheets allows the production of membranes with enhanced fi ltration properties, compared with a mixture of isotropically oriented nanoparticles.

Algae to the RescueA number of new battery chemistries may al-low for greater charge storage beyond what is

currently possible with lithium-metal systems. However, during charge-discharge cycles, volume changes can degrade the anode. Previ-ous attempts to create a Li-Si battery have used a high fraction of binder material to stabilize Si. Kovalenko et al. (p. 75, published online 8 September) show that alginate, a natural polysaccharide extracted from brown algae, works as an excellent binder and can stabilize nanometer-sized Si powders.

Liquid Crystal GelsIn liquid crystals, the weak interactions between the anisotropic molecules can give rise to long-range ordering and infl uence the optical and rheological properties. The orientation of the mol-ecules can be further biased by the addition of a second material to the liquid crystal. Wood et al. (p. 79) now describe gels or soft solids that form in concentrated colloid-liquid crystal composites.

The mechanical properties of the gels arise from the formation of particle-stabilized defects, which form a percolated network

throughout the liquid crystal.

Local Adaptation RevealedAs climate changes, it is important to understand how species have adapted to their current envi-ronment at the genetic level (see the Perspective by Savolainen). Fournier-Level et al. (p. 86) examined local adaptation of single-nucleotide polymorphisms in Arabidopsis thaliana, by map-ping fi tness as a phenotype for the plant A. thaliana in a number of different populations, and provide insights into the process of local ad-aptation. Hancock et al. (p. 83) take a comple-

A digital quantum simulator is a device that can be programmed and repro-grammed to simulate any other quantum system effi ciently (see the Perspec-tive by DiVincenzo). Lanyon et al. (p. 57, published online 1 September) show that the ability to control and manipulate the interactions between a series of trapped ions has the potential to create a powerful quantum simulator. A series of six trapped and laser-cooled calcium ions were used to simulate complex dynamics associated with interacting spin systems. Quantum computers offer the possibility of solving problems that cannot be tackled by classical computers. Mariantoni et al. (p. 61, published online 1 September) integrated a series of superconducting circuits and elements to construct a rudimentary machine where quantum information travels back and forth between storage elements and processing elements.

<< Quantum Simulation and Computers

Page 12: Science - 07 October 2011

Perform an Apples-to-Apples

Comparison to any

384-Well PCR System

LightCycler® 480 Real-Time PCR System

Does Life Technologies’ launch of the new ViiA 7 Real-Time PCR System

have you seeking a replacement for your 384-well system? Before rushing into

any purchase, check out the time-tested, peer-published LightCycler® 480

Real-Time PCR System from Roche Applied Science — the 384-well solution

of choice for hundreds of researchers during the past five years.

� Generate consistent, reliable data—without Rox dye. Why rely on Rox dye

to normalize data between wells? Achieve reproducible results well-to-well

and between runs through the LightCycler® 480 System’s greater temperature

homogeneity (Figure 1).

� Readily integrate the LightCycler® 480 System into your lab’s robotics.

Why limit your automation choices to only the one robot supplied by your

qPCR instrument manufacturer?

� Rely on >900 publications and your colleagues’ experience with our

service. Ask any LightCycler® 480 System owner about the ongoing

customer support you can expect.

Compare the LightCycler® 480 System to any 384-well system — old or new.

Call 800 262 4911 or visit www.roche-applied-science.com/usa/compare

to learn more.

For life science research only.Not for use in diagnostic procedures.

LIGHTCYCLER is a trademark of Roche.

Other brands or product names are trademarks of their respective holders.

© 2011 Roche Diagnostics. All rights reserved.

Figure 1: Influence of the Therma-Base layer on

temperature homogeneity across a 384-well

plate. (a): LightCycler® 480 Real-Time PCR System

including Therma-Base; (b): 384-well plate on

Applied Biosystems 7900HT without Therma-Base.

Data generated at Roche Applied Science.

Tm

Tm

1

0.5

0

-0.5

-115913

1721 P

KF

A

1

0.5

0

-0.5

-11

5913

1721 P

KF

A

Columns Rows

Columns Rowsa

b

Roche Diagnostics Corporation

Roche Applied Science

Indianapolis, Indiana

Page 13: Science - 07 October 2011

This Week in ScienceC

RE

DIT

: WO

NG

ET

AL.

mentary approach by using genome scans to identify local adaptation and predict fi tness in the fi eld. The work suggests that populations of A. thaliana are best adapted to their locations on a continental scale via adaptation of specifi c genetic loci.

Genomic AntiquitiesIt is likely that many human populations are the descendants of modern and archaic hominids. Abi-Rached et al. (p. 89, published online 25 August) examined the HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-C genes (which play central roles in immune defense and placental reproduction) of archaic Denisovan and Neandertal individuals and modern humans. Population genetic evidence suggests that interbreeding between archaic and modern hominids introduced an allele of HLA-B that subsequently reached appre-ciable frequency in some modern human populations. Thus, admixture probably introduced advanta-geous genetic alleles that may have been involved in shaping the immune system of modern humans.

Locks Open Up Human MigrationThere has been much speculation on how early modern humans dispersed after leaving Africa and how they moved across Asia. To address this question, Rasmussen et al. (p. 94, published online 22 September; see the cover) sequenced the genome of an Aboriginal Australian from a 100-year-old lock of hair. The sequence would suggest that eastern Asians were the fi rst to populate Australia and that modern Australian Aborigines are descended from that early dispersal. Furthermore, the ge-nomes of three Han Chinese were sequenced and compared with the previously sequenced genomes of Europeans and Africans, to infer the history and dispersal patterns associated with the more recent origins of modern east Asians and Europeans. Aboriginal Australians probably arose from the same ancestral population as Eurasians, at a time before the Asian and European populations diverged.

Nerves and T Cells ConnectLinks between the nervous system and the immune system are becoming better understood (see the Perspective by Trakhtenberg and Goldberg). The vagus nerve, which originates in the brainstem and innervates major organs, including the spleen and the gut, regulates physiological responses to stress, injury, and infection. Electrical stimulation of the vagus nerve reduces the production of infl ammatory cytokines and infl ammation-associated pathology, primarily by acting on cytokine-producing macrophages in the spleen. Working in mice, Rosas-Ballina et al. (p. 98, published online 15 September) found that a subpopulation of helper T cells produced acetylcholine in the spleen and were necessary and suffi cient for vagus-nerve–mediated inhibition of proinfl ammatory cytokine production. In order to prevent immune-related pathology that is induced by tissue damage, the poststroke brain produces signals that result in immunosuppression. In a mouse model of stroke, Wong et al. (p. 101, published online 15 September) found that stroke induced changes in natural killer T cell movement in the liver and altered the range of cytokines they secrete toward a more immunoregulatory profi le. These changes were dependent on noradrenergic signaling.

You Are What You EatDifferent members of the human gut microbiota have distinct and characteristic infl uences on health and disease. Wu et al. (p. 105, published online 1 September; see the Perspective by Gophna) attempted to characterize the dietary and environmental variables that affect the microbiota in a pair of studies on humans. In one study, stool samples were taken for microbial sequencing from 99 volunteers whose long-term dietary preferences were known and defi ned. In another study, 10 people were segregated and put on controlled diets, and their stools were sampled at 1 and 10 days after recruitment. In the long-term study, three distinct microbiomes were apparent, which had characteristic signature organisms: A Bacteroides-dominated community was associated with people who ate animal protein and saturated fats, Ruminococcus tended to be linked with alcohol intake and polyunsaturated fat consumption, and—fi nally—Prevotella was found in people who enjoyed a carbohydrate-based diet. Although dietary perturbation in the short-term study caused a transient change in the respective enterotype, there were no marked shifts from one enterotype to another.

With the affordable, easy-to-use

Octet System, protein-protein

interactions can be measured

right on the benchtop in my own

lab at anytime, obviating the

need for a large instrumentation

grant and core lab, or arranging

and scheduling access.

Fast. Accurate. EASY.

Out of the core lab, onto your benchtop

Measure concentration, kinetic and

affinity constants and generate SPR-

quality data right on your benchtop

Label-free kinetic characterization

in a fewminutes!

Complete experiments in minutes rather

than days using a Dip and Read™ assay—

setup requires only pipetting reagents

into a 96- or 384-well microplate

Direct quantitation assays for

antibodies and other proteins

Replace HPLC and ELISA with Octet to

measure antibody and other protein

concentrations in crude samples

accurately without secondary reagents

Visit www.fortebio.com or call888.OCTET-75 today to learnmore about the Octet platform

Why Does Academia

Prefer Octet® For

Label-Free Protein

Characterization?

Dr. Jay Groppe, Assoc. Professor

Department of Biomedical Sciences

Texas A&MHealth Science Center

Continued from page 11

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

Page 15: Science - 07 October 2011

Genomics Is Not Enough NEXT WEEK, THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF HUMAN GENETICS CONVENES IN MONTREAL, WHERE genomic science, its technologies, genetic disease, and personalized medicine will be dis-cussed. Translating current knowledge into medical practice is an important goal for the public who support medical research, and for the scientists and clinicians who articulate the critical research needs of our time. However, despite innumerable successful gene discov-eries through genomics, a major impediment is our lack of knowledge of how these genes affect the fundamental biological mechanisms that are dysregulated in disease. If genomic medicine is to prosper, we need to turn our attention to this gaping hole.

Advances in biomedical research have raised high expectations for translating research into medical applications, including individualizing treatment and prevention. The concept of indi-vidualized medicine is not new to genetics. The identifi cation of numerous inborn errors of metabolism and the discovery of their associated enzyme defi ciencies paved the way for their specifi c genetic diagnosis and treatment. How-ever, understanding their biological mechanisms was key. For example, severe mental retardation can arise from the effects of systemic phenyl-alanine accumulation on the brain, a condition called phenylketonuria. It was determining the underlying cause as a recessive genetic defect in the liver enzyme phenylalanine hydroxylase that led to individual-ized treatment and public health screening of newborns for the disorder.

Today, genomics technologies can routinely scan the human genome for genetic alterations in any disorder: More than 2000 single-gene Mendelian diseases have been elucidated in this way. Finding the genetic changes that cause the remaining 2000 Mende-lian diseases appears within reach. But despite many efforts, attaining a similar understanding of common, chronic, complex diseases has been disappointing. Here, to bring major medical benefi t, biomedical research must move beyond simple gene discovery by mapping, sequencing, or genome-wide association studies to focus on understanding human disease mechanisms. We need to answer not only which DNA variants in which genes lead to disease, but how they do so.

The lessons from genome biology are quite clear. Genes and their products almost never act alone, but in networks with other genes and proteins and in context of the environment. The corollary to this is that compromising the activity of one gene need not cripple an entire network. This is consistent with the observations that most traits involve multiple genes, common complex disorders arise from an accumulation of genetic defects in many genes, and Mendelian diseases are rare. Moreover, variation in the regulatory machinery of genes is much more frequent than that in the structure of gene products. Genome biology now needs to move to cell biology and physiology (systems biology) to understand how genetic pertur-bations lead to downstream dysregulation of proteins, their networks, and cells in disease.

Our evolving knowledge of genetic variation complicates this understanding. Each indi-vidual is genomically unique, with the DNA variation in our genomes serving as markers of our ancestries. Are each individual’s biology and disease also unique? Or does the exten-sive sequence diversity in any disease coalesce into a smaller set of common functional defi ciencies? By focusing on a mechanistic understanding of disease, genomic science has much to offer and can provide concrete suggestions about when medical treatment needs to be individualized and when made universal. These answers will themselves evolve as the science evolves. Consider the simple example of blood typing for everyday transfusions. This is individualized treatment that ignores widespread differences in type frequency between different populations because the focus of treatment is the individual, not the group. Recent research offers the future possibility of enzymatic treatment of any blood type to make it the universal type O, thus making a once successful individualized treatment univer-sal. As this example shows, for genomic medicine there is no time with a more acute need for science than now.

10.1126/science.1214458

– Aravinda Chakravarti

15

EDITORIALC

RE

DIT

S: (L

EFT

) JO

HN

S H

OPK

INS

UN

IVE

RSI

TY S

CH

OO

L O

F M

ED

ICIN

E; (

RIG

HT)

TE

K IM

AG

E/S

CIE

NC

E P

HO

TO L

IBR

ARY

Aravinda Chakravarti is a professor at the McKusick-Nathans Institute of Genetic Medicine at the Johns Hopkins University of Medicine, Baltimore, MD. E-mail: aravinda@ jhmi.edu.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

Page 16: Science - 07 October 2011

Risk-free7-day trial.*

Eco™ Real-Time PCR System.

Full-featured versatility. Superior performance for

one-half the price of other systems. The Eco offers:

• High Resolution Melt (HRM) included

• Open chemistry, including FAST

• Uniformity -/+ 0.1° C

• 4-color multiplex

• High precision: <0.08 Cq standard deviation

• Single copy detection

• Broad dynamic range

• Small footprint

To evaluate the Eco in your lab,

fill out a brief online form.

www.ecoqpcr.com/trial

* Risk-free trial only available in the United States.

Visit www.ecoqpcr.com/contact to find a distributor near you.

Page 17: Science - 07 October 2011

17

EDITORS’CHOICEEDITED BY KRISTEN MUELLER AND PHILLIP SZUROMI

CR

ED

IT: A

GG

AR

WA

L E

T A

L., D

EV.

CE

LL 2

1, 4

45 (2

011)

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

Continued on page 19

involved in the sorting of lipids and membrane proteins to the apical plasma membrane and were key to the expansion of the apical domains required for intestinal lumen formation. — SMH

Nat. Cell Biol. 13, 10.1038/ncb2328 (2011).

B I O C H E M I S T R Y

Synchronized Stepping

Inside the cell, ensembles of different myosin proteins attached to a single cargo molecule allow for bidirectional transport along actin tracks. To gain insight into the coordination that must be required to deliver the cargo to its destination, Ali et al. labeled myosin V (myoV) and myosin VI (myoVI), which move in opposite directions, with different colored quantum dots. They coupled the motors through a third quantum dot cargo and used total internal fl uorescence microscopy to determine the stepping dynamics of each individual motor. Though the motors have similar stall forces, myoV dominated ~80% of the time, prob-ably because it has a higher unbinding force than myoVI. Regardless of which motor won, its movement was signifi cantly slowed by the losing motor which, interestingly, took continu-ous backward steps coincident with the forward steps of the winning motor. In the presence of micromolar concentrations of ADP, myoVI domi-nated by acting as an anchor that prevented myoV from stepping forward. The dominant motor could also be shifted by varying the myoV:myoVI:cargo conjugation ratio, consistent with regulation by varying the ratio of motor types bound to cargo. Such approaches that provide a mechanochemical understanding of motor coupling will be valuable in efforts to model the regulatory mechanisms that govern intracellular transport. — VV

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 108, E535 (2011).

A P P L I E D P H Y S I C S

Directing Single Photons

Photons are ideal carriers of bits of informa-tion—they are fast, robust, and can travel long distances. For secure applications such as quantum key distribution for cryptography, the information is conveyed by single photons. Compared with classical keys, an attack on the communication channel by an eavesdropper that uses a quantum key is readily detected. Quantum dots are useful sources of single photons and can be integrated into on-chip waveguides that direct where the single

C E L L B I O L O G Y

Going Tubular

Lipids provide the building blocks for cell membranes but can also play a role in intracel-lular membrane traffi cking and signaling. In nematodes, the gut develops from a tubular epi-thelium that has very distinct apical membranes that will be exposed to materials originating outside the organism, as compared with the ba-

solateral membranes that communicate with the interior of the organism. Zhang et al. wanted to understand the role of lipids during the process of organ formation in C. elegans. By systemati-cally targeting lipid biosynthetic pathways and examining changes in intestinal tubulogenesis, the authors confi rmed an essential role for gly-cosphingolipids in maintaining epithelial polarity and thereby the integrity of the central lumen of the developing gut. Glycosphingolipids were

The myelin membrane that wraps around axons is essential for the speedy transmission of elec-trical signals in the nervous system. Myelin is produced by oligodendrocytes and differs from most cellular membranes because of its unusually high lipid content and exclusion of large proteins: a composition that is optimized for the transmission of nerve impulses. Using an in vitro culture system, Aggarwal et al. studied how oligodendrocytes are able to create these specialized membranes. The membrane sheets are so thin that most cellular organelles cannot encroach, keeping them restricted to the fatter parts of the cell body. With vesicle transport excluded as a mechanism, the authors found that the composition of the membranes is regu-lated within the membrane domain, by myelin basic protein (MBP), which acts as a regulator of diffusion. In the absence of MBP, the exclusion of proteins with an overlarge cytoplasmic domain from the membrane was disrupted. Thus MBP, which appears to be spread throughout the myelin sheet, is critical for restricting access so that only a few, primarily small proteins are integrated into the myelin sheet. — PJH

Dev. Cell 21, 445 (2011).

Page 18: Science - 07 October 2011

i get data faster with 20xmore assay choices

i am TaqMan®

*Certain terms and conditions apply. To obtain a copy of the full terms and conditions of the guarantee, visit www.appliedbiosystems.com/taqmanguarantee.

For Research Use Only. Not intended for any animal or human therapeutic or diagnostic use. © 2011 Life Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. The trademarks mentioned herein are the

property of Life Technologies Corporation or their respective owners. TaqMan® is a registered trademark of Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., used under permission and license. CO23566 0711

The TaqMan® family of products offers 20xmore pre-designed and pre-optimized assays.

Withmultiple sizes and formats developed to help you detect your desired target virtually

100% of the time, you can get the right answers right away. And as always, all TaqMan®

assays carry our TaqMan® Assays “QPCR” Guarantee.*

For a selection of gene expression, SNP genotyping,microRNA, pathogen research, copy

number variation, and protein analysis solutions, go towww.appliedbiosystems.com/taqman

Speed through samples with the largest collection of pre-optimized assays

Page 19: Science - 07 October 2011

EDITORS’CHOICEC

RE

DIT

: PA

NC

E N

AU

MO

V A

ND

JO

SE M

AR

IA L

OPE

Z D

E L

UZU

RIA

GA

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

Continued from page 17

photons go. However, extracting the photons from the waveguide into an external commu-nication channel (such as an optical fi ber) is often ineffi cient because the photons undergo internal refl ection at the waveguide’s interfaces. Davanco et al. have designed a system whereby a tapered fi ber waveguide is coupled to a semiconductor waveguide that contains quan-tum dots. The geometry of the semiconductor waveguide is designed so that the properties of the generated single photons can be selected and matched to that of the tapered fi ber. This matching enhances the extraction of the single photons from the semiconductor waveguide into the tapered fi ber. — ISO

Appl. Phys. Lett. 99, 121101 (2011).

C H E M I S T R Y

Controlling Cluster Color

Strongly photoluminescent materials that respond to changes in their environment, such as mechanical stress or chemical solvation, are useful in sensing applications. Lasanta et al. synthesized gold-silver clusters by reacting gold bearing a halogenated phenyl ligand (2-C6F4I, RII) with silver trifl uoroacetate [Ag(tfa)]. Crystal-lographic analysis revealed that the resulting anionic compound, [Au2Ag2(2-C6F4I)4(tfa)2]2−, forms through metallophilic interactions—the

bridging silver atoms each bear a tfa ligand and coordinate to two gold atoms—and through halogen bonds between iodine and gold atoms. This compound has strong green luminescence, but the addition of a coordinating solvent such as acetonitrile initially creates a dimeric form of the compound through gold bridging inter-actions. In this yellow luminescent material, the silver atoms bear no coordinating solvent. After a few minutes, the fi nal polymeric form, a red emitter, forms through additional gold bridges and coordinates acetonitrile at the silver atoms. The monomeric form could be recovered by aging for several hours or by grinding the polymer in excess tfa. — PDS

J. Am. Chem. Soc. 131, 10.1021/ja206845s (2011).

M A T E R I A L S S C I E N C E

Mining for Pores

Porous networks within coal can determine its value as a fuel; porosity helps defi ne how well certain types of coal burn and whether methane in the pores can be extracted effi ciently from coal beds as an additional source of energy. Determining the porosity of complex natural ma-terials such as coal is diffi cult, because a sample may contain many networks of pores that can be often disconnected from each other and from the surface of samples. Although several techniques for measuring porosity exist, Melnichenko et al. used small-angle neutron scattering to examine the interconnectivity of pores within coal samples as a function of pore size in a noninvasive and quantitative manner. They compared the scat-tering profi les of a coal sample in a vacuum and the same sample saturated with contrast-matching gases that fi ll accessible pores and make them invisible to the neutron beam. The analysis confi rms that the proportion of isolated and accessible pores varies widely based on coal type, but also shows that pore accessibility varies with gas overpressure. These results may eventu-ally help determine the feasibility of enhanced methane recovery from coal beds by injecting CO2 gas at high pressure. — NW

Fuel 90, 10.1016/j.fuel.2011.06.026 (2011).

B I O M E D I C I N E

Targeting Asthma

Asthma is a major public health problem. There are a variety of causes of asthma, and the pathogenesis of the disease is quite heteroge-neous. Despite this, most patients are treated with broadly immunosuppressive glucocorti-coids, which do not always control disease. Thus, there is substantial interest in developing more targeted therapies that may be used to treat specifi c clinical subtypes of patients.

Interleukin-13 (IL-13) is a cytokine that is associated with the T helper 2 type responses seen in many asthma patients and in a subset of patients remains elevated even in the face of glucocorticoid treatment. In a placebo-controlled phase II clinical trial, Corren et al. now show that treatment of adult asthma patients on gluco-corticoid therapy with a monoclonal antibody against IL-13 signifi cantly improved lung func-tion. Patients with higher IL-13 levels showed the greatest effect. Although the trend toward reduced disease exacerbations in treated patients did not reach statistical signifi cance, this study does suggest that a targeted approach to asthma therapy is worth pursuing. — KLM

N. Engl. J. Med. 365, 1088 (2011).

you know us

better thanyou think

Go to:www.lifetechnologies.com/one

©2011 Life Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. The trademarksmentioned herein are the property of Life Technologies Corporation or theirrespective owners. TaqMan® is a registered trademark of Roche Molecular

Systems, Inc., used under permission and license. CO31490 0911

Invitrogen™

Applied Biosystems®

Gibco®

TaqMan®

Novex®

Molecular Probes®

Ambion®

Ion Torrent™

Look closer—your favorite life

sciences products are now by

Life Technologies.

Page 20: Science - 07 October 2011

FalconisaregisteredtrademarkofBecton,DickinsonandCo.,USA.EppendorfandEppendorfTherm

omixerareregisteredtrademarks

ofEppendorfAG,Germ

any.EppendorfAdvantage,EppendorfSafe-LockTubes,Therm

omixercomfortandTherm

oStatplusare

trademarksofEppendorfAG,Germ

any.Allrightsreserved,includinggraphicsandimages.©Copyright2011byEppendorfAG.

Working with precious and expensive samples requires

your utmost concentration. The last thing you want to be

thinking about or questioning is the reliability of the equip-

ment you are using.

We offer you the perfect partnership!

Your priority is your sample; it’s our priority too.

Let Eppendorf take care of your high-quality instrument

needs; you take care of the research – it’s the perfect

partnership! Eppendorf’s reliable and robust, versatile and

intuitive products leave you free to concentrate on what

really matters – your sample, your research, your results!

Hot offers, cool solutions for a variety of tasks!

Check out our new limited offers* on ThermoStat plus,

Thermomixer comfort and refrigerated microcentrifuges

5418 R, 5424 R and 5430 R. To take advantage, contact

your participating Eppendorf Partner today!

More product details and dealer contact information at

www.eppendorf.com/advantage

* Savings compared to individual purchases at list prices.Promotion bundles available as long as supplies last.

‡ New ThermoStat

plus Bundles:

Save 23 %!*

New Promotion Sept. 1–Dec. 31, 2011.

Offers may vary by country.

Limited offer

Sept.1–Dec. 31,

2011

‡ Refrigerated

microcentrifuges:

Save up to 16 %!*

‡ New Thermomixer

comfort Bundle:

Save ~ 18%!*

Hot Offers, Cool Solutions!

Save big on ThermoStat plus™, Thermomixer comfort™ and refrigerated microcentrifuges

Your local distributor www.eppendorf.com/worldwide · Application Support E-Mail: [email protected]

Eppendorf AG · Hamburg · Germany · Tel: +49 40 538 01-0 · Eppendorf North America, Inc. · USA · Tel.: +1 800 645 3050

Eppendorf Asia Pacific Headquarters · Malaysia · Tel: +60 3 8023 5430

Page 21: Science - 07 October 2011

21www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011

www.sciencemag.org

SENIOR EDITORIAL BOARDA. Paul Alivisatos, Lawrence Berkeley Nat'l. LaboratoryCori Bargmann, The Rockefeller Univ.Ernst Fehr, Univ. of ZurichRichard Losick, Harvard Univ.Michael S. Turner, University of Chicago

BOARD OF REVIEWING EDITORSAdriano Aguzzi, Univ. Hospital ZürichTakuzo Aida, Univ. of TokyoSonia Altizer, Univ. of GeorgiaSebastian Amigorena, Institut CurieAngelika Amon, MITKathryn Anderson, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer CenterSiv G. E. Andersson, Uppsala Univ.Peter Andolfatto, Princeton Univ.Meinrat O. Andreae, Max Planck Inst., MainzJohn A. Bargh, Yale Univ.Ben Barres, Stanford Medical SchoolJordi Bascompte, Estación Biológica de Doñana, CSICFacundo Batista, London Research Inst.Ray H. Baughman, Univ. of Texas, DallasDavid Baum, Univ. of WisconsinYasmine Belkaid, NIAID, NIH Philip Benfey, Duke Univ. Stephen J. Benkovic, Penn State Univ.Gregory C. Beroza, Stanford Univ.Peer Bork, EMBLBernard Bourdon, Ecole Normale Superieure de Lyon Ian Boyd, Univ. of St. AndrewsPaul M. Brakefi eld, Univ. of Cambridge Christian Büchel, Universitätsklinikum Hamburg-EppendorfJoseph A. Burns, Cornell Univ. William P. Butz, Population Reference BureauGyorgy Buzsaki, Rutgers Univ.Mats Carlsson, Univ. of Oslo Mildred Cho, Stanford Univ. David Clapham, Children’s Hospital, Boston David Clary, Univ. of Oxford J. M. Claverie, CNRS, Marseille Jonathan D. Cohen, Princeton Univ.Robert Cook-Deegan, Duke Univ. Alan Cowman, Walter & Eliza Hall Inst. Robert H. Crabtree, Yale Univ.Wolfgang Cramer, Medit. Inst. for Ecology & PaleoecologyF. Fleming Crim, Univ. of Wisconsin Jeff L. Dangl, Univ. of North Carolina

Tom Daniel, Univ. of WashingtonStanislas Dehaene, Collège de FranceEmmanouil T. Dermitzakis, Univ. of Geneva Medical SchoolRobert Desimone, MITClaude Desplan, New York Univ.Ap Dijksterhuis, Radboud Univ. of NijmegenDennis Discher, Univ. of Pennsylvania Jennifer A. Doudna, Univ. of California, BerkeleyJulian Downward, Cancer Research UK Bruce Dunn, Univ. of California, Los Angeles Christopher Dye, WHODavid Ehrhardt, Carnegie Inst. of WashingtonMichael B. Elowitz, Calif. Inst. of TechnologyTim Elston, Univ. of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Gerhard Ertl, Fritz-Haber-Institut, Berlin Barry Everitt, Univ. of Cambridge Paul G. Falkowski, Rutgers Univ. Ernst Fehr, Univ. of ZurichTom Fenchel, Univ. of Copenhagen Alain Fischer, INSERM Wulfram Gerstner, EPFL LausanneKarl-Heinz Glassmeier, TU BraunschweigDiane Griffi n, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public HealthElizabeth Grove, Univ. of ChicagoTaekjip Ha, Univ. of Illinois at Urbana-ChampaignChristian Haass, Ludwig Maximilians Univ.Steven Hahn, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research CenterGregory J. Hannon, Cold Spring Harbor Lab.Martin Heimann, Max Planck Inst., JenaIsaac Held, NOAA James A. Hendler, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst.Janet G. Hering, Swiss Fed. Inst. of Aquatic Science & TechnologyRay Hilborn, Univ. of WashingtonMichael E. Himmel, National Renewable Energy Lab.Kai-Uwe Hinrichs, Univ. of BremenKei Hirose, Tokyo Inst. of TechnologyDavid Hodell, Univ. of CambridgeOve Hoegh-Guldberg, Univ. of QueenslandDavid Holden, Imperial CollegeLora Hooper, UT Southwestern Medical Ctr at DallasJeffrey A. Hubbell, EPFL LausanneSteven Jacobsen, Univ. of California, Los AngelesKai Johnsson, EPFL LausannePeter Jonas, Universität FreiburgWilliam Kaelin, Dana-Farber Cancer Inst.Barbara B. Kahn, Harvard Medical School

Daniel Kahne, Harvard Univ.Bernhard Keimer, Max Planck Inst., StuttgartJoel Kingsolver, Univ. of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Robert Kingston, Harvard Medical SchoolAlberto R. Kornblihtt, Univ. of Buenos AiresLeonid Kruglyak, Princeton Univ.Mitchell A. Lazar, Univ. of PennsylvaniaDavid Lazer, Harvard Univ. Virginia Lee, Univ. of PennsylvaniaOttoline Leyser, Cambridge Univ.Olle Lindvall, Univ. Hospital, LundMarcia C. Linn, Univ. of California, BerkeleyJohn Lis, Cornell Univ.Jianguo Liu, Michigan State Univ.Richard Losick, Harvard Univ.Jonathan Losos, Harvard Univ. Ke Lu, Chinese Acad. of SciencesLaura Machesky, CRUK Beatson Inst. for Cancer ResearchAndrew P. MacKenzie, Univ. of St Andrews Anne Magurran, Univ. of St AndrewsOscar Marin, CSIC & Univ. Miguel HernándezCharles Marshall, Univ. of California, BerkeleyMartin M. Matzuk, Baylor College of MedicineGraham Medley, Univ. of WarwickYasushi Miyashita, Univ. of TokyoRichard Morris, Univ. of EdinburghEdvard Moser, Norwegian Univ. of Science and TechnologySean Munro, MRC Lab. of Molecular BiologyThomas Murray, The Hastings CenterNaoto Nagaosa, Univ. of Tokyo James Nelson, Stanford Univ. School of Med. Timothy W. Nilsen, Case Western Reserve Univ. Pär Nordlund, Karolinska Inst.Helga Nowotny, European Research Advisory BoardLuke O'Neill, Trinity College, DublinStuart H. Orkin, Dana-Farber Cancer Inst.Christine Ortiz, MITElinor Ostrom, Indiana Univ.Andrew Oswald, Univ. of WarwickJane Parker, Max-Planck Inst. of Plant Breeding ResearchDonald R. Paul, Univ. of Texas at AustinP. David Pearson, Univ. of California, BerkeleyReginald M. Penner, Univ. of California, IrvineJohn H. J. Petrini, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer CenterSimon Phillpot, Univ. of Florida Philippe Poulin, CNRS Colin Renfrew, Univ. of CambridgeTrevor Robbins, Univ. of Cambridge

Barbara A. Romanowicz, Univ. of California, BerkeleyJens Rostrup-Nielsen, Haldor TopsoeEdward M. Rubin, Lawrence Berkeley National LabMike Ryan, Univ. of Texas, AustinShimon Sakaguchi, Kyoto Univ.Miquel Salmeron, Lawrence Berkeley National LabJürgen Sandkühler, Medical Univ. of ViennaRandy Seeley, Univ. of CincinnatiVladimir Shalaev, Purdue Univ.Joseph Silk, Univ. of OxfordDenis Simon, Univ. of OregonAlison Smith, John Innes Centre Davor Solter, Inst. of Medical Biology, SingaporeJohn Speakman, Univ. of AberdeenAllan C. Spradling, Carnegie Institution of WashingtonJonathan Sprent, Garvan Inst. of Medical ResearchElsbeth Stern, ETH ZürichIra Tabas, Columbia Univ.Yoshiko Takahashi, Nara Inst. of Science and TechnologyJohn Thomas, Duke Univ.Herbert Virgin, Washington Univ. Bert Vogelstein, Johns Hopkins Univ.Cynthia Volkert, Univ. of GottingenBruce D. Walker, Harvard Medical SchoolDouglas Wallace, Leibniz Inst. of Marine SciencesIan Walmsley, Univ. of OxfordDavid A. Wardle, Swedish Univ. of Agric SciencesDavid Waxman, Fudan Univ.Detlef Weigel, Max Planck Inst., TübingenJonathan Weissman, Univ. of California, San FranciscoSue Wessler, Univ. of California, RiversideIan A. Wilson, The Scripps Res. Inst.Timothy D. Wilson, Univ. of Virginia Jan Zaanen, Leiden Univ.Kenneth Zaret, Univ. of Penn. School of MedicineMayana Zatz, University of Sao PaoloJonathan Zehr, Univ. of California, Santa CruzHuda Zoghbi, Baylor College of Medicine Maria Zuber, MIT

BOOK REVIEW BOARDJohn Aldrich, Duke Univ.David Bloom, Harvard Univ.Angela Creager, Princeton Univ.Richard Shweder, Univ. of ChicagoEd Wasserman, DuPontLewis Wolpert, Univ. College London

1200 New York Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20005

Editorial: 202-326-6550, FAX 202-289-7562News: 202-326-6581, FAX 202-371-9227Bateman House, 82-88 Hills Road

Cambridge, UK CB2 1LQ+44 (0) 1223 326500, FAX +44 (0) 1223 326501

SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES For change of address, missing issues, new orders and renewals, and payment questions: 866-434-AAAS (2227) or 202-326-6417, FAX 202-842-1065. Mailing addresses: AAAS, P.O. Box 96178, Washington, DC 20090-6178 or AAAS Member Services, 1200 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20005

INSTITUTIONAL SITE LICENSES please call 202-326-6755 for any questions or informationREPRINTS: Author Inquiries 800-635-7181 Commercial Inquiries 803-359-4578

PERMISSIONS 202-326-7074, FAX 202-682-0816MEMBER BENEFITS AAAS/Barnes&Noble.com bookstore www.aaas.org/bn; AAAS Online Store www.apisource.com/aaas/ code MKB6; AAAS Travels: Betchart Expeditions 800-252-4910; Apple Store www.apple.com/eppstore/aaas; Bank of America MasterCard 1-800-833-6262priority code FAA3YU; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press Publications www.cshlpress.com/affiliates/aaas.htm; GEICO Auto Insurance www.geico.com/landingpage/go51.htm?logo=17624; Hertz 800-654-2200 CDP#343457; Office Depot https://bsd.offi cedepot.com/portalLogin.do; Seabury & Smith Life Insurance 800-424-9883; Subaru VIP Program 202-326-6417; VIP Moving Services www.vipmayfl ower.com/domestic/index.html; Other Benefi ts: AAAS Member Services 202-326-6417 or [email protected] (for general editorial queries)[email protected] (for queries about letters)[email protected] (for returning manuscript reviews)[email protected] (for book review queries)

Published by the American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS), Science serves its readers as a forum for the presentation and discussion of important issues related to the advancement of science, including the presentation of minority or conflicting points of view,rather than by publishing only material on which a consensus has been reached. Accordingly, all articles published in Science—including editorials, news and comment, and book reviews—are signed and refl ect the individual views of the authors and not offi cial points of view adopted by AAAS or the institutions with which the authors are affi liated.

AAAS was founded in 1848 and incorporated in 1874. Its mission is to advance science, engineering, and innovation throughout the world for the benefi t of all people. The goals of the association are to: enhance communication among scientists, engineers, and the public; promote and defend the integrity of science and its use; strengthen support for the science and technology enterprise; provide a voice for science on societal issues; promote the responsible use of science in public policy; strengthen and diversify the science and technology workforce; foster education in science and technology for everyone; increase public engagement with science and technology; and advance international cooperation in science.

INFORMATION FOR AUTHORS

See pages 784 and 785 of the 11 February 2011 issue or access www.sciencemag.org/about/authors

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF Bruce Alberts EXECUTIVE EDITOR NEWS EDITOR

Monica M. Bradford Colin NormanMANAGING EDITOR, RESEARCH JOURNALS Katrina L. KelnerDEPUTY EDITORS R. Brooks Hanson, Barbara R. Jasny, Andrew M. SugdenEDITORIAL SENIOR EDITORS/COMMENTARY Lisa D. Chong, Brad Wible; SENIOR EDITORS Gilbert J. Chin, Pamela J. Hines, Paula A. Kiberstis (Boston), Marc S. Lavine (Toronto), Beverly A. Purnell, L. Bryan Ray, Guy Riddihough, H. Jesse Smith, Phillip D. Szuromi (Tennessee), Valda Vinson, Jake S. Yeston, Laura M. Zahn (San Diego); ASSOCIATE EDITORS Kristen L. Mueller, Jelena Stajic, Sacha Vignieri, Nicholas S. Wigginton; BOOK REVIEW EDITOR Sherman J. Suter; ASSOCIATE LETTERS EDITOR Jennifer Sills; EDITORIAL MANAGER Cara Tate; SENIOR COPY EDITORS Jeffrey E. Cook, Cynthia Howe, Harry Jach, Lauren Kmec, Barbara P. Ordway, Trista Wagoner; COPY EDITOR Chris Filiatreau; SENIOR EDITORIAL COORDINATORS Carolyn Kyle, Beverly Shields; EDITORIAL COORDINATORS Joi S. Granger, Anita Wynn; PUBLICATIONS ASSISTANTS Ramatoulaye Diop, Aneera Dobbins, Jeffrey Hearn, Michael Hicks, Lisa Johnson, Scott Miller, Jerry Richardson, Teresa R. Sakon, Brian White; EDITORIAL ASSISTANT Patricia M. Moore; EXECUTIVE EDITORIAL ASSISTANT Yolanda O'Bannon (San Francisco); EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT Alison Crawford; ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT Maryrose Madrid; EDITORIAL FELLOW Melissa R. McCartney EDITORIAL DIRECTOR, WEB AND NEW MEDIA Stewart Wills; RESEARCH

ASSOCIATE Corinna Cohn; WEB DEVELOPMENT MANAGER Martyn Green;WEB DEVELOPER Andrew Whitesell; INTERNS Andrew Green, Kerry KleinNEWS DEPUTY NEWS EDITORS Robert Coontz, David Grimm (Online), Eliot Marshall, Jeffrey Mervis, Leslie Roberts, John Travis; CONTRIBUTING EDITORS Elizabeth Culotta, Polly Shulman; NEWS WRITERS Yudhijit Bhattacharjee, Adrian Cho, Jennifer Couzin-Frankel, Carolyn Gramling, Jocelyn Kaiser, Richard A. Kerr, David Malakoff, Greg Miller, Elizabeth Pennisi, Robert F. Service (Pacific NW), Erik Stokstad; WEB DEVELOPER Daniel Berger; INTERN Daniel Strain; CONTRIBUTING CORRESPONDENTS Jon Cohen (San Diego, CA), Daniel Ferber, Ann Gibbons, Sam Kean, Andrew Lawler, Mitch Leslie, Charles C. Mann, Virginia Morell, Gary Taubes; COPY EDITORS Linda B. Felaco, Melvin Gatling, Melissa Raimondi; ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT Scherraine Mack; BUREAUS San Diego, CA: 760-942-3252, FAX 760-942-4979; Pacifi c Northwest: 503-963-1940PRODUCTION DIRECTOR Wendy K. Shank; ASSISTANT MANAGER Rebecca Doshi; SENIOR SPECIALISTS Steve Forrester, Chris Redwood, Anthony Rosen; PREFLIGHT DIRECTOR David M. Tompkins; MANAGER Marcus Spiegler; SPECIALISTS Jason Hillman, Tara KellyART DIRECTOR Yael Fitzpatrick; ASSOCIATE ART DIRECTOR Laura Creveling; SENIOR ILLUSTRATORS Chris Bickel, Katharine Sutliff; ILLUSTRATOR Yana Hammond; SENIOR ART ASSOCIATES Holly Bishop, Preston Huey, Nayomi Kevitiyagala, Matthew Twombly; ART ASSOCIATE Kay Engman; PHOTO EDITOR Leslie Blizard

SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL

EUROPE ([email protected]) EDITORIAL: INTERNATIONAL MANAGING EDITOR Andrew M. Sugden; SENIOR EDITOR/COMMENTARY Julia Fahrenkamp-Uppenbrink; SENIOR EDITORS Caroline Ash, Stella M. Hurtley, Ian S. Osborne, Peter Stern; ASSOCIATE EDITOR Maria Cruz; LOCUM EDITOR Helen Pickersgill; EDITORIAL SUPPORT Samantha Hogg, Alice Whaley; ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT John Cannell, Janet Clements, Louise Hartwell; NEWS: DEPUTY NEWS EDITOR, U.K. Daniel Clery; NEWSWRITER Sara Reardon; CONTRIBUTING

EDITOR, EUROPE Martin Enserink; CONTRIBUTING CORRESPONDENTS Michael Balter (Paris), John Bohannon (Vienna), Gretchen Vogel (Berlin)ASIA Japan Offi ce: Asca Corporation, Tomoko Furusawa, Rustic Bldg. 7F, 77 Tenjin-cho, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 162-0808, Japan; +81 3 6802 4616, FAX +81 3 6802 4615, [email protected]; ASIA NEWS EDITOR Richard Stone (Beijing: [email protected]); CONTRIBUTING CORRESPONDENTS Dennis Normile [Japan: +81 (0) 3 3391 0630, FAX +81 (0) 3 5936 3531; [email protected]]; Hao Xin [China: [email protected]]; Mara Hvistendahl [China: [email protected]]; Pallava Bagla [South Asia: +91 (0) 11 2271 2896; [email protected]]

EXECUTIVE PUBLISHER Alan I. LeshnerPUBLISHER Beth Rosner

FULFILLMENT SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS ([email protected]); CUSTOMER SERVICE SUPERVISOR Pat Butler; SPECIALISTS LaVonda Crawford, Vicki Linton, April Marshall; DATA ENTRY SPECIALISTS Shirlene Hall, Tarrika Hill, William Jones

BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION DIRECTOR Deborah Rivera-Wienhold; BUSINESS SYSTEMS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS DIRECTOR Randy Yi; MANAGER, FULFILLMENT SYSTEMS Frits Buningh; SYSTEMS ANALYST NicoleMehmedovich; MANAGER, BUSINESS ANALYSIS Eric Knott; MANAGER,BUSINESS OPERATIONS Jessica Tierney; BUSINESS ANALYSTS Priti Pamnani,Celeste Troxler; Christine Wehrli; RIGHTS AND PERMISSIONS: ADMINISTRATOR Emilie David; ASSOCIATE Elizabeth Sandler; MARKETING DIRECTOR Ian King; MARKETING MANAGERS Allison Pritchard, Alison Chandler, Julianne Wielga, Samantha Smith; MARKETING ASSOCIATES Aimee Aponte, Mary Ellen Crowley; SENIOR MARKETING EXECUTIVE Jennifer Reeves; DIRECTOR, SITE LICENSING Tom Ryan; DIRECTOR, CORPORATE RELATIONS Eileen Bernadette Moran; SENIOR PUBLISHER RELATIONS SPECIALIST Kiki Forsythe; PUBLISHER RELATIONS MANAGER Catherine Holland; PUBLISHER RELATIONS, EASTERN REGION Phillip Smith; PUBLISHER RELATIONS, WESTERN REGION Ryan Rexroth; CUSTOMER RELATIONS MANAGER Iquo Edim; MARKETING MAN-AGER Christina Schlecht; MARKETING ASSOCIATE Chad Johnson; ELEC-TRONIC MEDIA: DIRECTOR Lizabeth Harman; ASSISTANT MANAGER Lisa Stanford; SENIOR PRODUCTION SPECIALIST Ryan Atkins; PRODUCTION SPE-CIALISTS Antoinette Hodal, Nichele Johnston, Kimberly Oster; DIREC-TOR, WEB AND NEW MEDIA Will Collins; PROJECT MANAGER Trista Snyder; SENIOR PRODUCTION SPECIALIST Christopher Coleman; COMPUTER SPECIALISTS Walter Jones, Kai ZhangADVERTISING DIRECTOR, WORLDWIDE AD SALES Bill Moran COMMERCIAL EDITOR Sean Sanders: 202-326-6430ASSISTANT COMMERCIAL EDITOR Tianna Hicklin 202-326-6463

PRODUCT (sc ience_advert is [email protected]) ; MIDWEST Rick Bongiovanni: 330-405-7080, FAX 330-405-7081; EAST COAST/E. CANADA Laurie Faraday: 508-747-9395, FAX 617-507-8189; WEST COAST/W. CANADA Lynne Stickrod: 415-931-9782, FAX 415-520-6940; UK/EUROPE/ASIA Roger Goncalves: TEL/FAX +41 43 243 1358; JAPAN ASCA Corporation, Makiko Hara: +81 (0) 3 6802 4616, FAX +81 (0) 3 6802 4615; [email protected]; CHINA/TAIWAN Ruolei Wu: +86 1367 1015 294 [email protected] WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR OF SCIENCE CAREERS Tracy Holmes: +44 (0) 1223 326525, FAX +44 (0) 1223 326532CLASSIFIED ([email protected]); U.S.: MIDWEST/WEST COAST/SOUTH CENTRAL/CANADA Tina Burks: 202-326-6577; EAST COAST/INDUSTRY Elizabeth Early: 202-326-6578; SALES ADMINISTRATOR Marci Gallun; EUROPE/ROW SALES Simone Jux, Alex Palmer; SALES ASSIS-TANT Lisa Patterson; JAPAN Makiko Hara +81 (0) 90 9853-9982, FAX +81 (0)3-6369-4491; [email protected]; CHINA/TAIWAN Ruolei Wu: +86 1367 1015 294 [email protected]; ADVERTISING SUPPORT MANAGER Karen Foote: 202-326-6740; ADVERTISING PRODUCTION OPERATIONS MANAGER Deborah Tompkins; SENIOR PRODUCTION SPECIALIST/GRAPHIC DESIGNER Amy Hardcastle; PRODUCTION SPECIALIST Yuse Lajiminmuhip; SENIOR TRAFFIC ASSOCIATE Christine Hall; SALES COORDINATOR Shirley Young AAAS BOARD OF DIRECTORS RETIRING PRESIDENT, CHAIR Alice Huang; PRESIDENT Nina Fedoroff; PRESIDENT-ELECT William Press; TREASURER David E. Shaw; CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Alan I. Leshner; BOARD Nancy Knowlton, Stephen Mayo, Raymond Orbach, Julia M. Phillips, Sue V. Rosser, David D. Sabatini, Inder Verma, Thomas A. Woolsey

Page 22: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org22

NEWS OF THE WEEK

CR

ED

IT: D

PA/P

ICTU

RE

-ALL

IAN

CE

/NE

WSC

OM

from that time. “We accept that, and would like to ask for forgiveness.” http://scim.ag/Namibianskulls

Ottawa 2

Canada’s Top Court Keeps Injecting Drug Use Site OpenThe Supreme Court of Canada has ruled that a “safe injection site” in Vancouver that aims to thwart the spread of HIV can continue to operate, providing a place for people to inject drugs under medical supervision and without the threat of arrest.

The federal government, including the minister of health, had argued that the facil-ity, called Insite, should close because it violated the country’s laws about posses-sion and traffi cking of controlled substances. “The effect of denying the services of Insite to the population it serves and the correlative increase in the risk of death and disease to injection drug users is grossly disproportion-ate to any benefi t that Canada might derive from presenting a uniform stance on the pos-session of narcotics,” the court wrote in its unanimous decision.

Studies have shown that Insite has reduced overdose deaths and the risk of becoming infected with HIV and also led to increased use of addiction treatment pro-grams. Insite kept its doors open during the court challenge and for now will continue to operate under an “exemption” to the federal substance control laws.

Tokyo 3

Nuclear Power Takes Hit As Science Spending RisesJapan’s ministry of education wants to boost overall science-related spending next year by 5.8%, to $14.7 billion. But spending on

nuclear-related research will drop 9.8%, to $2.3 billion.

The ruling Democratic Party has pro-posed $918 million in new programs to accelerate the efforts of renewable and alter-native energy schemes. Work on induced pluripotent stem cells and regenerative medicine will jump by 40%, to $69 million, and space-related research, including Earth observation, which will go up by 36%, to $631 million. Rank-and-fi le researchers will benefi t from a 6% increase, to $3 billion, in competitively reviewed grants, including substantial growth in a multi-year grant cat-egory created last year.

Although increasing reliance on nuclear power remains offi cial government policy, the radiation release from the damaged Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant has turned many politicians and the public against that energy source. Japan’s troubled experimental fast breeder reactor, Monju, would receive a “maintenance budget” pend-ing a review of the nation’s energy policy http://scim.ag/Japanbudget

Faroe Islands 4

Project to Sequence Entire Population Announced The inhabitants of the Faroe Islands could become the world’s fi rst fully sequenced population, researchers announced at a meeting on personal genomes at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory last week. The project, dubbed FarGen, aims to sequence the entire genome of every citizen and to use the information for health care and research in the self-governing Danish dependency. A pilot project sequencing the genomes of 100 individuals is under way. If all goes according to plan, the rest of the 50,000 Faroe Islanders will follow in the next 5 years, scientists said.

Namibia 1

Germany Returns Colonial-Era Skulls to NamibiaThe skulls of 20 Namibians killed by Ger-man colonists a century ago returned to Namibia on 4 October. The skulls have been part of the anatomy collection at the Charité University Hospital in Berlin and the Berlin Medical Historical Museum for more than a century. Namibian leaders asked in 2008 that they be returned. In a project launched last year, researchers have been working to identify where the estimated 7000 skulls in the hospital’s collections came from, and which ones should be repatriated.

The scientists studied inscriptions on the skulls referring to catalogs or publications, says Charité anatomist Andreas Winkelmann, one of the project’s leaders. They also looked for indicators of sex, age of death, and traces of disease such as scurvy, which was rampant at a prison camp on Namibia’s Shark Island where many of the skulls came from.

The project is ongoing, Winkelmann says. “We also want to fi nd out more about the scientifi c historical context. We have not yet looked at who was involved in the col-lecting and why they did what they did.”

Museum director Thomas Shnalke noted at a press conference last week in Berlin that German science carries a “burden of guilt”

3

4

1

6

7

AROUND THE WORLD

>It’s tough getting older, but this is one birthday we’re happy to celebrate. Science’s daily online news site Science-NOW turns 15 today. In the past decade-and-a-half, ScienceNOW has covered the hottest—and some of the most bizarre—stories in science, from early claims for martian life to fellatio among fruit bats. Check out our full coverage (http://scim.ag/ScienceNOW15) and share your favor-ite ScienceNOW stories.

NOTED

One of 20 skulls that

were returned to Namibia this week.

2

5

Page 23: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 23

NEWS

Roses Are Red, Roses Are BluishA 25-year struggle to sell genetically-engineered “blue” roses in the United States took a big step forward last week. The U.S. Department of Agri culture won’t regulate U.S. efforts to grow and sell the fl owers after concluding that two mauve hybrids created by Austra-lia-based Florigene don’t pose a risk to ecosystems or the economy. In the 1990s, an Australian offshoot of U.S.-based biotech pioneer Calgene Inc. won the race to fi nd and patent “blue genes” to create roses of an unnatural hue (Science, 1 June 1990, p. 1074). Suc-cess, however, came slowly: The com-pany didn’t unveil its blue roses until the mid-2000s, and started selling them in Japan in 2009. Next month, Florigene hopes to begin growing 3 million to 6 million blue roses annu-ally in the United States for the cut-fl ower market. But there are no plans to sell whole plants to home gardeners.

Washington, D.C. 6

House Bill Would Boost NIH’s 2012 Budget by 3.3% A House of Representatives sub-committee last week released a 2012 draft spending bill with surprisingly good news for the National Institutes of Health (NIH): The agency’s budget would increase by $1 billion to $31.7 billion, a 3.3% increase

compared to this year’s level. The proposed spending boost matches

the president’s request and reverses a $190 million cut approved by a Senate committee on 21 September. The bill does not mention NIH’s plan to create a National Center for Advancing Translational Sci-ences and to abolish the National Center for Research Resources. (The Senate bill would make these changes.)

Although the House appropriations sub-committee isn’t expected to meet to approve the bill, the draft gives the panel a marker for upcoming negotiations with its Senate counterpart on an “omnibus” measure that would fund most, if not all, of the federal government. http://scim.ag/HouseNIH

CR

ED

ITS

(TO

P TO

BO

TTO

M):

ER

IK C

HR

ISTE

NSE

N/W

IKIM

ED

IA C

OM

MO

NS;

JIM

AB

ER

NE

THY;

AN

DY

RA

IN/E

PA/N

EW

SCO

M

Researchers in other countries, such as Iceland, Estonia, and the United Kingdom, are building national genetic biobanks, but this is the fi rst project aimed at compiling whole genomes for everyone. The cost for the project would be roughly $50 million, if sequencing prices keep falling at the current rate. Full funding has not yet been secured, however. And its scientifi c value will depend on how many citizens sign up for it, cautions geneticist Markus Nöthen of the University of Bonn in Germany. “This is a brave step, but it will only be successful if enough peo-ple take part,” he says. http://scim.ag/Faroes

Farmington, Connecticut 5

Jackson Lab Branch Comes To Connecticut Connecticut is offering $291 million to help open a new offshoot of the Jackson Laboratory (JAX), a genetics research institute best known as a leading breeder of research mice. On 30 September, Connect-icut Governor Dannel Malloy announced the collaboration, which aims to make Farmington a hub of genetically custom-ized “personalized medicine.”

The state made a compelling case,” said Edison Liu, JAX’s president and CEO. He calls the location—within a short drive of bioscience hubs in Boston, New York City, and New Haven—“ideal.”

The deal calls for constructing 16,000 square meters of new lab space for 30 senior scientists on the campus of the Uni-versity of Connecticut, Farmington. Plan-ners forecast that the research center could employ 600 employees within 20 years.

Before ground can be broken, however, the Connecticut Legislature will need to sign off on bonds to fl oat the project, with a review expected to start next month. JAX estimates that, over the next 20 years, it will add another $809 million from grants, gifts and business income to the state money. http://scim.ag/JacksonLab

Marshall Islands 7

Giant Sanctuary for SharksThe lions of the sea just got additional safe haven in the Pacifi c. Last week, the Repub-lic of the Marshall Islands declared its waters—1.9 million square kilometers—off-limits to shark fi shing and banned the import and export of shark products. The

island nation joins fi ve other countries in setting up shark sanctuaries, and this one is expected to eventually expand to 4 million square kilometers.

As the ocean’s top predator, sharks help keep the marine food chain in balance and maintain healthy fi sheries, says Matt Rand, director of global shark conserva-tion at the Pew Charitable Trusts in

Far out. The entire Faroese population may have its genome sequenced.

>>

An oceanic white tip shark.

Page 24: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org24

NEWS OF THE WEEK

CR

ED

ITS:

(TO

P) J

ESS

ICA

CO

ON

EY

AN

D L

ESL

IE V

AN

GE

LDE

R; (

LEFT

TO

P A

ND

BO

TTO

M) P

ER

IOD

ICV

IDE

OS.

CO

M (2

); (L

OW

ER

RIG

HT)

FO

TOSE

AR

CH

World’s Smallest Periodic Table, Engraved on a Human HairIt’s not quite angels dancing on the head of a pin, but scientists have squeezed a repro-duction of the entire periodic table onto a human hair—and the 2012 Guinness World Records book has acknowledged that repro-duction to be the smallest in the world.

The hair initially belonged to chemist Martyn Poliakoff at the University of Not-

tingham in the United Kingdom. During a visit to the Nottingham Nanotechnology and Nanoscience Centre, Poliakoff contributed a hair for the creation of a special ver-sion of the peri-odic table. The

researchers engraved the hair by irradiating it with gallium ions at high speeds, break-ing off tiny fl akes in the shape of the table. When completed, the table was about 90 micrometers long and almost 50 micro-meters tall (including the actinides and lanthanides). The engraved hair earned the title of “smallest periodic table”—and the hair itself was returned to Poliakoff as a birthday gift.

NEWSMAKERS

Ig Nobels Honor Bladder Control, Beer Bottle MatingFull bladders affect short-term memory and attention span—but can aid in impulse control. Tortoise yawning is not conta-gious. How do you rouse a deaf person in the event of a fi re? Wasabi. These are a few of the research fi ndings honored at Harvard Univer-sity on 29 September as part of the 2011 Ig Nobel Prizes.

Most Ig Nobel awards go to recently published work, but a 1983 study of why male Buprestid beetles try to mate with a certain brand of Australian beer bottle netted the Ig Nobel biology prize for Darryl Gwynne and David Rentz, entomol-

ogists with the Commonwealth Scientifi c and Industrial Research Organisation in Canberra. The color and shape of the bottle is a turn-on for the beetles, they found, and a series of bumps on the glass seal the deal.

The ceremony had a somber moment, as two longtime Ig Nobel participants were memorialized. Mathematician and pioneer of fractal geometry Benoît Mandelbrot, 85, and Harvard University chemist William Lipscomb, 91 (who also won a real Nobel Prize), both passed away within the last year. They were frequent participants in the traditional Ig Nobel “Win a Date With a Nobel Laureate” contest. This year, the prize was a date with Lou Ignarro (Nobel Prize for physiology or medicine 1998). http://scim.ag/_IgNobels

Wasabi.

Finger Drawings From a Prehistoric PreschoolAmong the prolifi c paintings and other art in the 8-kilometer-long Rouffi gnac cave system in southwestern France are a number of unusual markings known as fi nger fl utings, which were made by people dragging their hands through the soft silt that lines the cave’s walls. By analyzing the fi nger fl utings of modern humans, researchers discovered that the ratio of the distance between the three middle fi ngers indicates that many of the cave artists were very young children, one as young as 2 or 3 years old, the researchers reported 2 October at the archaeology of childhood conference in Cambridge, U.K. Some of these fl utings were too steady for a toddler, they found, sug-gesting that an adult guided the child’s hand. Since the children’s drawings seemed to be concentrated in one chamber, the researchers believe that the alcove may have been a sort of art school. And some of the drawings were high on the walls and on the ceiling, suggesting that the children were lifted.

Washington, D.C. They also boost the local economy by serving as tourist attractions. About 30% of shark species are threatened, and not enough is known about many of the rest to determine their conservation status, says Rand, but some at-risk species, like the oceanic white tip, will get a reprieve thanks to the new Marshall Islands law.

Page 25: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 25

NEWSC

RE

DIT

S: (L

EFT

) JO

N C

OH

EN

/SC

IEN

CE

; (R

IGH

T FR

OM

TO

P) A

LESS

AN

DR

O B

IAN

CH

I/R

EU

TER

S/LA

ND

OV;

TO

NY

GE

NTI

LE/R

EU

TER

S/LA

ND

OV;

NA

SA/U

CLA

BY THE NUMBERS23,000 Air miles (and carbon footprint) the average astronomer logs each year traveling to meet-ings and observatories, according to astrophysicist Philip Marshall of the University of Oxford.

100 meters Estimated thick-ness of snow on parts of Saturn’s moon Enceladus, according to data presented last week at a planetary sciences meeting.

Random Sample

Following Berlusconi’s Risqué GazeIf Silvio Berlusconi leers at someone to his right, Italy’s conservative voters will tend to glance in that direction, too, as if to see what he’s looking at. Right-wing Italians seem to naturally track the gaze of those in power, says Marco Tullio Liuzza, a social neuroscientist at the Sapienza University of Rome.

Liuzza and colleagues organized 28 subjects into right- and left-leaning voters, and sat them in front of a com-puter screen displaying a range of Ital-ian politicians. The images included Prime Minister Berlusconi and left-leaning Antonio Di Pietro. The subjects were instructed to pay attention to the color of a square positioned between the politician’s eyes, and to look left or right, depending on its color. But while the subjects waited for the square to change, the team also quickly shifted the gaze of the politican in the image, making the image appear to glance right or left.

Right-wing voters were more likely to follow the direction of Berlusconi’s gaze than Di Pietro’s and would fol-low Berlusconi’s gaze even when the box color instructed the voters to look in the opposite direction, the team reported in a study published online in PLoS ONE last month. That result, they suggested, is similar to behavior observed in monkeys in which subordinate primates follow the gaze of dominant monkeys much more than those big cheeses returned the favor. Left-leaning voters, however, were less inclined to follow Di Pietro’s gaze, Liuzza says.

But there’s an important caveat: This study was conducted in 2009, long before Berlusconi became embroiled in numerous sex scandals, Liuzza notes. “It would be interesting to see if this effect would disappear now that the confi dence in Berlusconi’s coalition has drastically dropped.”

FINDINGS

CFS Researcher FiredJudy Mikovits, who for 2 years has champi-oned the controversial theory that XMRV, a mouse retrovirus, has links to chronic

fatigue syndrome (CFS), was fi red on 29 Septem-ber. The next day, a blog-ger raised questions about a slide Mikovits presented at a scientifi c meeting, triggering a probe by Science of a fi g-ure in a paper it published by

Mikovits and colleagues in October 2009.The Whittemore Peterson Institute for

Neuro-Immune Disease (WPI), a private organization in Reno, Nevada, devoted to CFS research and treatment, said it fi red Mikovits for withholding a cell line from a co-worker. In a termination letter dated 30 September, Annette Whittemore, CEO of WPI, charged Mikovits with being “insub-ordinate and insolent.” Mikovits, who was immediately locked out of her lab, responded that she withheld the cell line because the co-worker failed to take her direction.

That same day, a blog written by gradu-ate student Abbie Smith at the University of Oklahoma, Oklahoma City, noted that Miko-vits had presented a slide at a recent CFS meeting that looked identical to an image in the 2009 Science paper. But the slide had dif-ferent patient numbers and unique experi-mental conditions. Science Executive Editor Monica Bradford said the journal was con-tacting the authors to review the description of the slide in the original paper.

Mikovits and collaborator Francis Rus-cetti of the National Cancer Institute in Fred-erick, Maryland, say patient numbers were changed to protect privacy and no wrong-doing occurred. http://scim.ag/_Mikovits Full color. Vesta’s myriad minerals.

Berlusconi

Di Pietro

Asteroid Vesta Exceeds ExpectationsThe 529-kilometer-diameter asteroid Vesta is revealing even more geologic diversity than scientists had expected. They knew that a col-lision with another asteroid had splashed off three kinds of rock that still land on Earth as

meteorites. And Vesta’s overall spectral color, as returned by NASA’s orbiting Dawn space-craft, matches that of these Vesta meteorites, Dawn team members reported 3 October at a planetary science meeting in Nantes, France. But rather than a monotonously uniform sur-face homogenized by impact cratering over the eons, the fi rst up-close look at the aster-oid reveals a full palette of mineral “colors”

(mapped in false color refl ecting the wide range of rock composi-tions). Researchers will now have to sort out how more than 4 billion years of impacts—including one at the south pole that nearly destroyed the asteroid—reshaped Vesta after it developed a crust, mantle, and core much like Earth’s.

Mikovits

Page 26: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 26

NEWS & ANALYSIS

CR

ED

IT: N

EW

S &

VIE

WS,

NA

TUR

E 4

78 (6

OC

TOB

ER

201

1) ©

2011

MA

CM

ILLA

N P

UB

LISH

ER

S LT

D.

It’s a result many have hoped for—and some have feared—for more than a decade: Researchers have found a way to use human oocytes to reprogram adult cells, allowing them to form early embryos that can give rise to embryonic stem (ES) cells. The result-ing stem cells are not normal, however. They carry the genomes of both the adult cell and the oocyte, so they have three copies of each chromosome instead of the usual two. But they can still form a variety of tissues in the lab, and they seem, in initial tests, to act like other pluripotent stem cells, cells that can form all of the body’s tissue types.

The work “for the fi rst time demonstrates that the human egg has the ability to turn a dif-ferentiated cell into a stem cell,” says Dieter Egli of the New York Stem Cell Foundation laboratory in New York City. Egli led the work, which is published this week in Nature. That’s good news for the scientists who have been hoping to use oocytes to reprogram cells from patients suffering from a variety of hard-to-treat diseases—a technique that could enable them to better understand dis-ease and perhaps someday treat it. Scientists did the proof-of-principle experiment with mouse cells in 2002, but success in primates has been elusive.

At the same time many have dreaded such a result, fearing it will prompt demand for human oocytes (see sidebar). Others oppose the work because it involves creating a human embryo and then destroying it. And some worry that if human nuclear transfer works in the lab, someone could eventually use it to clone a human being.

In the near term, at least, the fact that Egli’s technique produces abnormal triploid cells should dampen some of those concerns. The resulting embryos developed for about a week but would likely not be viable much beyond that point.

Because the cells are abnormal, they won’t be useful as disease models. Even so, the advance could bring scientists closer to understanding how the oocyte pulls off its reprogramming feat and how this process dif-fers from another technique, called induced reprogramming, that can transform a mature cell into an embryolike one. In 2006, a team led by Shinya Yamanaka of Kyoto University in Japan reported that by adding a handful of genes to a skin cell, they could turn it into an

induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cell. That technique seemed to offer a way

around the diffi cult and controversial research on human nuclear transfer, but the question has remained: Are iPS cells equivalent to ES cells? There is some evidence, for example, that mouse ES cells produced via nuclear transfer may be more thoroughly repro-grammed than iPS cells, some of which retain traces of the adult tissue type they came from. Many researchers argue that to fully under-stand reprogramming, they need to be able to study human cells reprogrammed by oocytes.

But nuclear programming using primate

oocytes has proved surprisingly difficult. More than a decade of research in many labs has yielded just a handful of reports of suc-cessful nuclear transfer using monkey or human oocytes. Most famously, Woo Suk Hwang at Seoul National University in South Korea claimed to have made a dozen stem cell lines from nuclear transfer–derived embryos. Those claims turned out to be fraudulent. In the vast majority of attempts, the nuclear

transfer embryos seem to hit a wall and stop developing after about 3 days, when they have just six to eight cells.

At fi rst, Egli and colleagues ran into the same roadblock. When they removed the oocyte nucleus, fused the enucleated oocyte with a skin cell, and triggered cell division, the oocytes divided once or twice. But after 2 or 3 days, the cells stopped dividing and ultimately died.

The researchers noticed that develop-ment stopped at the time when the embry-onic nucleus would usually start expressing genes. And they saw that the green fl uores-cent protein (GFP) that marked the donor skin cells was not expressed in the arrested cells. When they looked more closely, they found several lines of evidence that, for some reason, the new nucleus wasn’t able to turn on any of its genes.

As a control experiment, the researchers fused a GFP-tagged donor skin cell with an intact oocyte—without removing the oocyte nucleus—and triggered the cell to divide. Immediately, they saw a difference. On day 4, the embryos started to express the GFP. And, out of 63 tries, the researchers produced 13 blastocysts, the hollow ball of cells that forms around day 5 of development. From those 13 blastocysts, the researchers were able to derive two stem cell lines. One car-ries the genome of a male who has type 1 dia-betes, and the other carries the genome of a healthy male adult. Despite their extra chro-mosomes, the cells expressed genes typical of pluripotent cells, and they were able to form tissues from all three embryonic germ layers—a basic test of pluripotency. In their overall gene expression, they resembled both iPS and ES cells.

To test how thoroughly the donor genome had been reprogrammed, Egli and colleagues sequenced parts of the oocyte genome and the donor cell genome so they could distinguish whether genes were being expressed prefer-entially from one or the other. If the skin cell genome were incompletely reprogrammed, they reasoned, those chromosomes would express relatively more skin-type genes and the oocyte chromosomes more embryonic genes. Their initial analysis suggests the skin cell “memory” had been erased.

“The authors are to be congratulated. It’s very systematically done,” says Ian Wilmut

Human Cells Cloned—AlmostST E M C E L L S

Some assistance required. Without the oocyte’s nucleus, human embryos formed by nuclear transfer stop developing by day 3.

Page 27: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 27

NEWSC

RE

DIT

: S. N

OG

GLE

ET

AL.

NA

TUR

E 4

78 (6

OC

TOB

ER

201

1) ©

2011

MA

CM

ILLA

N P

UB

LISH

ER

S LT

D.

of the University of Edinburgh in the United Kingdom, who with his colleagues cloned Dolly the sheep in 1996, the fi rst mammal cloned by somatic cell nuclear transfer. The experiments take researchers much closer to understanding the obsta-cles in primate nuclear transfer experiments—and ultimately over-coming them, he says. “There is clearly something missing that you have to have at the start of transcrip-tion,” he says. “It should be possible to a), identify it, and, b), supply it.”

Kevin Eggan, a stem cell researcher at Harvard University who was Egli’s postdoctoral super-visor, agrees. “There is a gene or genes which cannot be expressed on the somatic chromosomes that are needed to get transcription started,” he says. He, with Egli and other colleagues, published this week in Nature Communications an account of their attempts to use fertilized human eggs in place of oocytes in nuclear transfer experi-ments. (The fertilized eggs were left over after fertility treatments; patients donated

them for research.) The technique works with mouse cells, but with human cells the embryos stopped dividing at the six- or eight-cell stage. These experiments also suggest that the problem is a failure to turn on tran-scription in the donor genome.

The missing factor—whatever it is—is absolutely required, says Eggan, who sus-

pects that other reported successes with human nuclear transfer may have been accidents. “Having done hundreds of experiments in zygotes—and Dieter has done hundreds with oocytes—my view is that everyone who made a blas-tocyst probably messed up and left a chromosome in,” he says.

Egli and his team are now looking for the missing factor, he says, as well as testing to see whether using a different kind of adult cell—perhaps a stem cell from blood or neural tissue—might get around the problem. They will also continue to char-acterize the nuclear transfer stem cell lines, he says, to see how they

compare with ES and iPS cells.Despite the ethical, legal, and practical

hurdles that complicate his work, Egli says the effort is worth it. “It’s not about deter-mining which is the easier approach,” he says. “It is about determining which is the better approach.”

–GRETCHEN VOGEL

Turn it on. A fused oocyte and somatic cell form an early embryo that turns on the somatic cell’s green fl uorescent protein on day 4 of development and forms a blastocyst by day 6.

Where Do Human Eggs Come From? A key limitation for human nuclear transfer research has been the diffi culty and ethical questions about obtaining oocytes from young, fertile women. A combination of factors in New York enabled Dieter Egli’s lab to receive a steady supply of healthy human oocytes from a cooperating assisted-reproduction clinic. Ultimately, over the course of 19 months, 16 women donated 270 oocytes to the research program. Egli and his colleagues used this unusual resource to set up a systematic study of human nuclear transfer, which has now brought scientists signifi cantly closer to understanding why most attempts have so far failed (see main text).

Egli started working on cloning in the lab of Kevin Eggan at Harvard University, who, with several colleagues at the Harvard Stem Cell Insti-tute, had private funding to work on human nuclear transfer. But just as the project was getting under way, Massachusetts passed a law making it illegal to compensate women beyond direct expenses for donating eggs for research purposes. Eggan, Egli, and colleagues spent 2 years attempt-ing to recruit donors, advertising in newspapers, magazines, on public transportation, and online. Although 239 women contacted the program and 79 met all eligibility criteria, only one woman ended up donating. The scientists describe their experience this week in Cell Stem Cell. “We had a feeling it wasn’t going to work, but we had to try,” Eggan says. “And try we did, really hard, for a long time. We beat every bush. We learned that we can’t get women to donate oocytes without compensation.”

In 2008, Egli set up his own lab at the privately funded New York Stem Cell Foundation laboratory. New York law allows compensation for oocyte donors, and the Empire State Stem Cell Board has endorsed the practice. In New York, Egli started working with Mark Sauer, a reproduc-

tive endocrinologist and program director for assisted reproduction at Columbia University Medical Center in New York. Sauer had surveyed women who came to the clinic with the intention of donating eggs to the assisted-reproduction program, which pays its donors $8000. After the women received information on the risks and discomforts of egg dona-tion, he asked them whether they would prefer to donate to assisted reproduction or research. Many of them said they would prefer research. Sixteen such donors—who were each paid the standard $8000 fee—ultimately provided Egli and his colleagues with 270 oocytes for the study published this week. Sauer says he continues to provide Egli’s lab with oocytes from one or two donors a month “without impacting our assisted-reproduction program.”

Many top stem cell researchers, however, won’t be able to follow up on Egli’s work. The California Institute for Regenerative Medicine, which funds leading researchers in California and beyond, prohibits research-ers from paying oocyte donors. Massachusetts, which hosts top stem cell labs at Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, also pro-hibits donor payment. In the United Kingdom, authorities have allowed only “egg sharing,” in which women who are undergoing assisted repro-duction can donate some of their excess oocytes to research and receive a discount on the costs of the procedure.

Such regulations are intended to prevent women from being unduly coerced into donating eggs. Eggan says that worry is legitimate, but a ban on any payment goes too far. “Now that I know what is involved, it just seems right to me that women should be compensated fairly—not overly, but fairly.” –G.V.

Page 28: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 28

NEWS&ANALYSIS

CR

ED

IT: C

OU

RTE

SY O

F K

AIS

ER

PE

RM

AN

EN

TE

Tucked away in a temporary office close to the White House in Washington, D.C., Joe Selby is preparing to launch the best-funded new medical research institute you may never have heard of. Its name—PCORI, the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute—is not a household word. But it already has a few assets that would make any agency head salivate: a mandate from Congress to scale up, a trust partly fi nanced by insurance fees that will provide about $500 million a year, independent status, and an almost open agenda. Its task is mind-bogglingly broad, though: to discover what kinds of therapies work best for patients.

Selby, 64, a family physician and epide-miologist, has been on the job as PCORI’s fi rst executive director for only 3 months. He was recruited from Kaiser Permanente of Northern California, where he spent 27 years as a doctor-investigator and then head of research. His main interest in recent years has been type 2 diabetes, and he led studies that helped establish the value of the drug metformin to prevent or slow the dis-ease. Early use of metformin is accepted everywhere now, Selby says, but it took a decade of research to prove that it was safer and more effective than the sulfonylurea drugs used for more than 3 decades—and to persuade doctors to switch.

PCORI was created by the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. But even before that health reform bill was enacted, the Obama Administration and Congress steered $1.1 billion of economic stimulus money into the fi eld Selby special-izes in, known as “comparative effective-ness research.” Its practitioners aim to sift data from medical records to discover which treatments benefi t large numbers of patients. The fi eld blossomed with the advent of elec-tronic records; Kaiser Permanente was an early convert.

During the debate over health care reform, advocates said that comparative effectiveness studies could help promote the best medicine and even slow medical cost inflation. Heated confrontations ensued; opponents charged that the Administra-tion would create “death panels” to allo-cate medicine and regulate when Granny should be pulled off life support. Mindful of that furor, Congress eventually agreed to fund comparative effectiveness research

in the 2010 health bill but only through a new, self-governing, independent “patient centered” agency: PCORI. And Congress said that PCORI absolutely may not study cost effectiveness. Stakeholders from every medical constituency now sit on PCORI’s board of governors and set policy.

Selby met with Science last week to talk about PCORI’s agenda, the tension in its mandate, and plans to involve patients in designing and reviewing research. The com-ments have been edited.

–ELIOT MARSHALL

Q: What is the main goal of this research?J.S.: We think it starts by listening to the patients, that the research agenda is driven by what patients say is important. Patient-centered–outcomes research is putting use-ful, practical information in the hands of patients and their clinicians.

Q: Why can’t clinical trials do this?J.S.: I think a lot of comparative effective-ness research will be done with randomized trials. … But a lot of clinical trials have been driven in substantial part by a desire to better understand the biology, … sometimes to the de-emphasis of the importance of outcomes. Trials of using estrogens in postmenopausal women showed very nicely that estrogens improved the lipid profi le, but a large out-comes study came along and proved that estrogens defi nitely didn’t have a benefi cial effect on cardiovascular disease.

Q: How will stakeholders set the agenda?J.S.: Over the next 2 to 3 months we will be going out to patient organizations, conven-ing meetings of patients, conducting focus groups. We will very likely be using some sort of crowd sourcing, so we will be using social media to reach people. … We expect [the process will lead to] 10 priorities [to guide research grant and contract awards].

Q: How will patients be involved in reviews?J.S.: We will add an additional criterion to the list that reviewers [use to] evaluate the grants or contract proposals. That is, what is the evidence that the researchers have engaged patients and other stakeholders in the planning and design of the study? What’s the evidence that they have experience in doing that? And patients will be among the members of the study sections. I can’t tell you the exact num-ber per study section, but it will be more than a token patient. We will take patients through training to get them ready to participate.

Q: Will PCORI studies look at cost?J.S.: We are funded and have a mandate to measure clinical outcomes. One thing we very clearly won’t do is do cost-effectiveness studies. It is very clear that the framers of the legislation do not want us to go near that.

Q: Who will conduct this research?J.S.: PCORI hopes to fund a broader spectrum of researchers; it hopes to pull new players who are close to patients, close to communi-ties, closer to usual care. We have to do this while preserving the rigor of research. One way that could happen is by fostering partner-ships between patients, or community-based clinicians, or patient groups, or hospital groups, and researchers.

Q: What’s the advantage of being indepen-dent?J.S.: We can fund a wider range of applicants. … As one example, we can give grants to for-profi t entities as well as nonprofi ts. It’s easier for us to conduct large surveys. … If a topic arises suddenly and there’s a need to learn how patients feel about it, we can solicit information quickly. Q: How soon will the substantive work begin?J.S.: I don’t think it will take long after the research agenda is specifi ed and put out for comment [a few months]. We are all anxious to get started. But we are trying something new and different, and we’ve got to put the foundation in place. … Be sure to come back in 6 months.

Sifting Medical Records to Determine Which Therapies Work Best

N E W S M A K E R I NT E RV I E W: JO E S E L BY

Page 29: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 29

NEWS&ANALYSISTA

BLE

SO

UR

CE

S: D

. KO

HN

, N. C

ART

IER

-LA

CA

VE

, U. R

EIS

S, W

. HA

USW

IRTH

, NIH

GE

NE

TH

ER

APY

SY

MPO

SIU

M, 2

6 SE

PTE

MB

ER

, 201

1; L

AN

CE

T 37

4, 1

597

(200

9); N

EJM

358

, 223

1 (2

008)

; NA

TUR

E 4

67, 3

18 (2

010)

It has taken many years, but researchers may have reached a prized goal in gene therapy: lowering the risk of uncontrolled bleeding in patients with hemophilia. At a meeting last week, researchers reported that six patients who received a virus engineered to carry a gene for a blood-clotting protein called fac-tor IX needed fewer transfusions of the pro-tein for as long as 18 months; some didn’t require any transfusions. One patient devel-oped an immune response to the viral vector, but this side effect was successfully treated with drugs.

Some researchers say these results mark a watershed for the long-struggling fi eld. At the meeting at the U.S. National Insti-tutes of Health (NIH) in Bethesda, Maryland, gene therapy research-ers summarized progress on several fronts. They said they have proved that they can treat at least a half-dozen rare genetic diseases (see table), and that early trials are begin-ning to find benefits for common diseases as well, including HIV, leu-kemia, and heart disease.

Most important, gene therapy seems to have overcome a reputa-tion for recklessness it acquired a decade ago after an 18-year-old, Jesse Gelsinger, died in a trial. “It’s a different day now,” says meeting attendee Theodore Friedmann of the University of California (UC), San Diego, who has followed the f ield since the 1970s: People recognize that “it really is the right thing to do for some diseases.”

To be sure, enthusiasm is not what it was 20 years ago when NIH last held a simi-lar symposium. That event attracted nearly twice as many speakers and attendees (21 speakers and about 400 registrants came this time), noted R. Jude Samulski of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, president of the American Society of Gene and Cell Therapy (ASGCT), a meeting co-sponsor. Back then, “excitement clearly exceeded any of the data,” Samulski said at the meeting. After the Gelsinger incident, U.S. regulators put many trials on hold; oth-ers were canceled.

But in the early 2000s, teams in Paris and Milan demonstrated the fi rst clear-cut ben-efits from gene therapy, treating children with two different forms of severe combined immunodefi ciency disorder (SCID), which

make the patient highly vulnerable to infec-tion. Last year, researchers reported success in two patients with another immune dis-order, Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome; like SCID patients, they were treated by adding a cura-tive gene to blood stem cells. By now, about 86 patients with these immune defi ciencies have been helped this way, Donald Kohn of UC Los Angeles said at the NIH meeting.

Last year also brought good news in a new area: Gene therapy researchers pub-lished the fi rst success in treating a patient with β-thalassemia, a blood disorder that is relatively common in South Asia and the Mediterranean region. Eight centers are

now setting out to expand on this result, noted Michel Sadelain of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in New York City.

These trials were not without problems, however. In some the viral vector, a retro-virus, which can insert unpredictably in DNA, turned on an oncogene, increasing the risk of cancer. Nine patients, including three with chronic granulomatous disease, another immune disorder, who initially seemed cured by gene therapy later developed a leuke-mia-like disease, Kohn noted. In response, a U.S.-European consortium has developed alternative “self-inactivating” retroviral vec-tors that are less likely to turn on other genes. All new trials treating blood cells are using these vectors.

It’s a sign of the fi eld’s overall health that researchers are going beyond safety test-ing now. The San Raffaele Telethon Insti-tute for Gene Therapy in Milan, for example, will soon apply to European regulators to

conduct a phase III trial needed for regula-tory approval of a plan for treating adenos-ine deaminase defi ciency–SCID. Last year, that institute struck a deal with pharmaceu-tical giant GlaxoSmithKline to commercial-ize gene therapies for seven disorders. “Gene therapy for rare genetic diseases is really a mature fi eld now,” Telethon Institute immu-nologist Maria-Grazia Roncarolo said at the NIH meeting.

Eye diseases are another success story. In three trials that are “kind of biblical in impact,” Friedmann says, eyesight improved, sometimes dramatically, in 28 of 30 patients with Leber’s congenital amaurosis, a type of

inherited blindness, after gene ther-apy using an adeno-associated virus (AAV) to deliver a curative gene to the retina. The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (CHOP) plans to apply this fall to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to conduct a phase III trial for this treatment. Gene therapy trials for two other blind-ness diseases are under way. “In the next year and a half, there’s going to be a boatload coming out,” says Stephen Rose, chief research offi cer for Foundation Fighting Blindness.

Gene therapy is working for neuro logic diseases, too. The San Raffaele Telethon Institute has treated four patients with a devas-tating brain disorder called meta-chromatic leukodystrophy, following

a report published in 2009 from a team in France that used a similar strategy to halt the progression of a related disease, adrenoleuko-dystrophy. So far the treatment seems safe and the patients’ blood cells are producing the cor-rected enzyme, Roncarolo reported.

The path to better health has been long and winding for hemophilia B patients. A trial in the early 2000s led by Katherine High of CHOP and Stanford University’s Mark Kay resulted in only brief gene expression; patients developed an immune response that destroyed cells with the corrected gene. This trial used AAV to deliver a factor-IX clotting factor gene to the liver. But a new trial led by Amit Nathwani of University College London and Andrew Davidoff of St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital in Memphis, Tennes-see, has overcome earlier immune problems. These researchers used a different AAV that can be delivered intravenously and may be less likely to trigger an immune reaction. As

Gene Therapists Celebrate a Decade of ProgressC L I N I C A L R E S E A R C H

Disorder Disease Patients First type benefi ting publication

X-SCID Immunodefi ciency 17/20 2000 ADA-SCID Immunodefi ciency 26/37 2002 Adrenoleukodystrophy Neurologic 2/4* 2009 Leber’s congenital Blindness 28/30 2008 amaurosis Wiskott-Aldrich Immunodefi ciency 8/10 2010 syndrome �-thalassemia Hemoglobinopathy 1/1 2010 Hemophilia Coagulation 6/6 2011?

*Includes a patient treated too recently to see benefi t

Some Gene Therapy Successes

Page 30: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 30

NEWS&ANALYSIS

CR

ED

ITS

(LE

FT T

O R

IGH

T): C

OU

RTE

SY O

F LA

WR

EN

CE

BE

RK

ELE

Y N

ATI

ON

AL

LAB

OR

ATO

RY; B

ELI

ND

A P

RA

TTE

N; H

OM

EW

OO

D P

HO

TOG

RA

PHY

Thirteen years ago, two teams of astrono-mers and physicists independently made the same stark discovery: Not only is the universe expanding like a vast infl ating balloon, but its expansion is speeding up. At the time, many scientists expected that the gravitational pull of the galaxies ought to slow the expansion down. Today, researchers from both teams shared the Nobel Prize in physics for that dra-matic observation, which has changed the conceptual land-scape in cosmology, astronomy, and par-ticle physics.

Half of the $1.45 million prize will go to Saul Perlmutter of Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory and the University of California, Berkeley, who led the Supernova Cosmology Proj-ect. The other half will be shared by Brian Schmidt of the Australian National University in Weston Creek, who led the High-z Super-nova Search Team, and Adam Riess of Johns Hopkins University and the Space Telescope Science Institute in Baltimore, Maryland, who worked on High-z. “I’m really happy for them,” says Yannick Mellier of the Institute for Astrophysics in Paris. “It’s a huge discov-ery that has impact in all of physics.”

Both teams traced the expansion of the universe back through time using stel-lar explosions called type Ia supernovae. Because all such supernovae explode with essentially the same brightness, astrono-mers can use them as “standard candles”: They can tell how far away a supernova is by measuring its apparent brightness from Earth. They can also tell how long ago the

stellar bomb went off by measuring how much its light has been stretched to lon-ger, redder wavelengths by the expansion of space. Using different supernovae, both teams found that the expansion of the uni-verse is accelerating. “We thought we must be making some mistake,” Schmidt says. “But the mistake refused to go away.”

Other evidence soon bolstered the case

for the accelerating expansion and some sort of “dark energy” to power it. A few years later, measurements of the afterglow of the big bang—the so-called cosmic micro-wave background—indicated that 70% of the stuff in the universe had to be dark energy. Studies of clusters of galaxies show that their growth has slowed over the 14-billion-year age of the universe, as if space-stretching dark energy were impeding it.

Exactly how surprising the discovery of the accelerating expansion was remains a matter of debate. By the late 1990s, cosmolo-gists had begun to suspect that the universe contained a large amount of dark energy and only a little matter, says Simon White, a the-orist at the Max Planck Institute for Astro-physics in Garching, Germany. In contrast, Schmidt recalls that the debate was between theorists who claimed the universe’s expan-sion should be slowing a lot and observers

who found no evidence for that. Cosmologists, astrophysicists, and par-

ticle physicists must still explain what dark energy is. Much effort focuses on how the density of dark energy changes as space expands. If dark energy is an inherent part of space, the density should remain constant. If dark energy is something in space, then it should become more dilute. The question

comes down to using further astronomi-cal observations to determine whether a single parameter in the cosmological “equation of state” is exactly –1, indicating dark energy is part of space, or something like –0.93, indicating

that dark energy is something in space. Cur-rently the value of this parameter is consistent with –1 with an uncertainty of about 10%.

Will scientists ever know what dark energy is? “That’s not a sure thing,” White says. “The problem is that you can’t prove by observations that a parameter is exactly minus one.”

Each team comprised about 20 scientists. “This is another example of what a shame it is that the Nobels can’t recognize teams,” says Martin Rees of the University of Cam-bridge in the United Kingdom. “It sends the wrong signal.” White notes that Robert Kirshner of Harvard University was the the-sis adviser for Schmidt and Riess and got them started on the prize-winning project.

Oddly, Edwin Hubble, who in the 1920s discovered that the universe is expanding, never won a Nobel Prize. –ADRIAN CHOWith reporting by Daniel Clery.

Curious Cosmic Speed-Up Nabs Nobel PrizeN O B E L P R I Z E I N P H Y S I C S

Ulrike Reiss of St. Jude reported at the meet-ing, levels of factor IX reached 1% to 8% of normal levels in the six patients, high enough that two patients could cut back on their twice- or thrice-weekly infusions of factor IX, and four could go off infusions altogether.

Even so, one patient who got the highest dose did experience immune effects: As in the previous trial, the patient’s T cells targeted the capsid, or protein coat, of the viral vector, causing liver enzymes to rise. But this time, researchers controlled the reaction by giv-ing the patient prednisolone, a widely used steroid, for several weeks until the capsids

degraded and cleared. However, prednisolone may not be acceptable for hemophilia patients with hepatitis, says High, a trial collaborator. The treatment also won’t work for the 30% of patients with preexisting immunity to AAV8. And gene therapy will be more challenging for the more common form of the disease, hemophilia A, which involves a larger gene that cannot be delivered as easily with AAV.

Still, this trial and the eye studies show the promise of AAV vectors for gene ther-apy, High says. To have achieved success with hemophilia “feels great,” she says. “It’s much more fun to think about” obstacles to

treating more patients “rather than how to get it to work,” High says.

Researchers at the meeting pointed to many hurdles that still lie ahead: the “morass” of multistage reviews these protocols face, particularly in the United States; long time-lines for some patients to show benefi ts; and scarce funding for rare diseases. But research-ers are optimistic enough that the ASGCT is working on a list of 10 diseases that it hopes will be successfully treated with gene ther-apy within the next 7 years. Says Samulski, “Now we’re where everyone wanted to be 10 years ago.” –JOCELYN KAISER

BRIAN P. SCHMIDTSAUL PERLMUTTER ADAM G. RIESS

N BEL PRIZE

2011 PHYSICS

Page 31: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 31

NEWS&ANALYSISC

RE

DIT

S (L

EFT

TO

RIG

HT)

: CO

URT

ESY

OF

THE

SC

RIP

PS R

ESE

AR

CH

INST

ITU

TE; P

ASC

AL

DIS

DIE

R/N

ATI

ON

AL

CE

NTE

R O

F SC

IEN

TIFI

C R

ESE

AR

CH

; CO

URT

ESY

OF

RO

CK

EFE

LLE

R U

NIV

ER

SITY

Nobel Prizes typically trigger immense cel-ebration, by the individual winners and by members of the scientifi c fi elds they repre-sent. But the celebrations for this year’s Nobel Prize in physiology or medicine, which hon-ored three scientists who unraveled key details of how the immune system becomes activated, were muted by the death of one of the winners.

The Nobel Assembly at the Karolinska Institute in Stockholm awarded one-half of the $1.45 million prize to Bruce Beutler of the Scripps Research Institute in San Diego, California, and Jules Hoffmann of the Uni-versity of Strasbourg in France for their work on toll-like receptors (TLRs), the cell surface proteins that help provide a broad, fi rst-line defense against microbial patho-gens. While that selection generated some debate among immunologists, a tragic twist involving the third winner, Ralph Steinman of Rockefeller University in New York City, grabbed most of the attention.

Unbeknownst to the Nobel Assembly—and most scientists—Steinman had died a few days before the Nobel Prize was announced on Monday morning. The assembly recognized Steinman for his discovery of so-called den-dritic cells and the role they play in the activa-tion of other immune cells—knowledge used to design treatments for him during his 4-year battle with pancreatic cancer. “We were all stunned. It’s a real shame,” says immunologist Luke O’Neill of Trinity College Dublin.

Once Rockefeller University learned of Steinman’s death and informed the Nobel Assembly, the Board of the Nobel Founda-tion hurriedly gathered on Monday to delib-erate; the statutes governing the prizes say that they must go to living scientists. By the end of the day, the foundation released a statement calling the situation “unprec-edented” but confi rming that the award to Steinman would stand.

Steinman’s battle with cancer represents a sign of how far the dendritic fi eld he launched has progressed. Steinman discovered this new immune cell type in 1973. He later showed that it can activate the immune system’s T and B cells and helped unravel the mechanisms by which the so-called adaptive immune system, the arm that targets microbes with specifi c killer cells and antibodies, decides whether to mount a response. Cancer vaccines either using or targeting dendritic cells are now the subject of numerous clinical trials, and one tar-

geting prostate cancer was recently approved for use in the United States.

When Steinman was diagnosed with pancreatic cancer back in 2007, he knew he wanted to marshal his own dendritic cells in the fi ght. “He had great faith in dendritic cells,” says Sarah Schlesinger, a physician and immunologist at Rockefeller University. “He believed they would establish immunity, and that would cure him.”

Steinman tried three dendritic cell thera-

pies. A company, Argos Therapeutics in Dur-ham, North Carolina, had a dendritic cell vaccine in trials for kidney cancer and per-sonalized the vaccine for Steinman, even though his cancer was a different type; scien-tists at Baylor College of Medicine in Texas did something similar for another dendritic cell vaccine, which they were testing against melanoma. Both clinical trials were closely vetted by the U.S. Food and Drug Adminis-tration. Steinman also tried a therapy called GVAX, which aims to recruit dendritic cells in the body. “There were dozens of colleagues around the country who helped,” Schlesinger says. (For more details on Steinman’s treat-ments, see http://scim.ag/Steinman.)

There is an intimate connection between Steinman’s work and that of his co-winners, as TLRs are molecular sensors by which den-dritic cells, and some other cells, recognize general features of pathogens, such as viral DNA or bacterial wall components. TLRs power the fi rst line of immune defense, the so-called innate immune response that involves infl ammation and cells such as neutrophils; TLRs, acting through dendritic cells, also kick-start the adaptive response involving T and B cells.

In 1996, Hoffmann, who was born in Lux-embourg but has spent his career in France and chaired the French Academy of Sciences, showed that the gene called Toll, at the time known primarily to be involved in embryo

development, plays a key role in mounting an innate immune defense against bacteria and fungi in fruit fl ies; mutants without Toll, which encodes the original TLR, died more readily from fungal infections, he and his co-workers reported in a paper in Cell.

In a paper published in Science 2 years later, Beutler and his colleagues won a fi erce race that solidly linked TLRs to mammalian immunity. Immunologists had been looking for the receptor that binds a bacterial com-pound called lipopolysaccharide, which can cause septic shock, a dangerous overreac-tion of the immune system. Beutler’s team proved it was a specifi c TLR. These proteins “are able to detect almost any kind of infec-tion. If you don’t have TLR signaling, you

are severely immunocompromised,” says Beutler, who is soon returning to the Uni-versity of Texas Southwestern Medical Cen-ter at Dallas, where he did much of the early TLR research.

Many companies are now developing drugs that either inhibit or activate TLRs in order to treat conditions including asthma, lupus, cancer, and transplant organ rejec-tion (Science, 14 April 2006, p. 184). And although some TLR-based treatments have failed in testing, a drug approved to treat gen-ital warts was found to work by stimulating one of the receptors.

Research on TLRs has long been very competitive, and while no one is challeng-ing the quality of Beutler and Hoffmann’s work, some grumblings have emerged over who did not get chosen. For example, Ruslan Medzhitov, a Russian immunologist at Yale University who worked on TLRs, recently shared a major award with Beutler and Hoffmann. Nobel Prize rules limit the award to three people, and O’Neill confi rmed to Science that in 2009 he was asked by the Nobel Assembly to prepare a confi dential report on the history of the fi eld to help guide the panel’s prize deliberations. “I struggled with it,” he says, noting that there are “at least fi ve or six key people” who could have been honored. –JOHN TRAVIS

With reporting by Jennifer Couzin-Frankel, Sara Reardon, Elizabeth Pennisi, and Martin Enserink.

JULES A. HOFFMANNBRUCE A. BEUTLER RALPH M. STEINMAN

N BEL PRIZE

2011 PHYSIOLOGY

Immunology Prize Overshadowed by Untimely Death of Awardee

N O B E L P R I Z E I N P H Y S I O LO G Y O R M E D I C I N E

Page 32: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 32

CR

ED

IT: N

ASA

(EA

RTH

IMA

GE

)

EonEra

EpochPeriod

Proterozoic | 2.5 billion years ago

Phanerozoic | 542 million years ago

Archean | 3.8 billion years ago

Hadean | 4.6 billion years agoAnthropocene Since ≈150 years ago?

“Each time I see it, it’s dramatic; the equiv-alent of listening to a particularly impres-sive bit of Mozart—like the opening of Don Giovanni, or the bit where Don gets dragged down to the pits,” says geologist Jan Zalasiewicz of the University of Leicester in the United Kingdom.

The object of his awestruck tone seems unremarkable: a stripe of black rock abut-ting a pale gray section of cliff in Dob’s Linn gorge in the United Kingdom. But to geol-ogists, this slice of shale represents one of

the major transitions in Earth’s history. It is the location for a “golden spike,” an interna-tionally agreed-on marker for the boundary between two different geological periods, eras, or epochs. In this case, the golden spike marks the boundary between the Ordovician and Silurian periods, two planetary states so different from each other that, to geologists, the rocky evidence for each is clearly dis-tinguishable. The Ordovician ended some 445 million years ago as rapid glaciation and other global changes triggered the planet’s

fi fth mass extinction event, wiping out more than 60% of marine life.

Now, scientists say, the planet has crossed another geological boundary, a transforma-tion that will leave its own signature stripe in the rocks—and humans are the change-makers. An infl uential group of geologists, ecologists, and biologists argue that humans have so changed the planet that it is entering another phase of geological time, called the Anthropocene, “the Age of Man.” Human-ity, they contend, can be considered a

An Epoch Debate

There’s no dispute that humans are leaving their mark on the planet, but geologists and other scientists are debating whether this imprint is

distinctive and enduring enough to designate a new epoch: the Anthropocene

NEWSFOCUS

Page 33: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 33

NEWSFOCUS

geophysical force on a par with supervolca-noes, asteroid impacts, or the kinds of tec-tonic shift that led to the massive glaciation of the Ordovician.

“The Dob’s Linn golden spike marks a revolutionary period in the Earth’s history,” Zalasiewicz says. “I feel quite the same sense of awe when I think about the kinds of large-scale geological changes that we are making to our planet now.”

From the invention of agriculture and domestication of animals to the creation of cities, humans have been altering the land-scape ever since the Holocene epoch began 11,500 years ago at the end of the last ice age. But, until recently, people have only changed their local environments. The industrial revolution increased the extent and reach of our impact, making it truly global. And after World War II, the system-wide human effect on our planet accelerated dramatically to the extent that the human-wrought changes may be considered com-parable, many scientists say, to geological transformations of the past, like that of the Ordovician to the Silurian.

It was Nobel laureate Paul Crutzen who fi rst came up with the term “Anthro-pocene.” In an article in Nature in 2002, Crutzen argued that human changes have moved the planet out of the Holocene into a much less climatically stable age. The notion took hold. A wide range of scientists have used the term to describe our unprecedented, planetwide environmental effects, some of which are immediately obvious from satel-lite images of Earth. But formally accepting the Anthropocene as a geological term is a more controversial matter. After all, changes that appear vast from our human perspec-tive might be invisible on a geological time scale. And debates over designating a new epoch, era, or period can take decades—even centuries—to resolve.

In 2009, the International Commission on Stratigraphy, the body charged with for-mally designating geological time periods, decided the Anthropocene concept “has some merit.” It set up the Anthropocene Working Group, chaired by Zalasiewicz, to investigate the proposed age and report back. This February, members of the group published their initial fi ndings in a special issue of the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A. The group reported a wide range of human impacts on the planet that will leave a stratigraphically signifi cant mark on the geological record.

Although he may often sound like an Anthropocene convert, Zalasiewicz says he hasn’t offi cially made up his mind. “What

we’re trying to do is to ask how different is our current world from that of a prehuman equivalent. And to what extent is the present state of the planet and its various changes in biology, chemistry, geography converted into geology?” he says.

The Anthropocene debate is continuing next week at the 2011 Geological Society of America conference in a session chaired by Stanley Finney, a geologist at California State University, Long Beach, who is the current chair of the International Commis-sion on Stratigraphy. Finney is one of the most outspoken skeptics of the Anthropo-cene designation. He agrees that humans are changing the planet but questions how much of a mark will be left in the strata. “Many of our visible impacts could be removed through erosion,” he says.

The writing in the rocksErle Ellis, an ecologist at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County, comes down firmly on the side of designating a new epoch, a view colored by his investigations into how humans have altered the plan-et’s land covering. Ellis, a member of the Anthropocene Working Group, calculates that 80% of Earth’s land surface has been modifi ed by humans, with about 40% cur-rently being used to produce food—a fi gure that doesn’t include land used for tim-ber plantations. Such deforestation and conversion to cropland or savanna leaves clear signs in the geological record; palynologists, who study pollen paleontology, can date human-kind’s ancient agricultural forays with great accuracy. The current unprecedented rate of deforestation—80,000 km2 per year—will also be easy to spot in the rock record, Ellis says. There are now more trees in agricul-tural land than in forests.

The human impact on biodiversity will infl uence the types and dispersal of fossil remains. “Biostratigraphy is a very effec-tive way of recognizing one’s place in deep time,” Zalasiewicz says. Consider that more than 90% of total vertebrate biomass today is made up of humans and domesticated animals, up from 0.1% 10,000 years ago. And if the prediction of some biologists comes true, Earth will experience the sixth mass extinction event in its 4.5-billion-year history because of hunting, overfi shing, hab-itat loss, pollution, and climate change; that would offer another, sobering piece of evi-dence for the Anthropocene.

Although humans have changed Earth’s biota and its hydrology through damming rivers, creating reservoirs, sucking dry aqui-fers, and melting glaciers, the geologists who will ultimately judge the Anthropocene case may end up focusing more on altera-tion of the planet’s lithosphere, its rocky shape. Some suggest that humanmade infra-structure will fashion a unique and endur-ing strata. “In the eyes of a geologist, we’re making really quite interesting patterns out of our raw materials,” Zalasiewicz says. “Wherever a road was buried, it would look like a rather strange and distinctive fossil river channel, but one which is quite rectan-gular in shape and with a particular pattern of gravel and other materials like concrete that are not typical of river channels. Mil-lions of years from now, a geologist would see this and raise an eyebrow. A lot that we’re producing is distinctive.”

Cities, too, would leave their marks. Some may erode away, but others, particu-larly those like Amsterdam or New Orleans that are in low-lying coastal zones and could become “fossilized” as sediments accumu-late over them, would leave their signatures of foundations, plumbing, and rubble in the lithostrata. “Peel back the pavements and the human interventions are already writ in the rocks,” says Simon Price, an urban geo-scientist with the British Geological Survey. “We’re witnessing a geological process, but it’s by our hands, not by glaciers or rivers.”

Humans are changing the lithostratig-raphy in now easily visible ways. Mining and other excavations remove four times as much sediment as the world’s glaciers and rivers move each year, and massive land-forming projects have created entire islands in the United Arab Emirates and elsewhere.

Other anthropogenic changes are not obvious from Google Earth but will leave an enduring legacy. Long-lasting alterations to the planet’s chemistry are already evi-dent: The world is currently being fl ooded with light carbon (the C-12 isotope rather than C-13) due to fossil-fuel burning, and there is now a measurable difference—con-sistent around the world—in the carbon composition of biological specimens such as sea shells, coral, and the shells of plank-ton foraminifera, which will be preserved in the strata. Chemostratigraphy will also reveal the appearance of novel chemicals, such as PCBs, plastics, radioactive isotopes like cesium from atomic tests (see sidebar, p. 37), and newly common materials, from metals such as aluminum (which doesn’t nat-urally appear in its elemental state) to nitrates

Onlinesciencemag.org

Podcast interview with author

Gaia Vince.

Continued on page 37

Page 34: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 34

NEWSFOCUS

A Global Perspective on the Anthropocene

AIR

1 2 3 4 5Aragonite saturation stateGetting More Acidic

CO2 280 PPM CO2 450 PPMSOURCE: O. HOEGH-GULDBERG ET AL., SCIENCE 318, 5857 (14 DECEMBER 2007)

30005000 5001000 B.C.E.Year

1 500 1000C.E. 1500 20000

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hum

an p

opula

tion

(billion

s)

240

260

280

300

320

340

360

380

Atm

osph

eric

CO

2 c

once

ntra

tion

(pp

m)

Atmospheric CO2 Concentration vs. Human Population

SOURCE: JED O. KAPLAN ET AL., THE HOLOCENE 21, 5 (AUGUST 2011)

Atmospheric N2O Concentration PPMV% Ozone Depletion Over Antarctica

6070

1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000

5040302010

0

310

300

290

280

270

1750

1500

1250

1000

750

Atmospheric CH4 Concentration PPMV

SOURCE: WILL STEFFEN ET AL., PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY A 369 (2011)

Humans are increasingly exerting control over Earth’s fresh water,

through reservoirs, dams, and canals. And as atmospheric carbon dioxide

(currently at 392 ppm) increases, the ocean is becoming more acidic, as shown

by the decreasing saturation state of aragonite (right). Aragonite is a type

of calcium carbonate that many ocean creatures use to build their shells.

We can’t directly see many of the changes we’ve made to our atmosphere, although we can measure the chemical pol-

lutants and isotopic changes. Indirectly, though, we can feel the global warming

effect of releasing increasing amounts of carbon dioxide into the air.

WATER

1850 1900

1950 2000

Growth of U.S. Dams and Reservoirs

SOURCE: JAMES P. M. SYVITSKI ET AL., PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY A 369, (2011)

Ever since humans launched Sputnik into space, we’ve been able to observe our planet and its changes from a truly global perspective. Satellites and improved data collection and analysis have allowed scientists to measure the anthropogenic infl uence on a range of Earth systems, enabling researchers to track rates of deforestation in the Ama-zon, Arctic ice melt, trails of air pollu-tion, the extent of sea-level rise, and many other regional and global phenom-ena. These tools are enabling scientists to look at human changes to the planet’s atmosphere, hydrology, lithosphere, and biota—and infer which changes are pro-found enough to be measurable millions of years hence.

Page 35: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 35

NEWSFOCUS

Terrestrial species

Freshwater species

All vertebrate species

Marine species

20001970

120

100

80

60

40

Spec

ies

abundan

ce

1975 1980 1985 1990 1995

The Fall of the Wild

SOURCE: WORLD WIDE FUND FOR NATURE AND UNEP WORLD CONSERV. MONITORING CENTER

5000–80003000–50002000–30001000–2000

500–1000250–500100–250

< 100

Moderate use (>500 years)

WoodlandsGrasslands & steppeShrublandsDesert & tundra

>8000 years

YEARS OF

Intensive Use

Anthropogenic Transformation of the Terrestrial Biosphere

Wild NO HISTORY OF USE

Seminatural NO HISTORY OF USE

CREDIT: ERLE ELLIS, ADAPTED FROM E. ELLIS, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY A, 369:1010 (2011)

LAND

LIFE

Tonn

es o

f ann

ual l

oss

(bill

ions

) 1000

1000 100 10

100

10

1.0

0.1

0.01

Deep Time, Deep Erosion: Who Erodes Land Faster?

Mean rate of erosion from natural processes

Human-induced erosion

Years before present (C.E. 2000)

7.2 billion tons /year

SOURCE: BRUCE H. WILKINSON, GEOLOGY 33, 3 (MARCH 2005)

% Worldwide Fisheries Fully Exploited100

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000

80

60

40

20

0

SOURCE: WILL STEFFEN ET AL., PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY A 369 (2011)

Domesticating the Planet

Consider that 90% of total mammalian biomass is made up

of humans and domesticated animals …

… up from

0.1% 10,000

years ago.

VACLAV SMIL, THE EARTH’S BIOSPHERE: EVOLUTION, DYNAMICS, AND CHANGE. MIT PRESS (2002)

Perhaps the most obvious mark we’ve made to the planet is in land-use

changes. For millennia, humans have chopped down forests and moved rock and soil for agriculture and pastureland—and

more recently, for construction.

Humans have boosted numbers of “useful” species such as cattle while

depleting others through hunting, overfi sh-ing, habitat loss, or invasive competition.

Some scientists believe humans will cause the planet’s sixth mass extinction: Average species

abundance of 3000 wild populations declined 40% between 1970 and 2000.

Page 36: Science - 07 October 2011

NanoDrop™ 2000 and 2000CUV-Vis SpectrophotometersMeasure samples as smallas 0.5 μL up to 2 μL

NanoDrop 3300FluorospectrometerMeasure fluorescent samplesas small as 1 μL

NanoDrop 8000UV-Vis SpectrophotometerMeasure up to 8 microvolumesamples at a time

In science there are always essential steps in your workflow. QA/QC of DNA,

RNA and protein samples is critical for confidence in qPCR, sequencing,

microarray analysis or bioproduction, but there’s a better alternative to the

time and complexity of conventional methods. Using just a minimal sample

and almost no sample prep, the Thermo Scientific NanoDrop and its built-

in methods make QA/QC so incredibly easy, and so much faster, you won’t

notice this step on the way to your ultimate discovery.

Quantify, verify,

simplify• learn about our free trial program • www.thermoscientific.com/nanodrop

©2011

Therm

oFis

her

Scie

ntific

Inc.A

llrights

reserv

ed

.C

op

yrig

ht

toth

ep

rote

inim

age

are

ow

ned

by

ath

ird

part

yand

licensed

for

limited

use

only

toTherm

oFis

her

Scie

ntific

by

iSto

ck.

Page 37: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 37

NEWSFOCUSC

RE

DIT

S (T

OP

TO B

OTT

OM

): Y

OSH

ITA

KA

KA

KU

WA

; © D

K L

IMIT

ED

/CO

RB

IS (I

NSE

T); A

P IM

AG

ES

(which humans have made abundant through fertilizer production and fossil-fuel burning).

The nitrates in agricultural runoff also cause the massive dead zones that currently affect 250,000 km2 of the world’s oceans. Similar zones have been recorded in the planet’s paleontological record, and the current ones likely will be as well. Ocean acidification, too, is a measurable result of anthropogenic carbon emissions being dissolved in the oceans—they are now more acidic than at any time in the past 800,000 years or more.

Challenging tradition The working group is still gathering evi-dence that human changes such as these will leave an enduring legacy, then they will assess it and decide whether the Anthropo-cene should be formalized on the geological time scale, and if so, at what level: an age, epoch, era, or a period.

Finney questions how relevant the geo-

logical time scale is to the Anthropocene. In 100,000 years from now, people will not be digging the strata to fi nd out about the world as it was in 2011, he argues; there are far better tools for that. Geologists now and in the future will use the human calendar and the many cultural records that are kept in order to look back to this time. The Anthropocene may be a useful general term, Finney says, but it has no place on the offi cial stratigraphic time scale.

Ellis disagrees. “It’s really helpful and rel-evant to think like a geologist, even though I’m not one. It frames our impacts on a big-ger planetary perspective. To be able to look back at the rocks and say, ‘Something hap-pened here that cannot be explained by any-thing other than human impact’ is really powerful,” Ellis says.

“I think we’re challenging the traditional view that geology always looks backwards. Geology is happening all around us now at a rate that we can certainly discern,” says Will Steffen, executive director of the Australian National University’s Climate Change Insti-

tute in Canberra. “Different eras and epochs in the past have been defi ned by changes in climate and biodiversity. We’re already experiencing both of these, and for the fi rst time we are aware of doing so and actually driving these changes.”

Zalasiewicz’s working group is aiming to deliver a final report at the 2016 Inter-national Geological Congress in South Africa. But there’s unlikely to be a quick vote then on whether the Anthropocene deserves the title of epoch—or period or age. The Ordovician-Silurian boundary at Dob’s Linn was finally agreed on in 1986, more than a century after its proposal by geolo-gist Charles Lapworth. Only about half of the major boundaries in the Phanerozoic—our current geological eon covering the past 542 million years—have been fi xed; the rest are still being argued over. Geologists, like their subject, are resistant to rapid change.

–GAIA VINCE

Gaia Vince writes on environmental issues in the devel-oping world at wanderinggaia.com.

A Sign of Our TimesIf we are living in a new geological phase called the Anthropocene, when did it begin? In other words, where does its golden spike belong?

Many human-driven planetary changes have their roots in the indus-trial revolution, when the human population reached 1 billion. Atmo-spheric carbon dioxide from fossil fuels started to build from around 1800, although it probably took 50 to 100 years before new concen-trations of light carbon accumulated in measurable levels in marine shells. That change could be the marker for the golden spike designat-ing the beginning of the Anthropocene. There is a precedent: The bound-ary between the Paleocene and the Eocene epochs of the Cenozoic era is based on a change of carbon isotope chemistry.

But the scale of our impact accelerated rapidly after 1945 when popu-lation doubled (from 3 billion in 1950 to 6 billion by 2000). As a result, some think the golden spike—offi cially known as a Global Boundary Stra-

totype Section and Point—should be set around 1945, which hand-ily provides a marker that’s sud-den, distinctive, and global: the introduction of radioactive nuclei into the environment from the first atomic-bomb tests in Alamogordo, New Mexico. “The golden spike could be put into a layer of accumulating lake sedi-ments in which the radioactive cesium fi rst appears,” geologist Jan Zalasiewicz of the University of Leicester in the United King-dom says.

From a geological perspec-tive, it doesn’t matter whether the spike is at 1800, 1945, or 2050,

Zalasiewicz says, because millions of years in the future, with error bars of thousands of years, that kind of distinction will be impossible to perceive. Events that look abrupt in the strata may have taken millions of years to occur, and many changes take time to reveal themselves. For example, the tempera-ture rise at the beginning of the Holocene was fairly abrupt, but it still took some 5000 years for sea-level rise to catch up.

“The golden spike we choose would be a time boundary that we use with full knowledge that most changes on Earth are happening in different places at different times,” Zalasiewicz says. ”It’s useful and instructive to think of [the Anthropocene] from the far future perspective, but in practice we’re dealing with it today. So we have to adopt as precise a time scale as we can.” –G.V.

Reading the rocks. A geologist marks the “golden spike” of the Ordovician-Silurian boundary at Dob’s Linn, Scotland, where a darker stripe in the shale reveals the fi rst appearance of graptolite fossils (inset).

Explosive signal. The atomic bomb tests of 1945 produced a sudden dispersal of radioactive dust that can be measured globally.

Continued from page 33

Page 38: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 38

LETTERSedited by Jennifer Sills

LETTERS I BOOKS I POLICY FORUM I EDUCATION FORUM I PERSPECTIVES41

Yesterdays’ tomorrows Diet-microbe profi les

45

COMMENTARY

CR

ED

IT: ©

NTP

C/V

INC

EN

T G

AU

TIE

R

Strategic Success for Hydropower in LaosIN HIS NEWS FOCUS STORY “MAYHEM ON THE MEKONG” (12 AUGUST, P. 814), R. STONE REPORTS concerns about hydropower development projects on the lower Mekong River and its trib-utaries. The ecological transformations induced by water resource development are espe-cially critical in tropical areas, where favorable conditions are created for the transmission of vector-borne diseases. With regard to large hydroelectric projects, there has been a miscon-

ception that public health pre-vention measures are too costly; thus, they have been neglected or enacted at a minimal level (1).

Water projects have been shown to have direct and indi-rect effects on diseases such as malaria (2, 3), schistosomiasis (4, 5), and hepatitis C (6). How-ever, there is a paucity of com-prehensive, in-depth assessment of the global health and environ-mental burden attributable to the development and operation of large dams. One exception is the 1070-MW Nam Theun 2 hydro-power station in Laos. The com-pany that operates the dam, along with its partners and stakehold-

ers, has developed policies that balance hydroelectric production with responsible and coher-ent social and environmental programs, including the strengthening of the provincial public health infrastructure. This strategy could serve as a model for others. As part of this approach, increased resources have been provided for local mother and child care, curative and preventa-tive medicine, and psychosocial well-being. Adequate water supplies and sanitation have been provided, mosquito and gastropod vector populations responsible for disease transmission are monitored, and targeted vector control strategies have been implemented (7). To cope with the occurrence of potential infectious hazards, the company has developed a tailored outbreak response preparedness plan to be used in conjunction with the national plan. Surprisingly, the implementation of such measures has been proven feasible at an acceptable cost ratio (0.2% of the overall project development budget) (8).

Twenty-fi ve years after Chernobyl, the Fukushima incident will undoubtedly make hydro-power an increasingly attractive renewable energy resource for countries facing urgently rising needs for electricity to fuel their economies. A systematic, durable evaluation of the health status of dam-affected populations is vital to improve our understanding of the impact of dams and to develop appropriate mitigation strategies. Lending agencies and power companies constructing and operating these dams need to reevaluate their responsibilities concerning the public health impact on affected populations.

GILLES GUERRIER,1* RICHARD PAUL,2 PANY SANANIKHOM,3 SURINDER KAUL,3 RUEDI LUTHI,3 JEAN-PIERRE KATZ,3 MICHEL ROBINO,3 PHASOUK KHAMMANITHONG,4 PAUL T. BREY1

1Institut Pasteur du Laos, 1 rue Louis Pasteur, Post Offi ce Box 3560, Vientiane, Lao PDR. 2Unité de Génétique Fonc-tionnelle des Maladies Infectieuses, Institut Pasteur, 25 rue du Docteur Roux, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France. 3Nam Theun Power Company Limited, 23 Singha Road, Nong Bone Village, Post Offi ce Box 5862, Vientiane, Lao PDR. 4Khammouane Provincial Health Service, rue no. 13 B, Lao-phoxay Village, Thakhek Khammouane Province, Lao PDR.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail: [email protected]

References 1. World Commission on Dams, Dams and Development:

A New Framework for Decision-Making (Earthscan Publications, London, 2000).

2. J. Keiser et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 72, 392 (2005). 3. D. Yewhalaw et al., Malar. J. 8, 21 (2009). 4. P. Steinmann, J. Keiser, R. Bos, M. Tanner, J. Utzinger,

Lancet Infect. Dis. 6, 411 (2006). 5. H. M. Zhu, S. Xiang, K. Yang, X. H. Wu, X. N. Zhou,

Ecohealth 5, 137 (2008). 6. C. Frank et al., Lancet 355, 887 (2000). 7. E. T. Sayasone et al., Asian Pac. J. Trop. Med. 2, 63 (2009). 8. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project, Project Implementa-

tion Plan (http://www.namtheun2.com/images/stories/PIP/PIP%20Final%20-%20Part%20B%20Chapter%202_Health_050527.pdf).

Justifi able Changes to Indicators SurveyTHE NEWS & ANALYSIS STORY “NEW NSF SUR-vey tries to separate knowledge and belief ” (Y. Bhattacharjee, 22 July, p. 394) discussed the National Science Board (NSB) and the National Science Foundation’s (NSF’s) call for a reevaluation of the conceptual frame-work for public knowledge of science as reported in the NSB Science and Engineering Indicators. We led the two workshops men-tioned, which provided suggestions for revis-ing the survey. In the story, Jon Miller from the University of Michigan alleges that the workshops recommended that the Indicators should “downplay” the truth about public knowledge of evolution. We disagree with this characterization.

The report of the workshop convened by Toumey says: “The workshop participants strongly feel that the NSB, the NSF, and the

Nakai Dam in central Laos.

Page 39: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 39

47 49

Neuroimmune crosstalk

Local adaptation

Indicators cannot retreat from controversies about important scientifi c concepts. Evolu-tion is a cornerstone of Biology. Measures and reports of public knowledge of science in the Indicators and elsewhere need to explore knowledge of evolution” (1).

The next paragraph recommends that measures of public knowledge of evolu-tion be improved by including such topics as adaptation, natural selection, and specia-tion, and by broadening the topic of evolu-tion beyond human evolution. The evolution of plants is germane to questions of genet-ically modified organisms, for example, and microbial evolution is relevant to our use of antibiotics and vaccines. The public must know the basics of evolution to under-stand the important policy questions in these areas. These recommendations do not down-play evolution, as Miller suggests. Just the opposite—they enhance and expand mea-sures of public knowledge of evolution.

The workshop convened by Guterbock (2) used its participants’ expertise in sur-vey design and methods to develop ways to implement the recommendations of the fi rst workshop and to allow deeper understand-ing of what the public knows and believes about science.

The News story also quotes Miller as say-ing that the question of human evolution is being altered for religious reasons, and that the workshop participants recommended those changes “because Americans are not scoring high enough.” We see no evidence that the NSB members were motivated by religious reasons. We organized the two work-shops, and each of us participated in both. There is no truth to the allegation that we and our colleagues made those recommendations “because Americans are not scoring high enough.” We hope that readers will refer to the two workshop reports rather than trusting the allegations made in the News story.

CHRIS TOUMEY1* AND TOM GUTERBOCK2

1USC NanoCenter, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208, USA. 2Center for Survey Research, Weldon Cooper Center for Public Service, University of Virginia, Charlottes-ville, VA 22903, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail: [email protected]

References 1. C. Toumey et al., “Science in the service of citizens and

consumers” (USC NanoCenter, Columbia, SC, 2010); www.nano.sc.edu/resources/publications.aspx.

2. T. M. Guterbock et al., “Measurement and operationaliza-tion of the ‘Science in the service of citizens and consum-ers’ framework” (Center for Survey Research, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, VA, 2011); www.coopercenter.org/csr/publications/measurement-and-operationalization- science-service-citizens-and-consumers-framework.

Exxon-Mobil Funding OverstatedIN HER NEWS FOCUS STORY “CLIMATE CHANGE sparks battles in classroom” (5 August, p. 688), S. Reardon writes that my organiza-tion, The Heartland Institute, “has received signifi cant funding from Exxon-Mobil.” The story did not clarify that the amount of support we received never exceeded 5% of our budget. Nor did the story make clear that we haven’t received Exxon-Mobil funding since 2006, 3 years before we began mailing research material to school board presidents.

JOSEPH L. BAST

President, The Heartland Institute, Chicago, IL 60607, USA. E-mail: [email protected]

CORRECTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS

Reports: “Impacts of fi shing low–trophic level species on marine ecosystems” by A. D. M. Smith et al. (26 August, p. 1147). A note should have been included indicating that after the fi rst author, all authors are listed alphabetically.

Reports: “Ribosomal protein S6 kinase 1 signaling regulates mammalian life span” by C. Selman et al. (2 October 2009, p. 140). The authors reported that, in Caenorhabditis elegans, effects of the rsks-1(ok1255) mutation on development, body size, fertility, and life span require the presence of a wild-type allele of the gene aak-2, which encodes an adenosine mono-phosphate (AMP) kinase alpha subunit (see Fig. 3). Because the rsks-1;aak-2 strain described in the Report did not actu-ally contain the rsks-1 allele, initially noted by D. Z. Korta and E. J. Hubbard, the authors have now performed epistasis tests using a newly constructed rsks-1(ok1255);aak-2(ok524) strain. The new trials confi rm the original fi nding that muta-tion of aak-2 suppresses the longevity of rsks-1(ok1255) mutants. However, the small size, reduced brood size, and delayed reproduction associated with rsks-1(ok1255) proved to be aak-2 independent. This means that the effects of rsks-1 on life span require AMP kinase, but those on growth and reproduction do not. Together with the data derived from the S6K1–/– mice, these fi ndings implicate AMP kinase in the lon-gevity phenotype produced by loss of S6K1. The authors have now sent the new rsks-1(ok1255);aak-2(ok524) strain to the Caenorhabditis Genetics Center.

Reports: “A ‘silent’ polymorphism in the MDR1 gene changes substrate specifi city” by C. Kimchi-Sarfaty et al. (26 January 2007, p. 525). Figure 1, D to F, shows the effect of plasmid DNA concentration during infection/transfection on Rh123 effl ux (0.5 μM) in the presence of an inhibitor, 10 μM CsA; the amounts of infected/transfected DNA were represented as 3 μg, 10 μg, and 15 μg, respectively, in panels D to F.

Because of an error in overlaying the data, the histograms for the 3x haplotype (C1236T-G2677T-C3435T) in panels E and F are identical; they both depict cells infected/transfected with 10 μg of DNA, whereas Fig. 1F should have shown the histo-gram for cells infected/transfected with 15 μg of DNA. The fi g-ure above shows the histogram originally published in Fig. 1F (red) overlaid with the correct histogram (blue). The original conclusions are not affected. The authors thank A. Malcolm Campbell and his students at Davidson College for analyzing the report and noting this error.

Letters to the EditorLetters (~300 words) discuss material published in Science in the past 3 months or matters of gen-eral interest. Letters are not acknowledged upon receipt. Whether published in full or in part, Let-ters are subject to editing for clarity and space. Letters submitted, published, or posted elsewhere, in print or online, will be disqualifi ed. To submit a Letter, go to www.submit2science.org.

Future of a GenerationWhat will the future of science look like? How will your generation mold the way science is practiced? Have ideas? We want to hear from you! Add your voice to the pages of Science by answering this question:

How will the practice of science change in your lifetime? What will improve and what new challenges will emerge? To submit, go to: http://scim.ag/NextGen_1

Deadline for submissions is 18 November 2011. A selection of the best responses will be pub-lished in the 6 January 2012 issue of Science. Submissions should be 250 words or less.Anonymous submissions will not be considered.

NextGenVOICESFluorescence Intensity

Cou

nts

1000

120

101 102 103 104

Page 41: Science - 07 October 2011

BOOKS ET AL.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 41

When did an enemy nation last use a military strategy taken from a story predicting the very war

being fought (with the added irony that the “future history” in question should have been written by a citizen of the nation under attack)? Or a writer imagine a revolution that subsequently completely transformed the way you and I work, communicate, and play? In Out of This World: Science Fiction: But Not As You Know It, bibliographer and author Mike Ashley relates both the impact and the predictive powers of the broad literary genre that is science fi ction. In the fi rst case above, the story was Arthur Conan Doyle’s “Danger!” (1914) and the enemy, Germany in World War I; in the second case, Will F. Jenkins (aka Murray Leinster) envisioned both home comput-ers and the Internet in his 1946 story “A Logic Named Joe.”

Out of This World offers a sumptuously illustrated sur-vey of the themes and ideas that underpin science f ic-tion. If you are interested in machines that evolve faster than humans to the point where humans become subservient to machines, there is Samuel But-ler’s novel Erewhon (1872). For considerations of beings that live in different dimensions, see Edwin A. Abbott’s classic Flatland (1884). The dangers of atomic energy? Robert Cro-mie was already foreseeing the dangers of atomic energy in his novel The Crack of Doom (which appeared in 1895, the year before Henri Becquerel discovered radioactivity). These ideas, and many more—recycled with such enthusiasm that they have become science-fi ction tropes—were conceived even before the phrase “science fi ction” was coined (in 1929, by science-fiction magazine editor Hugo Gernsback).

But, as Out of This World documents, more than modern science fi ction is the warmed-over imaginings of earlier generations. New ideas con-tinued to emerge throughout

the past century: The word “robot” comes from Karel Čapek in his 1920 play Ros-sum’s Universal Robots. Terra forming, engineering a planet to Earth-like conditions, fi rst appeared in Jack Williamson’s story “Collision Orbit” (1942), where he applied it to an aster-oid. Fredric Brown’s vignette “Answer” (1954) presages the “technological singular-ity,” when computers become superintelligent. For “Burn-ing Chrome” (1982), William Gibson drew on Norbert Wiener’s “cyber-netics” to coin “cyberspace,” the milieu of electronic and computer-based communica-

tion. And science fi ction has expanded into new subgenres: steampunk, cyberpunk, and the “New Weird.”

The lusciously presented illustrations form an integral part of Ashley’s narrative. That is no surprise, as the book accompa-nies an exhibition of the same name at the British Library (which closed 25 September

2011). Readers will fi nd a wonderfully eclectic mix of book and magazine covers, art taken from stories and graphic novels, stills from films and plays, and even authors’ annotated man-uscript pages. Although some of the artists who helped defi ne the visual his-tory of science fiction get

a name check, it is a pity that others could not have also been included—for example, the iconic book-cover art by Chris F. Foss,

Bruce Pennington, and Alan Aldridge or the movie art of Hans Rudolf Giger. Perhaps those could be covered in a future exhibition and book.

The text should, however, come with a warning: Ash-ley delivers a history of ideas and not an exercise in literary criticism. He mentions astron-omer Fred Hoyle’s The Black Cloud (1957) but not that it has dated badly nor that Fifth Planet (1963), cowritten with son Geoffrey, offers a consider-ably more persuasive portrayal of the interaction between humans and a vastly superior intelligence. Ashley might have noted that director Ridley Scott’s 1982 fi lm Blade Runner is a more satisfyingly crafted story than the book it is based on, Philip K. Dick’s awkward Do Androids Dream of Electric Sheep (1968). And his exem-plar of the New Weird, China Miéville’s novel Perdido Street Station (2000), strikes me as simply daft in places.

Still, these are no more than minor quibbles. I would recom-mend Out of This World to any-one with an interest in explor-ing science fi ction far beyond the limits of Dune, Starship Troopers, and I, Robot.

Picture Perfect Future PastSCIENCE FICTION

Out of This WorldScience Fiction: But Not As You Know It by Mike AshleyThe British Library, London, 2011. 144 pp. Paper, $29.95, £16.95. ISBN 9780712358354.

10.1126/science.1213758

Well represented. The book includes ten examples of Frank R. Paul’s work, including this cover illustration for the short story “City of the Living Dead” by Laurence Manning and Fletcher Pratt (from the May 1930 issue of Science Wonder Stories).C

RE

DIT

: FR

AN

K R

. PA

UL/

USE

D W

ITH

PE

RM

ISSI

ON

OF

THE

FR

AN

K R

. PA

UL

EST

ATE

Guy Riddihough

Page 42: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 42

POLICYFORUM

Paleolithic Art in Peril: Policy and Science Collide at Altamira Cave

CONSERVATION

Cesareo Saiz-Jimenez, 1 * Soledad Cuezva, 2 Valme Jurado, 1 Angel Fernandez-Cortes, 3 Estefania Porca, 1 David Benavente, 2 Juan C. Cañaveras, 2 Sergio Sanchez-Moral 3

Despite evidence of damaging human impacts, cave paintings may again be threatened if visitors are allowed access.

In the last decade, considerable atten-tion has been paid to the deteriora-tion of the caves that house the world’s

most prominent Paleolithic rock art. This is exemplifi ed by the caves of Lascaux (Dor-dogne, France) ( 1) and Altamira (Canta-bria, Spain), both declared World Heritage Sites. The Altamira Cave has been closed to visitors since 2002. Since 2010, reopen-ing the Altamira Cave has been under con-sideration. We argue that research indicates the need to preserve the cave by keeping it closed in the near future.

In the 1970s, Altamira Cave sparked a political dispute between local and regional administrations and the state and received a great deal of public attention. In October 1977, Altamira had to be closed to the public because of severe deterioration of the paint-ings after decades of visits (e.g., 175,000 visitors in 1973). In 1978, the Spanish gov-ernment took over ownership of the cave, which today belongs to the Spanish Ministry of Culture and is managed by the National Museum of Altamira ( 2).

In 1982, after a microclimatic sur-vey, Altamira reopened to the public with a limit of 11,000 people per year ( 3) or, in another document, 8500 visitors per year, excluding guides ( 4). However, in Septem-ber 2002, Altamira had to be closed to the public because of the presence of photo-trophic microorganisms on the paintings ( 5) (see the fi gure and fi g. S1), a phenomenon similar to that suffered by Lascaux 50 years before. Colonization by these microorgan-isms was a consequence of decades of use of artifi cial lighting in the famous Polychrome Hall and was accompanied by development of white microbial colonizations directly on the red paintings ( 6) (see the fi gure and fi g. S3). This showed that Altamira Cave might be mimicking the deterioration processes at Lascaux.

Harmful Impacts of VisitorsThe current status of the cave is the result of the accumulation of multiple microenviron-mental changes and impacts suffered from the time of its discovery in 1879 ( 2) (fi gs. S1 to S6). In its natural state, the cave should be an oligotrophic (nutrient-poor) environ-ment with very little connection to the out-side atmosphere. The numerous condition-ing projects, changes in the top soil and cave sediments, archaeological digs, and massive amounts of visitors transformed the pristine ecosystem into one with an abundance of available nutrients.

Preservation of a large part of the Poly-chrome Hall ceiling paintings from their creation more than 14,000 years ago until their discovery was aided by several factors: absence of light; low rates of water infi ltra-tion, precipitation of speleothems (mineral deposits) and exchange with the external atmosphere; and the maintenance of very sta-ble microenvironmental conditions because of limited airfl ow in the Polychrome Hall.

The Spanish National Resource Council (Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientí-fi cas, CSIC) studied the cave between 1996 and 1999. The studies focused on determin-ing the impact of visitors on the micro-envi-ronmental conditions of the Polychrome Hall and highlighted the need to revise the criteria used by the University of Cantabria to design the 1982 visitation schedule ( 7) because deterioration processes had not stopped. Sanchez-Moral et al. ( 3) concluded that cor-rosion caused by visitors under the 1982 visi-tation schedule would be up to 78 times that arising from natural processes.

Phototrophic microorganisms were observed in 2000 in the Polychrome Hall, as resting forms or with their metabolic activ-ity reduced to a minimum. Cañaveras et al. ( 8) predicted that in the event of a change in the lighting conditions—such as perma-nent or extensive lighting, as subsequently occurred—growth of these communities would take place. This did indeed occur in 2002 (fig. S1A) and led to the second cave closure.

Once the cave was closed in 2002, the Ministry of Culture appointed the CSIC team

to survey and control the cave from 2003 to 2005 and from 2007 to 2009. Thereaf-ter, CSIC is controlling cave microclimate through successive contracts, the last ending on March 2012. Research focused on the cave as an ecosystem dependent both on micro-environmental and geochemical characteris-tics of the underground environment and an energy-matter exchange with the external atmosphere. The conclusions of the research were against the reopening of the cave to visitors ( 9– 11). This was supported by envi-ronmental, geochemical, hydrological, and microbiological data put at the disposal of the Ministry of Culture.

Progress, but Persistent ProblemsThe 2002 closing represented a clear benefi t for conservation of the paintings: The green phototrophic colonizations did not continue to progress; however, small patches are still evident (fi g. S1B), and the corrosion rate of the paintings’ host rock decreased. A decrease was also noted in the content of organic matter and nitrogen compounds in the infi ltration waters after the elimination of cattle activities in the land above the cave and regular mowing and removal of grasses. Installation of a new access door in 2007, equipped with a thermal insulation sys-tem, followed 20 m after by a second door, reduced the entry of airborne particles, the condensation rate in the entrance area, and the metabolic activity of the main visible microbial colonies ( 10– 12) [see supporting online material (SOM)].

These preventive conservation actions were quite different from steps taken in Las-caux, where chemical products and antibiot-ics were used ( 1). However, in Altamira the conservation problems are still far from being solved. Evidence of microbial colonies con-sisting of different-colored patches are mainly located in the area near the cave entrance (fi g. S2) but have already reached the Polychrome Hall ( 10) (see the figure and fig. S3). The objective of the corrective measures imple-mented in recent years was depriving the eco-system of carbon in order to inhibit bacterial growth and to reduce exchange between the cave atmosphere and exterior.

1Institute for Natural Resources and Agrobiology, Spanish National Research Council (IRNAS-CSIC), 41012 Sevilla, Spain. 2Universidad de Alicante, 03080 Alicante, Spain. 3National Museum of Natural Sciences, Spanish National Research Council (MNCN-CSIC), 28006 Madrid, Spain.

*Author for correspondence. E-Mail: [email protected]

Page 43: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 43

POLICYFORUM

Our team has modeled the impact of visitors on the cave and gathered data from hundreds of visits monitored between 1996 and 1999 (fig. S5). If the cave reopens to the pub-lic, continued entry of visi-tors would cause increases in temperature, humidity, and CO2 in Polychrome Hall, reactivating conden-sation and host-rock corro-sion ( 3). Air warming and the inevitable turbulence caused by visitors favor an air exchange between Poly-chrome Hall and areas clos-est to the entrance, where there are microbial coloni-zations on walls and ceil-ings ( 10) (see the figure). In addition, visitors walk-ing will cause f ine par-ticle resuspension from ground sediments. Air cur-rents caused by visitors will erode wall and sedi-ment surfaces, provoking microparticle detachment (releasing bacterial and fungal spores). Additionally, new nutrient sources will be supplied to the ecosystem by tourists and guides. This could lead to a new stage of proliferation of microorganisms whose current trend appears to be moving toward a stationary state.

In addition to bacterial colonization, fungi have been observed in Altamira Cave ( 11, 12), as in Lascaux (fi g. S4 and table S1). These fungi have three well-defined origins: plant saprophytes introduced from the exterior, entomopathogenic fungi intro-duced by arthropoda, and coprophilous fungi growing on rodent feces (fi g. S4A). In 2007, the scientifi c instruments control-ling cave environment were repeatedly col-onized by fungi (fi g. S4B) after an archae-ological excavation was carried out within the cave in October 2006, despite the rec-ommendations of CSIC. Periodic cleanings of instruments were required using envi-ronmentally friendly methods and com-pounds. For example, periodic mechanical removal of the ground sediments adjacent to the instruments, which were colonized by fungi, and treatment with hydrogen perox-ide. Biocides have not been used because the experience of Lascaux showed that ben-zalkonium chloride applied between 2001 and 2004 is being used by microorganisms as a carbon and nitrogen source ( 1).

Politics and UncertaintySince 2010, reopening the cave to visi-tors has been seriously considered, with the belief that this will boost the local tour-ism economy ( 13). In December 2010, the Board of Directors of the cave called for a new international scientifi c commission to prepare a report deciding whether cave con-servation is compatible with visits.

Although our recommendations, based on data collected over the past 15 years, do not support reopening of the cave, as sci-entists, we are in favor of the possibility of evaluating our data with other special-ists. We are hopeful that the international scientific commission to be appointed by the Board of Directors, which has declared that this cave is one of the best scientifi cally studied in the world ( 14), will consider the data we have collected.

Tourist visits to many caves and other subterranean sites should be looked upon as a potential risk for the conservation of cultural heritage. Archaeologists, environ-mentalists, and microbiologists agree on the benefi cial effect of closing subterranean sites for their conservation, as shown by the recent announcement that some Egyp-tian tombs including Tutankhamun’s will be closed to visits, with the tourists rerouted to a replica ( 15). Altamira Cave, although cur-rently closed, is at real risk. Whether or not this cave follows the dangerous path of Las-

caux Cave with continued fungal outbreaks is in the hands of the Ministry of Culture to keep the cave closed to visits.

References 1. F. Bastian, V. Jurado, A. Nováková, C. Alabouvette,

C. Saiz-Jimenez, Microbiology 156, 644 (2010). 2. J. A. Lasheras, C. de las Heras, Coalition 12, 7 (2006);

www.rtphc.csic.es/PDF/NL12.pdf. 3. S. Sánchez-Moral et al., Sci. Total Environ. 243-244, 67

(1999). 4. Museum of Altamira, http://museodealtamira.mcu.es/

ingles/historia_museo.html. 5. C. Holden, Science 297, 47 (2002). 6. C. Schabereiter-Gurtner, C. Saiz-Jimenez, G. Piñar, W.

Lubitz, S. Rölleke, FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 211, 7 (2002). 7. E. Villar et al., in Estudios Físico-Químicos de la Sala

de Polícromos. Infl uencia de la Presencia Humana y Criterios de Conservación (Ministerio de Cultura, Madrid, 1984), pp. 95–110.

8. J. C. Cañaveras, S. Sanchez-Moral, V. Soler, C. Saiz-Jimenez, Geomicrobiol. J. 18, 223 (2001).

9. S. Sanchez-Moral et al., in Redescubrir Altamira (Grupo Santander, Madrid, 2002), pp. 245–257.

10. S. Cuezva, S. Sanchez-Moral, C. Saiz-Jimenez, J. C. Cañaveras, Int. J. Speleol. 38, 83 (2009).

11. V. Jurado et al., Naturwissenschaften 96, 1027 (2009). 12. E. Porca et al., Ecol. Indic. 11, 1594 (2011). 13. T. Constenla, El Pais, 21 December 2010,

www.elpais.com/articulo/english/The/prehistoric/art/that/won/t/be/seen/elpepueng/20101221elpeng_4/Ten.

14. Ministry of Culture, Spain, www.mcu.es/archivoswebmcu/gabineteprensa/notas/23952010/altamira.pdf.

15. M. Pitts, The Guardian, 17 January 2011, p. G2; www.guardian.co.uk/culture/2011/jan/17/tutankhamun-tomb-to-close.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/42/DC1

10.1126/science.1206788

1st door (entrance)

2nd door Polychrome Hall

Microbial colonies

Microenvironmentalmonitoring system

Conduit through the wall

N

0 5 10

Meters

Conduit through the wall

Corridor

Crossing

Yellow coloniesGray coloniesWhite coloniesCyanobacteria

Entrance Hall

Spatial distribution of the visible microbial colonies on the ceiling at Altamira Cave. The Polychrome Hall features dozens of paintings of bison, deer, and other animals, spread across 150 square meters of cave ceiling that were painted more than 14,000 years ago. [Figure modified from (10)]

Page 44: Science - 07 October 2011

AAAS members could get an additional discounton car insurance. Get your FREE quote today.

Motorcycle coverage is underwritten by GEICO Indemnity Company. Homeowners coverage is written through non-affiliated insurance companies and is secured through the GEICO Insurance Agency, Inc. Discount amount varies in some states. Discount is not available inall states or in all GEICO companies. One group discount applicable per policy. Coverage is individual. In New York a premium reduction is available. Some discounts, coverages, payment plans and features are not available in all states or companies. Government EmployeesInsurance Co. • GEICO General Insurance Co. • GEICO Indemnity Co. • GEICO Casualty Co. These companies are subsidiaries of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. GEICO: Washington, DC 20076. GEICO Gecko image © 1999-2011. © 2011 GEICO

Exclusive savings.

No mess.

Auto • Homeowners • Motorcycle • More

1-800-368-2734

The completeScience archive1880–1996

Fully integrated withScienceOnline(1997–today)

Information:www.sciencemag.org/classic

Available to institutionalcustomers through a site license.Contact [email protected]

for a quote.

©20

07Ju

pite

rIm

ages

Cor

pora

tion

Page 45: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 45

PERSPECTIVES

There is a multimillion-dollar industry based on the concept that introduc-ing benefi cial bacteria into the human

intestines will improve our health. The tril-lions of symbionts in the large intestine pro-foundly affect our metabolism and immunity. Accordingly, abnormal bacterial communi-ties have been identifi ed in several human diseases such as infl ammatory bowel diseases ( 1– 3), colon cancer ( 4, 5), irritable bowel syn-drome ( 6), and nonalcoholic fatty liver dis-ease ( 7). The composition of microbial com-munities is generally stable within each indi-vidual. Past studies of the gut microbiota emphasized the huge impact of nutrition ( 8), which is likely to outweigh that of the host genotype ( 9). On page 105 of this issue. Wu et al. ( 10) further explore how dietary factors can infl uence the profi le and stability of intes-tinal microbes.

The dissimilarity in gut bacterial com-position between individuals is huge, even between identical twins ( 11), complicating the extraction of clinically relevant generaliza-tions from studies of the microbiota. Recent analysis shows that it is possible to simplify matters, because all people, including those with chronic intestinal disease, can be classi-fi ed into just three broad “enterotypes” dom-inated by three different genera: Bacteroides and Prevotella (both belonging to the phylum Bacteroidetes), and Ruminococcus ( 12). More surprisingly, these enterotypes were indepen-dent not just of sex and body mass index but also of nationality, despite the profound dif-ferences in long-term dietary habits between western nations and east Asian countries.

By combining detailed nutritional analy-sis and microbiome determination in 98 indi-viduals, Wu et al. sought to identify nutrients that substantially affect abundances of micro-bial species. They found that higher fat intake and lower fi ber intake are associated with par-ticular bacterial groups. Intriguingly, entero-types appeared to be determined by long-term diet: The Bacteroides enterotype was positively associated with animal protein and saturated fats, whereas the Prevotella entero-type was associated with a predominantly plant-based nutrition with high carbohy-

drates and low meat and dairy consumption. These fi ndings are in agreement with a previ-ous study comparing children from Italy and Burkina-Faso, which showed that the African children, who have practically no animal fat and protein in their diets, are colonized by members of Prevotella (or Xylanibacter, a closely related genus), whereas their Euro-pean counterparts have high Bacteroides lev-els ( 13). The third enterotype, Ruminococcus, previously shown to be the most commonly encountered ( 12), was not well separated and often merged with the Bacteroides entero-type. This is perhaps unsurprising given that the abundance of the Ruminococcus genus in that cluster was relatively low to begin with, resulting in more egalitarian microbial com-munities with no dominant genus. Thus, it may be that this “definition by exclusion” enterotype may not represent a stable state.

Wu et al. then performed a dietary inter-

vention with 10 individuals, all with a Bac-teroides enterotype, to examine the short-term (10 days) effects of nutrition on bacte-rial communities and enterotypes (see the fi gure). In agreement with a previous study in mice, changes were detectable within the fi rst 24 hours, testifying to the rapid effects that diet can have on quickly dividing bacte-ria. Remarkably, however, no stable changes to the Prevotella enterotype were observed in the fi ve individuals who were switched to a high-fi ber/low-fat diet, although one showed a temporary 1-day switch. Thus, enterotypes appear to refl ect long-term nutritional hab-its, and altering them may require a more prolonged dietary intervention, unless it is preceded by antibiotic treatment, which is usually undesirable. Is the goal of switch-ing enterotypes really desirable, even if one enterotype should be shown to correlate with increased disease risk? Establishing causa-

The Guts of Dietary HabitsMICROBIOLOGY

Uri Gophna

Can dietary intervention change an individual’s gut microbiome composition?

Long- and short-term effects. Nutrients affect the composition of the intestinal microbiota. Two different long-term diets are associated with a distinct gut microbe population (enterotypes). These microbial profi les are stable, and short-term dietary changes are not suffi cient to alter them.C

RE

DIT

: Y. H

AM

MO

ND

/SC

IEN

CE

Molecular Microbiology and Biotechnology, George S. Wise Faculty of Life Sciences, Tel Aviv University, Ramat Aviv, Tel Aviv 69000, Israel. E-mail: [email protected]

Page 46: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 46

PERSPECTIVES

tion from microbiota-disease associations is diffi cult. Moreover, bacteria to which health benefi ts have been attributed, such as Faeca-libacterium prausnitzii ( 14), have not been associated with a particular enterotype. Thus, although the enterotypes represent a useful framework for the study of the gut micro-biota, the clinical value of knowing one’s enterotype remains to be determined.

Wu et al. also show that several dietary factors that have an impact on gut bacteria, such as red wine and the artifi cial sweetener aspartame, are not correlated with entero-types. That an artifi cial sweetener can mod-ify bacterial communities is surprising. How even minor concentrations of such a sweetener are suffi cient to cause substantial changes in some gut inhabitants warrants fur-ther study. Undoubtedly, consumers of these food additives, which are otherwise perceived as safe, are unaware that these substances may infl uence their gut bacteria. This may be of particular importance to patients with dis-

eases correlated with modifi cations of the gut microbiota, such as irritable bowel syndrome and infl ammatory bowel diseases. These indi-viduals often adhere to self-imposed diets that they have empirically found to reduce symptoms such as diarrhea, but are unlikely to anticipate that an artifi cial sweetener may affect their indigenous microbiota and possi-bly their well-being.

It is anticipated that the study by Wu et al. will be followed up by larger diet-microbi-ome association studies that will help refi ne the picture of nutrients that affect the com-position of the intestinal microbiota. Follow-up work is important because the large num-ber of dietary parameters forced the authors to use a relatively lenient false discovery rate, and thus it is possible that a small number of links that they discovered are the product of chance. Further insights into diet-micro-biome relationships could eventually have an impact on nutritional guidelines for both healthy individuals and patients with chronic

intestinal diseases and metabolic diseases such as obesity and diabetes. We are still only at the beginning stages of considering microbiomes as a diagnostic and engineering microbiome structure as treatment.

References 1. U. Gophna, K. Sommerfeld, S. Gophna, W. F. Doolittle,

S. J. Veldhuyzen van Zanten, J. Clin. Microbiol. 44, 4136 (2006).

2. C. Manichanh et al., Gut 55, 205 (2006). 3. D. N. Frank et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 104,

13780 (2007). 4. P. D. Scanlan et al., Environ. Microbiol. 10, 789 (2008). 5. T. Wang et al., ISME J. 10.1038/ismej.2011.109 (2011). 6. A. Kassinen et al., Gastroenterology 133, 24 (2007). 7. M. D. Spencer et al., Gastroenterology 140, 976 (2011). 8. P. J. Turnbaugh et al., Sci. Transl. Med. 1, 6ra14 (2009). 9. A. Kovacs et al., Microb. Ecol. 61, 423 (2011). 10. G. D. Wu et al., Science 334, 105 (2011). 11. P. J. Turnbaugh et al., Nature 457, 480 (2009). 12. M. Arumugam et al., Nature 473, 174 (2011). 13. C. De Filippo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 107,

14691 (2010). 14. H. Sokol et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 105, 16731

(2008).

10.1126/science.1213799

Resilience to BloomsECOLOGY

Justin D. Brookes 1 and Cayelan C. Carey 2

Managing nitrogen and phosphorus pollution of fresh water may decrease the risk of cyanobacterial blooms, even in the face of warming temperatures.

Cyanobacterial blooms (see the fig-ure) present health risks worldwide for humans and livestock that drink

or use contaminated water, and also repre-sent substantial economic costs to commu-nities due to water treatment, lost tourism and recreation revenue, and declining prop-erty values ( 1). These explosive growths occur in fresh and marine water, and may be increasing globally. One recommendation is that water managers must address the effects of climate change when combating cyano-bacterial blooms ( 2). However, recent stud-ies suggest that controlling nutrients may be more important in increasing aquatic eco-system resilience to these blooms.

A number of factors may potentially con-tribute to an increase in blooms, primar-ily climate change and changing land use. Most climate change modeling scenarios predict that aquatic systems will experience increases in temperature, thermal stratifi -cation ( 2), and water column stability, all

factors that favor cyanobacteria over other phytoplankton ( 2, 3). Thermal stratifi cation leads to a greater propensity for cyanobac-terial blooms, as many cyanobacteria have

gas-fi lled vesicles that enable them to rise to the water surface and form dense blooms ( 2, 4). In addition to climate change, deforesta-tion, human and commercial animal waste, and agricultural fertilization have increased nutrient runoff into aquatic systems ( 5), also favoring cyanobacterial blooms.

What is the relative importance of warm-ing temperature versus nutrient (nitrogen and phosphorus) loading in driving cya-nobacterial dynamics? Many modeling studies ( 6, 7), historical data analyses ( 4, 8), and experimental studies ( 9, 10) show increased nutrient concentrations as a con-sistently more important driver of blooms than warming temperatures. For example, in Lake Müggel (Müggelsee), Germany, cyanobacteria did not directly benefi t from increased water temperatures; rather, blooms decreased as nutrient loading was reduced ( 4, 11). Whereas some studies indicate that increasing nutrients and temperatures may exert a synergistic effect on cyanobacterial dominance ( 4, 6, 7), nutrient loading, nota-bly nitrogen and phosphorus, is the primary factor in the expansion of blooms ( 12).

There are several mechanisms by which increased nutrients lead to the dominance of

1School of Earth and Environmental Science, University of Adelaide, Adelaide 5005, Australia. 2Department of Ecol-ogy and Evolutionary Biology, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14853, USA. E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Big bloom. A cyanobacterial bloom in Lake Winder-mere, England, in June 2007. See SOM text for sug-gested resources related to cyanobacerial blooms. PH

OTO

CR

ED

IT: L

OU

ISE

MIL

ES/

FRE

SHW

ATE

R B

IOLO

GIC

AL

ASS

OC

IATI

ON

Page 47: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 47

PERSPECTIVES

Neuroimmune CommunicationIMMUNOLOGY

Ephraim F. Trakhtenberg and Jeffrey L. Goldberg

Neurotransmitters link the nervous system to immune responses associated with infl ammation and poststroke infections.

Our immune and nervous systems infl uence each other, both locally and at a distance ( 1– 4). Locally,

immune responses in the central nervous system (CNS) include activation of resi-dent glia cells and macrophages ( 3– 6), and infi ltration of circulating immune cells ( 5). Many responses rely on cytokines secreted by immune cells for communicating not only to immune cells but also to neurons and glia to control synaptic pruning ( 7), neuroplasticity ( 8), and neuroprotection ( 3). Molecules important in the immune system, such as major histocompatibility complex (MHC) proteins, are also expressed by neu-rons and glia and likely contribute to neu-ral function. Can the nervous system com-municate with the immune system through neurotransmitters—chemicals that relay

signals from neurons to target cells—to reg-ulate infl ammation and immunity, or even to feed back and regulate the nervous system itself? Two papers in this issue, by Rosas-Ballina et al. on page 98 ( 9) and Wong et al. on page 101 ( 10), demonstrate how neu-rotransmitters directly modulate specific cells and cellular responses in the immune system at a distance.

Previous work pointed to pathways of direct, long-distance neuroimmune cross-talk. For example, stimulation of the vagus nerve, which originates in the brainstem and innervates visceral organs, inhibits cytokine release and attenuates infl ammatory damage in endotoxemia and sepsis. The vagus nerve stimulates celiac ganglion adrenergic neurons that innervate the spleen, leading to release of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine (ACh) and activation of the nicotinic ACh recep-tor (nAChR) on splenic macrophages. This blocks production of the proinflammatory cytokine tumor necrosis factor–α (TNF-α).

Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, Interdisciplinary Stem Cell Institute, Neuroscience Program, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL 33136, USA. E-mail: [email protected]

cyanobacteria. Enclosure experiments have demonstrated that nutrient addition can increase water column thermal stratifi cation without directly affecting water tempera-tures ( 13, 14). The increased cyanobacte-rial and algal biomass resulting from nutri-ent loading increases light attenuation and modifi es the vertical distribution of short-wave radiation. This promotes thermal stratifi cation and creates a more stable envi-ronment for cyanobacterial growth ( 13). Such an effect was demonstrated in Lake Constance, Germany, with both historical data analyses and modeling ( 15). Buoyant cyanobacteria can outcompete phytoplank-ton by reducing available light for nonbuoy-ant phytoplankton competitors ( 2). Hence, increased nutrients can create the stratifi ca-tion conditions suitable for cyanobacterial blooms in the absence of increased water temperatures ( 13).

Cyanobacterial biomass can indeed be decreased substantially by lowering nutri-ent inputs, despite warming temperatures, as observed in lakes Constance, Germany ( 8); Veluwe, Netherlands ( 16); and Müg-gel, Germany ( 4, 11). Although decreasing nutrient loading may not completely stop the incidence of cyanobacterial blooms, it decreases cyanobacterial dominance. In addition to lowering external nutrient loads, lake managers must also take into account other factors—trophic structure, and the seasonal life cycles of plankton—that will be affected by changing climate ( 17). In par-ticular, the altered magnitude and timing of precipitation and consequent runoff events (overland fl ow of water from saturated soil into aquatic ecosystems) may increase nutri-ent loading ( 18). Lowering nutrient inputs to soils should reduce nutrient loads to lake ecosystems, which would buffer both increased temperature and altered precipi-tation effects, and decrease the maximum phytoplankton biomass ( 19), the incidence of problematic cyanobacterial blooms ( 12), and the subsequent heat capture by phyto-plankton within the surface layer of lakes. Returning aquatic systems to lower nutrient status will ultimately make them less vul-nerable to the predicted negative impacts of global warming, particularly more cya-nobacterial blooms, because phytoplankton biomass in low-nutrient lakes will generally not respond to the increased water tempera-tures expected from climate change ( 20, 21).

Nutrient reduction is a long-term invest-ment. Decreased cyanobacterial biomass would be delayed due to nutrient recycling from the lake sediments and lengthy hydrau-lic residence time in large water-bodies ( 16).

Regardless, nutrient loading is far easier to remediate at the decadal and regional scale than warming temperatures, which must be regulated on the global scale and will con-tinue to increase through year 2100, even if greenhouse gases stabilize at year 2000 concentrations ( 22). Alternatively, nutri-ent remediation can be implemented at the watershed scale, for which many successful engineering and policy options are available ( 23). Increased temperatures, even under the best scenarios, are inevitable. However, it is not necessarily inevitable that cyano-bacteria will grow to “bloom” proportions in aquatic ecosystems.

References and Notes 1. W. K. Dodds et al., Environ. Sci. Technol. 43, 12 (2009). 2. H. W. Paerl, J. Huisman, Science 320, 57 (2008). 3. K. D. Jöhnk et al., Glob. Change Biol. 14, 495 (2008). 4. C. Wagner, R. Adrian, Limnol. Oceanogr. 54, 2460 (2009). 5. V. H. Smith, G. D. Tilman, J. C. Nekola, Environ. Pollut.

100, 179 (1999). 6. J. A. Elliott, Glob. Change Biol. 16, 864 (2010). 7. H. Markensten, K. Moore, I. Persson, Ecol. Appl. 20, 752

(2010). 8. H. B. Stich, A. Brinker, Glob. Change Biol. 16, 877 (2010). 9. B. Moss et al., J. Appl. Ecol. 40, 782 (2003). 10. D. McKee et al., Limnol. Oceanogr. 48, 707 (2003).

11. J. Köhler et al., Freshw. Biol. 50, 1639 (2005). 12. D. J. Conley et al., Science 323, 1014 (2009). 13. M. Kumagai et al., Limnology 1, 1 (2000). 14. I. Jones, G. George, C. Reynolds, Freshw. Biol. 50, 1239

(2005). 15. K. Rinke, P. Yeates, K. O. Rothkaupt, Freshw. Biol. 55,

1674 (2010). 16. B. W. Ibelings et al., Ecosystems 10, 4 (2007). 17. S. R. Carpenter, J. F. Kitchell, The Trophic Cascade in

Lakes (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1993). 18. E. Jeppesen et al., J. Environ. Qual. 38, 1930 (2009). 19. E. Jeppesen, J. P. Jensen, M. Sondergaard, Ecosyst. Health

5, 3 (2002). 20. S. E. Arnott et al., Environ. Monit. Assess. 88, 365 (2003). 21. D. P. Hamilton, C. Spillman, K. Prescott, T. K. Kratz,

J. Magnuson, Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 28, 467 (2002).

22. G. A. Meehl et al., in IPCC Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis, S. Solomon et al., Eds. (Cambridge Univ. Press, New York, 2007), pp. 747–845.

23. G. D. Cooke, E. B. Welch, S. Peterson, S. A. Nichols, Res-toration and Management of Lakes and Reservoirs (CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, ed. 3, 2005).

24. We thank N. G. Hairston Jr., D. P. Hamilton, G. E. Likens, and J. M. Melack for helpful comments and GLEON (Global Lakes Ecological Observatory Network) for fi nan-cial support.

Suppporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/46/DC1SOM text

10.1126/science.1207349

Page 48: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 48

PERSPECTIVES

How does stimulation of adrenergic neurons induce ACh release in the spleen? Rosas-Ballina et al. show that a splenic T cell capable of synthesizing and secreting ACh fulfi lls this role (see the fi gure). The authors identifi ed a subpopulation of CD4+ T cells that secrete ACh, express β-adrenergic receptors, and are located adjacent to adrenergic nerve endings in the spleen. Transplanting these T cells into mutant mice devoid of T cells and with endo-toxemia rescued the attenuation of TNF-α by vagus nerve stimulation. Furthermore, reducing expression by small interfering RNA of choline acetyltransferase, an enzyme required for ACh biosynthesis, in these T cells before transplantation blocked rescue of TNF-α attenuation after vagus nerve stimu-lation. Thus, ACh secretion by these T cells is required in this infl ammatory refl ex. Consid-ering the roles of TNF-α in CNS infl amma-tion ( 11), this pathway should also be explored with CNS injury and disease models.

Long-distance neuroimmune communi-cation also occurs in poststroke immuno-suppression, which protects the brain from infl ammatory damage ( 12) but leaves the body prone to infection, a major cause of stroke-related death ( 13). Although the fun-damental mechanism of this immunosup-pression is not known, Wong et al. focused on stroke-activated hepatic invariant natural killer T (iNKT) cells to address how stroke modulates immunosuppression. Using a mouse stroke model, they observed that mice defi cient in iNKT cells developed periph-

eral infection earlier and had higher mor-tality, suggesting that iNKT cells normally attenuate stroke-induced immunosuppres-sion. They then found that noradrenergic innervation in the liver, rather than a circu-lating molecule, signals hepatic iNKT cells after stroke to promote systemic immuno-suppression. Either depletion of noradren-ergic nerve terminals in the liver or block-ade of β-adrenergic receptors with propran-olol altered the cytokines secreted by iNKT cells, thereby attenuating immunosuppres-sion, bacterial infection, and mortality in wild-type mice. Conversely, noradrenaline injected directly into the liver activated iNKT cells and increased immunosuppres-sion and infection. Unexpectedly, Wong et al. found that another iNKT cell activator, the glycolipid antigen α-galactoceramide (α-GalCer), which acts through MHC proteins, also reduced bacterial infection after stroke. Together, these data suggest that the determining factor in iNKT cell-mediated immunosuppression after stroke may not simply be their activation, but adrenergic regulation of a shift from proin-fl ammatory T helper cell 1 (TH1)–type cyto-kines [such as interferon-γ (IFN-γ)] to anti-infl ammatory TH2-type cytokines [such as interleukin-10 (IL-10)]. Pretreatment of mice with IL-10 led to increased lung infec-tions, whereas administration of proprano-lol and α-GalCer reversed cytokine produc-tion from IL-10 back to IFN-γ after stroke. Demonstrating stroke-induced increase in

noradrenergic signaling in the liver would bolster this hypothesis.

The fi ndings of Rosas-Ballina et al. and Wong et al. raise the possibility of leverag-ing specifi c pathways to extinguish dam-aging neuroinfl ammation without compro-mising the ability to fight infection—for example, by activating nAChR in the spleen and blocking β-adrenergic receptors and activating MHC receptors in the liver. Fur-thermore, these fi ndings raise several ques-tions: Are T cells and noradrenaline special-ized for mediating long-distance cross-talk between the immune and nervous systems, or do other subpopulations of immune cells participate? Various brain insults and neu-rodegenerative diseases may range from subclinical involvement to primary or sec-ondary damage from inflammation—are these regulated by long-distance feedback loops between the CNS and peripheral immune organs, in addition to local interac-tions within the nervous system? For exam-ple, although noradrenaline in the spleen increased damaging neuroinflammation, and noradrenaline as well as IL-10 in the liver increased infection, both are neuro-protective in the CNS ( 5, 6). Neuroactivated immune cells and their cytokine signals may enter the CNS and modulate neuronal and/or glial function, prompting investiga-tion of “immunoneurobiology” pathways in which the peripheral immune system may regulate neural plasticity and behavior.

References and Notes 1. H. O. Besedovsky, A. del Rey, Nat. Immunol. 7, 537

(2006). 2. E. C. Trakhtenberg, Int. J. Neurosci. 118, 839 (2008). 3. C. Farina, F. Aloisi, E. Meinl, Trends Immunol. 28, 138

(2007). 4. D. R. Wilson, L. Warise, Perspect. Psychiatr. Care 44, 285

(2008). 5. A. London et al., J. Exp. Med. 208, 23 (2011). 6. J. L. Madrigal, J. C. Leza, P. Polak, S. Kalinin,

D. L. Feinstein, J. Neurosci. 29, 263 (2009). 7. B. Stevens et al., Cell 131, 1164 (2007). 8. G. S. Huh et al., Science 290, 2155 (2000). 9. M. Rosas-Ballina et al., Science 334, 98 (2011). 10. C. H. Y. Wong, C. N. Jenne, W.-Y. Lee, C. Léger,

P. Kubes, Science 334, 101 (2011); 10.1126/science.1210301.

11. L. Probert et al., J. Neuroimmunol. 72, 137 (1997). 12. A. Chamorro, X. Urra, A. M. Planas, Stroke 38, 1097

(2007). 13. K. Kimura, K. Minematsu, S. Kazui, T. Yamaguchi, Japan

Multicenter Stroke Investigators’ Collaboration (J-MUSIC), Cerebrovasc. Dis. 19, 171 (2005).

14. We acknowledge support from the American Heart Association (grant 11PRE7310069 to E.F.T.), NIH (grants EY020913, EY020297, NS061348, and NS074490 to J.L.G.; grant P30-EY014081 from the University of Miami), and an unrestricted grant from Research to Prevent Blindness (University of Miami).

CR

ED

IT: B

. STR

AU

CH

/SC

IEN

CE

10.1126/science.1213099

Liver Spleen

Spleen

Liver

Neuroimmune cross-talk. Noradrenaline-secreted from peripheral nerve terminals in the spleen and liver regulates pro- and anti-infl ammatory cytokine secretion by stimulating specialized T cells. These immune cells and cytokines, in turn, could feed back into the nervous system and regulate neuroinfl ammation and neural function. APC, antigen-presenting cell.

Page 49: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 49

PERSPECTIVES

Many plant populations are locally adapted and genetically differenti-ated for traits related to fi tness, but

the genetic basis of this adaptation remains poorly known. The best genomic resources for plants are available either for model spe-cies such as Arabidopsis thaliana, or for crop plants such as maize. In contrast, studies of fitness variation in natural conditions are spread over a large number of species with poorly understood genomes. Two reports in this issue, by Fournier-Level et al. on page 86 ( 1) and Hancock et al. on page 83 ( 2), report a major advance toward fi nding the genomic sites related to cli-matic adaptation in A. thaliana by combining genome-wide analysis of single-nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) and fit-ness estimates. Such informa-tion may eventually be used to better predict and manage cli-mate change responses.

Reciprocal transplant exper-iments can verify that at each geographic site, the native pop-ulation has higher fi tness than any introduced population of that same species. Such experi-ments have detected strong sig-nals of local adaptation, espe-cially in species with large pop-ulations ( 3), such as forest trees ( 4), and in relatives of A. thali-ana ( 5, 6). These fi ndings imply that natural selection has been strong relative to genetic drift, and has caused genetic differ-entiation with respect to traits related to fi tness. In small pop-ulations natural selection may be too weak, relative to genetic drift, for local adaptation to evolve ( 3).

In A. thaliana itself, the clas-sical evidence for local adapta-tion is weaker. There are few reciprocal transplant experi-

ments, and correlations of putative adaptive phenotypes with latitude are lower ( 7) than in many other species (see the fi gure). DNA sequence variation analysis ( 8) and associa-tion studies ( 9) have provided some evidence of local adaptation. Range expansions, recol-onizations, and bottlenecks can, however, also give rise to patterns suggestive of adaptation.

Scientists have previously searched for genetic variants for local adaptations in sev-eral plant species, but not with truly genome-wide approaches ( 5). The two studies in this issue relate SNP variations in extensive col-

lections of A. thaliana to the climate at the location where each genotype was collected. Both studies also examine how the environ-mentally correlated SNPs relate to fitness data from the fi eld experiments.

Fournier-Level et al. analyze data from fi eld experiments in which about 150 dis-tinct samples from different locations (acces-sions) were grown at four different fi eld sites across Europe ( 10), and both survival and reproductive fi tness were estimated. Among more than 200,000 genotyped SNPs, the authors identify SNPs that account for fi tness

variation in the different fi eld sites. In most cases, SNP vari-ants favorable in one environ-ment did not have deleterious effects in other environments—the SNPs associated with fit-ness occurred at different loci in different environments. This suggests that the mechanism of adaptation differs for differ-ent environments. Thus, natural selection (or plant breeders) can benefi t from fl exible responses based on different mechanisms across environments.

Hancock et al. examine cli-mate associations of SNPs in a different set of accessions. They have correlated the geno-typic data of more than 200,000 SNPs of nearly 1000 A. thali-ana lines with the climatic data of the location where these plants were originally collected. Similar approaches have earlier detected loci related to climatic adaptation in humans ( 11) and forest trees ( 12). To confirm that the correlations of SNPs with climate variables are due to natural selection and not popu-lation history, Hancock et al. use two approaches. First, they show that nonsynonymous (that is, amino acid–changing) SNPs are enriched among the cli-mate-correlated ones. Second, they demonstrate that the cli-mate-related SNPs can account

The Genomic Basis of Local Climatic Adaptation

EVOLUTION

Outi Savolainen

Studies of Arabidopsis thaliana help to identify the genomic sites associated with adaptation to local climatic conditions.

Department of Biology, FIN-90014, Uni-versity of Oulu, Finland. E-mail: [email protected]

Northern latitude (degrees)

Gro

wth

ces

sati

on d

ay le

ngth

(ho

urs)

22

21.5

20.5

19.5

21

20

19

18.5

18

35 40 45 50 55 60 7065

Northern latitude (degrees)

A. thaliana

Norway spruce

Flow

erin

g t

ime

(days

)

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

035 40 45 50 55 60 7065

A

B

Adaptation with latitude. (A) The day length below which seedlings of Norway spruce (Picea abies) will set bud in preparation for winter depends on latitude. Based on popu-lation data of Dormling ( 4). (B) The latitude dependence of how many days it takes after 4-week cold treatment for A. thaliana to fl ower is much less pronounced. Data on Euro-pean accessions from ( 9), binned in groups of fi ve based on latitude.PH

OTO

CR

ED

ITS:

NO

RW

AY

SPR

UC

E, M

ICH

AE

L H

IEB

ER

/IST

OC

KPH

OTO

.CO

M; A

. TH

ALI

AN

A, A

LBE

RTO

SA

LGU

ER

O/W

IKIM

ED

IA C

OM

MO

NS

Page 50: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 50

PERSPECTIVES

for some fi tness variation in a fi eld experi-ment in Lille, France.

Changing climates may require rapid adaptation. Adaptation based on selection on new mutations (species-wide or regionally limited selective sweeps) can be slowed down by the lack of suitable mutations, whereas selection on existing low- or intermediate frequency variants can be faster. Only selec-tion on new mutations leaves a footprint of long tracks of correlated variants around the selected sites. Fournier et al. did not find such a signal, and conclude that selection has mostly been on existing variation. In con-trast, Hancock et al. did identify this signal of selection on new mutations. These differ-ent fi ndings remain to be explained. Recent genome-wide resequencing studies have shown that such selection on new mutations has been common in Drosophila ( 13) but not in the human lineage ( 14).

In addition to selection on individual loci, phenotypic data suggest that selection on quantitative traits is also important for local adaptation. Suitable methods need to be developed for fi nding the signals of this kind of selection in the genome ( 15).

Perhaps surprisingly, none of the top “climate adaptation” SNPs identifi ed in ( 1) were close to the intensively studied fl ower-ing-time genes FRI and FLC ( 9). The role of these loci in governing fi tness variation mer-its further study.

SNP-based studies cannot be used to examine all polymorphisms. The effects of the polymorphisms related to climate are only detected if they are correlated with the SNPs that were genotyped. As the Arabi-dopsis resequencing project ( 16) advances, these problems will be avoided. Improving genomic resources will also allow genome-wide studies of species with very strong sig-

nals of local adaptation.

References and Notes 1. A. Fournier-Level et al., Science 334, 86 (2011). 2. A. M. Hancock et al., Science 334, 83 (2011). 3. R. Leimu, M. Fischer, PLoS ONE 3, e4010 (2008). 4. O. Savolainen, T. Pyhäjärvi, T. Knürr, Annu. Rev. Ecol.

Evol. Syst. 38, 595 (2007). 5. J. T. Anderson, J. H. Willis, T. Mitchell-Olds, Trends Genet.

27, 258 (2011). 6. P. H. Leinonen, D. L. Remington, O. Savolainen,

Evolution 65, 90 (2011). 7. A. Giakountis et al., Plant Physiol. 152, 177 (2010). 8. V. Le Corre, F. Roux, X. Reboud, Mol. Biol. Evol. 19,

1261 (2002). 9. S. Atwell et al., Nature 465, 627 (2010). 10. A. M. Wilczek et al., Science 323, 930 (2009). 11. A. M. Hancock et al., PLoS Genet. 7, e1001375 (2011). 12. A. J. Eckert et al., Genetics 185, 969 (2010). 13. S. Sattath, E. Elyashiv, O. Kolodny, Y. Rinott, G. Sella,

PLoS Genet. 7, e1001302 (2011). 14. R. D. Hernandez et al., 1000 Genomes Project, Science

331, 920 (2011). 15. L. M. Chevin, F. Hospital, Genetics 180, 1645 (2008). 16. See http://1001genomes.org/.

10.1126/science.1213788

During the past decade, a wide array of physical systems—atoms, semi-conductors, and superconductors—

have been used in experiments to create the basic components of quantum-information processing. Precision control over elemen-tary quantum two-state systems (qubits) is now well advanced, and it is now possible to ask how a complete, functioning quantum computer with many qubits would really work. In this issue, two very different steps in this direction have been taken. On page 61, Mariantoni et al. ( 1) examine how the basic architectural elements of a stored-pro-gram computer, as articulated originally by von Neumann, can be achieved in the quan-tum setting. On page 57, Lanyon et al. ( 2) explore how a quantum computer can be programmed. Although the physical qubits used in each study are extremely different, both attack a device-independent question of system functionality.

A vision of the possible approaches to programming a quantum computer has emerged only very tentatively in the past

decade. Quantum computers will unques-tionably be able someday to solve arithme-tic problems that are so diffi cult that they are intractable for digital computing, most notably fi nding the prime number factors of large numbers. However, the scale of these problems in their interesting form (that is, exceeding what supercomputers could do), and the high precision of operation needed to solve them, points toward a machine con-taining millions of qubits.

Such large machines are many years away, so attention has focused in the near term on other problems, more directly con-nected to quantum physics, for which much smaller machines can be programmed to solve problems. Lanyon et al. present results on “digital quantum simulation,” as distinct from the less powerful technique of “analog quantum simulation.” The analog approach implies a direct emulation of the system to be simulated; the quantum processor is tai-lored to have, up to a scale, the same intra- and interqubit forces (i.e., described theoret-ically by the same type of Hamiltonian func-tion) as the simulated system.

In the digital approach, the qubit Hamil-tonian is fi xed to be one of two (or several) optimized forms. The simulated Hamilto-

nian is approximated by switching rapidly between these qubit Hamiltonians, so that the average effect is correct. Parallel park-ing provides a good analogy of the enhanced capability of this machine. An analog sim-ulation that emulates moving forward and backward to park on the right can do only that operation. Digital simulation implies programmability; the car can also be parked to the left with a modifi ed application of the same basic actions. Lanyon et al. used up to six qubits in an ion trap, with only one type of physical coupling between them medi-ated by quanta of collective ion vibrations. By successive alternation of interactions, they simulated the dynamical creation of entangled quantum states in small magnetic clusters with a variety of spin interactions.

Mariantoni et al. attacked the very dif-ferent problem of machine architecture. The superconducting device toolkit has grown in recent years to include qubits of a wide variety of constructions and characteristics, and a quantum version of computer “bus-ses” (a classical bus transfers data between computer components; quantum busses can be created from harmonic quantum systems based on superconducting electrical resona-tors). Can these devices be combined to take

Toward Control of Large-Scale Quantum Computing

PHYSICS

David P. DiVincenzo

Basic quantum computing elements are combined to improve quantum simulations and to create a quantum version of a central processing unit.

Rheinisch-Westfaelische Technische Hochschule Aachen, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich 52425 Germany. E-mail: [email protected]

Page 51: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 51

PERSPECTIVES

Diamond Window into the Lower Mantle

GEOCHEMISTRY

Ben Harte

Tiny inclusions in diamonds reveal subduction of oceanic crust to depths of at least 700 km.

advantage of their individual strengths in a processing system?

Mariantoni et al. used, without modifi ca-tion, a two-qubit structure used in previous studies ( 3) but created a new architectural interpretation of its parts. The two qubits were coupled via a resonator in such a way as to allow for rapid application of quan-tum operations; this is the quantum central processing unit, or quCPU, of the structure. Each qubit was also coupled separately to another resonator that was good at receiv-ing and retaining information received from the qubits to form a quantum random-access memory element, or quRAM. The superconducting devices contained other microscopic two-level systems suitable for dumping information from the qubits so they could be reset. These systems function as reset registers, although they were not designed for that purpose. Mariantoni et al. used these basic circuit elements to demon-strate three-qubit operations using retrieved and re-stored data.

There is not, and there should not be, any reason that architecture is the exclu-sive domain of superconducting structures or that programming for digital simulation is confi ned to ion systems. These very basic computer engineering problems should be solvable independent of the hardware plat-form. Indeed, the roles have been reversed in previous studies; Mariantoni et al.’s hard-ware was previously used to demonstrate a crude quantum algorithm ( 3), and a vision for a scaled-up ion-trap quantum proces-sor was already proposed several years ago

( 4) (see the figure). In this proposal, there is a central processor area, “cooling ions,” which perform the resetting function, and side traps with a shuttling sys-tem for storing quantum information. Slow prog-ress has been made in the experimental realization of this vision ( 5).

Before much more progress is made on these design problems, basic device metrics

must be developed both in the atomic and the solid-state areas. Such metrics will eval-uate coherence (how long quantum states

survive) and fi delity of quantum operations (how well quantum states are being prepared and measured). Improved designs that attain an order of magnitude greater coherence times for superconducting qubits ( 6) must be adopted, and the technical limits imposed by laser intensity fl uctuations in the ion sys-tem must be overcome. Only then will we start seeing quantum processors of respect-able complexity and power.

References 1. M. Mariantoni et al., Science 334, 61 (2011). 2. B. P. Lanyon et al., Science 334, 57 (2011). 3. M. Mariantoni et al., Nat. Phys. 7, 287 (2011). 4. D. Kielpinski, C. R. Monroe, D. J. Wineland, Nature 417,

709 (2002). 5. R. B. Blakestad et al., arXiv:1106.5005 (2011). 6. L. DiCarlo et al., Nature 460, 240 (2009).

10.1126/science.1211284

Nature’s secrets are often well hid-den, but painstaking investigation of minute quantities of material may

unravel complex histories of mineral forma-tion and provide major insights into Earth’s evolution. On page 54 of this issue, Walter et al. ( 1) illustrate this point by revealing the extent of the subduction of oceanic crust into Earth’s interior. They found that natu-ral diamonds, carried to the surface by kim-berlite volcanoes 92 to 95 million years ago in Juina (Brazil), contained minute (0.015 to 0.040 mm long) inclusions composed of several minerals such as nepheline, Na-kalsilite, and MgFe-spinel. These miner-als are expected to form at depths of less

than 200 km. However, careful investigation showed that these minerals had formed by the breakdown of other minerals known to form only at very high pressures and depths in excess of 700 km.

The principal rock compositions expected in Earth’s mantle are those of basic and ultra-basic rocks. Many diamonds contain inclu-sions of minerals (e.g., olivine, pyroxene, garnet) formed in such rock compositions at depths of less than 200 km in continen-tal lithosphere; but, rarely, distinct groups of other minerals are found that formed at much greater depths. The Juina kimber-lite province in Brazil has been prominent in yielding such deep diamonds, includ-ing a suite indicating minerals expected in ultrabasic rocks at lower-mantle depths (>660 km). These ultrabasic inclusions are thought to have formed in slabs of oceanic

Centre for Science at Extreme Conditions, School of GeoSci-ences, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JW, Scot-land, UK. E-mail: [email protected]

Electrode segmentsMemory region

Interaction region

Harnessing ion-trap qubits. The ideas explored in Mariantoni et al.—creating the elements of a quantum computing architecture using superconducting circuit ele-ments—have been previously articulated (4) for qubits like the ones used by Lanyon et al. based on trapped ions. In this vision of a quantum computer, arrays of radio-frequency electrodes trap ions. These ions (blue circles) can be moved from a memory region to an interaction region (the central processor) by changing the operating volt-ages on the electrodes (shown as gray bars). Slow progress has been made in realizing this vision. [Adapted from ( 4)]

Page 52: Science - 07 October 2011

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org 52

PERSPECTIVES

lithosphere that had been carried down to lower-mantle depths via subduction zones at the margins of Earth’s tectonic plates ( 2, 3). However, it is known that oceanic lith-osphere includes a crust of basic composi-tion as well as a thicker layer of ultrabasic rocks, and up to now it has been puzzling that inclusions of basic origin with defi nite lower-mantle minerals have not been found.

The observations of Walter et al. provide unequivocal identifi cation of basic mineral inclusions formed at lower-mantle depths. They also provide the fi rst recognition in nature of two minerals (NAL, a new alu-minum silicate phase; CF, a calcium ferrite phase) previously only known from labora-tory experiments at very high pressures and temperatures ( 4, 5). Moreover, the diamonds containing the inclusions show highly neg-ative carbon isotope ratios (δ13C down to –24‰); this feature is associated with ocean crust and thereby implies the recycling of carbon from Earth’s crust down to lower mantle depths and back again.

In the wider perspective, Walter et al. note that it is appropriate to consider the dia-mond evidence in conjunction with studies of distant earthquake waves. In the past 20 years, such seismic studies have provided tomographic images of slabs of oceanic lith-osphere descending to near the upper man-tle–lower mantle boundary, where they fl at-ten out to form so-called “stagnant slabs” ( 6, 7). These slabs have been found world-wide to take up a variety of subhorizontal

positions from just above to below the upper mantle–lower mantle boundary (the com-mon range of depths is indicated by the two cases shown in the fi gure), although such positions are temporary and the slabs even-tually sink through the lower mantle.

With the relatively simple stagnant slab shapes shown in the fi gure, it is evident from the fi ndings of Walter et al. that in order to give rise to the Juina basic inclusions, the slab must have resided at the lower level illustrated. However, more complex struc-tures are possible, and a slab might undergo buckling and penetrate the lower man-tle before assuming a subhorizontal posi-tion along the upper mantle–lower mantle boundary ( 6– 8). It is also possible that basic and ultrabasic portions of the slab become detached as a consequence of density differ-ences ( 6, 9). Lower-mantle diamonds might form at various locations within the sub-ducted slabs, before eventually being trans-ported toward Earth’s surface in a plume of rising mantle material and eventually erupt-ing in a kimberlite. It is during this upward transport that the lower-mantle minerals are broken down to the lower-pressure minerals that were actually found in the inclusions.

The Juina deep diamonds may be fur-ther placed in the context of geological his-tory. Throughout much of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic geological eras, slabs of oce-anic lithosphere forming the proto–Pacifi c Ocean were repeatedly subducted beneath the Gondwanaland supercontinent that

included South America ( 10, 11). Among the Juina diamonds are some with majoritic inclusions formed from basic compositions at depths of 300 to 450 km. The Nd and Sr isotope compositions of these majorites are those expected for oceanic crust of Meso-zoic or younger age ( 8). Assuming that all the Juina deep diamonds are derived from a single subducted slab, then its subduction must have occurred in the approximately 100-million-year interval from the start of the Mesozoic to the 92- to 95-million-year age given by the kimberlites containing the diamonds ( 8).

The results presented by Walter et al. add to the plate tectonic histories provided by both conventional geological/geochemi-cal studies and the results of modern seismic tomography. Given further discoveries of diamonds with mineral inclusions from the deep upper mantle and from the uppermost lower mantle, one may expect the emergence of a much clearer picture of the behavior of subducted slabs. Aligned with further labo-ratory experimental studies on mineral struc-ture and composition, the pressures and tem-peratures of formation of inclusions in deep diamonds will become better defi ned; and with seismic tomographic data the shapes of slabs, including their basic and ultraba-sic portions, may become refi ned. Key ques-tions of wide interest may be addressed, such as the potential liberation of hydrous fl uids from subducted slabs during their descent and stagnation ( 3, 7, 12– 14), with conse-quent formation of melts. Further fi nds of deep diamonds in Juina and other kimberlite provinces around the world will give momen-tum to these advances in understanding.

References 1. M. J. Walter et al., Science 334, 54 (2011). 2. T. Stachel, G. P. Brey, J. W. Harris, Elements 1, 73 (2005). 3. B. Harte, Mineral. Mag. 74, 189 (2010). 4. K. Hirose, N. Takafuji, N. Sata, Y. Ohishi, Earth Planet.

Sci. Lett. 237, 239 (2005). 5. A. Ricolleau et al., J. Geophys. Res. 115, B08202 (2010). 6. Y. Fukao, M. Obayashi, T. Nakakuki, Annu. Rev. Earth

Planet. Sci. 37, 19 (2009). 7. D. Zhao, S. Yu, E. Ohtani, J. Asian Earth Sci. 40, 689

(2011). 8. B. Harte, S. Richardson, Gondwana Res.

10.1016/j.gr.2011.07.001 (2011). 9. T. Irifune, A. E. Ringwood, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 117,

101 (1993). 10. B. C. Storey, Nature 377, 301 (1995). 11. P. A. Cawood, Earth Sci. Rev. 69, 249 (2005). 12. T. Komabayashi, S. Omori, Phys. Earth Planet. Inter. 156,

89 (2006). 13. K. D. Litasov, E. Ohtani, A. Sano, Geophys. Monogr. 168,

95 (2006). 14. H. Keppler, J. R. Smyth, Eds., Water in Nominally

Anhydrous Minerals (Mineralogical Society of America, Chantilly, VA, 2006).

Continental lithosphere

Plume

Higher-levelstagnant slab

Lower-levelstagnant slab

Basic crustLower mantle

Transitionzone

Dep

th (

km)

200

400

600

800

0

Oceanic lithosphere

Stagnant slabs. Illustration of some different positions of stagnant slabs formed of subducted oceanic litho-sphere. The two cases shown illustrate the range of levels from above to below the upper mantle–lower man-tle boundary found in worldwide tomographic seismic images ( 6). The data from Walter et al. for the Juina (Brazil) situation clearly imply a case like the lower slab illustrated, with extensive penetration into the lower mantle. Possible formation points of diamonds with basic and ultrabasic lower-mantle mineral inclusions are indicated by red and green diamonds, respectively.

10.1126/science.1213012

Page 53: Science - 07 October 2011

In This IssueContinuous innovation and outstanding research are themost important attributes to respondents choosing thisyear’s best biotech and pharma companies—yet to topemployers, their scientists’ ingenuity and enthusiasm arethe real essentials for excellence.

See full story on page 115.

To read the extended online version or hear podcastinterviews with the top two employers, visitwww.sciencecareers.org/TopEmployers2011.

Upcoming FeaturesFocus on Europe—October 21Neuroscience: Emerging Fields—November 4Focus on China—December 9

Top Employers SurveyInnovation and Research:The Human Factor

FOCUS ON CAREERSBrought to you by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Of�ce

Page 54: Science - 07 October 2011

Deep Mantle Cycling of Oceanic Crust:Evidence from Diamonds and TheirMineral InclusionsM. J. Walter,1* S.C. Kohn,1 D. Araujo,2 G. P. Bulanova,1 C. B. Smith,1 E. Gaillou,3

J. Wang,3 A. Steele,4 S. B. Shirey3

A primary consequence of plate tectonics is that basaltic oceanic crust subducts with lithosphericslabs into the mantle. Seismological studies extend this process to the lower mantle, andgeochemical observations indicate return of oceanic crust to the upper mantle in plumes. Therehas been no direct petrologic evidence, however, of the return of subducted oceanic crustalcomponents from the lower mantle. We analyzed superdeep diamonds from Juina-5 kimberlite,Brazil, which host inclusions with compositions comprising the entire phase assemblage expectedto crystallize from basalt under lower-mantle conditions. The inclusion mineralogies requireexhumation from the lower to upper mantle. Because the diamond hosts have carbon isotopesignatures consistent with surface-derived carbon, we conclude that the deep carbon cycleextends into the lower mantle.

Diamonds and the mineral inclusions that

they trap during growth provide samples

of materials from deep within Earth. On

the basis of inclusionmineralogy, most diamonds

sampled at the surface originated in continental

lithospheric mantle at depths of <200 km (1).

Several localities, however, yield rare “superdeep”

diamonds with inclusion compositions that re-

quire a sublithospheric origin in the deep upper

mantle and even the lower mantle (1, 2). Inclu-

sions of majorite garnet that formed in the deep

upper mantle (~200 to 500 km) commonly have

compositions linking them to basaltic oceanic

crust (1–8), and aluminous inclusions have been

identified with compositions indicative of sili-

ceous sediments (3). The diamonds that host these

inclusions have carbon isotopic compositions

that are atypical of normal mantle (d13C ≈ –5‰),

instead displaying a large isotopic range (~ −1 to

–24‰) with a clear tendency toward isotopically

“light” (< –10‰) compositions (1–3, 9). Although

there is debate regarding the origin of light car-

bon in diamonds (10), a leading hypothesis is

the subduction of the isotopically light organic

carbon fraction of altered oceanic crust.

The rarest diamonds are those containing in-

clusions with compositions indicating an origin

in the lower mantle (>660 km). Inclusions in-

terpreted as representing the lower-mantle phases

Mg-perovskite and Ca-perovskite have major el-

ement compositions that indicate an origin in

mantle peridotite (2, 11–13). No lower-mantle

inclusions have previously been identified with

major element compositions consistent with an

origin in subducted basalt. Furthermore, the car-

bon isotopic compositions of diamonds with

lower-mantle inclusions are typically all mantle-

like (~ –4 to –6‰) (2), which suggests that

surface-derived carbon may not survive into

the lower mantle. Oceanic lithosphere clearly

enters the lower mantle (14, 15), so the rarity

of lower-mantle diamonds with inclusions of

high-pressure phases that would occur in sub-

ducted basalt suggests that once oceanic crust

enters the lower mantle, it usually remains there,

possibly as a result of intrinsic high density and

negative buoyancy (16–18).

Here, we describe a suite of mineral inclu-

sions in low-nitrogen (type IIa) diamonds from

the Juina-5 kimberlite pipe in the Juina kimberlite

field (92 to 95 million years old) (19) located in

the Proterozoic Rio Negro–Juruena Mobile Belt

southwest of the Amazon Craton, Brazil (20). In-

clusions in sublithospheric diamonds common-

ly show mineralogical evidence of exsolution

from originally homogeneous silicate phases into

composite assemblages, and these are interpreted

to have formed during ascent in the mantle un-

related to kimberlite eruption (2–5, 8, 12, 21, 22).

Inclusion unmixing provides compelling evidence

that some superdeep diamonds were transported

upward by hundreds of kilometers in the upper

mantle, presumably by upwelling of solid mate-

rial (3, 4, 13). For example, the bulk composi-

tions of composite garnet plus clinopyroxene

inclusions in diamonds from the Juina region in-

dicate a deep upper-mantle origin asmajorite, with

inclusion unmixing to garnet plus clinopyroxene

occurring during transport to shallower levels

beneath the lithosphere (2–4). Each of the in-

clusions presented here is composed of a multi-

phase mineral assemblage (Fig. 1). We interpret

RESEARCHARTICLE

1School of Earth Sciences, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1RJ,UK. 2Instituto de Geociências, Universidade de Brasília, CEP70910-900 Brasília, DF, Brazil. 3Department of Terrestrial Mag-netism, Carnegie Institution, Washington, DC 20015, USA.4Geophysical Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Washington,DC 20015, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

Fig. 1. Backscattered electron micrographs showing composite inclusions in diamonds from Juina-5. (A)An inclusion in diamond Ju5-20 composed of a mixture of spinel (Mg,Fe)Al2O4 (Sp) and nephelineNaAlSiO4 (Ne) (fig. S1 and table S5), together with a small sulfide (Sf) in one corner that we interpret as anoriginally distinct phase from the composite silicate; sulfide can participate in diamond crystallizationreactions as a melt phase that is immiscible in silicate (33). (B) An inclusion in diamond Ju5-67 that iscomposed of phases with the compositions of spinel and a nepheline-kalsilite (Ka) phase, (Na,K)AlSiO4

(table S5). (C) An inclusion in diamond Ju5-89 containing spinel and a mixture of micrometer-sizedNa-rich (Na) and K-rich (K) silicate regions, with a bulk composition similar to Ju5-67 (fig. S2 and tableS5). (D) An inclusion in diamond Ju5-47 that consists of orthopyroxene (Opx), ulvospinel (Ulv), and olivine(Ol) (fig. S3 and table S5). (E) An inclusion in diamond Ju5-43 that consists of a complex mixture oforthopyroxene and a Ti-, Al-, and Fe-rich phase similar to tetragonal almandine pyrope phase (TAPP)(table S5). (F) An inclusion in diamond Ju5-104 composed of CaSiO3 plus micrometer-sized Ti-rich phases(e.g., CaTiO3) and a small sulfide (table S5).

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org54

Page 55: Science - 07 October 2011

the composite silicate and oxide phases as ex-

solution products from originally homogeneous

silicate phases that were trapped during diamond

growth.

Inclusion compositions and the depth of

formation. The inclusions range from about 15

to 40 mm in their longest dimension. Individual

phases within the composite inclusions were iden-

tified by Raman spectroscopy and spot electron

microprobe analysis, and homogeneous bulk in-

clusion compositions were obtained using wide-

beam microprobe analysis (Fig. 1, Table 1, and

tables S1 to S5) (20). There is close correspon-

dence between the inclusion bulk compositions

and the individual phases that coexist in experi-

ments on basaltic compositions under lower-mantle

conditions. We ascribe the composite inclusions

to the following lower-mantle phases: (i) “cal-

cium ferrite” (CF) phase (Ju5-20); (ii) “new alu-

minum silicate” (NAL) phase, also known as

the hexagonal phase (Ju5-67 and Ju5-89); (iii)

Al-, Ti-, and Fe-rich Mg-perovskite (Ju5-43 and

Ju5-47); and (iv) Ti-rich Ca-perovskite (Ju5-104).

The CF and NAL phases, as well as Al-, Ti-, and

Fe-rich Mg-perovskite compositions, have not

been identified before as inclusions in diamond,

but have previously been observed in experi-

ments on basaltic bulk compositions at lower-

mantle pressures and temperatures (16–18). The

sums of the cations and cation fractions in the

bulk inclusion compositions closely correspond

to the ideal stoichiometries of the experimentally

synthesized phases (Table 1 and tables S1 to S4).

It is unlikely that randomly trapped mineral ag-

gregates at upper-mantle pressures could, by co-

incidence, have the correct stoichiometry of all

four lower-mantle phases.

Each of the Juina-5 composite inclusions has

a bulk composition that can be linked to a spe-

cific phase that would crystallize in a basaltic

composition only in the lower mantle (Fig. 2).

The composite inclusion in diamond Ju5-20

would form a homogeneous CF phase, and in-

clusions Ju5-67 and Ju5-89 would form the NAL

phase at lower-mantle conditions (Fig. 2A). Al-

though these two phases are compositionally

similar to each other, a distinguishing feature is

the considerable potassium solubility in experi-

mental NAL phases, whereas experimental CF

phases are potassium-free (Table 1 and tables S1

and S2). The bulk compositions of the composite

inclusions in diamonds Ju5-43 and Ju5-47 are

very similar to Mg-perovskites produced in ex-

periments on basaltic compositions (Fig. 2B,

Table 1, and table S3). They are much richer in

Ti, Al, and Fe than is Mg-perovskite that forms

in experiments on mantle peridotite (23) or in

previously reportedMg-perovskite inclusions in

Table 1. Summary of the bulk major element chemistry of Juina-5 mineralinclusions and phases produced in high-PT experiments on basaltic com-positions (cation fraction per formula unit), with carbon isotopic compositions

of host diamonds. Isotopic values represent range observed in three or moreanalyses in different growth zones, as revealed in CL images. See tables S1 toS4 for experimental data and references.

Ju5-43 Ju5-47 MgPv in Exp Ju5-104 CaPv in Exp Ju5-20 CF in Exp Ju5-67 Ju5-89 NAL in Exp

Si 0.69 0.81 0.47–0.87 0.94 0.88–0.99 1.71 1.74–2.30 1.25 1.61 0.83–2.03

Ti 0.10 0.06 0.02–0.23 0.04 0.01–0.09 0.03 <0.10 0.05 0.07 0.02–0.10

Al 0.43 0.17 0.26–0.50 0.01 0.02–0.11 4.21 2.98–3.95 4.45 3.77 3.23–5.06

Fe 0.32 0.35 0.15–0.60 0.01 0.01–0.06 0.88 0.35–1.04 0.75 0.93 0.41–1.07

Mg 0.42 0.63 0.36–0.62 0.01 0.01–0.07 0.88 1.43–1.82 1.58 1.55 0.93–1.78

Ca 0.01 0.01 0.01–0.07 1.01 0.80–0.96 0.02 <0.18 0.03 0.08 0.05–0.19

Na 0.01 0.02 0.01–0.08 0.00 0.00–0.03 1.36 1.14–1.99 0.29 0.55 0.71–0.92

K 0.00 0.00 <0.01 0.00 <0.01 0.00 <0.01 0.42 0.21 0.01–0.22

Sum 1.99 2.06 1.98–2.13 2.02 1.96–2.05 9.09 8.5–9.5 8.83 8.79 8.67–9.29

Ideal 2 2 2 2 2 9 9 9 9 9

O 3 3 3 3 3 12 12 12 12 12

Mg/(Mg+Fe) 0.57 0.64 0.54–0.88 0.50 0.32–0.78 0.50 0.54–0.79 0.68 0.63 0.52–0.81

Al/(Al+Si+Ti) 0.35 0.16 0.24–0.43 0.01 0.02–0.11 0.71 0.58–0.69 0.77 0.69 0.62–0.82

Ti/(Ti+Si) 0.13 0.07 0.03–0.33 0.04 0.01–0.10 0.02 0.0–0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02–0.07

d13C (‰) –15.4 to

–21.6

–23.4 to

–24.1

— –4.9 to

–5.7

— –0.9 to

–6.3

— –21.1 to

–21.7

–18.1 to

–19.0

Fig. 2. Portions of three ter-nary diagrams (cation fraction)illustrating the composition-al correspondence betweenbulk composite mineral inclu-sions in diamonds from Juina-5 and phases produced inexperiments at lower-mantlepressures. (A) Shaded fieldsrepresent CF and NAL phasessynthesized in experiments onbasaltic bulk compositions(tables S1 and S2). (B) Shadedfields represent Mg-perovskitephases synthesized in experi-ments on basaltic (table S3)and peridotitic bulk compo-sitions (23). (C) The shadedfield represents the composi-tions of Ca-perovskites thatcoexist with Mg-perovskite, assynthesized in experimentson basaltic bulk compositions(table S4). In (A) and (B), Fe3+

and Fe2+ are calculated frommineral formulae to satisfy siteoccupancy constraints (tablesS1 to S3).

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 55

RESEARCH ARTICLE

Page 56: Science - 07 October 2011

diamonds (2, 11). The composite inclusion in

diamond Ju5-104 has the bulk composition and

stoichiometry of a CaSiO3 phase, but with a mod-

erate Ti component [~3 weight % (wt %) TiO2]

not previously observed in other CaSiO3 inclu-

sions in sublithospheric diamonds. The inclusion

composition is a close match to Ca-perovskite

that coexists with Mg-perovskite in experiments

on basaltic compositions (Fig. 2C, Table 1, and

table S4).

Experimentally estimated changes in miner-

alogy with depth for typical mid-ocean ridge

basalts (17, 18) indicate that, as a group, the in-

clusions constitute a phase assemblage that co-

exists in basaltic compositions at depths between

about 700 and 1400 km (Fig. 3A); an SiO2 in-

clusion has been identified in our Juina-5 collec-

tion as well, which likely originated as stishovite.

We suggest that the inclusions must have orig-

inated when diamond-forming fluids incorpo-

rated basaltic components from oceanic lithosphere

subducted into the lower mantle. To trap these

specific inclusion compositions as homogeneous

phases, the diamonds must have grown in the

upper part of the lowermantle, and cannot simply

be diamonds derived from shallower depths in

the upper mantle but subducted into the lower

mantle. For example, there are no known phases

stable in the upper mantle with the bulk com-

positions of CF and NAL phases, and majorite

garnets included in diamond in the deep upper

mantle have far more calcium (e.g., 5 to 15 wt %

CaO) (3, 6) and less titanium than observed in

Mg-perovskite synthesized experimentally in ba-

saltic compositions.

Diamond isotopic signatures and the origin

of carbon. If the above hypothesis is correct, then

the carbon from which the diamonds formed

may have been deposited originally within oce-

anic crust at the seafloor. We measured the car-

bon isotopic composition (d13C values) of the

Juina-5 diamonds and found a range from about

–1 to –24‰, with four of the six diamonds hav-

ing values less than –15‰ (Fig. 4 and Table 1).

These “light” isotopic values possibly indicate a

recycled organic source of carbon (10). In con-

trast, all previously analyzed diamonds hosting

ultramafic inclusions of lower-mantle origin have

heavier, typical “mantle” carbon isotopic compo-

sitions around –5‰ (2).

The origin of light carbon isotopic values

(< ~ –10‰) in mantle-derived samples is a mat-

ter of ongoing debate, with plausible explana-

tions including intramantle isotopic fractionation,

a primordial carbon reservoir with a light compo-

nent, and subducted organic carbon (10, 24). Ray-

leigh fractionation in an open system involving

phase separation can generate considerable iso-

topic fractionation and may account for much of

the variation in d13C in the range of –8 to –2‰

seen in lithospheric diamonds (10). However, it

has yet to be demonstrated that this is a viable

process for producing the isotopically light sig-

natures (~ –10 to –25‰) commonly associated

with sublithospheric diamonds of basaltic affin-

ity, and an explanation would be needed for the

correspondence of isotopically light carbon sig-

natures with specific inclusion mineralogies. A

primordial light carbon reservoir also appears un-

likely, as the light component must have survived

vigorousmantle mixing in an early magma ocean

and billions of years of solid-state mantle convec-

tion to appear in the composition of these dia-

monds (24). Juina superdeep diamonds are likely

only about 100 million years old, on the basis

of a dated sublithospheric inclusion from the

Collier-4 kimberlite 30 km to the north of Juina-5

(3), and so these young diamonds are very un-

likely to have formed from an ancient, isotopic-

ally light primordial carbon component.

In contrast, a burgeoning body of evidence

supports a subducted carbon source for many

superdeep diamonds. The Juina-5 composite in-

clusions and many other inclusions in sublitho-

spheric diamonds require an origin involving

oceanic crust and sediments, and these com-

monly have light carbon isotopic compositions

(2, 3, 6, 7, 9). Recent measurements of the carbon

isotopic compositions in altered oceanic crust

as deep as 2 km beneath the seafloor indicate

mixing between an organic component (d13C ≈

–27‰) and a carbonate component (d13C ≈

0‰) (25). As a group, sublithospheric diamonds

with inclusions showing affinity with subducted

oceanic crustal materials have carbon isotopic

compositions that effectively span the entire iso-

topic rangemeasured in altered oceanic crust. Our

results suggest that subducted organic carbon can

retain its isotopic signature even into the lower

mantle. Experimental data indicate that subducted

carbon, regardless of its original form in carbo-

nates or organic compounds, can become fixed as

either elemental carbon (graphite or diamond) or

carbonate at high pressures in oceanic crust, de-

pending on the redox state (26). Because the in-

clusions require that the diamonds grew in the

lower mantle, we suggest that carbon was trans-

ported as carbonate, some of which would have

been isotopically light, having originated as or-

ganic carbon (Fig. 4).

Implications for a deep carbon cycle. The

diamonds and their inclusions may have grown

Fig. 3. (A) Estimated modal mineralogy in subducted basaltic oceanic crust as a function of depth in themantle (17, 18). MgPv, Mg-perovskite; CaPv, Ca-perovskite; CF, CF phase; NAL, NAL phase; St, stishovite;Gt, garnet; Cpx, clinopyroxene. The inclusion mineralogy in diamonds from Juina-5, including MgPv,CaPv, CF phase, NAL phase, and stishovite, is stable at depths of ~700 to 1400 km in the lower mantle. (B)A schematic model for diamond formation and ascent beneath the Brazilian lithosphere. We suggest thatthe diamonds and inclusions initially formed from subducted oceanic crustal components in the upperpart of the lower mantle and were transported in an upwelling plume to the upper mantle, where theyunmixed into composite inclusions according to lower-pressure phase relations.

Fig. 4. Carbon isotopic compositions of diamonds inthis study compared to some possible carbon sources.White rectangles represent the range observed ineach diamond on the basis of multiple spot measure-ments in different growth zones revealed by cathodo-luminescence images (20). The isotopic compositionsof several possible carbon sources are drawn sche-matically on the basis of ranges given in (10). Organiccarbon denotes either biogenic or abiogenic noncar-bonate carbon originating in surface or near-surfaceenvironments; mantle carbon denotes a carbon com-ponent that is typical of primitive ultramafic mantlerocks and peridotitic lithospheric diamonds; car-bonate denotes surface-derived carbon depositedas carbonate from seawater.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org56

RESEARCH ARTICLE

Page 57: Science - 07 October 2011

when subducted lithosphere entered the shallow

lower mantle and stagnated because of density

inversion and increased mantle viscosity (14, 27)

(Fig. 3B). If heated to ambient mantle tempera-

tures, carbonated basaltic lithologies form carbo-

natedmelts, which can then be reduced to diamond

during reactions with surrounding mantle (8, 28).

Our results also indicate that the diamonds were

transported by convection from the lower to the

upper mantle, where the originally homogeneous

inclusions unmixed. For example, phase relations

along the NaAlSiO4-MgAl2O4 boundary (29) in-

dicate that the bulk composition of inclusion

Ju5-20 would yield the observed assemblage of

nepheline plus spinel (Fig. 1A and fig. S1B) at

depths of ~150 km; other inclusions in diamonds

from the Juina region (3, 4, 8) also suggest equil-

ibration near the base of the Brazilian lithosphere

(~150 to 200 km). Thus, the diamonds record a

history of upward transport on the order of 500

to 1000 km or more before being sampled by a

Cretaceous kimberlite and brought to the surface.

On the basis of seismological and petrological

evidence, previous workers have argued for a man-

tle plume beneath Brazil during the Cretaceous

(30, 31). Furthermore, paleo-plate reconstruc-

tions show that the Juina region of Brazil was lo-

cated at the margin of the African large low shear

velocity provinces during the Cretaceous, which

may be indicative of the presence of deep mantle

plumes (32). We suggest that some portion of

stagnated subducted lithosphere in which the di-

amonds grew was transported from the lower

mantle to the base of the Brazilian lithosphere in

a rising mantle plume (Fig. 3B). The Juina-5 di-

amonds and their inclusions provide compelling

evidence for deep cycling of oceanic crust and

surface carbon into the lower mantle and, ulti-

mately, exhumation back to the upper mantle and

Earth’s surface.

References and Notes1. T. Stachel, G. P. Brey, J. W. Harris, Elements 1, 73

(2005).

2. B. Harte, Mineral. Mag. 74, 189 (2010).

3. G. P. Bulanova et al., Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 160,

489 (2010).

4. B. Harte, N. Cayzer, Phys. Chem. Miner. 34, 647 (2007).

5. F. V. Kaminsky et al., Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 140,

734 (2001).

6. T. Stachel, G. P. Brey, J. W. Harris, Contrib. Mineral. Petrol.

140, 1 (2000).

7. R. Tappert et al., Geology 33, 565 (2005).

8. M. J. Walter et al., Nature 454, 622 (2008).

9. R. Tappert et al., Geology 37, 43 (2009).

10. P. Cartigny, Elements 1, 79 (2005).

11. B. Harte, J. W. Harris, M. T. Hutchison, G. R. Watt,

M. C. Wilding, in Mantle Petrology: Field Observations

and High Pressure Experimentation, Y. Fei, C. M. Bertka,

B. O. Mysen, Eds. Geochemical Society Special

Publications, 125 (1999).

12. P. C. Hayman, M. G. Kopylova, F. V. Kaminsky,

Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 140, 734 (2005).

13. T. Stachel, J. W. Harris, G. P. Brey, W. Joswig,

Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 140, 16 (2000).

14. Y. Fukao, M. Obayashi, T. Nakakuki, Deep Slab Project

Group, Annu. Rev. Earth Planet. Sci. 37, 19 (2009).

15. R. D. van der Hilst, S. Widiyantoro, E. R. Engdahl, Nature

386, 578 (1997).

16. K. Hirose, N. Takafuji, N. Sata, Y. Ohishi, Earth Planet.

Sci. Lett. 237, 239 (2005).

17. S. Ono, E. Ito, T. Katsura, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 190,

57 (2001).

18. A. Ricolleau et al., J. Geophys. Res. 115, (B8), B08202

(2010).

19. L. Heaman, N. A. Teixeira, L. Gobbo, J. C. Gaspar, U-Pb

mantle zircon ages for kimberlites from the Juina and

Paranatinga Provinces, Brazil. Extended Abstracts, 7th

International Kimberlite Conference, Cape Town,

South Africa, 322 (1998).

20. See supporting material on Science Online.

21. F. E. Brenker et al., Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 236, 579

(2005).

22. F. Brenker, T. Stachel, J. W. Harris, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett.

198, 1 (2002).

23. B. J. Wood, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 174, 341 (2000).

24. M. B. Kirkley, J. J. Gurney, M. L. Otter, S. J. Hill,

L. R. M. Daniels, Appl. Geochem. 6, 477 (1991).

25. S. Shilobreeva, I. Martinez, V. Busigny, P. Agrinier,

C. Laverne, Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 75, 2237 (2011).

26. S. Poli, E. Franzolin, P. Fumagalli, A. Crottini, Earth

Planet. Sci. Lett. 278, 350 (2009).

27. S. Goes, F. A. Capitanio, G. Morra, Nature 451, 981

(2008).

28. A. Rohrbach, M. W. Schmidt, Nature 472, 209 (2011).

29. M. Akaogi, A. Tanaka, M. Kobayashi, N. Fukushima,

T. Suzuki, Phys. Earth Planet. Inter. 130, 49 (2002).

30. S. A. Gibson, R. N. Thompson, O. H. Leonardos,

A. P. Dickin, G. J. Mitchell, J. Petrol. 36, 89 (1995).

31. J. C. VanDecar, D. E. James, M. Assumpcao, Nature 378,

25 (1995).

32. T. H. Torsvik, K. Burke, B. Steinberger, S. J. Webb,

L. D. Ashwal, Nature 466, 352 (2010).

33. Y. N. Palyanov, Y. M. Borzdov, A. F. Khokhryakov,

I. N. Kupriyanov, N. V. Sobolev, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett.

250, 269 (2006).

Acknowledgments: We thank I. Buisman and S. Kearns

for assisting in the collection of electron microprobe

data and L. Gobbo on behalf of Rio Tinto for providing

samples. Supported by UK Natural Environment Research

Council grant NE/H011242/1 (M.J.W.) and NSF grant

EAR-1049992 (S.B.S. and J.W.). See (20) for additional

compositional data on inclusion phases, experimental run

products, and Raman spectroscopy.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1209300/DC1

Materials and Methods

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S3

Tables S1 to S5

References (34–45)

3 June 2011; accepted 22 August 2011

Published online 15 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1209300

REPORTS

Universal Digital Quantum Simulationwith Trapped IonsB. P. Lanyon,1,2* C. Hempel,1,2 D. Nigg,2 M. Müller,1,3 R. Gerritsma,1,2 F. Zähringer,1,2

P. Schindler,2 J. T. Barreiro,2 M. Rambach,1,2 G. Kirchmair,1,2 M. Hennrich,2 P. Zoller,1,3

R. Blatt,1,2 C. F. Roos1,2

A digital quantum simulator is an envisioned quantum device that can be programmed to efficientlysimulate any other local system. We demonstrate and investigate the digital approach to quantumsimulation in a system of trapped ions. With sequences of up to 100 gates and 6 qubits, the fulltime dynamics of a range of spin systems are digitally simulated. Interactions beyond those naturallypresent in our simulator are accurately reproduced, and quantitative bounds are provided for theoverall simulation quality. Our results demonstrate the key principles of digital quantum simulation andprovide evidence that the level of control required for a full-scale device is within reach.

Althoughmany natural phenomena are ac-

curately described by the laws of quan-

tum mechanics, solving the associated

equations to calculate properties of physical sys-

tems, i.e., simulating quantum physics, is in gen-

eral thought to be very difficult (1). Both the

number of parameters and differential equations

that describe a quantum state and its dynamics

grow exponentially with the number of particles

involved. One proposed solution is to build a

highly controllable quantum system that can ef-

ficiently perform the simulations (2). Recently,

quantum simulations have been performed in

several different systems (3–13), largely follow-

ing the analog approach (2) whereby an analo-

gousmodel is built, with a directmapping between

the state and dynamics of the simulated system

and those of the simulator. An analog simulator

is dedicated to a particular problem, or class of

problems.

A digital quantum simulator (2, 14–16) is a

precisely controllable many-body quantum sys-

tem onwhich a universal set of quantum operations

(gates) can be performed, i.e., a quantum computer

(17). The simulated state is encoded in a register

1Institut für Quantenoptik und Quanteninformation, Öster-reichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Otto-Hittmair-Platz 1,A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria. 2Institut für Experimentalphysik, Uni-versity of Innsbruck, Technikerstr. 25, A-6020 Innsbruck,Austria. 3Institut für Theoretische Physik, University ofInnsbruck, Technikerstr. 25, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 57

Page 58: Science - 07 October 2011

of quantum information carriers, and the dynamics

are approximated with a stroboscopic sequence of

quantumgates. In principle, it can be reprogrammed

to efficiently simulate any local quantum system

(14) and is therefore referred to as a universal

quantum simulator. Furthermore, there are known

methods to efficiently correct for and quantita-

tively bound experimental error in large-scale

digital simulations (18).

We report on digital simulations using a sys-

tem of trapped ions. We focus on simulating the

full time evolution of networks of interacting

spin-1/2 particles, which are models of magnet-

ism (19) and exhibit rich dynamics. We do not

use error correction, which has been demon-

strated separately in our system (20) and must

be included in a full-scale fault-tolerant digital

quantum simulator.

The central goal of a quantum simulation is to

calculate the time-evolved state of a quantum

system y(t). In the case of a time-independent

Hamiltonian H, the form of the solution is y(t) =

e−iHt/ħ

y(0) =Uy(0). A digital quantum simulator

can solve this equation efficiently for any local

quantum system (14), i.e., where H contains a

sum of terms Hk that operate on a finite number

of particles, owing to interaction strengths that

fall off with distance, for example. In this case the

local evolution operators Uk = e−iHkt/ħ can be ap-

proximated with a fixed number of operations

from a universal set. However, these terms do

not generally commute U ≠ ∏ke−iHkt/ħ. This

can be overcome with the Trotter approximation

(14, 21), e−iHt=ħ ¼ limn→∞ð∏ke−iHk t=nℏÞn, for inte-

ger n, which is at the heart of the digital quan-

tum simulation algorithm. For finite n, the Trotter

error is bounded and can bemade arbitrarily small.

The global evolution of a quantum system can

therefore be approximated by a stroboscopic se-

quence of many small time-steps of evolution,

generated by the local interactions present in the

system. The digital algorithm can also be applied

to time-dependent Hamiltonians and open quan-

tum systems (14, 16, 17, 22).

Our simulator is based on a string of electri-

cally trapped and laser-cooled calcium ions (23).

The |S1/2⟩ = |1⟩ and |D5/2⟩ = |0⟩ Zeeman states en-

code a qubit in each ion. Simulated states are

encoded in these qubits and manipulated by laser

pulses that implement the operation set: O1(q, j) =

exp(−iqs j

z); O2(q) = exp(−iq∑iszi); O3(q,f) =

exp(−iq∑isfi); O4(q,f) = exp(−iq∑i<js

i

fsj

f).

Here sf = cosfsx + sinfsy and sj

k denotes the

k-th Pauli matrix acting on the j-th qubit.O4 is an

effective qubit-qubit interaction mediated by a

common vibrational mode of the ion string (24).

Recent advances have seen the quality of these

operations increase appreciably (25). For our sim-

ulations, we define dimensionless Hamiltonians

1̃H , i.e.,H ¼ EH̃ such thatU ¼ e−iH̃Et=ħ and the

system evolution is quantified by a unitless phase

q = Et/ħ.

We begin by simulating an Ising system of

two interacting spin-1/2 particles, which is an

elementary building block of larger and more

complex spin models and was one of the first

systems to be simulated with trapped ions follow-

ing an analog approach (6, 26). The Hamiltonian

is given by HIsing ¼ Bðs1 z þ s2zÞ þ Js

1xs

2x.

The first bracketed term represents the interaction

of each spin with a uniform magnetic field in the

z direction and the second an interaction between

the spins in an orthogonal direction. The interactions

do not commute, giving rise to nontrivial dynamics

and entangled eigenstates. Each spin is mapped

directly to an ionic qubit (|1⟩ = |↑⟩, |0⟩ = |↓⟩). The

dynamics are implemented with a stroboscopic

sequence of O2 and O4 gates, representing the

magnetic field and spin-spin evolution operators,

respectively. We first simulate a time-independent

case J = 2B, which couples the initial state |↑↑⟩ to

a maximally entangled superposition of |↑↑⟩

and |↓↓⟩ (Fig. 1A). The simulated dynamics con-

verge closer to the exact dynamics as the digital

resolution is increased. The overall simulation

quality is quantified by quantum process to-

mography (QPT) (27), yielding a process fidelity

of 91(1)% at the finest digital resolution used. In

(23), we show how higher-order Trotter decom-

positions can be used to achieve more accurate

digital approximations with fewer operations.

We now consider a time-dependent case

where J increases linearly from 0 to 4B during a

total evolution qt. In the limit qt→∞, spins initial-

ly prepared in the paramagnetic ground state of

the magnetic field (|↑↑⟩) will evolve adiabatically

into the antiferromagnetic ground state of the

final Hamiltonian: an entangled superposition of

the ∑ jsxj eigenstates |←→⟩x and |→←⟩x. As a

demonstration, we approximate the continuous

dynamics, for qt = p/2, using a stroboscopic

sequence of 24 O2 and O4 gates and measure the

populations in the sx basis (Fig. 1B). The evo-

lution closely follows the exact case, and an

entangled state is created [63(6)% tangle (28)].

Full quantum state reconstructions are performed

after each digital step, yielding fidelities between

the ideal digitized and measured state of at least

91(2)% and overlaps with the instantaneous

ground state of no less than 91(2)%. The observed

oscillation in expectation values is a diabatic ef-

fect, as excited states become populated.

More complex systems with additional spin-

spin interactions in the y (“XY” model) and z

Fig. 1. Digital simulations of a two-spin Ising system. Dynamics ofinitial state |↑↑⟩ for two cases. (A) A time-independent system ( J = 2B)and increasing levels of digital resolution (i→iv). A single digital step isD.C = O4(qa/n,0).O2(qa/2n), where qa = p / 2

ffiffiffi

2p

and n = 1,2,3,4 (forpanels i to iv, respectively). Quantum process fidelities between themeasured and exact simulation at qa are (i) 61(1)% and (iv) 91(1)%(ideally 61% and 98%, respectively) (23). (B) A time-dependent sys-tem. J increases linearly from 0 to 4B. Percentages: fidelities betweenmeasured and exact states with uncertainties less than 2%. The initialand final state have entanglement 0(1)% and 63(6)% [tangle (28)],

respectively. The digitized linear ramp is shown at the bottom: c = O2(p/16), d = O4(p/16,0). For more details, see (23). Lines; exact dynamics. Unfilledshapes: ideal digitized; filled shapes: data (■↑↑♦↓↓● →→x ▲←←x).

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org58

REPORTS

Page 59: Science - 07 October 2011

(“XYZ” model) directions can be simulated by

reprogramming the operation sequence. The dy-

namics due to an additional spin-spin interaction

in the y direction is simulated by adding another

O4 operation to each step of the Ising stroboscopic

sequence (with f = p/2). A third spin-spin in-

teraction in the z direction is realized by adding

an O4 gate sandwiched between a pair of O3

operations set to rotate the reference frame of the

qubits. Dynamics of the initial state |→←⟩x are

simulated for each model, with a fixed digital

resolution of q/n = p/16 and up to 12 Trotter

steps (Fig. 2). Up to 24, 48, and 84 gates are used

for the Ising, XY, and XYZ simulations, re-

spectively. This particular initial state is chosen

because the ideal evolution is different for each

model. The results show close agreement with

the exact dynamics and results from QPT after

four digital steps yield process fidelities, with

the exact unitary evolution, of 88(1), 85(1), and

79(1)% for the Ising, XY, and XYZ, respectively.

With perfect operations, the Trotter error would

be less than 1% in each case. Although analog

simulations of Isingmodels have previously been

demonstrated in ion traps (6, 8), XY and XYZ

models have not.

The digital approach allows arbitrary interac-

tion distributions between spins to be programmed.

For three-spin systems, we realize various inter-

actions that give rise to the dynamical evolutions

of the initial state |↑↑↑⟩ (Fig. 3). Figure 3A shows

a system supporting interactions between all spin

pairs with equal strength, and between each spin

and a transverse field. The initial state couples

equally to |↑↓↓⟩, |↓↑↓⟩, and |↓↓↑⟩, while the

strength of the field determines the amplitude and

frequency of the dynamics. For the case shown

(J = 2B), an equal superposition of the coupled

states is periodically created [an entangled W

state (29)]. Figure 3B shows how nonsymmetric

interaction distributions can be programmed, with

sequences of O4 and O1 to add spin-selective

interactions. The interaction between one spin

pair is dominant. Owing to this broken symmetry,

one coupled state (|↑↓↓⟩) is populated faster than

the others, yieldingmore complex dynamics than

in the symmetric case. Figure 3C demonstrates

the ability to simulate n-body interactions; spe-

cifically, sz1sx

2sx

3. A clear signature is observed:

direct coupling between ∑ jsyj eigenstates

|→→→⟩y and |←←←⟩y, periodically producing

an entangled GHZ state (29). Many-body spin

interactions of this kind are an important ingre-

dient in the simulation of systems with strict

symmetry requirements (30) or spin models ex-

hibiting topological order (31). Measurements in

other bases and simulations of nearest-neighbor

andmany-body interactions with a transverse field

using more than 100 gates are presented in (23).

Figure 4A shows the observed dynamics of

the four-spin state |↑↑↑↑⟩ under a long-range

Ising-type interaction. The rich structure of the

dynamics reflects the increased complexity of the

underlying Hamiltonian: Oscillation frequencies

correspond to the energy gaps in the spectrum.

This information can be extracted via a Fourier

transform of the data (23). Specific energy gaps

could be targeted by preparing superpositions of

eigenstates via an initial quasi-adiabatic digital

evolution (10). Figure 4B shows the observed

dynamics for our largest simulation: a six-spin

many-body interaction, which directly couples

the states |↑↑↑↑↑↑⟩ and |↓↓↓↓↓↓⟩, periodically

producing a maximally entangled GHZ state.

Direct quantification of simulation quality for

more than two qubits is impractical via QPT: For

three qubits, expectation values must be mea-

sured for 1728 experimental configurations, and

this increases exponentially with qubit number

(≈3 × 106 for six qubits). However, the average

process fidelity (Fp) can be bounded more effi-

ciently (32). We demonstrate this for the three-

and six-spin simulations of Figs. 3C and 4B,

respectively. Bounds of 85(1)% ≤ Fp ≤ 91(1)%

(three spins) and 56(1)% ≤ Fp ≤ 77(1)% (six

spins) are obtained at f = 0.25 p, with 40 and

512 experimental configurations, respectively

(23). The largest system for which a process

fidelity has previously been measured is three

qubits (33). A different measure of process

quality is given by the worst-case fidelity, over all

input states, and may be better used to assess

errors in future full-scale fault-tolerant simula-

tions. Regardless of themeasure used, the error in

large-scale digital simulations built from finite-

sized operations can be efficiently estimated.

Each operation can be characterized with a finite

number of measurements, then the error in any

combination can be chained (34). To exploit this,

the number of ionic qubits on which our many-

qubit operators O2−4 can act must be restricted.

The dominant effect of experimental error can

be seen in Figs. 3B and 4B: The dynamics damps

as a result of decoherence processes. Laser

frequency and ambient magnetic field fluctua-

tions are far from the leading error source: In the

absence of coherent operations, qubit lifetimes

are more than an order of magnitude longer

(coherence times ≈30 ms) than the duration of

Fig. 2. (A to C) Digital simulations of increasingly complex two-spin systems. Dynamics of the initialstate |→←⟩x with a fixed digital resolution of p/16. The graphic in each panel shows how a single digitalstep is built: C = O2(p/16), D = O4(p/16,0), E = O4(p/16,p), F = O3(p/4,0). Quantum process fidelitiesbetween the measured and exact simulation after one and four digital steps are shown with gray arrows[uncertainties ≤ 1% (23)]. Lines; exact dynamics. Unfilled shapes: ideal digitized; filled shapes: data(♦→←x ■←→x ●←←x or →→x

).

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 59

REPORTS

Page 60: Science - 07 October 2011

experiments (≈1 to 2 ms). The current leading

sources of error, which limit both the simulation

complexity and size, are thought to be laser

intensity fluctuations (23). This is not currently

a fundamental limitation and, once properly ad-

dressed, should enable an increase in simulation

capabilities.

The digital approach can be combined with

existing tools and techniques for analog simu-

lations to expand the range of systems that can be

simulated. In light of the present work, and cur-

rent ion trap development (35), digital quantum

simulations involving many tens of qubits and

hundreds of high-fidelity gates seems feasible in

coming years.

References and Notes1. R. P. Feynman, Int. J. Theor. Phys. 21, 467 (1982).

2. I. Buluta, F. Nori, Science 326, 108 (2009).

3. S. Somaroo, C. H. Tseng, T. F. Havel, R. Laflamme,

D. G. Cory, Phys. Rev. Lett. 82, 5381 (1999).

4. M. Greiner, O. Mandel, T. Esslinger, T. W. Hänsch,

I. Bloch, Nature 415, 39 (2002).

5. D. Leibfried et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 247901 (2002).6. A. Friedenauer, H. Schmitz, J. T. Glueckert, D. Porras,

T. Schaetz, Nat. Phys. 4, 757 (2008).7. R. Gerritsma et al., Nature 463, 68 (2010).8. K. Kim et al., Nature 465, 590 (2010).9. B. P. Lanyon et al., Nat. Chem. 2, 106 (2010).10. K. R. Brown, R. J. Clark, I. L. Chuang, Phys. Rev. Lett. 97,

050504 (2006).11. J. T. Barreiro et al., Nature 470, 486 (2011).12. J. Simon et al., Nature 472, 307 (2011).13. R. Islam et al., Nat Commun 2, 377 (2011).

14. S. Lloyd, Science 273, 1073 (1996).

15. E. Jane, G. Vidal, W. Dür, P. Zoller, J. I. Cirac, Quantum

Inf. Comput. 3, 15 (2003).

Fig. 3. Digital simulations of three-spin systems.Dynamics of the initial state |↑↑↑⟩ in three cases.(A) Long-range Ising system. Spin-spin coupling be-tween all pairs with equal strength and a transversefield. C = O2(p /32), D = O4(p /16,0). (B) Inhomog-eneous distribution of spin-spin couplings, decom-posed into an equal-strength interaction andanother with twice the strength between one pair.E = O1(p /2,1). (C) Three-body interaction, whichcouples the ∑ jsy

j eigenstates |←←←⟩y and |→→→⟩y.An O3(p /4,0) operation before measurementrotates the state into the logical sz basis. F =O1(q,1), 4D = O4(p/4,0). Any point in the phaseevolution is simulated by varying the phase q ofoperation F. Inequalities bound the quantum pro-cess fidelity Fp [see (23) for details].

Fig. 4. Digital simulations of four and six spin sys-tems. Dynamics of the initial state where all spinspoint up. (A) Four spin long-range Ising system.Each digital step is D.C = O4(p/16,0).O2(p/32).Error bars are smaller than point size. (B) Six spinsix-body interaction. F = O1(q,1), 4D = O4(p/4,0).The inequality at f = 0.25 p bounds the quantumprocess fidelity Fp at q = 0.25 p [see (23) for details].Lines; exact dynamics. Unfilled shapes: ideal digitized;filled shapes: data (■P0 ♦P1 ●P2 ▲P3 ►P4 ▼P5 ◄P6,where Pi is the total probability of finding i spinspointing down).

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org60

REPORTS

Page 61: Science - 07 October 2011

16. N. Wiebe, D. W. Berry, P. Hoyer, B. C. Sanders,

http://arxiv.org/abs/1011.3489 (2010).

17. M. Nielsen, I. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum

Information (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2001).

18. A. Steane, Nature 399, 124 (1999).

19. A. Auerbach, Interacting Electrons and Quantum

Magnetism (Springer, New York, 1994).

20. P. Schindler et al., Science 332, 1059 (2011).

21. H. F. Trotter, Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 10, 545 (1959).

22. S. Lloyd, L. Viola, Phys. Rev. A 65, 010101 (2001).

23. Materials and methods are available as supporting

material on Science Online.

24. A. Sørensen, K. Mølmer, Phys. Rev. Lett. 82, 1971

(1999).

25. J. Benhelm, G. Kirchmair, C. F. Roos, R. Blatt, Nat. Phys.

4, 463 (2008).

26. D. Porras, J. I. Cirac, Phys. Rev. Lett. 92, 207901 (2004).

27. J. F. Poyatos, J. I. Cirac, P. Zoller, Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 390

(1997).

28. A. G. White et al., J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 24, 172 (2007).

29. W. Dür, G. Vidal, J. I. Cirac, Phys. Rev. A 62, 062314

(2000).

30. I. Kassal, J. D. Whitfield, A. Perdomo-Ortiz, M.-H. Yung,

A. Aspuru-Guzik, Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 62, 185

(2011).

31. C. Nayak, S. H. Simon, A. Stern, M. Freedman, S. Das Sarma,

Rev. Mod. Phys. 80, 1083 (2008).

32. H. F. Hofmann, Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 160504 (2005).

33. T. Monz et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 040501 (2009).

34. A. Gilchrist, N. K. Langford, M. A. Nielsen, Phys. Rev. A

71, 062310 (2005).

35. J. P. Home et al., Science 325, 1227 (2009).

Acknowledgments: We thank W. Dür, A. Aspuru-Guzik, and

M. Brownnutt for discussions. We acknowledge financial

support by the Austrian Science Fund (FWF) [SFB F40

FOQUS], the Institut für Quanteninformation GmbH,

Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity, and the

European Commission for support via the integrated

project AQUTE, two Marie Curie International Incoming

Fellowships, and the ERC advanced grant CRYTERION.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1208001/DC1

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S9

Tables S1 to S6

References

6 May 2011; accepted 14 July 2011

Published online 1 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1208001

Implementing the Quantumvon Neumann Architecture withSuperconducting CircuitsMatteo Mariantoni,1,4* H. Wang,1† T. Yamamoto,1,2 M. Neeley,1‡ Radoslaw C. Bialczak,1

Y. Chen,1 M. Lenander,1 Erik Lucero,1 A. D. O’Connell,1 D. Sank,1 M. Weides,1§ J. Wenner,1

Y. Yin,1 J. Zhao,1 A. N. Korotkov,3 A. N. Cleland,1,4 John M. Martinis1,4*

The von Neumann architecture for a classical computer comprises a central processing unitand a memory holding instructions and data. We demonstrate a quantum central processingunit that exchanges data with a quantum random-access memory integrated on a chip, withinstructions stored on a classical computer. We test our quantum machine by executing codesthat involve seven quantum elements: Two superconducting qubits coupled through a quantumbus, two quantum memories, and two zeroing registers. Two vital algorithms for quantumcomputing are demonstrated, the quantum Fourier transform, with 66% process fidelity, andthe three-qubit Toffoli-class OR phase gate, with 98% phase fidelity. Our results, in combinationespecially with longer qubit coherence, illustrate a potentially viable approach to factoringnumbers and implementing simple quantum error correction codes.

Quantum processors (1–4) based on nu-

clear magnetic resonance (5–7), trapped

ions (8–10), and semiconducting devices

(11) were used to realize Shor’s quantum

factoring algorithm (5) and quantum error correc-

tion (6, 8). The quantum operations underlying

these algorithms include two-qubit gates (2, 3), the

quantum Fourier transform (7, 9), and three-qubit

Toffoli gates (10, 12). In addition to a quantum

processor, a second critical element for a quan-

tum machine is a quantum memory, which has

been demonstrated, for example, using optical

systems to map photonic entanglement into and

out of atomic ensembles (13).

Superconducting quantum circuits (14) have

met a number of milestones, including demonstra-

tions of two-qubit gates (15–20) and the advanced

control of both qubit and photonic quantum states

(19–22). We demonstrate a superconducting

integrated circuit that combines a processor—

executing the quantum Fourier transform and a

three-qubit Toffoli-class OR phase gate—with a

memory and a zeroing register in a single device.

This combination of a quantum central process-

ing unit (quCPU) and a quantum random-access

memory (quRAM), which comprise two key ele-

ments of a classical von Neumann architecture,

defines our quantum von Neumann architecture.

In our architecture (Fig. 1A), the quCPU per-

forms one-, two-, and three-qubit gates that process

quantum information, and the adjacent quRAM

allows quantum information to bewritten, read out,

and zeroed. The quCPU includes two supercon-

ducting phase qubits (18, 19, 21, 22), Q1 and Q2,

connected through a coupling bus provided by

a superconducting microwave resonator B. The

quRAM comprises two superconducting resona-

tors M1 and M2 that serve as quantum memories,

as well as a pair of zeroing registers Z1 and Z2,

two-level systems that are used to dump quan-

tum information. The chip geometry is similar

to that in (21, 22), with the addition of the two

zeroing registers. Figure 1B shows the character-

ization of the device by means of swap spec-

troscopy (21).

The computational capability of our archi-

tecture is displayed in Fig. 2A, where a seven-

channel quantumcircuit, yieldinga128-dimensional

Hilbert space, executes a prototypical algorithm.

First, we create a Bell state between Q1 and Q2

using a series of p-pulse,ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi

iSWAPp

(entangling

state), and iSWAP (exchanging state) operations

(step I, a to c) (22). The corresponding density

matrix r%(I) [Fig. 2C (I)] is measured by quantum

state tomography. The Bell state is then written

into the quantum memories M1 and M2 by an

iSWAP pulse (step II) (22), leaving the qubits

in their ground states |g⟩, with density matrix

1r%(II) [Fig. 2C (II)].While storing the first Bell state

in M1 and M2, a second Bell state with density

matrix r%(III) [Fig. 2C (III)] is created between the

qubits, using a sequence similar to the first op-

eration (step III, a to c).

To reuse the qubits Q1 and Q2, for example to

read out the quantum information stored in the

memories M1 and M2, the second Bell state has to

be dumped (23). This is accomplished using two

zeroing gates, by bringingQ1 on resonance with Z1andQ2with Z2 for a zeroing time tz, corresponding

to a full iSWAP (step IV). Figure 2B shows the

corresponding dynamics, where each qubit, initially

in the excited state |e⟩, is measured in the ground

state |g⟩ after≅ 30 ns. The densitymatrixr%(IV) of the

zeroed two-qubit system is shown in Fig. 2C (IV).

Once zeroed, the qubits can be used to read the

memories (step V), allowing us to verify that, at

the end of the algorithm, the stored state is still

entangled. This is clearly demonstrated by the

density matrix shown in Fig. 2C (V).

The ability to store entanglement in the mem-

ories, which are characterized by much longer

coherence times than the qubits, is key to the

quantum von Neumann architecture. We demon-

strate this capability in Fig. 2, D and E, where the

fidelity and concurrence metrics (24) of the Bell

states stored in M1 and M2 are compared with

1Department of Physics, University of California, Santa Barbara,CA 93106–9530, USA. 2Green Innovation Research Labora-tories, NEC Corporation, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 305-8501, Japan.3Department of Electrical Engineering, University of California,Riverside, CA 92521, USA. 4California NanoSystems Institute,University of California, Santa Barbara, CA 93106–9530, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected] (M.M.); [email protected] (J.M.M.)†Present address: Department of Physics, Zhejiang University,Hangzhou 310027, China.‡Present address: Lincoln Laboratory, Massachusetts Instituteof Technology, 244 Wood Street, Lexington, MA 02420–9108,USA.§Present address: National Institute of Standards and Tech-nology, Boulder, CO 80305, USA.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 61

REPORTS

Page 62: Science - 07 October 2011

those for the same states stored in Q1 and Q2. The

experiment is performed as in Fig. 2A, but elim-

inating steps (III) and (IV) for memory storage,

and steps (II) to (V) for qubit storage. For the

qubits, the storage time tst is defined as the wait

time at the end of step (I), before measuring the

qubit states, whereas for the resonators the wait

time is that between the write and read steps. The

fidelity of the qubit states decays to below 0.2 after

400 ns, whereas for the states stored in the mem-

ories it remains above 0.4 up to ≅ 1.5 ms. Most

important, after only 100 ns the state stored in the

qubits does not preserve any entanglement, as in-

dicated by a zero concurrence, whereas the mem-

ories retain their entanglement for at least 1.5 ms

(Fig. 2E). We expect to take advantage of our ar-

chitecture in long computations, where qubit states

can be protected and reused by writing them into,

and reading them out of, the long-lived quRAM.

Two-qubit gates are a vital resource for the

operation of the quCPU (2, 3). A variety of such

gates have been implemented in superconducting

circuits (15–20), with some recent demonstra-

tions of quantum algorithms (16, 18). Control

Z-p (CZ-p) gates are readily realizable with su-

perconducting qubits, due to easy access to the

third energy state of the qubit, effectively operat-

ing the qubit as a qutrit (16, 18, 20, 25). However,

CZ-p gates are just a subset of the more general

class of CZ-f gates, obtained for the special case

where the phase f = p. In our architecture, the

full class of CZ-f gates, with f from ≅ 0 to p,

can be generated by coupling a qutrit close to

resonance with a bus resonator.

Figure 3A shows the quantum logic circuit

that generates the CZ-f gate (left) and a short-

hand symbol for the gate (right). The logic circuit

demonstrates the nontrivial case where qubits

Q1 and Q2 are brought from their initial ground

state to |Q1Q2⟩ = |ee⟩ by applying a p-pulse to

each qubit. The excitation in Q2 is then trans-

ferred into bus resonator B, and Q1’s |e⟩ ↔ |f ⟩

transition is brought close to resonance with B for

the time required for a 2p rotation, where the

states |Q1B⟩ = |e1⟩ and |f0⟩ are detuned by a fre-

quency dQ1B, which we term a “semiresonant con-

dition.” In this process, Q1 acquires the phase (26)

f = p − pdQ1B

ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi

d2Q1B

þ g̃2Q1B

q ð1Þ

where g˜Q1Bis the coupling frequency between

|e1⟩ and |f0⟩. The final step is to move the ex-

citation from B back into Q2.

The time-domain swaps of |Q1B⟩ between

the states |e1⟩ and |f0⟩ are shown in Fig. 3B, where

the solid black line indicates the detunings and

corresponding interaction times used to gener-

ate any phase 0 ≲ f ≤ p (ideally f → 0 when

dQ1B → ∞). These phases are measured by per-

forming two Ramsey experiments on Q1 for each

value of the detuning dQ1B, one with B in the |0⟩

state, and the other with B in the |1⟩ state. The

relative phase between the Ramsey fringes cor-

responds to the value of f for the CZ-f gate (26),

as shown in Fig. 3C.

A more sophisticated version of this experi-

ment is performed by initializing Q1 and Q2 each

in the superposition state |g⟩ + |e⟩. We move Q2’s

state into B, perform a CZ-f gate with0 ≲ f ≤ p,

move the state in B back into Q2, rotate Q1’s

resulting state by p/2 about the y axis, and per-

form a joint measurement of Q1 and Q2. Ideally,

this protocol permits the creation of two-qubit

states ranging from a product state for f = 0 to a

maximally entangled state for f = p. In the two-

qubit basis setM2 = {|gg⟩, |eg⟩, |ge⟩, |ee⟩}, the gen-

eral density matrix of such two-qubit states reads

r%f=ð0 0 0 0

0 1=2 ð1 − e−ifÞ=4 ð1þ e−ifÞ=4

0 ð1 − eifÞ=4 ð1 − cosfÞ=4 ð−i sin fÞ=4

0 ð1þ eifÞ=4 ði sin fÞ=4 ð1þ cosfÞ=4

Þð2Þ

Figure 3D shows the fidelity and entanglement of

formation (EOF) (24) of two-qubit states generated

Fig. 1. The quantum von Neumann architecture. (A) The quCPU (blue box)includes two qubits Q1 and Q2 and the bus resonator B. The quRAM (magentaboxes) comprises two memories M1 and M2 and two zeroing registers Z1 andZ2. The horizontal dotted lines indicate connections between computationalelements. The vertical direction represents frequency, where the memory andzeroing registers are fixed in frequency, whereas the qubit transition fre-quencies can be tuned by z-pulses (gray dashed double arrows). (B) Swapspectroscopy (21) for Q1 (left) and Q2 (right): Qubit excited state |e⟩⟩ probabilityPe (color scale) versus z-pulse amplitude (vertical axis) and delay time Dt

(horizontal axis), after exciting the qubit with a p-pulse. At zero z-pulseamplitude the qubits are at their idle points, where they have an energyrelaxation time Trel ≅ 400 ns. A separate Ramsey experiment yields the qubits’dephasing time Tdeph ≅ 200 ns. By tuning the z-pulse amplitude, the qubit

transition frequencies fQ1 and fQ2 can be varied between ≅ 5.5 and 8 GHz. Forz-pulse amplitudes indicated by B and M1 for Q1, and by B and M2 for Q2, thechevron pattern of a qubit-resonator interaction is observed (21). The transitionfrequencies of B, M1, and M2 are fB = 6.82 GHz, fM1 = 6.29 GHz, and fM2 = 6.34GHz, respectively. From the chevron oscillation, we obtain the qubit-resonatorcoupling strengths, which for both the resonator bus and the memories are ≅20 MHz (splitting) for the |g⟩⟩↔ |e⟩⟩ qubit transition, and ≈

ffiffiffi

2p

faster for the|e⟩⟩↔ |f⟩⟩ transition (|g⟩⟩, |e⟩⟩, and |f⟩⟩ are the three lowest qubit states) (22). Forall resonators, Trel ≅ 4 ms. Swap spectroscopy also reveals that the qubitsinteract with several modes associated with spurious two-level systems. Two ofthem, Z1 and Z2, are used as zeroing registers. Their transition frequencies arefZ1 = 6.08 GHz and fZ2 = 7.51 GHz, respectively, with coupling strength to thequbits of ≅ 17 MHz.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org62

REPORTS

Page 63: Science - 07 October 2011

using 70 values of f. Figure 3E shows three

examples of r%ffor f = 0.28, f = p/2, and f = p,

respectively.

The state generated using f = p/2 plays a

central role in the implementation of the two-

qubit quantum Fourier transform. Neglecting bit-

order reversal, the quantum Fourier transform can

be realized by applying a Hadamard gate to Q2,

followed by a CZ-p/2 gate between Q1 and Q2,

and finally a Hadamard onQ1 (2, 7, 9), as sketched

in Fig. 3F (top left). Representing the input state

of the transform as |x⟩ (position) and the output

as |p⟩ (momentum), assuming |x⟩ ∈ M2 and the

indexes x and p are integers, with p ∈ {0, 1, 2, 3},

the output state is jp⟩ ¼ ∑3x¼0e

i2pxp=4jx⟩=2, cor-responding to a 4 × 4 unitary operator. This op-

erator can be fully characterized by means of

quantum process tomography (2, 18), which al-

lows us to obtain the cpm matrix (2, 18) shown in

Fig. 3F (bottom).

Finally, by combining the CZ-f and zeroing

gates, we can implement a Toffoli-class gate

(10, 12, 27), the three-qubit OR phase gate. This

gate, combined with single-qubit rotations, is suf-

ficient for universal computation. AToffoli gate

is a doubly controlled quantum operation, where

a unitary operation is applied to a target qubit

subject to the state of two control qubits. The

canonical Toffoli is a doubly controlled NOT

gate; here, we consider a doubly controlled phase

gate, which is equivalent through a change of

basis of the target qubit. In the canonical Toffoli

gate, the control gate is applied if both control

qubits, Q1 AND Q2, are in state |e⟩. In our case,

the control gate is applied conditionally if the

controls Q1 OR Q2 are in |e⟩. Additionally, we

have implemented a three-qubit gate for the

logical function exclusive OR (XOR), which,

even though not a Toffoli-class gate, helps to

understand the more complex OR gate.

The quantum logic circuits for the XOR and

OR gates are drawn in Fig. 4, A and D. The

control qubits are Q1 and Q2, and the target is the

bus resonator B, effectively acting as the third

qubit (as only the states |0⟩ and |1⟩ of B are used).

The XOR gate is realized as a series of two CZ-p

gates between the controls and the target, and the

OR gate as the series ½CZ-p, CZ-p, and½CZ-p,

in an M-shaped configuration.

The truth table for the XOR gate is dis-

played in Fig. 4B (top). The control qubits Q1

and Q2 are assumed to be in one of the states

in M2, whereas the target B is in |0⟩ + |1⟩. The

target acquires a phase p, corresponding to a

“true” result, only when the controls are in the

state |Q1Q2 ⟩ = |ge⟩ or |eg⟩. For the other non-

trivial case |Q1Q2⟩ = |ee⟩, the target acquires 0

phase, corresponding to a “false” result. This

is due to the action of the two CZ-p gates, giv-

ing a global phase p when either of the controls

Fig. 2. Programming the quantum vonNeumann architecture. (A) Quantum algo-rithm comprising seven independent chan-nels interacting through five computationalsteps. Dotted and solid lines represent chan-nels in the ground and excited/superpositionstates, respectively. A black rectangle rep-resents a p-pulse; two crosses connected bya solid line a

ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi

iSWAPp

; an open and a closedcircle connected by a single arrow an iSWAP;oblique arrows indicate decay from a zeroingregister. (B) Calibration of the zeroing gates.

Each qubit is prepared in |e⟩⟩, interacts on resonance with its zeroing register for a time tz, and its probability Pe measured, with Pe plotted versus tz (largeand small blue circles). The solid green line is a decaying cosine fit to the data. The black arrows indicate the zeroing time for each qubit. (C) Density matricesr% (I),r%(II),…,r%(V) of the Q1-Q2 state for each step in (A) (scale key on bottom left). Gray arrows, ideal state. Red and black arrows and black dots, measured state(black arrows indicate errors). The off-diagonal elements of r% (I), r% (III), and r% (V) have different angles because of dynamic phases (26). Fidelities:F(I) = 0.772 T0.003,F(II) = 0.916 T 0.002,F(III) = 0.689 T 0.003,F(IV) = 0.913 T 0.002, andF(V) = 0.606 T 0.003. Concurrences: C(I) = 0.593 T 0.006, C(II) = 0.029 T0.005, C(III) = 0.436 T 0.007,C(IV) = 0.019 T 0.005, and C(V) = 0.345 T 0.008. (D) Comparison of fidelityF as a function of storage time tst for a Bell statestored in Q1 and Q2 (blue circles) versus that stored in M1 and M2 (magenta squares; error bars smaller than symbols). The solid lines are exponential fits todata. (E) As in (D), but for the concurrence C. In (D) and (E), the vertical black dotted line indicates the time delay (≅ 59 ns) associated with memorystorage, with respect to storage in the qubits, due to the writing and reading operations (II) and (V) in (A).

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 63

REPORTS

Page 64: Science - 07 October 2011

is in |e⟩ and a phase 2p (equivalent to a 0 phase)

when both are in |e⟩.

The truth table can be experimentally mea-

sured by performing Ramsey experiments on the

target, one for each pair of control states. The

experiments are realized by (i) preparing Q2 in

the superposition state |g⟩ + |e⟩ bymeans of a p/2-

pulse; (ii) moving the state from Q2 into B, thus

creating a |0⟩ + |1⟩ state in B; (iii) preparing Q1

and Q2 in each possible pair of control states in

M2 by means of p-pulses; (iv) performing the

XOR gate; (v) zeroingQ2 into Z2 at the end of the

XOR gate; (vi) moving the final target state from

B into the zeroed Q2; and (vii) completing the

Ramsey sequence on Q2 with a second p/2-pulse

with variable rotation axis relative to the pulse

in (i). The measurement outcomes are dis-

played in Fig. 4B (bottom), together with the

least-squares fits used to extract the phase in-

formation associated with each value of the

truth table. The Ramsey fringes for the two con-

trol states |ge⟩ and |eg⟩ are inverted relative to the

reference state |gg⟩, as expected from the XOR

gate truth table.

In general, given the Q1-Q2-B basis set M3 =

{|gg0⟩, |gg1⟩, |ge0⟩, |ge1⟩, |eg0⟩, |eg1⟩, |ee0⟩, |ee1⟩},

the vector tXOR of the diagonal elements as-

sociated with the ideal unitary matrix of the XOR

gate reads

tXOR = (1, 1, 1, − 1, 1, − 1, 1, 1) ð3Þ

whereas all off-diagonal elements of the matrix

are zero. Each element tXORk

can be expressed as

a complex exponential eifjlmn⟩ , with |lmn⟩ ∈ M3.

The phase f|lmn⟩ can be either 0, when tXORk

= 1,

or p, when tXORk

= –1. Among the eight values

of f|lmn⟩, only seven are physically independent,

as the element eifjgg0⟩ can be factored, reducing

the set of possible phases to f|lmn⟩ − f|gg0⟩, with

|lmn⟩ ∈ M3 − {|gg0⟩}.

In analogy to the truth table for the target

B, a table with four phase differences can also

be obtained for the controls Q1 and Q2, resulting

in a total of 12 phase differences. These differ-

ences can be measured by performing Ramsey

experiments both on the target and the control

qubits. It can be shown that from the 12 phase

differences, one can obtain the seven indepen-

dent phases associated with the diagonal ele-

ments tXORk

(26), thus realizing a quantum phase

tomography of the Toffoli gate (28). Figure

4C displays the phase tomography results for

our experimental implementation of the XOR

gate.

The truth table associated with the M gate is

reported in Fig. 4E (top), where the only dif-

ference from the XOR gate is the phase p ac-

quired by the target B when the controls Q1 and

Fig. 3. The quantum Fourier transform. (A) (Left) Quantum logic circuit of a CZ-f gate(enclosed in a gray box) for |Q1Q2⟩ = |ee⟩⟩. The |f⟩⟩ state of Q1 is indicated by a dashedline. The process where Q1 acquires the phase f is represented by a pair of open/closedcircles, connected by a single arrow in an arc shape. All other symbols are as in Fig. 2A.(Right) Shorthand symbol for the CZ-f gate. Although the gate unitary matrix is sym-metric, the symbol shows the asymmetric implementation of the gate. (B) Time-domainswaps between the states |Q1B⟩⟩ = |e1⟩⟩ and |f0⟩⟩, where we plot the probability Pe (colorscale) versus interaction time Dt and detuning dQ1B. The solid black line indicatescombinations of interaction time and detuning that completely depopulate the non-computational |f⟩⟩ state. The three black dots on this line correspond to a CZ-p, CZ-p/2, and CZ-0.28 gate (see far right). The fourth black dot (outsidethe line) corresponds to a ½ CZ-p gate (see bottom left), where the |e⟩⟩ state has been shelved to the noncomputational |f⟩⟩ state. (C) Phase f acquiredby Q1 as a function of dQ1B. The blue dots indicate experimental data and the solid green line the theory of Eq. 1 (26). (D) Fidelity F (blue + symbols)and EOFE (magenta × symbols) of measured density matrices r%f versus dQ1B. (E) (Left to right) Density matrices r%f = r%

0:28, r%

p=2, and r%

p, obtained when

f = 0.28, f = p/2, and f = p rad in Eq. 2 (scale key on bottom left). The arrows are color coded as in Fig. 2C. The measured fidelities are F0.28 = 0.751 T0.064, Fp/2 = 0.735 T 0.017, and Fp = 0.741 T 0.030; and EOFs are E0.28 = 0.020 T 0.055 (lower bound E0.28 = 0), Ep/2 = 0.106 T 0.031, and Ep =0.401 T 0.062. (F) (Top left) Logic circuit for a two-qubit quantum Fourier transform. (Bottom) Real part of the corresponding cm

p matrix (2, 18). Theprocess fidelity for the real and imaginary (not shown) part of cm

p is Fc = 0.657 T 0.014. The confidence intervals are estimated from 10 measurementsfor r%

0:28, 6 for r%

p=2and r%

p, and 15 for cm

p .

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org64

REPORTS

Page 65: Science - 07 October 2011

Q2 are loaded in state |Q1Q2⟩ = |ee⟩. In this case,

the action of the first ½ CZ-p gate between Q1

and B shelves the |1⟩ state from B to the non-

computational state |f ⟩ in Q1, where it remains

until the second ½ CZ-p gate. Moving the state

of Q1 outside the computational space during

the intermediate CZ-p gate between Q2 and B

effectively turns off the CZ-p gate (12, 29). The

target B thus only acquires a total phase p due

to the combined action of the two ½ CZ-p gates

(see Figure 4D). The experimental truth table ob-

tained from Ramsey fringes is shown in Fig. 4E

(bottom).

The vector tM of the diagonal elements as-

sociated with the ideal unitary matrix of the M

gate is tM = (1, 1, 1, −1, 1, −1, 1, −1). A similar

procedure as for the XOR gate allows us to

obtain the quantum phase tomography of the M

gate (Fig. 4F).

Quantum phase tomography makes it possi-

ble to define the phase fidelity of the XOR and

M gate,

Fϕ≡ 1 −

pð4Þ

where eϕ is the gate root-mean-square phase

error, with an upper bound of p. For the XOR

gate we find that Fϕ = 0.954 T 0.004, and for

the M gate Fϕ = 0.979 T 0.003.

Our results provide optimism for the near-

term implementation of a larger-scale quantum

processor (1–3) based on superconducting cir-

cuits. Our architecture shows that proof-of-

concept factorization algorithms (2, 3, 5) and

simple quantum error correction codes (2, 3, 6, 8)

might be achievable using this approach.

References and Notes1. D. P. DiVincenzo, Fortschr. Phys. 48, 771 (2000).

2. M. A. Nielsen, I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation

and Quantum Information (Cambridge Univ. Press,

Cambridge, 2000).

3. N. D. Mermin, Quantum Computer Science: An

Introduction (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge,

2007).

4. H. M. Wiseman, G. J. Milburn, Quantum Measurement

and Control (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge,

2010).

5. L. M. K. Vandersypen et al., Nature 414, 883 (2001).

6. D. G. Cory et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 2152 (1998).

7. Y. S. Weinstein, M. A. Pravia, E. M. Fortunato, S. Lloyd,

D. G. Cory, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 1889 (2001).

8. R. Blatt, D. Wineland, Nature 453, 1008 (2008).

9. J. Chiaverini et al., Science 308, 997 (2005).

10. T. Monz et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 040501 (2009).

11. D. J. Reilly et al., Science 321, 817 (2008).

12. B. P. Lanyon et al., Nat. Phys. 5, 134 (2009).

13. K. S. Choi, H. Deng, J. Laurat, H. J. Kimble, Nature 452,

67 (2008).

14. J. Clarke, F. K. Wilhelm, Nature 453, 1031 (2008).

15. J. H. Plantenberg, P. C. de Groot, C. J. P. M. Harmans,

J. E. Mooij, Nature 447, 836 (2007).

16. L. DiCarlo et al., Nature 460, 240 (2009).

17. P. J. Leek et al., Phys. Rev. B 79, 180511R (2009).

18. T. Yamamoto et al., Phys. Rev. B 82, 184515 (2010).

19. M. Neeley et al., Nature 467, 570 (2010).

20. L. Dicarlo et al., Nature 467, 574 (2010).

21. M. Mariantoni et al., Nat. Phys. 7, 287 (2011).

22. H. Wang et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 106, 060401 (2011).

23. M. D. Reed et al., Appl. Phys. Lett. 96, 203110

(2010).

24. R. Horodecki, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, K. Horodecki,

Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865 (2009).

25. F. W. Strauch et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 167005 (2003).

26. Materials and methods are available as supporting

material on Science Online.

27. A. Barenco et al., Phys. Rev. A 52, 3457 (1995).

28. A full gate characterization by quantum process

tomography was not possible because we could only

simultaneously measure two qubits, with the resonator

acting as the third qubit.

29. T. C. Ralph, K. J. Resch, A. Gilchrist, Phys. Rev. A 75,

022313 (2007).

Acknowledgments: This work was supported by Intelligence

Advanced Research Projects Activity (IARPA) under

ARO award W911NF-08-1-0336 and under Army Research

Office (ARO) award W911NF-09-1-0375. M. M. acknowledges

support from an Elings Postdoctoral Fellowship. Devices

were made at the University of California Santa Barbara

Nanofabrication Facility, a part of the NSF-funded

National Nanotechnology Infrastructure Network. The

authors thank A. G. Fowler for useful comments on

scalability, and M. H. Devoret and R. J. Schoelkopf for

discussions on Toffoli gates. M.M. performed the

experiments and analyzed the data. M.M. and H.W.

fabricated the sample. T.Y., H.W., and Y.Y. helped with

the Fourier transform, and M.N. with three-qubit

gates. M.M., A.N.C., and J.M.M. conceived the experiment

and cowrote the manuscript.

Supporting Online Materialswww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1208517/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S12

Tables S1 to S3

References

17 May 2011; accepted 19 July 2011

Published online 1 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1208517

Fig. 4. Three-qubit gates: The XOR phase gate and the Toffoli-class M gate. (A) Quantum logic circuit forthe XOR phase gate. (B) (Top) XOR gate truth table. (Bottom) Ramsey fringes associated with the truthtable, showing the probability Pe of measuring Q2 in |e⟩⟩, versus the Ramsey phase ϕ, for the control inputstates in M2. Black and magenta dots, 0 phase. Blue and green dots, p phase. The solid lines are least-squares fits to the data used to extract the truth-table phases. (C) Quantum phase tomography for the XORgate. Phase f|lmn⟩⟩ − f|gg0⟩⟩ for each state |lmn⟩⟩ ∈M3. Black open boxes, ideal values. Pink areas, measuredvalues with corresponding confidence intervals (black lines). (D) Quantum logic circuit for the M gate,implemented as a 1/2 CZ-p gate (see Fig. 3B) between Q1 and B (half-dot/half-open circle connected bysolid line), followed by a CZ-p gate between Q2 and B, and a second 1/2 CZ-p gate between Q1 and B. Thedotted black lines connecting the two ½ CZ-p gates indicate qubit shelving to the |f⟩⟩ state. (E) As in (B),but for the M gate. (F) As in (C), but for the M gate.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 65

REPORTS

Page 66: Science - 07 October 2011

Three-Dimensional AndersonLocalization of Ultracold MatterS. S. Kondov, W. R. McGehee, J. J. Zirbel, B. DeMarco*

Anderson localization (AL) is a ubiquitous interference phenomenon in which waves fail topropagate in a disordered medium. We observe three-dimensional AL of noninteractingultracold matter by allowing a spin-polarized atomic Fermi gas to expand into a disorderedpotential. A two-component density distribution emerges consisting of an expanding mobilecomponent and a nondiffusing localized component. We extract a mobility edge that increaseswith the disorder strength, whereas the thermally averaged localization length is shown todecrease with disorder strength and increase with particle energy. These measurements providea benchmark for more sophisticated theories of AL.

Wave propagation in disordered media

is affected by scattering from random

impurities.When those scatteredwaves

self-interfere destructively, a phenomenon known

as Anderson localization (AL) can arise (1). AL

occurs in a wide variety of classical and quantum

materials, affecting the transport of light (2, 3),

acoustic (4), and matter (5, 6) waves. Localiza-

tion is known to affect electrical conductivity in

solids as a result of scattering from impurities and

defects (7), which is relevant to technological

applications. We investigate three-dimensional

(3D) AL of a noninteracting ultracold atomic

Fermi gas in a disordered potential created with

the use of optical speckle. The behavior of the gas

is qualitatively consistent with several features

of 3D AL and is shown to be incompatible with

simple trapping and classical diffusion. Where-

as in sufficiently large 1D and 2D systems par-

ticles can be localized no matter how weak the

disorder, AL is not inevitable in 3D (8). This

distinctive feature of 3D AL—that the disorder

strength sets a critical energy, the mobility

edge, below which states are localized—is re-

flected here in measurements of the fraction of

localized particles. We perform a direct measure-

ment of how the mobility edge depends on dis-

order strength by smoothly tuning the speckle

intensity.

We use standard techniques to create trapped,

ultracold gases of fermionic 40K atoms (9–11).

The atoms are confined in an optical dipole trap,

cooled to between 170 and 1500 nK, and then

spin polarized (12). Quantum statistics do not play

a major role in the measurements discussed here,

because the lowest temperature we sample cor-

responds to roughly one-half of the Fermi tem-

perature of the gas. A focused optical speckle

field (Fig. 1A), created by 532-nm light scat-

tered through a diffuser and consisting of ran-

domly distributed light and dark regions, is

superimposed on the trapped gas [as in (13)].

The atoms experience a repulsive potential pro-

portional to the speckle intensity, resulting in a

disordered potential characterized by an ap-

proximately Gaussian autocorrelation function

with zx = 270-nm and zz = 1600-nm root mean

square (RMS) radii. The laser beam creating

the speckle propagates in the vertical z direc-

tion; we refer to the transverse directions (resid-

ing in the focal plane of the speckle) as x. The

speckle intensity varies somewhat across the

gas because it has a Gaussian envelope with a

170-mm 1/e2 radius along x and y and a 400-mm

Rayleigh range along z. The disorder strength

D, which is the potential energy averaged over

zx and zz at the center of the speckle field, can

be continuously varied from 0 to kB×1000 nK

by adjusting the 532-nm laser power (kB is

Boltzmann’s constant). After the speckle field

is slowly turned on over 200 ms, the trap is

suddenly turned off, and the gas is allowed to

expand in the disordered potential while sup-

ported against gravity by amagnetic field gradient.

Until the expansion, the Gaussian momentum

distribution of the trapped gas is unchanged by

the presence of the speckle potential (12).

Our experiments are distinguished from pre-

vious work on AL of ultracold atoms in pri-

marily two ways. First, we work in 3D, where

AL relies on small-angle scattering rather than

partial back reflections as in 1D (14). Also, we

eliminate interparticle interactions by using a

spin-polarized gas of fermionic atoms at tem-

peratures far below the ~150 mKp-wave collision

threshold (15). In previous experiments, bosonic

atoms were employed, and the effects of inter-

actions were suppressed or eliminated by using

a Feshbach resonance (6) or by reducing the

density (5).

AL in 3D is conditional on the Ioffe-Regel

criterion, which is equivalent to the quantum

wavelength of the particle exceeding theBoltzmann

transport mean-free path lB. For the maximum

D we achieve and the range of particle ener-

gies we sample, lB reaches a lower limit set

by the speckle correlation length (16). With

lB ≈ ðz2xzzÞ1=3 and the thermal deBroglie wave-

length LdB ¼ h=ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi

2pmkBTp

, the Ioffe-Regel cri-

terion corresponds to T ≲ 300 nK (here, h is

Planck’s constant, T is temperature, and m is the

atomic mass). Because a spread of particle wave-

lengths is present in the gas and the Ioffe-Regel

criterion is not a precise constraint, localization is

possible even for temperatures somewhat above

this limit.

We probe localization by imaging the den-

sity profile after the gas has expanded for a

variable time in the speckle potential. As ob-

served for the typical absorption image (Fig.

Department of Physics, University of Illinois at Urbana–Champaign, Urbana, IL 61801, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

Fig. 1. (A) Ultracoldgas expanding intoan optical speckle field(green) and separat-ing into localized (blue)andmobile (red) compo-nents. (B) Themeasuredoptical depth, propor-tional to the atomic den-sity integrated throughy, is shown in false col-or. The image depicts a480-nK gas that hasexpanded for 20 msthrough the disorderedpotential with D =kB×240 nK. All imagesshown in this manuscriptare averaged over atleast five experimentalrealizations. Slices areshown through the imagealong x (C) and z (D).The filled curves arefits to independent mo-bile (red) and localized(blue) components.

X

ZY

A

D

C

B

Optical Depth0.20.40.6

0.2

0.4

0.6

Opt

ical

Dep

th

200 μm

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org66

REPORTS

Page 67: Science - 07 October 2011

1B), a two-component profile emerges for any

finite disorder energy. The mobile component

has a Gaussian profile similar to that of a freely

expanding gas, but it expands (at a constant

velocity) more rapidly than a thermal gas. In

stark contrast, the stationary localized compo-

nent has a profile along z that is approximately

exponential and a distribution along x that is

described well by a Gaussian. Although strongly

localized single particles are known to gener-

ally possess exponential density profiles (7)

with localization lengths x that depend on the

particle energy E, D, and the microscopic dis-

order parameters (16), a theoretical distribution

applicable to our experiment (for example, ac-

counting for a thermal average over particle

energies and localization lengths) is unresolved.

Density profiles are therefore analyzed using a

heuristic fit that reproduces their basic features

(12). The dynamics of the localized component

are measured [after subtracting the mobile com-

ponent from images (12)] using a fit to a distri-

bution proportional to e−x

2=2s2x − jzj=xz with an

exponential localization length xz and an RMS

radius sx along x (Fig. 1, C and D).

As shown in Fig. 2, the size of the localized

component becomes fixed after it rapidly ex-

pands along z for ~25 ms; the transverse size is

approximately constant at the in-trap size. This

apparent lack of diffusion cannot be explained

classically. In a 3D speckle field, there are no

local intensity minima that can trap and classi-

cally localize particles, in contrast to 1D (17, 18)

and 2D (19, 20). Rather, a 3D speckle field con-

sists of a rich collection of topological features,

such as dark optical vortex rings and lines that do

not propagate in a single direction but instead

wander in all three directions on the length scales

associated with zx and zz (21). Though the vortex

rings can trap particles in a finite volume,

calculations of the percolation threshold for a

3D speckle field establish that less than 0.2% of

the particles are classically trapped for all of the

data presented here (22). The expansion of the

localized component is also inconsistent with

classical dynamics.We numerically simulated clas-

sical trajectories in a 3D speckle potential for a

thermal ensemble of particles under the conditions

used for the data in Fig. 2C (12). The simulated

sizes after expansion (solid lines) are incom-

patible with the observed dynamics of the local-

ized component.

Based on the expansion dynamics, we inter-

pret the localized component as being composed

of particles with energies below the mobility

edge Ec and atoms with higher energy constitut-

ing the mobile component. The density profile of

the localized component after expansion can be

clearly understood in this context. The Gaussian

distribution along x is stationary because the

transverse localization lengths are much smaller

than the initial size of the gas; the observed pro-

file cannot be explained by diffusion strongly

suppressed via localization solely in z (12). The

profile along z results from a thermal average of

exponentially localized wave functions with

much longer localization lengths, distributed

such that the overall profile is approximately

exponential. A disparity in localization lengths

between x and z is expected because lB, which

controls the localization length and the range of

energies over which it diverges when E ~ Ec,

strongly depends on the disordered potential cor-

relation length. At low energies, lB º z2, and at

high energies, lB º z5 (in the weak scattering

limit) (16); thus, the typical localization length

should be at least 36 times larger along z.

Fig. 2.Dynamics of the localized com-ponent for a 390-nK gas with D =kB×600 nK. Slices through an imagetaken before release from the trap(black) and after the gas has ex-panded for 40 ms (red) and 140 ms(blue) along the x (A) and z (B)directions. The wavelength of theimaging laser was changed toreduce the optical depth of thein-trap image by a factor of 15.The decrease in optical depth be-tween 40 and 140 ms is a conse-quence of atoms slowly decayingfrom the localized component. (C)The measured localization lengthxz (red circles) and RMS size sx

(black squares) of the localizedcomponent for variable hold timein the speckle potential. Each pointis determined from an average ofsix images; the error bars (not visi-ble for every point) in all figuresare the standard error unless other-wise specified. The simulated classi-cal expansion (solid lines) ignores rapid ballistic motion at short times, which lasts for several millisecondsalong z.

Opt

ical

Dep

th

Hold Time (ms)

C

A B

X Z

ξ (μ

m)

zσ (μ

m)

x

200 μm

Fig. 3. (A) Fraction of atoms in thelocalized component measured af-ter 20 ms of expansion into thedisordered potential for varying D

and T = 240 T 20 nK (blue circles),480 T 20 nK (green squares), 1130 T60 nK (orange triangles), and 1470 T230 nK (red diamonds). Each point isdetermined from fits to five images.The growing localized fraction withincreasing D is evident in the insetsto (B), which are images (with a false-color logarithmic scale) taken at T =480 nK and D = kB×0 (i), 80 (ii), 160(iii), and 320 nK (iv). (B) Using thedata in (A), the mobility edge Ec isdetermined at each D. Each point is aweighted average of Ec, accountingfor the uncertainty in T and localizedfraction. The error bars are the rangeof Ec for the different temperaturesthat contribute to each point.

Loca

lized

Fra

ctio

n

A

B

BΔ/k (nK)

E /

k (

nK)

Bc

i ii iii iv

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 67

REPORTS

Page 68: Science - 07 October 2011

By measuring the fraction of localized par-

ticles, we determine the mobility edge that sep-

arates localized from extended states. The mobility

edge we observe is unrelated to a similar quantity

in 1D (5) that results from correlations in the dis-

ordered potential (23). In 1D, an effective mobility

edge arises because the quantum scattering gen-

erating back reflections becomes higher-order

above a momentum cutoff determined by the

Fourier spectrum of the speckle potential. We

measure the localized fraction after the atoms are

held in the speckle potential for 20 ms to resolve

themobile component and tominimize the impact

of decay of atoms from the localized component

(evident in Fig. 2, A and B). This decay to finite

localized fraction at long times is characterized by

a 30- to 50-ms exponential time constant, does not

strongly depend on temperature, and may partly

arise from the atoms sampling lower-intensity

regions away from the center of the speckle field.

Figure 3A shows the fraction of localized atoms

determined from fits to density profiles (12) for

temperatures spanning 200 to 1500 nK and across

the full range of accessible disorder energy. More

particles are localized as D is increased and Ec

correspondingly grows, or as T is decreased and

fewer particles are thermally excited above Ec.

The mobility edge is determined from each

point in Fig. 3A by calculating the momentum

cutoffffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi

2mEc

prequired to achieve the measured

fraction of localized particles for a 3D spherically

symmetric Gaussian momentum distribution

consistent with the temperature (12). Figure 3B

shows Ec averaged across data taken at different

temperatures for a fixed D. Whereas Ec increases

with D, it does not follow the prediction that

Ec º D2 from the self-consistent Born approx-

imation (24) and weak-scattering theory (16);

for D ≥ kB×80 nK, the data fit well to a power

law with Ec º D0.59 T 0.02 (dashed line in Fig.

3B). Although these approaches are broadly ap-

plied to localization, this disagreement is prob-

ably a result of their failure, precisely in the

regime of AL. How D affects Ec has not been

predicted for the strongly localized regime that

we probe here.

The dependence of the measured localization

length on the disorder strength and particle en-

ergy (controlled by changing temperature) is

shown in Fig. 4. Although data are only shown

for a limited range of D and T, the observed qual-

itative behavior—that xz increases with T and

decreases with D—is characteristic of the entire

range of parameters explored here. Extracting

universal parameters from the data shown in

Fig. 4 is difficult in the absence of theory, be-

cause the measured quantities are averaged across

all particle energies present in the gas. The general

monotonic trends, however, are consistent with a

weak-scattering picture, in which the localization

length is controlled by IBºffiffiffiffi

Ep

=D2 (16) at low

energy.

The variation of the speckle intensity across

the gas is a complication that may affect the

interpretation of the data shown in Figs. 3 and

4. Though we have used the central speckle

intensity D as a single parameter to character-

ize the disorder strength in Figs. 3 and 4, the

speckle envelope causes a range of speckle

intensities to be sampled by the atoms. The ef-

fect of the transverse speckle envelope is minor,

because sx ≲ 35 mm, which is small compared

with the Gaussian waist. However, the maxi-

mum localization length in z is ~270 mm, which

leads to the disorder energy averaged across

the atomic density distribution being reduced

to ~70% of D; for smaller xz, the disorder en-

ergy averaged in this way is closer to D. Al-

though we have determined that this averaging

does not directly affect the measured scaling

of the mobility edge with disorder strength (12),

the effect of the speckle envelope will probably

be important to future comparisons between the-

ory and our data.

In the future, the exquisite control that is

possible over ultracold disordered gases may en-

able measurements to shed new light on aspects

of 3D localization that are not well understood or

are complicated by interparticle interactions or

dissipation in other systems [see (25) for a review].

An important issue that may be addressed if

the single-particle states can be resolved [using

Bragg spectroscopy, for example (26)] is the

critical exponent that controls how the local-

ization length diverges for energies near the

mobility edge. The influence of interparticle

interactions on the localization of fermions, an-

other crucial question, can be studied by the

controlled introduction of a second spin species—

of particular interest is the impact of disorder on

the Bose-Einstein condensate–Bardeen-Cooper-

Schrieffer crossover [see (27, 28) and references

therein]. Finally, the impact of finite correla-

tions in the disordered potential may be inves-

tigated with the use of simple Gaussian or more

complex holographic optics (29).

References and Notes1. P. W. Anderson, Phys. Rev. 109, 1492 (1958).

2. D. S. Wiersma, P. Bartolini, A. Lagendijk, R. Righini,

Nature 390, 671 (1997).

3. M. Störzer, P. Gross, C. M. Aegerter, G. Maret, Phys. Rev.

Lett. 96, 063904 (2006).

4. H. Hu, A. Strybulevych, J. H. Page, S. E. Skipetrov,

B. A. van Tiggelen, Nat. Phys. 4, 945 (2008).

5. J. Billy et al., Nature 453, 891 (2008).

6. G. Roati et al., Nature 453, 895 (2008).

7. P. A. Lee, T. V. Ramakrishnan, Rev. Mod. Phys. 57,

287 (1985).

8. E. Abrahams, P. W. Anderson, D. C. Licciardello,

T. V. Ramakrishnan, Phys. Rev. Lett. 42, 673 (1979).

9. B. DeMarco, D. S. Jin, Science 285, 1703 (1999).

10. T. Esslinger, I. Bloch, T. W. Hänsch, Phys. Rev. A 58,

R2664 (1998).

11. D. McKay, M. White, B. DeMarco, Phys. Rev. A 79,

063605 (2009).

12. Materials and methods are available as supporting

material on Science Online.

13. M. White et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 055301 (2009).

14. F. Jendrzejewski et al., http://arxiv.org/abs/1108.0137

(2011).

15. B. DeMarco, J. L. Bohn, J. P. Burke, M. Holland, D. S. Jin,

Phys. Rev. Lett. 82, 4208 (1999).

16. R. C. Kuhn, O. Sigwarth, C. Miniatura, D. Delande,

C. Müller, N. J. Phys. 9, 161 (2007).

17. J. E. Lye et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 070401 (2005).

18. D. Clément et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 170409 (2005).

19. M. Robert-de-Saint-Vincent et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 104,

220602 (2010).

20. L. Pezze et al., http://arxiv.org/abs/1103.2294 (2011).

21. K. O’Holleran, M. R. Dennis, F. Flossmann, M. J. Padgett,

Phys. Rev. Lett. 100, 053902 (2008).

22. S. Pilati, S. Giorgini, M. Modugno, N. Prokof’ev,

N. J. Phys. 12, 073003 (2010).

23. P. Lugan et al., Phys. Rev. A 80, 023605 (2009).

24. A. Yedjour, B. A. Van Tiggelen, Eur. Phys. J. D 59, 249

(2010).

25. L. Sanchez-Palencia, M. Lewenstein, Nat. Phys. 6, 87

(2010).

26. S. B. Papp et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 135301 (2008).

27. G. Orso, Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 250402 (2007).

28. P. Dey, S. Basu, J. Phys. Condens. Matter 20, 485205

(2008).

29. M. Pasienski, B. Demarco, Opt. Express 16, 2176 (2008).

Acknowledgments: We thank L. Sanchez-Palencia for

stimulating discussions and M. White and P. Koehring for

technical assistance. We acknowledge funding from the

Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency Optical

Lattice Emulator program, the Office of Naval Research

(award N000140911023), and the NSF (award

0855027). The data presented in this paper are available

for download at www.illinois.edu/~bdemarco.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/66/DC1

Materials and Methods

27 May 2011; accepted 15 August 2011

10.1126/science.1209019

Fig. 4.Dependence of the measured local-ization length xz on disorder strength D atfixed temperature T=480 nK (green squares)and on T at fixed D = kB×480 nK (opencircles). The green points are from the samedata set as in Fig. 3A, and the black points arean average of 10 experimental realizations.The error bars in T are from the uncertainty inthe thermal-expansion velocity.

T (nK)

Δ/k (nK)B

ξ (μ

m)

z

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org68

REPORTS

Page 69: Science - 07 October 2011

Detection of Pulsed Gamma RaysAbove 100 GeV from the Crab PulsarThe VERITAS Collaboration; E. Aliu,1 T. Arlen,2 T. Aune,3 M. Beilicke,4 W. Benbow,5 A. Bouvier,3

S. M. Bradbury,6 J. H. Buckley,4 V. Bugaev,4 K. Byrum,7 A. Cannon,8 A. Cesarini,9

J. L. Christiansen,10 L. Ciupik,11 E. Collins-Hughes,8 M. P. Connolly,9 W. Cui,12 R. Dickherber,4

C. Duke,13 M. Errando,1 A. Falcone,14 J. P. Finley,12 G. Finnegan,15 L. Fortson,16 A. Furniss,3

N. Galante,5 D. Gall,22 K. Gibbs,5 G. H. Gillanders,9 S. Godambe,15 S. Griffin,17 J. Grube,11

R. Guenette,17 G. Gyuk,11 D. Hanna,17 J. Holder,18 H. Huan,19 G. Hughes,20 C. M. Hui,15

T. B. Humensky,19 A. Imran,21 P. Kaaret,22 N. Karlsson,16 M. Kertzman,23 D. Kieda,15

H. Krawczynski,4 F. Krennrich,21 M. J. Lang,9 M. Lyutikov,12 A. S Madhavan,21 G. Maier,20

P. Majumdar,2 S. McArthur,4 A. McCann,17* M. McCutcheon,17 P. Moriarty,24 R. Mukherjee,1

P. Nuñez,15 R. A. Ong,2 M. Orr,21 A. N. Otte,3* N. Park,19 J. S. Perkins,5 F. Pizlo,12 M. Pohl,20,25

H. Prokoph,20 J. Quinn,8 K. Ragan,17 L. C. Reyes,19 P. T. Reynolds,26 E. Roache,5

H. J. Rose,6 J. Ruppel,25 D. B. Saxon,18 M. Schroedter,5* G. H. Sembroski,12 G. D. Şentürk,27

A. W. Smith,7 D. Staszak,17 G. Tešić,17 M. Theiling,12 S. Thibadeau,4 K. Tsurusaki,22

J. Tyler,17 A. Varlotta,12 V. V. Vassiliev,2 S. Vincent,15 M. Vivier,18 S. P. Wakely,19 J. E. Ward,8

T. C. Weekes,5 A. Weinstein,21 T. Weisgarber,19 D. A. Williams,3 B. Zitzer7

We report the detection of pulsed gamma rays from the Crab pulsar at energies above100 giga–electron volts (GeV) with the Very Energetic Radiation Imaging Telescope ArraySystem (VERITAS) array of atmospheric Cherenkov telescopes. The detection cannot be explainedon the basis of current pulsar models. The photon spectrum of pulsed emission between100 mega–electron volts and 400 GeV is described by a broken power law that is statisticallypreferred over a power law with an exponential cutoff. It is unlikely that the observation canbe explained by invoking curvature radiation as the origin of the observed gamma rays above100 GeV. Our findings require that these gamma rays be produced more than 10 stellar radiifrom the neutron star.

Pulsars were first discovered more than 40

years ago (1) and are now believed to be

rapidly rotating, magnetized neutron stars.

Within the corotating magnetosphere, charged

particles are accelerated to relativistic energies

and emit nonthermal radiation from radio waves

through gamma rays. Although this picture re-

flects the broad scientific consensus, the details are

still very much a mystery. For example, a number

of models exist that can be distinguished from

each other on the basis of the location of the ac-

celeration zone. Popular examples include the outer-

gap model (2–5), the slot-gap model (6, 7), and

the pair-starved polar-cap model (8–10). One way

to better understand the dynamics within the mag-

netosphere is through observation of gamma rays

emitted by the accelerated particles.

All of the detected gamma-ray pulsars in (11)

exhibit a break in the spectrum between a few

hundred MeV and a few GeV, with a rapidly fad-

ing flux above the break. The break energy is re-

lated to the maximum energy of the particles and

to the efficiency of the pair production. Mapping

the cutoff can help to constrain the geometry of

the acceleration region, the gamma-ray radiation

mechanisms, and the attenuation of gamma rays.

Previous measurements of the spectral break are

statistically compatible with an exponential or sub-

exponential cutoff, which is currently the most

favored shape for the spectral break.

One of the most powerful pulsars in gamma

rays is theCrab pulsar (12, 13), PSR J0534+ 2200,

which is the remnant of a historical supernova

that was observed in the year 1054. It is located

at a distance of 6500 T 1600 light-years (1 light-

year = 9.46 × 1015 m) and has a rotation period

of ~33 ms, a spin-down power of 4.6 × 1038

erg s−1, and a surface magnetic field of 3.8 ×

1012 G (14, 15). Attempts to detect pulsed gam-

ma rays above 100 GeV from the Crab pulsar

began decades ago (16). Before the work re-

ported here, the highest energy detection was at

25 GeV (17). At higher energies, near 60 GeV,

only hints of pulsed emission have been reported

in two independent observations (17, 18). Al-

though Fermi-LAT measurements of the Crab

pulsar spectrum are consistent, within the errors

of the measurements, with a power law with an

exponential cutoff at about 6 GeV (13), the flux

measurements above 10 GeV are systematically

higher than the fit with an exponential cutoff,

which hints that the spectrum is indeed harder

than a power law with an exponential cutoff

(13, 17). However, the sensitivity of the previous

data was insufficient to allow a definite conclu-

sion about the spectral shape.

We observed the Crab pulsar with the Very

Energetic Radiation Imaging Telescope Array

System (VERITAS) for 107 hours between Sep-

tember 2007 and March 2011. VERITAS is a

ground-based gamma-ray observatory composed

of an array of four atmospheric Cherenkov tel-

escopes located in southern Arizona, USA (19).

VERITAS has a trigger threshold of 100 GeV.

Most of the data, 77.7 hours, were recorded af-

ter the relocation in summer 2009 of one of

the VERITAS telescopes, which resulted in a

lower energy threshold and better sensitivity of

the array. We processed the recorded atmospheric

shower images with a standard moment anal-

ysis (20) and calculated the energy and arrival

direction of the primary particles (21). We then

rejected events caused by charged cosmic-ray

events. For gamma rays, the distribution of the

remaining, or selected, events as a function of

energy peaks at 120 GeV. In the pulsar analysis,

for each selected event, we first transformed the

arrival time to the barycenter of the solar system

and then calculated the spin phase of the Crab

pulsar from the barycentered time using con-

temporaneously measured spin-down parame-

ters (22, 23). All steps in the analysis have been

cross-checked by an independent software pack-

age and are explained in detail in the supporting

online material (SOM). We applied the H test

(24) to evaluate periodic emission at the frequen-

cy of the Crab pulsar (SOM). This yielded a test

value of 50, which corresponded to a significance

of 6.0 SD that pulsed emission is present in

the data.

The phase-folded event distribution, hereafter

pulse profile, of the selected VERITAS events is

shown in Fig. 1. The most significant structures

are two pulses with peak amplitudes at phase 0.0

and phase 0.4. These coincide with the locations

1Department of Physics and Astronomy, Barnard College,Columbia University, NY 10027, USA. 2Department of Physicsand Astronomy, University of California, Los Angeles, CA90095, USA. 3Santa Cruz Institute for Particle Physics andDepartment of Physics, University of California, Santa Cruz,Santa Cruz, CA 95064, USA. 4Department of Physics, Washing-ton University, St. Louis, MO 63130, USA. 5Fred LawrenceWhipple Observatory, Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics,Amado, AZ 85645, USA. 6School of Physics and Astronomy,University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, UK. 7Argonne National Labo-ratory, 9700SouthCass Avenue, Argonne, IL 60439,USA. 8Schoolof Physics, University College Dublin, Belfield, Dublin 4, Ireland.9School of Physics, National University of Ireland Galway, Uni-versity Road, Galway, Ireland. 10Physics Department, CaliforniaPolytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo, CA 94307, USA.11Astronomy Department, Adler Planetarium and AstronomyMuseum, Chicago, IL 60605, USA. 12Department of Physics,Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907, USA. 13Departmentof Physics, Grinnell College, Grinnell, IA 50112–1690, USA.14Department of Astronomy and Astrophysics, 525 Davey Lab,Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA 16802, USA.15Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Utah,Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA. 16School of Physics and Astron-omy, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55455, USA.17Physics Department, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec H3A2T8, Canada. 18Department of Physics and Astronomy and theBartol Research Institute, University of Delaware, Newark, DE19716, USA. 19Enrico Fermi Institute, University of Chicago,Chicago, IL 60637, USA. 20Deutsches Elektronen Synchrotron,Platanenallee 6, 15738 Zeuthen, Germany. 21Department of Phys-ics andAstronomy, Iowa State University, Ames, IA 50011, USA.22Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Iowa,Van Allen Hall, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. 23Department of PhysicsandAstronomy,DePauwUniversity, Greencastle, IN46135–0037,USA. 24Department of Life and Physical Sciences, Galway-MayoInstitute of Technology, Dublin Road, Galway, Ireland. 25Institut fürPhysikundAstronomie,Universität Potsdam,14476Potsdam-Golm,Germany. 26Department of Applied Physics and Instrumentation,Cork Institute of Technology, Bishopstown, Cork, Ireland. 27Depart-ment of Physics, Columbia University, New York, NY 10027.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected] (A.N.O.); [email protected] (A.M.); [email protected] (M.S.)

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 69

REPORTS

Page 70: Science - 07 October 2011

of the main pulse and interpulse, hereafter P1 and

P2, which are the two main features in the pulse

profile of the Crab pulsar throughout the electro-

magnetic spectrum. We characterized the pulse

profile using an unbinned maximum-likelihood

fit (SOM). In the fit, the pulses were modeled

with Gaussian functions, and the background

was determined from the events that fell between

phases 0.43 and 0.94 in the pulse profile (re-

ferred to as the off-pulse region). The positions

of P1 and P2 in the VERITAS data thus lie at

the phase values –0.0026 T 0.0028 and 0.3978 T

0.0020, respectively, and are shown by the ver-

tical lines (Fig. 1). The full widths at half max-

imum (FWHM) of the fitted pulses are 0.0122 T

0.0035 and 0.0267 T 0.0052, respectively. The

pulses are narrower by a factor of two to three

than those measured by the Fermi Large Area

Telescope (Fermi LAT) at 100 MeV (13) (Fig. 1).

If gamma rays observed at the same phase are

emitted by particles that propagate along the same

magnetic field line (25) and if the electric field in

the acceleration region is homogeneous, then a

possible explanation of the observed narrowing

Phase-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

3100

3200

3300

3400

3500

3600

3700

Phase-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

3100

3200

3300

3400

3500

3600

3700VERITAS > 120 GeV

Phase-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

0

500

1000

1500

2000Fermi > 100 MeV

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

Phase-0.1 -0.05 0 0.05 0.1

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

1500

1550

1600

1650

1700

1750

1800

1850

1900

1950

P1

VERITAS > 120 GeV

Phase-0.1 -0.05 0 0.05 0.10

500

1000

1500

2000

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

Fermi > 100 MeV Phase0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

1500

1550

1600

1650

1700

1750

1800

1850

1900

1950

P2

VERITAS > 120 GeV

Phase0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5

0

200

400

600

Co

un

ts p

er B

in

Fermi > 100 MeV

A

B C

Fig. 1. Pulse profile of the Crab pulsar. Phase 0 is the position of P1 in radio.The shaded histograms show the VERITAS data. The pulse profile in (A) isshown twice for clarity. The dashed horizontal line shows the background levelestimated from data in the phase region between 0.43 and 0.94. (B and C)Expanded views of the pulse profile with a finer binning than in (A) and arecentered at P1 and P2, which are the two dominant features in the pulse profile

of the Crab pulsar. The data above 100 MeV from the Fermi LAT (13, 30) areshown beneath the VERITAS profile. The vertical dashed lines in the panels (B)and (C) mark the best-fit peak positions of P1 and P2 in the VERITAS data. Thesolid black line shows the result of an unbinned maximum-likelihood fit ofGaussian functions to the VERITAS pulse profile (described in text). The peakpositions for the Fermi-LAT and the VERITAS data agree within uncertainties.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org70

REPORTS

Page 71: Science - 07 October 2011

is that the region where acceleration occurs tapers.

However, detailed calculations are necessary to

explain fully the observed pulse profile.

Along with the observed differences in the

pulse width, the amplitude of P2 is larger than

P1 in the profile measured with VERITAS, in

contrast to what is observed at lower gamma-ray

energies where P1 dominates (Fig. 1). It is known

that the ratio of the pulse amplitudes changes as

a function of energy above 1 GeV (13) and be-

comes near unity for the pulse profile integrated

above 25 GeV (17). To quantify the relative in-

tensity of the two peaks above 120 GeV, we in-

tegrated the pulsed excess between phase –0.013

and 0.009 for P1 and between 0.375 and 0.421

for P2. This is the T2 SD interval of each pulse

as determined from the maximum-likelihood fit.

The ratio of the excess events and thus the inten-

sity ratio of P2/P1 is 2.4 T 0.6. If one assumes

that the differential energy spectra of P1 and P2

above 25 GeV can each be described with a

power law, F(E) ~ Ea and that the intensity

ratio is exactly unity at 25 GeV (17), then the

spectral index a of P1 must be smaller than the

spectral index of P2 by aP2 – aP1 = 0.56 T 0.16.

We measured the gamma-ray spectrum above

100 GeV by combining the pulsed excess in the

phase regions around P1 and P2. This can be

considered a good approximation of the phase-

averaged spectrum because no “bridge” emis-

sion, which is observed at lower energies, is seen

between P1 and P2 in the VERITAS data. How-

ever, the existence of a constant flux component

that originates in the magnetosphere cannot be

excluded and would be indistinguishable from

the gamma-ray flux from the nebula. Figure 2

shows the VERITAS phase-averaged spectrum

together with measurements made with Fermi

LAT and the Major Atmospheric Gamma-ray Im-

aging Cherenkov telescope (MAGIC). In the en-

ergy range between 100 GeV and 400 GeV

measured by VERITAS, the energy spectrum

is well described by a power law F(E) = A(E/150

GeV)a, with A = (4.2 T 0.6stat + 2.4syst – 1.4syst) ×

10−11 TeV−1 cm−2 s−1 and a = –3.8 T 0.5stat T

0.2syst. At 150 GeV, the flux from the pulsar is

~1% of the flux from the nebula. The detection

of pulsed gamma-ray emission between 200 GeV

and 400 GeV, the highest energy flux point, is

only possible if the emission region is at least

10 stellar radii from the star’s surface (26). Using

calculations from (27), the emission region can even

be constrained to be at least 30 to 40 stellar radii.

Combining the VERITAS data with the Fermi-

LAT data we can place a stringent constraint on

the shape of the spectral turnover. The previ-

ously favored spectral shape of the Crab pulsar

above 1 GeV was an exponential cutoff F(E) =

A(E/E0)aexp(–E/Ec), which is a good parame-

terization of the Fermi LAT (13) and MAGIC

(17) data. The Fermi-LAT and MAGIC data can

be equally well parameterized by a broken power

law, but those data are not sufficient to signif-

icantly distinguish between a broken power law

and an exponential cutoff. The VERITAS data,

on the other hand, clearly favor a broken power

law as a parameterization of the spectral shape.

The fit of the VERITAS and Fermi-LAT data

with a broken power law of the form A(E/E0)a/

[1 + (E/E0)a-b] results in a c

2 value of 13.5 for

15 degrees of freedom with the fit parameters

A= (1.45 T 0.15stat) × 10−5 TeV−1 cm−2 s−1, E0 =

4.0 T 0.5stat GeV, a = –1.96 T 0.02stat and b =

–3.52 T 0.04stat (Fig. 2). A corresponding fit with

a power law and an exponential cutoff yields a

c2 value of 66.8 for 16 degrees of freedom. The

fit probability of 3.6 × 10−8 derived from the c2

value excludes the exponential cutoff as a viable

parameterization of the Crab pulsar spectrum.

The detection of gamma-ray emission above

100 GeV provides strong constraints on the

gamma-ray radiationmechanisms. If one assumes

a balance between acceleration gains and radia-

tive losses by curvature radiation, the break in

the gamma-ray spectrum is expected to be atEbr =

150 GeV h3/4 sqrt(x), where h is the acceleration

efficiency (h < 1) and x is the radius of curvature

in units of the light-cylinder radius (28) (SOM).

Only in the extreme case of an acceleration field

that is close to the maximum allowed value and a

radius of curvature that is close to the light-cylinder

radius would it be possible to produce gamma-ray

emission above 100 GeVwith curvature radiation.

It is, therefore, unlikely that curvature radiation is

the dominant production mechanism of the ob-

served gamma-ray emission above 100 GeV. A

plausible different radiationmechanism is inverse-

Compton scattering that has motivated previous

searches for pulsed very high energy emission, e.g.,

(29). With regard to the overall gamma-ray produc-

tion, two possible interpretations are that a single

emission mechanism alternative from curvature

radiation dominates at all gamma-ray energies or

that a secondmechanism becomes dominant above

the spectral break energy. It might be possible to

distinguish between the two scenarios with higher-

resolution spectral measurements above 10 GeV.

References and Notes1. A. Hewish, S. J. Bell, J. D. H. Pilkington, P. F. Scott,

R. A. Collins, Nature 217, 709 (1968).

2. K. S. Cheng, C. Ho, M. Ruderman, Astrophys. J. 300, 500

(1986).

3. R. W. Romani, Astrophys. J. 470, 469 (1996).

4. K. Hirotani, Astrophys. J. 652, 1475 (2006).

5. A. P. S. Tang, J. Takata, J. Jia, K. S. Cheng, Astrophys. J.

676, 562 (2008).

6. J. Arons, Astrophys. J. 266, 215 (1983).

7. A. G. Muslimov, A. K. Harding, Astrophys. J. 588, 430

(2003).

8. M. Frackowiak, B. Rudak, Adv. Space Res. 35, 1152 (2005).

9. A. K. Harding, V. V. Usov, A. G. Muslimov, Astrophys. J.

622, 531 (2005).

10. C. Venter, A. K. Harding, L. Guillemot, Astrophys. J. 707,

800 (2009).

11. A. Abdo et al., Astrophys. J. 187 (suppl.), 460 (2010).

Energy (MeV)310 410 510 610

)-1

s-2

dF

/dE

(M

eV c

m2

E

-710

-610

-510

-410

-310

VERITAS, this workFermi (Abdo et al, 2010)MAGIC (Aliu et al. 2008)MAGIC (Albert et al. 2008)CELESTE (De Naurois et al. 2002)STACEE (Oser et al. 2001)HEGRA (Aharonian et al. 2004)Whipple (Lessard et al. 2000)Broken power law fitExponential cutoff fit

Energy (MeV)

310 410 510 610

2 χ

05

101520

Power law with exponential cutoff

Broken power law

Fig. 2. Spectral energy distribution (SED) of the Crab pulsar in gamma rays. VERITAS flux measurementsare shown by the bowtie. The dotted line enclosed by the bow tie gives the best-fit power-law spectrum andthe statistical uncertainties, respectively, for the VERITAS data using a forward-folding method. The solidred circles show VERITAS flux measurements using a different spectral reconstruction method (SOM). Fermi-LAT data (13) are given by green squares, and the MAGIC flux point (17) by the solid reddish triangle. Theopen symbols are upper limits from the CErenkov Low-Energy Sampling and Timing Experiment (CELESTE)(31), the High-Energy-Gamma-Ray Astronomy (HEGRA) experiment (32), MAGIC (18), Solar Tower At-mospheric Cherenkov Effect Experiment (STACEE) (33), and Whipple (29). The result of a fit of the VERITASand Fermi-LAT data with a broken power law is given by the solid line, and the result of a fit with apower-law spectrum multiplied with an exponential cutoff is given by the dashed line. Below the SED,we plot c2 values to visualize the deviations of the best-fit parameterization from the Fermi-LAT andVERITAS flux measurements.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 71

REPORTS

Page 72: Science - 07 October 2011

12. J. M. Fierro, P. F. Michelson, P. L. Nolan, D. J. Thompson,

Astrophys. J. 494, 734 (1998).

13. A. Abdo et al., Astrophys. J. 708, 1254 (2010).

14. R. N. Manchester, G. B. Hobbs, A. Teoh, M. Hobbs,

Astron. J. 129, 1993 (2005).

15. ATNF Pulsar Catalogue, www.atnf.csiro.au/people/pulsar/

psrcat/.

16. T. C. Weekes et al., Astrophys. J. 342, 379 (1989).

17. E. Aliu et al.; MAGIC Collaboration, Science 322, 1221

(2008).

18. J. Albert et al., Astrophys. J. 674, 1037 (2008).

19. J. Holder et al., Astropart. Phys. 25, 391 (2006).

20. A. M. Hillas, in Proceedings of the 19th International

Cosmic Ray Conference, La Jolla, CA, 11 to 23 August

1985, p. 445 (ICRC, La Jolla, 1985).

21. P. Cogan, in Proceedings of the 30th International

Cosmic Ray Conference, Mérida, Mexico, 3 to 7 July

2007, vol. 3, p. 1385 (ICRC, Mérida, 2008).

22. A. G. Lyne et al., Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 265, 1003 (1993).

23. Jodrell Bank Crab Pulsar Monthly Ephemeris,

www.jb.man.ac.uk/~pulsar/crab.html.

24. O. C. de Jager, Astrophys. J. 436, 239 (1994).

25. X.-N. Bai, A. Spitkovsky, Astrophys. J. 715, 1282 (2010).

26. M. G. Baring, Adv. Space Res. 33, 552 (2004).

27. K. J. Lee et al., Mon. Notic. Roy. Astron. Soc. 405, 2103

(2010).

28. M. Lyutikov, A. N. Otte, A. McCann, arXiv:1108.3824

(2011).

29. R. W. Lessard et al., Astrophys. J. 531, 942 (2000).

30. The Fermi-LAT pulse profile of the Crab pulsar above

100 MeV that is shown in Fig. 1 is not the original one

from reference (13) but one that has been calculated

with an updated ephemerides that corrects for a small

phase offset that has been introduced in the original

analysis http://fermi.gsfc.nasa.gov/ssc/data/access/lat/

ephems/0534+2200/README.

31. M. de Naurois et al., Astrophys. J. 566, 343 (2002).32. F. Aharonian et al., Astrophys. J. 614, 897 (2004).33. S. Oser et al., Astrophys. J. 547, 949 (2001).

Acknowledgments: This research is supported by grants from

the U.S. Department of Energy, NSF, and the Smithsonian

Institution; by Natural Sciences and Engineering Research

Council of Canada; by Science Foundation Ireland (SFI

10/RFP/AST2748); and by the Science and Technology

Facilities Council in the United Kingdom. We acknowledge

the excellent work of the technical support staff at the

Fred Lawrence Whipple Observatory and at the collaborating

institutions in the construction and operation of the

instrument. A.N.O. was supported in part by a Feodor-Lynen

fellowship of the Alexander von Humboldt Foundation.

We are grateful to M. Roberts and A. Lyne for providing us

with Crab-pulsar ephemerides before the public ones

became available.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/69/DC1

Materials and Methods

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S4

References (34–36)

10 May 2011; accepted 19 August 2011

10.1126/science.1208192

Dispersible Exfoliated ZeoliteNanosheets and Their Applicationas a Selective MembraneKumar Varoon,* Xueyi Zhang,* Bahman Elyassi, Damien D. Brewer, Melissa Gettel,†

Sandeep Kumar,‡ J. Alex Lee,§ Sudeep Maheshwari,|| Anudha Mittal, Chun-Yi Sung,

Matteo Cococcioni, Lorraine F. Francis, Alon V. McCormick, K. Andre Mkhoyan, Michael Tsapatsis¶

Thin zeolite films are attractive for a wide range of applications, including molecular sievemembranes, catalytic membrane reactors, permeation barriers, and low-dielectric-constantmaterials. Synthesis of thin zeolite films using high-aspect-ratio zeolite nanosheets is desirablebecause of the packing and processing advantages of the nanosheets over isotropic zeolitenanoparticles. Attempts to obtain a dispersed suspension of zeolite nanosheets via exfoliationof their lamellar precursors have been hampered because of their structure deterioration andmorphological damage (fragmentation, curling, and aggregation). We demonstrated the synthesisand structure determination of highly crystalline nanosheets of zeolite frameworks MWW and MFI.The purity and morphological integrity of these nanosheets allow them to pack well on poroussupports, facilitating the fabrication of molecular sieve membranes.

High-aspect-ratio zeolite single crystals

with thickness in the nanometer range

(zeolite nanosheets) are desirable for ap-

plications including building blocks for hetero-

geneous catalysts (1–3) and the fabrication of

thin molecular sieve films and nanocomposites

for energy-efficient separations (4). They could

also be of fundamental importance in probing

the mechanical, electronic, transport, and catalytic

properties of microporous networks at the nano-

scale (5, 6). Despite steady advances in the prep-

aration and characterization of layered materials

containing microporous layers and of their pil-

lared and swollen analogs (1–3, 7–17), the syn-

thesis of suspensions containing discrete, intact,

nonaggregated zeolite nanosheets has proven

elusive because of structural deterioration and/or

aggregation (18) of the lamellae upon exfoliation.

Here, we report the isolation and structure deter-

mination of highly crystalline zeolite nanosheets

of the MWW and MFI structure types, and we

demonstrated the use of their suspensions in the

fabrication of zeolite membranes.

MWW and MFI nanosheets were prepared

starting from their corresponding layered precursors

ITQ-1 (1) and multilamellar silicalite-1 (3), respec-

tively. Before exfoliation by melt blending with

polystyrene (weight-average molecular weight =

45000 g/mol), ITQ-1 was swollen according to a

previously reported procedure (18); multilamellar

silicalite-1 was used as made. Melt blending was

performed under a nitrogen environment in a co-

rotating twin screw extruder with a recirculation

channel (19). The polystyrene nanocomposites

obtained by melt blending were characterized by

x-ray diffraction (XRD), and microtomed sections

were imaged by transmission electron micros-

copy (TEM) to reveal the presence of exfoliated

MWW and MFI nanosheets embedded in the

polymer matrix (figs. S1 and S2).

To obtain a dispersion of these nanosheets,

the nanosheet-polystyrene nanocomposites were

placed in toluene and sonicated. After polymer

dissolution and removal of the larger particles

by centrifugation, the dispersions, containing ap-

proximately 1.25%w/w polymer and 0.01%w/w

nanosheets, were used to prepare samples for

TEM and atomic force microscopy (AFM) exam-

ination, by drying a droplet on TEM grids and

freshly cleaved mica surfaces, respectively (the

AFM sample was calcined in air at 540°C to

remove polymer). Low-magnification TEM im-

ages of high-aspect-ratio MWW and MFI nano-

sheets reveal their flakelike morphology (Fig. 1,

A and B). The uniform contrast from isolated

nanosheets suggests uniform thickness, whereas

the darker areas can be attributed to overlapping

of neighboring nanosheets. Although lattice fringes

are not easily visible in the high-resolution TEM

(HRTEM) images of the nanosheets (figs. S3A

and B), they do exist, as confirmed by their fast

Fourier transform (FFT) (figs. S3C and D). In

addition, electron diffraction (ED) from single

MWWandMFI nanosheets (Fig. 1, C to E, andG)

and XRD data obtained from calcined powders

of MWWand MFI nanosheets (Fig. 2, A and B)

confirm that the nanosheets are highly crystal-

line materials of the MWW and MFI type, re-

spectively. The thin dimensions of MWW and

MFI nanosheets, as expected, are along the c

and b axes, respectively, as indicated from the

FFT of the HRTEM images and the ED data.

AFM measurements, calibrated using steps

formed on freshly cleaved mica (20), revealed

Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science,University of Minnesota, 151 Amundson Hall, 421 WashingtonAvenue Southeast, Minneapolis, MN 55455, USA.

*These authors contributed equally to this work.†Present address: Department of Chemical and EnvironmentalEngineering, University of California, Riverside, 1175 WestBlaine Street, Riverside, CA 92507, USA.‡Present address: Material Analysis Laboratory, Intel Corpora-tion, Hillsboro, OR 97124, USA.§Present address: Department of Chemical and BiomolecularEngineering, Rice University, MS-362, 6100 Main Street,Houston, TX 77005, USA.||Present address: Schlumberger Doll-Research, SchlumbergerLimited, 1 Hampshire Street, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.¶To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org72

REPORTS

Page 73: Science - 07 October 2011

remarkable uniformity in nanosheet thickness:

2.6 T 0.3 and 3.4 T 0.3 nm for the MWW and

MFI nanosheets, respectively (Fig. 2, C to E,

and F). The MWW nanosheet thickness is close

to the one expected from the thickness of the

ITQ-1 layers (2). Figure 3, A and B, show side

and top views of the proposed MWW nano-

sheet structure that are consistent with the AFM

measurements and MWW layer structure. The

MFI nanosheet thickness, determined by AFM,

is consistent with 1.5 unit cells along the b axis.

Further examination of the HRTEM images col-

lected here (fig. S4) and of the images given in

(3), in conjunction with the thickness deter-

mined by AFM, suggests the presence of three

complete pentasil chains running along the nano-

sheets. The proposed structure of MFI nano-

sheets based on these data is shown in Fig. 3C

(side view along c axis) and Fig. 3D (top view).

A Q3/(Q3 + Q

4) ratio of 11% is calculated from

this model, which is in agreement with the 29Si

magic angle spinning nuclear magnetic reso-

nance data (fig. S5).

The proposed structures of the MWW and

MFI nanosheets are consistent with all the TEM,

ED, and AFM data and the structures of their

precursors (Fig. 3). Optimization of nanosheet

structures using damped-dynamics simulation

by the Car-Parrinello molecular dynamics code

in the Quantum ESPRESSO package (21) [see

details in the supporting online material (SOM)

(22)] led to minor changes (fig. S6) when com-

pared to those obtained by simple termination

of the MWW and MFI structures. More specifi-

cally, the calculated MWW and MFI nanosheet

thicknesses are slightly different as compared to

the ones obtained from the MWW and MFI

frameworks (2.63 nmversus 2.49 nm and 3.20 nm

versus 3.21 nm, respectively), and both are in

agreement with the AFM measurements. The

corresponding ED and XRD patterns from the

optimized structures were simulated [see details

in (22)] and compared to the experimental data.

The ED pattern simulations (Fig. 1, F and H), per-

formed with the Multislice method (23, 24), are in

agreement with the experimental ED patterns

(Fig. 1, E and G). Moreover, XRD simulations

[using the powder pattern theorem, implemented

with the UDSKIP algorithm (25, 26)] are also in

good agreement with the experimental XRD data

(Fig. 2, A andB). The positions of the broad peaks

at low angles are very sensitive to the layer thick-

ness and confirm the thickness suggested by

AFM. More specifically, simulations using MFI

nanosheet thicknesses of 1, 1.5, 2.5, and 3.5 unit

cells (fig. S7) showed that the best agreement with

the experimental data is obtained for the 1.5-

unit-cell thickness, whereas the MWW simula-

tions indicated 1-unit-cell thickness. The position

of the sharper peaks at higher angles is insensitive

to the layer thickness. They indicate long-range order

preservation upon exfoliation. The XRD analysis

of MFI nanosheets shows sharper reflections as

compared to those of MWW nanosheets, prob-

ably due to the differences in thicknesses and the

Fig. 2. Powder XRD pattern from MWW nanosheets (A) and MFI nanosheets (B). a.u., arbitrary units. Thebottom traces show experimental XRD patterns (Cu Ka source, wavelength = 1.5418 Å) of the powderobtained by calcination of the nanosheet-polystyrene nanocomposite at 540°C. The top traces are thesimulated XRD patterns (powder pattern theorem, implemented with UDSKIP) of the proposed structure ofthe nanosheets. AFM (tappingmode) topographical images of MWW andMFI nanosheets are shown in (C)and (D), respectively. The average step-height (h) data of the area highlighted in (C) and (D) are plotted in(E) (MWW nanosheet) and (F) (MFI nanosheet). The height data are calibrated using steps formed onfreshly cleaved mica. Scale bars in (C) and (D), 200 nm.

Fig. 1. Low-magnification TEM im-ages of c-oriented MWW (A) andb-oriented MFI nanosheets (B).TEM images of single MWW andMFI nanosheets are shown in (C)and (D), respectively. (E) and (G)are the corresponding ED patternsof the same particles shown in (C)and (D), respectively. Simulationsof the ED patterns of proposedstructures of nanosheets down thec axis (MWW) and b axis (MFI)are shown in (F) and (H), respec-tively. Scale bars in (A) to (C),200 nm; in (D), 50 nm; in (E) and(G), 1 nm–1.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 73

REPORTS

Page 74: Science - 07 October 2011

better structural preservation of MFI nanosheets.

The latter could be attributed to the absence of

the swelling step in their processing.

Previous attempts to obtain exfoliated nano-

sheets of MWW have had only partial success

because of the fragmentation, aggregation, and

curling of the lamellae (13, 19, 27), whereas

exfoliation of lamellar silicalite-1 has not been

reported before. Our attempts to remove the

polystyrene by methods that include calcination

or other thermal treatments of the nanosheet-

polymer nanocomposite resulted in particles

that exhibited significant curling (fig. S8, A and

B). The presence of curled particles is detrimental

to the quality of coatings, because the curled par-

ticles neither pack nor orient themselves in their

coatings (fig. S8, C and D). However, the disso-

lution and purification process reported here

was sufficient to obtain flat, crystalline, exfoliated

nanosheets capable of producing a highly packed

and oriented coating.

The presence of microporosity (fig. S9) with-

in the MWW and MFI layers imparts molec-

ular sieving and hosting capabilities and thus

expands the list of available nanosheets amena-

ble to layer-by-layer assembly (28, 29) for the

fabrication of nanocomposites. Moreover, be-

cause of their large lateral area and small thick-

ness, the zeolite nanosheets can coat porous

substrates to form well-packed thin deposits. As

a result, these nanosheets are attractive materials

for the fabrication of thin zeolite membranes. For

example, simple filtration of the MFI nanosheet

suspension through an anodized alumina mem-

brane (Anopore, pore size 200 nm) followed by

calcination for polymer removal resulted in a

uniform, well-packed deposit consisting of high-

ly oriented, overlapping, flat nanosheets (Fig. 4A).

Even rough porous substrates, such as homemade

a-alumina supports with ~200-nm pores, can be

coated by filtration to obtain smooth films (Fig. 4,

B to D, and E). Figure 4B is a top-view scanning

electron microscope (SEM) image of an MFI

nanosheet coating on a-alumina, indicating uni-

form surface coverage. Because the nanosheets

are very thin, secondary electrons from the un-

derlying nanosheets can be observed marking

their morphology and underscoring the overlap.

Cross sections cut by focused ion beam (FIB)

were observed by ion-beam microscopy (Fig. 4C)

and TEM (Fig. 4, D and E). We observed no

penetration of the nanosheets in the interior of

the substrate. This is a desirable feature for

forming thin zeolite films to achieve high-flux

membranes. The nanosheets conform to the sub-

strate surface roughness because of their high

aspect ratio and nanometer-range thickness. As

a result, neither masking of the support pores (30)

nor use of smoothenedmultilayered (asymmetric)

membranes (31) or functionalization (32) is nec-

essary, as in the case of coating from isotropic

zeolite nanoparticles or nonisotropic micro-

particles. However, these films do not show any

selectivity for p-/o-xylene [a typical mixture that

is widely used to assess the molecular sieving

capability of MFI films (33, 34)]. It is evident

from Fig. 4D and the HRTEM image in Fig. 4E

that nanometer-sized gaps exist between the

nanosheets. After a single hydrothermal treat-

ment for 4.5 hours at 90°C under conditions

that in the absence of nanosheet coating do not

result in an observable deposit (molar composi-

tion, 60 SiO2: 9 tetrapropylammonium hydroxide:

8100H2O: 240 ethanol; aged at 90°C for 6 hours),

the MFI nanosheet film thickness remained un-

changed (fig. S10, A to D), whereas the gaps

between the nanosheets were reduced, as sug-

gested by the TEM images of the film cross-

section (figs. S10, D and E) and an improved

separation performance. Five membranes pre-

pared by this method separated xylene isomers

Fig. 3. Relaxed surface structures of the MWW and MFI nanosheets obtained by structure optimizationof the 1-unit-cell-thick MWW and 1.5-unit-cell-thick MFI structures with Car-Parrinello moleculardynamics. Si, O, and H atoms are colored in yellow, red, and white, respectively. (A and B) MWWnanosheet viewed along the a (or b) axis (A) and along the c axis (B). (C and D) MFI nanosheet viewedalong the c axis (C) and along the b axis (D).

Fig. 4. Images of theMFI nanosheet coatingon porous supports. (A)SEM image (top view)of the coating of MFInanosheets on an Ano-pore disk. The top halfof the image shows thebare Anopore support,whereas the bottom halfshows a uniform coat-ing of nanosheet on the200-nm pores of the sup-port. (B) SEM image (topview) of the coating of anMFInanosheetonahome-made porous a-aluminasupport. (C) FIB image ofthe cross section of thecoating in (B). The imagewas taken by a Ga ionsource (30 kV) at a tiltangle of 52°. The nano-sheet coating is sand-wiched between theFIB-deposited platinum(to protect the coating from milling) and the alumina support. (D) TEM image of the cross section ofthe coating in (B). The dark layer on top of the coating is FIB-deposited platinum. (E) HRTEM image of thecoating cross section. Scale bars in (A) to (D), 200 nm; in (E), 20 nm.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org74

REPORTS

Page 75: Science - 07 October 2011

( p-xylene from o-xylene) with a p-xylene/o-xylene

separation factor of 40 to 70 and p-xylene per-

meance of 3 × 10−7 mol m−2s−1 Pa−1 at 150°C

(fig. S11). Preliminary findings fromMWWnano-

sheet coatings show that a seed layer of similar

quality to that ofMFI nanosheets can be obtained

(fig. S12A), which, after secondary growth (fig.

S12B), leads to membranes exhibiting molecular

sieving properties (fig. S12, C and D) with ideal

selectivies for He/H2 and He/N2 up to 3 and 17,

respectively, which are different from the values

expected from Knudsen diffusion and consist-

ent with the small transport-limited aperture of

MWWalong the c axis.

These findings indicate that the films fab-

ricated using exfoliated zeolite nanosheets exhibit

the expected molecular sieving properties and are

appropriate to be used as membranes. The exfolia-

tion and purification process described here may

also be applicable to other microporous layered

materials to obtain high-aspect-ratio crystalline

nanosheets with high purity and uniformity of

thickness. Moreover, the simple film formation

method introduced, based only on filtration of

the nanosheet suspensions, is likely to be easily

scalable for large-scale membrane formation on

low-cost, commercially available porous supports

with large pores and rough surfaces.

References and Notes1. M. E. Leonowicz, J. A. Lawton, S. L. Lawton, M. K. Rubin,

Science 264, 1910 (1994).

2. A. Corma, V. Fornes, S. B. Pergher, T. L. M. Maesen,

J. G. Buglass, Nature 396, 353 (1998).

3. M. Choi et al., Nature 461, 246 (2009).

4. M. A. Snyder, M. Tsapatsis, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 46,

7560 (2007).

5. M. E. Davis, Nature 417, 813 (2002).

6. C. M. Lew, R. Cai, Y. S. Yan, Acc. Chem. Res. 43, 210

(2010).

7. V. V. Narkhede, H. Gies, Chem. Mater. 21, 4339 (2009).

8. N. Takahashi, H. Hata, K. Kuroda, Chem. Mater. 23, 266

(2011).

9. J. H. Yu, R. R. Xu, Acc. Chem. Res. 36, 481 (2003).

10. Q. M. Gao et al., J. Solid State Chem. 129, 37 (1997).

11. H. M. Yuan et al., J. Solid State Chem. 151, 145 (2000).

12. Z. Li, B. Marler, H. Gies, Chem. Mater. 20, 1896 (2008).

13. G. G. Juttu, R. F. Lobo, Microporous Mesoporous Mater.

40, 9 (2000).

14. I. Ogino et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 133, 3288 (2011).

15. L. Liu et al., Inorg. Chem. 48, 4598 (2009).

16. C. Rubio et al., Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. 2010, 159 (2010).

17. W. J. Roth, C. T. Kresge, Microporous Mesoporous Mater.

144, 158 (2011).

18. S. Maheshwari et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 130, 1507 (2008).

19. S. Maheshwari, thesis, University of Minnesota,

Minneapolis, MN (2009).

20. L. A. Nagahara, K. Hashimoto, A. Fujishima,

D. Snowdenlfft, P. B. Price, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 12,

1694 (1994).

21. P. Giannozzi et al., J. Phys. Condens. Matter 21, 395502

(2009).

22. See SOM on Science Online.

23. J. M. Cowley, A. F. Moodie, Acta Crystallogr. 10, 609 (1957).

24. E. J. Kirkland, R. F. Loane, J. Silcox, Ultramicroscopy 23,

77 (1987).

25. J. L. Schlenker, B. K. Peterson, J. Appl. Cryst. 29, 178

(1996).

26. The UDSKIP algorithm to calculate theoretical powder

XRD patterns of ultra-small zeolite crystals is available

at www.che.udel.edu/research_groups/nanomodeling/

resources.html.

27. P. Wu et al., J. Phys. Chem. B 108, 19126 (2004).

28. S. Srivastava, N. A. Kotov, Acc. Chem. Res. 41, 1831

(2008).

29. M. Osada, T. Sasaki, J. Mater. Chem. 19, 2503 (2009).

30. J. Hedlund, F. Jareman, A. J. Bons, M. Anthonis, J. Membr.

Sci. 222, 163 (2003).

31. P. S. Lee et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 133, 493 (2011).

32. Z. P. Lai et al., Science 300, 456 (2003).

33. J. Caro, M. Noack, Microporous Mesoporous Mater. 115,

215 (2008).

34. J. Choi et al., Science 325, 590 (2009).

Acknowledgments: We acknowledge support from the

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) (grant DE-09FE0001322),

the Petroleum Institute of Abu Dhabi through the ADMIRE

partnership, NSF (grant NSF-NIRT CMMI 0707610),

and the Industrial Partnership for Research in Interfacial

and Material Engineering and Minnesota Supercomputing

Institute at the University of Minnesota. Aspects of this work

(MFI nanosheet synthesis and imaging by TEM) were

supported as part of the Catalysis Center for Energy

Innovation, an Energy Frontier Research Center funded by

DOE’s Office of Science, Office of Basic Energy Sciences

under Award Number DESC0001004. Portions of it were

conducted at the University of Minnesota Characterization

Facility, which receives partial support from NSF through

the National Nanotechnology Infrastructure Network.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/72/DC1

Materials and Methods

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S12

References (35–44)

25 May 2011; accepted 29 July 2011

10.1126/science.1208891

A Major Constituent of Brown Algae forUse in High-Capacity Li-Ion BatteriesIgor Kovalenko,1 Bogdan Zdyrko,2 Alexandre Magasinski,1 Benjamin Hertzberg,1 Zoran Milicev,1

Ruslan Burtovyy,2 Igor Luzinov,2* Gleb Yushin1*

The identification of similarities in the material requirements for applications of interest and those of livingorganisms provides opportunities to use renewable natural resources to develop better materials and designbetter devices. In our work, we harness this strategy to build high-capacity silicon (Si) nanopowder–basedlithium (Li)–ion batteries with improved performance characteristics. Si offers more than one order ofmagnitude higher capacity than graphite, but it exhibits dramatic volume changes during electrochemicalalloying and de-alloying with Li, which typically leads to rapid anode degradation. We show that mixing Sinanopowder with alginate, a natural polysaccharide extracted from brown algae, yields a stable batteryanode possessing reversible capacity eight times higher than that of the state-of-the-art graphitic anodes.

Atypical procedure for the preparation of

Li-ion battery electrodes includesmixing

electroactive powder with conductive

carbon additives and a polymeric binder dis-

solved in a solvent. The produced slurry is then

cast on metal foil current collectors and dried.

Traditionally, most research has been focused

on synthesis of active powders with improved

properties, and less attention was devoted to the

advancement of the electrically inactive compo-

nents of battery electrodes, such as binders. Yet

recent studies have shown that many important

battery characteristics, including stability and irre-

versible capacity losses, are critically dependent

on the binder’s properties (1–4). High-capacity

electrochemically active particles that exhibit

substantial volume changes during insertion and

extraction of Li require improved binder charac-

teristics to ensure electrode integrity during use.

Si, in particular, exhibits the largest volume

changes during Li-ion battery operation. The in-

terest in Si-based anodes (1, 5–11) stems from the

abundance of Si in nature, its low cost, and its

high theoretical capacity, which is an order of

magnitude higher than that of the conventionally

used graphite.

Recent studies have shown that synthetic and

bio-derived polymers that contain carboxy groups,

such as polyacrylic acid (PAA) and carboxy-

methyl cellulose (CMC), demonstrate promising

characteristics as binders for Si-based anodes

(1, 9, 12). Low binder extensibility did not dem-

onstrate a negative effect on the battery perform-

ance (12). Reasonably stable anode performance,

however, could only be achieved when Si vol-

ume changes were minimized by incomplete Li

insertion in the tests (9) or accommodated by the

use of extra-large binder content (1, 13), which

lowers the resulting anode capacity. The polar

hydrogen bonds between the carboxy groups of

the binder and the SiO2 on the Si surface were

proposed to exhibit a self-healing effect and re-

form if locally broken (1). An alternative expla-

nation for the observed stability of the rigid binders

with lower extensibility could be that Si nano-

particles deform plastically during electrochem-

ical alloying with Li (8), expanding toward the

existing pores between the particles.

Here, we report that alginate, a high-modulus

natural polysaccharide extracted from brown

algae, yields a remarkably stable battery anode.

Unlike many polysaccharides commonly found

1School of Materials Science and Engineering, Georgia Insti-tute of Technology, Atlanta, GA 30332, USA. 2School ofMaterial Science and Engineering and Center for OpticalMaterials Science and Engineering Technologies, ClemsonUniversity, Clemson, SC 29634, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected] (I.L.); [email protected] (G.Y.)

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 75

REPORTS

Page 76: Science - 07 October 2011

in terrestrial plants, alginates, a major constituent

of brown algae (Fig. 1A) and many aquatic mi-

croorganisms, contain carboxylic groups in each

of the polymer’s monomeric units (Fig. 1A). A

higher content of carboxylic group in the binder

should lead to a larger number of possible binder-

Si bonds and, thus, better Si electrode stability

(1). The extraction of alginates (commonly in aNa

salt form) from algae proceeds by heating algae

in a hot soda (Na2CO3) solution, which results in

the dissolution of its alginate component. From

a chemical standpoint, alginate (also called al-

ginic acid) is a copolymer of 1→4 linked b-D-

mannuronic acid (M) and a-L-guluronic acid (G)

residues (Fig. 1A). Different compositions and

sequences of M and G monoblocks in alginates

yield a plethora of physical and biological prop-

erties, optimized in brown algae for a given en-

vironment. For example, algae growing in coastal

areas have higher G content than the same algae

growing in streaming waters (14). A high content

of G makes alginate gels more rigid (14). Mul-

tivalent ions from seawater can cross-link the

matrix, also increasing the rigidity of the plant

body (15).

The ratio of M-to-G monoblocks in alginates

may range from 0.3 to 9, with a typical value in

commercial samples being ~1 (16). Nuclearmag-

netic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy measure-

ments (Fig. 1B) revealed that the ratio of M-to-G

monoblocks in the Na alginate sample used in

this study was 1.13. This ratio was calculated on

the basis of integration of the peaks at 4.7, 5.3,

and 5.7 parts per million (Fig. 1B). Atomic force

microscopy indentation studies showed that in

a dry state, films made of the Na alginate exhib-

ited ~6.7 times higher stiffness than dry films of

polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF), a common

commercial binder used in Li-ion battery elec-

trodes (Fig. 1, C and E). Interestingly, when im-

mersed into the electrolyte solvent, the stiffness

of alginate did not change appreciably (Fig. 1D),

whereas the PVDF films became nearly 50 times

softer (Fig. 1F). Ellipsometry studies show no

detectable swelling of thin (~70-nm) Na-alginate

films in the electrolyte solvent vapors. In con-

trast, PVDF films of similar thickness attract sub-

stantial amounts of carbonates from the vapor,

demonstrating changes in thicknesses of ~20%.

The negligibly small swellability of the alginate

indicates a low level of polymer/electrolyte inter-

action. This property may prevent undesirable

access of the electrolyte liquid to the binder/Si

interface. The similar behavior of Na-CMC bind-

ers (fig. S1) probably explains their promising

performance with Si anodes as well (1, 9, 17).

Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) studies

showed the majority of Si nanoparticles used in

our studies to be of elliptical or spherical shape

with diameter in the range of 20 to 100 nm (fig.

S2A). X-ray diffraction (XRD) (fig. S2B) studies

revealed no impurities in the nanopowder. The

average Si crystal size was calculated from the

XRD data to be ~37 nm. The shape of the N2

adsorption/desorption isotherms collected on

the Si nanopowder (type II, according to the

Brunauer classification) is typical for macropo-

rous (>50-nm) solids with unrestricted multi-

layer adsorption (fig. S2C). The specific surface

area of the Si nanopowder calculated with the

Brunauer-Emmett-Teller equation is 96 m2/g,

which is much higher than 0.5 to 10 m2/g found

in graphites used in Li-ion batteries. Assuming

the density of Si nanoparticles to be 2.3 g/cm3,

the average Si particle size can be calculated to

be ~27 nm, which is close to what we observed

with SEM and estimated using XRD measure-

ments. The electrodes prepared using Si nano-

powder, conducive C additives, and Na-alginate

show a uniform structure and a smooth surface

(fig. S2D) with small (<100-nm) pores visible be-

tween the nanoparticles. We estimated the elec-

trode density to be 0.50 g/cm3. Assuming the

theoretical density of graphite, Si, and alginate

to be accurate, one can estimate the remaining

pore volume of the electrode to be ~five times the

volume of Si particles. In recent studies on electro-

chemical alloying of Si in a nanoconfined space,

we demonstrated that nano-Si may undergo the

Fig. 1. Alginate origin andcharacterization. (A)Giantkelpforest (Macrocystis pyrifera al-gae) in thePacificOcean, pho-tographed near the coast ofCalifornia,USA. The insets showthe chemical structure of man-nuronic (left) and guluronic(right) acids. (B) 1HNMR spec-trum of Na-alginate. The num-bers above the peaks markedas (a), (b), and (c) correspondto their integrated intensities.ppm, parts per million; a.u.,arbitrary units. (C to F) Com-parisonbetweenYoung’smod-ulus of Na-alginate and PVDFand in a dry [(C) and (E)] andwet [impregnated with elec-trolyte solvent, (D) and (F)]state.

Fig. 2. Spectroscopic characterization of the nano-Si Na-alginate and electrodes prepared by mixingnano-Si with Na-alginate binder. (A and B) XPS spectra of alginate, Si nanopowder, nano-Si electrode,and Si nanopowder extracted from the electrode after extensive purification. (C) FTIR spectra of alginate,Si nanopowder, and nano-Si electrode.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org76

REPORTS

Page 77: Science - 07 October 2011

irreversible shape changes upon the initial Li

insertion, adapting to the restricted shape of the

rigid pore (8). In subsequent cycles, however,

the Si-Li alloy may exhibit fully reversible shape

changes (8). Therefore, even if the rigidity of the

alginate binder would prevent electrode expan-

sion upon the first Li insertion, the initial electrode

porosity could offer space to accommodate the

volume changes in Si during cycling.

To evaluate the interactions of Na-alginate

with Si and C particles, we have prepared elec-

trodes consisting of pure Si/alginate and pure

C/alginate mixtures. After drying the electrodes

in vacuum (0.01 Torr) at 105°C for 4 hours, we

have immersed pieces of the electrodes in large

beakers filled with deionized (DI) water (alginate

solvent) and stirred for 4 hours. After filtering and

drying in air, the Si (or C) particles were collected,

immersed in DI water, stirred for 4 hours, and fil-

tered. We repeated this procedure five times. Be-

fore spectroscopymeasurements, all samples were

dried in a vacuum at 105°C for at least 8 hours.

The C1s core-level x-ray photoelectron spectros-

copy (XPS) spectra of the alginate and Si-alginate

films show three characteristic peaks correspond-

ing to ether, hydroxyl, and carboxylate functional

groups (Fig. 2A). As expected, the initial Si pow-

der does not show any signs of C atoms on the

surface. In spite of the extensive purification of

the Si powder after mixing with alginate, the

powder retains substantial content of alginate

residues on the surface (Fig. 2A, top). A com-

parison of the C1s spectra of DI water-cleaned

Si nanopowder before and after mixing with Na-

alginate suggests formation of strong hydrogen

bonding between the hydroxylated Si surface

and alginate carboxylic moieties. Somewhat sim-

ilar conclusions could be made by analyzing the

Si2p core-level peaks. Before mixing with algi-

nate, the Si nanopowder surface shows a strong

bulk Si peak at ~99.2 eVand a peak correspond-

ing to hydroxyl functional groups at ~103 eV

(Fig. 2B). However, an additional peak corre-

sponding to R(O)-O-Si at 103.9 eV (9) is observed

after mixing Si with Na-alginate and vacuum an-

nealing to form an electrode (Fig. 2B). This peak

is mostly retained after the extensive cleaning

of the Si nanopowder described above (Fig. 2B,

top). Analogous XPS experiments with C addi-

tives (fig. S3) suggest rather similar interactions

between the polar groups and defects on the

carbon surface and alginate moieties.

Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectros-

copy studies provide further support for the strong

bonding between the alginate and Si powder. A

Na-alginate film exhibits a broad absorption band

at ~3320 cm–1 related to hydrogen-bonded O-H

stretching vibrations, a peak at ~1598 cm–1 cor-

responding to O-C-O (carboxylate) asymmetric

vibrations, a peak at ~1410 cm–1 corresponding

to O-C-O symmetric vibrations, a peak at ~1300

cm–1 related to the C-C-H and O-C-H defor-

mation of pyranose rings, and a peak at ~1028

cm–1 related to C-O-C asymmetric vibrations,

among others (Fig. 2C) (18). After electrode for-

mation, the relative intensity of the 1300 cm–1 peak

related to pyranose-ring deformation vibrations

decreases considerably when compared with pure

Na-alginate. This decrease provides evidence of

a chemical interaction between the alginate and

Si nanoparticles (19). The strong interactions be-

tween the binder and the Si surface have been pre-

viously identified as one of themost critical factors

affecting the stability of Si-based electrodes (1, 9).

Coin cells with metallic Li counter electrode

were employed to evaluate the electrochemical

performance of all of the electrodes. In contrast to

earlier studies on CMC binders, which often

required low Si [33 weight percent (wt %)] and

high binder and carbon-additive (33 wt % each)

content (1, 13), we used a high ratio of Si to C

(Si:C = 3:1) and a considerably smaller amount

of binder (15 wt %) for our tests.

Charge-discharge cycling performed with Li

insertion capacity limited to 1200 mA·hour/g Si

showed stable anode performance for more than

1300 cycles (Fig. 3A). In real-life applications,

however, a noticeable variation in the degree of

lithiation of individual Si particles may take place.

Therefore, it is important to test the ability of Si

anodes and Si-binder interface to withstand the

largest volume changes taking place during full

lithiation. In our additional tests (Fig. 3, B to D,

and fig. S4), we inserted Li to nearly 100% depth

of discharge (to 0.01 mV versus Li/Li+ ) and

additionally held the anode at this potential for

more than 10 min. Because the average time of

full Li insertion into 100-nm diameter Si nano-

particles is 6 min (20) and average Si particles in

our electrode are only 27 nm, this procedure

warranted that a large portion of the Si particles

(close to a Cu foil) be fully lithiated. In spite of

the severe testing conditions, an alginate binder

allowed for a stable performance of Si electrodes

(Fig. 3B and fig. S4). This is in contrast to Si

anodes with PVDF and Na-CMC, which demon-

strated poor stability (Fig. 3B). At a current density

of 4200mA/g, the reversible Li extraction specific

capacity of an alginate-based Si anode is in the

range of 1700 to 2000 mA·hour/g (Fig. 3, B and

C, and fig. S4), which is ~five times higher than

the theoretical capacity of graphite and 9 to 23

times higher than the experimentally determined

capacity of graphites (85 to 190 mA·hour/g) at

such a high current density. At a smaller current

density of 140 mA/g (Fig. 3C and fig. S4), the

specific capacity of the Si anode reaches 3040

mA·hour/g, which is more than 8 times higher

than the theoretical specific capacity of graphite

(372 mA·hour/g). The contribution of Si nano-

powder alone could be calculated as ~4000

mA·hour/g, which is consistent with observations

on other nano-Si materials (1, 7, 8) but is notice-

ably higher than what was previously observed

for micron-size Si (21). The volumetric anode ca-

pacity was determined to be ~1520 mA·hour/cm3

at 140 mA/g current density, which is 2.5 times

higher than ~620 mA·hour/cm3 for graphitic

anodes.

We propose that a stable binder for Si anodes

needs to posses several critical properties. First, a

very weak binder-electrolyte interaction is needed

for the long-term anode stability. All of the binders

Fig. 3. Electrochemical performance of alginate-based nano-Si electrodes (electrode density = 0.50 g/cm3,weight ratio of Si:C = 3:1). (A) Reversible Li-extraction capacity and CE of the nano-Si electrodes versus cyclenumber for Li insertion level fixed to 1200 mA·hour/g Si (Ah, ampere hour). (B) Reversible Li-extractioncapacity of nano-Si electrodes with alginate, CMC, and PVDF binders versus cycle number collected for thecurrent density of 4200 mA/g for cells cycled in the potential window of 0.01 to 1 V versus Li/Li+. (C)Galvanostatic discharge profiles of the nano-Si electrode at different current densities between 0 and 1 V.(D) Differential capacity curves of the nano-Si electrode in the potential window of 0 to 1 V versus Li/Li+

collected at the rate of 0.025mV/s after the first galvanostatic charge-discharge cycle. Q/m, specific capacity;V, voltage. All electrochemical measurements were performed at room temperature in two-electrode 2016coin-type half-cells. In (A), the capacity is reported for the Si contribution only. In (B) to (D), the capacity isnormalized by the total weight of Si and C additives.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 77

REPORTS

Page 78: Science - 07 October 2011

that provide at least satisfactory performance in

Si anodes (including CMC and PAA) experience

virtually no swelling in commonly used electro-

lytes (Fig. 1 and fig. S1) (12). If a solvent reaches

the Si electrode surface by permeating through a

binder layer, it decomposes (22–24). The solvent-

decomposition products deposited in the region

between the binder and the Si would substantially

weaken the Si-binder bond strength and lead to

rapid anode degradation (PVDF inFig. 3B). There-

fore, little-to-no interaction between the binder

and the solvent is needed to prevent access of

the solvent molecules to the Si-binder boundary.

Another property of an ideal Si binder is to

provide access of Li ions to the Si surface. There-

fore, if a binder is not permeable to solvent elec-

trolyte molecules, it should either cover only a

portion of the Si surface or remain permeable to

Li ions. Due to the small size of Si nanopowder

and its resultant high surface curvature, the num-

ber of anchor points between binder polymeric

chains and Si particles is limited, suggesting

that a portion of the Si surface should indeed

be directly exposed to the electrolyte. Our XPS

studies on alginate-coated Si particles show that a

portion of Si surface is alginate-free (Fig. 2B). To

identify the conductivity of Li-ions through Na-

alginate, we deposited a thin (1-mm) layer on

Cu foil and performed cyclic voltammetry and

electrochemical-impedance spectroscopy tests

with Li foil as a counter electrode (fig. S5). Both

tests revealed small but sufficient ionic conduct-

ance. From the impedance data, we determined

the Warburg constant and estimated the diffusion

coefficient of Li in Na-alginate to be ~10−8 S/cm.

Although this is four orders of magnitude smaller

than the diffusion coefficient of Li in solid elec-

trolytes (25), the nanometer-level thickness of

a Na-alginate layer compensates for its limited

diffusivity. The proposedmechanism of ion trans-

port through the alginate film is via hopping of

Li ions between the adjacent carboxylic cites,

similarly to alginate’s function for the ion trans-

port in the algae cells (15).

Third, an ideal binder should assist in build-

ing a deformable and stable solid-electrolyte in-

terphase (SEI) on the Si surface. High Coulombic

efficiency (CE) is critical for practical applica-

tions and is challenging to achieve in Si-based

anodes because of the need to maintain a stable

SEI layer, in spite of the large changes in particle

volume (and, therefore, surface area) during the

battery operation. In ultrathin Si films, high sta-

bility is achieved (26) because the film surface

area does not change during cycling, and the

volume changes are accommodated largely via

variation in film thickness. Thus, maintaining a

stable SEI is not a challenge. In thicker films that

exhibit cracks at the current collector-Si interface

and, thus, experience some surface-area changes,

electrolyte additives are needed to achieve a

stable SEI. In free-standing Si nanowires that do

not need a binder but experience much more

substantial surface-area changes upon cycling,

the unprotected Si fails to maintain a stable SEI,

causing continuous Li consumption, increasing

Si surface roughness, and decreasing CE with

every cycle (27). Si nanowires commonly dem-

onstrate CE of only 93 to 97% (5). In contrast,

our electrodes show improving CE with every

cycle approaching 99.9% (fig. S4A), suggesting

that the alginate binder contributes to building a

stable passivating SEI layer. To test our hypoth-

esis that Na-alginate assists in building a stable

SEI, we performed XPS studies on our electrodes

before and after cycling (Fig. 4). The surface

chemistry of the SEI did not noticeably change

between the 10th and 200th cycle, suggesting

excellent SEI stability and fully supporting our

hypothesis. Earlier studies performed on graphit-

ic anodes also suggested that interactions be-

tween the functional groups of Na-CMC and

electrolyte may contribute to the SEI formation

and explain Na-CMC’s good performance (28).

Its positive impact on improving CE of Si anodes

was observed as well (1), but only when the

relative amount of Na-CMC was several times

higher than that of Na-alginate (13). The com-

plex interactions between Na cations, Si, and var-

ious electrolytes deserve a separate study.

Even if the stability of the SEI and binder-Si

interface is achieved, binders that show low ex-

tensibility under stress require the Si electrode to

possess sufficient pore volume, which is needed

for Si expansion. Increasing the pore volume of

CMC-based Si electrodes markedly improved

their stability (29). The lack of sufficient pore

volume may cause sealing of the interparticle

pores (and, thus, a dramatic reduction in the ion

transport) and mechanical failure of the electrode

during operation. The smallest sufficient pore

volume should be larger than the total volume of

Si expansion for several reasons. First, the shape

of the Si particles and the shape of the pores are

different. Therefore, at the fully expanded state

some pore volume will remain unfilled. Note that

plastic deformation of lithiated Si nanoparticles

may take place (8), thereby reducing the strict-

ness of the requirements on local pore shape and

size. However, strong bonding of the binder to Si

particles (Fig. 2) and high binder stiffness (Fig.

1D) is needed, because the endurance limit of the

binder and the binder-Si interface must exceed

the internal stresses in the electrode caused by the

volume expansion of Si nanoparticles. Second,

the SEI formation requires some available vol-

ume as well. Furthermore, at the expanded state

Si particles could be pressed against each other,

inducing highly undesirable damage in the SEI.

Finally, open pores not filled with any electrolyte

decomposition products are needed for the rap-

id transport of Li ions within the electrode. Too

large a pore volume, however, will lead to a de-

crease in the volumetric capacity of the anode.

Because the considerations discussed abovemake

it difficult to precisely predict the minimum pore

volume, we performed additional experiments to

intentionally densify our electrodes. We noticed

that when the electrode density was increased

to ~0.75 g/cm3 (and the total pore volume equal

to 2.7 times the volume occupied by Si particles),

the electrodes showed noticeably worse perform-

ance (fig. S6). Therefore, we estimate that the ide-

al pore volume should be somewhere between

three and six times the volume of Si component

of the electrode, provided that the binder has

properties similar to that of alginate or CMC.

Because both CMC and alginate exhibit sim-

ilar mechanical properties (Fig. 1, C and D, and

fig. S1, A and B) and show no interaction with

electrolyte, we conclude that the differences in

their chemical properties explain the considerable

difference in their performance in Si electrodes of

similar porosity levels (Fig. 3B). In alginate, car-

boxylic groups are naturally present and evenly

distributed in the polymer chain, whereas in

CMC they are synthetically induced and their

Fig. 4. Stability of the SEI layer in an alginate-based Si anode. (A to C) XPS spectra on the anode surface before and after cycling in the potential range 0.01to 1 V versus Li/Li+. No major changes in the chemistry of the SEI of the anode cycled for 10 or 200 cycles are visible.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org78

REPORTS

Page 79: Science - 07 October 2011

distribution is random, where some monomeric

units may have more than one carboxylic group

and other have none. The higher concentration

and a more uniform distribution of the carboxylic

groups along the chain in alginate (Fig. 1A) could

be responsible for the better transport of Li ions

in the vicinity of Si particles, more uniform

coverage, and more efficient assistance in the

formation of a stable SEI layer on the Si surface

(Fig. 4). Alginate macromolecules are also much

more polar than the CMC polymer chains, which

can ensure better interfacial interaction between

the polymer binder and the particles, as well as

stronger adhesion between the electrode layer

and Cu substrate. This large difference in chem-

istry of CMC and alginate results in major dif-

ferences in their behavior. For example, the

alginate solution in water has dramatically higher

viscosity than CMC (fig. S7). This high viscosity

prevents Si particles from sedimentation and

aggregation during the electrode formation, as

water is evaporating, resulting in high slurry

uniformity. This uniformity is known to be crit-

ical for obtaining uniform distribution of active

materials within the anode needed for the long-

term electrode stability. Alginate solution also

exhibits a much higher degree of shear-thinning

behavior (fig. S8), which offers an opportunity to

lower a slurry viscosity needed for fast homog-

enization by increasing the mixing rate and an

opportunity to increase a slurry viscosity for po-

rosity and uniformity control during the electrode

formation by lowering the mixing rate. To achieve

viscosity comparable to alginate solutions, sub-

stantially higher CMC content is needed. Sim-

ilarly, to get a remotely comparable performance

with a CMC binder, one needs to increase the

binder:Si ratio by a factor of 4 (1, 13). The high

binder content decreases the electrical conductiv-

ity of the electrode and necessitates the use of a

higher content of the conductive carbon additives

(increasing the C:Si ratio by a factor of 3) (1),

which inevitably lowers the electrode specific

capacity.

To further characterize the behavior of the

alginate-based electrode, we performed cyclic

voltammetry experiments. The differential capac-

ity curves show one broad Li insertion (cathodic)

peak at ~0.21 V and two Li extraction (anodic)

peaks at 0.33 and 0.51 V (Fig. 3D). The origin of

the potential difference between the correspond-

ing peaks in the cathodic and anodic directions is

commonly modeled by a thermodynamic (rate-

independent) hysteresis (30). The first 0.33-V

anodic peak is not always observed. In some Si-C

nanocomposite particles, for example, only one

Li extraction peak at ~0.5 V appears (6). There-

fore, the 0.33-V peak could be related to the

surface properties of Si. A small Li-extraction

peak observed at ~0.17 V corresponds to Li dein-

tercalation from C additives. The five cyclic vol-

tammetry cycles (Fig. 3D) demonstrate high

reproducibility, indicative of good anode stability.

The shapes of the galvanostatic Li insertion

and extraction profiles for the produced Si anodes

(Fig. 3C and fig. S4B) are similar to the profiles

previously reported in literature for other Si elec-

trodes (6, 9, 13). In contrast to intercalation-type

electrode materials, these profiles do not exhibit

strictly horizontal plateaus and cover a larger

potential range. The Li-extraction profiles be-

comemore horizontal and exhibit slightly smaller

overpotential with cycling (fig. S4B), suggesting

a gradual improvement in the discharge kinet-

ics (20). The current-dependent overpotential in-

creases the Li-extraction potential when current

density is increased from 140 to 4200 mA/g (20)

(Fig. 3C). By comparing the Li-extraction ca-

pacities achieved at different current densities

(Fig. 3C), we can conclude that these electrodes

possess moderate rate capability, inferior to that

achieved in Si-C composite anodes with hierar-

chical porosity (6) or in nanowires (5, 10). The

advantage of this traditional battery technology,

however, is higher volumetric capacity, higher

CE, and compatibility with existing manufacturing

techniques. Further electrode optimization and

introduction of additional pores is expected to

substantially increase the rate performance, be-

cause the diffusion of Li into or out of Si nano-

particles can be achieved within minutes (20).

In addition to improving performance of Si

anodes, the alginate properties may provide ad-

vantages to other electrodes, such as traditional

graphitic anodes. For example, replacing PVDF

with lower-cost, environmentally friendly algi-

nate was found to improve the first-cycle CE and

cycle stability (fig. S9).

References and Notes1. J. S. Bridel, T. Azais, M. Morcrette, J. M. Tarascon,

D. Larcher, Chem. Mater. 22, 1229 (2010).

2. L. Fransson, T. Eriksson, K. Edstrom, T. Gustafsson,

J. O. Thomas, J. Power Sources 101, 1 (2001).

3. S. S. Zhang, T. R. Jow, J. Power Sources 109, 422 (2002).

4. D. Guy, B. Lestriez, D. Guyomard, Adv. Mater. 16, 553 (2004).

5. C. K. Chan et al., Nat. Nanotechnol. 3, 31 (2008).

6. A. Magasinski et al., Nat. Mater. 9, 353 (2010).

7. K. Kang et al., Appl. Phys. Lett. 96, 053110 (2010).

8. B. Hertzberg, A. Alexeev, G. Yushin, J. Am. Chem. Soc.

132, 8548 (2010).

9. D. Mazouzi, B. Lestriez, L. Roue, D. Guyomard,

Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 12, A215 (2009).

10. H. Kim, J. Cho, Nano Lett. 8, 3688 (2008).

11. M. H. Park et al., Nano Lett. 9, 3844 (2009).

12. A. Magasinski et al., ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 2, 3004

(2010).

13. S. D. Beattie, D. Larcher, M. Morcrette, B. Simon,

J. M. Tarascon, J. Electrochem. Soc. 155, A158 (2008).

14. O. Smidsrod, K. I. Draget, Carbohydr. Eur. 14, 6

(1996).

15. A. J. de Kerchove, M. Elimelech, Biomacromolecules 8,

113 (2007).

16. K. I. Draget, G. Skjåk-Braek, O. Smidsrød, Int. J. Biol.

Macromol. 21, 47 (1997).

17. J. Li, R. B. Lewis, J. R. Dahn, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett.

10, A17 (2007).

18. T. A. Fenoradosoa et al., J. Appl. Phycol. 22, 131 (2010).

19. S. K. Papageorgiou et al., Carbohydr. Res. 345, 469 (2010).

20. R. Chandrasekaran, A. Magasinski, G. Yushin, T. F. Fuller,

J. Electrochem. Soc. 157, A1139 (2010).

21. M. N. Obrovac, L. Christensen, Electrochem. Solid-State

Lett. 7, A93 (2004).

22. E. Peled, D. Golodnitsky, G. Ardel, V. Eshkenazy,

Electrochim. Acta 40, 2197 (1995).

23. D. Aurbach, J. Power Sources 89, 206 (2000).

24. J. B. Goodenough, Y. Kim, Chem. Mater. 22, 587 (2010).

25. Z. Gadjourova, Y. G. Andreev, D. P. Tunstall, P. G. Bruce,

Nature 412, 520 (2001).

26. S. Ohara, J. Suzuki, K. Sekine, T. Takamura, J. Power

Sources 136, 303 (2004).

27. J. W. Choi et al., Nano Lett. 10, 1409 (2010).

28. L. El Ouatani et al., J. Power Sources 189, 72 (2009).

29. J. C. Guo, C. S. Wang, Chem. Commun. 46, 1428 (2010).

30. M. D. Levi, D. Aurbach, J. Phys. Chem. B 101, 4630

(1997).

Acknowledgments: This work was partially supported by

Georgia Institute of Technology, Honda Initiation Grant,

Clemson Univ., and NASA grant NNX09CD29P. Patent

application PCT US 113507 has been filed.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1209150/DC1

Material and Methods

Figs. S1 to S9

31 May 2011; accepted 19 August 2011

Published online 8 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1209150

A Self-Quenched Defect Glassin a Colloid-Nematic LiquidCrystal CompositeT. A. Wood, J. S. Lintuvuori, A. B. Schofield, D. Marenduzzo, W. C. K. Poon*

Colloidal particles immersed in liquid crystals frustrate orientational order. This generates defectlines known as disclinations. At the core of these defects, the orientational order drops sharply.We have discovered a class of soft solids, with shear moduli up to 104 pascals, containing highconcentrations of colloidal particles (volume fraction f ≳ 20%) directly dispersed into a nematicliquid crystal. Confocal microscopy and computer simulations show that the mechanical strengthderives from a percolated network of defect lines entangled with the particles in three dimensions.Such a “self-quenched glass” of defect lines and particles can be considered a self-organizedanalog of the “vortex glass” state in type II superconductors.

In a typical colloidal suspension, particles are

dispersed in a simple, isotropic liquid that

acts as a passive, homogeneous background

medium. But it is also possible to disperse par-

ticles in a liquid that itself has complex proper-

ties. For example, particles in a demixing binary

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 79

REPORTS

Page 80: Science - 07 October 2011

liquid mixture may gather at and arrest the bi-

continuous interface separating the two phases

(1). Another class of dispersions with complex

suspending media is particles in liquid crystals

(LCs) (2, 3), in which upon cooling, the dis-

persingmedium can undergo a succession of phase

transitions from an isotropic liquid to a nematic

or other ordered mesophase (4). The competition

between ordering in the bulk of a mesophase and

on the surface of particles gives rise to the pos-

sibility of new microstructures and functions,

e.g., as biosensors (5, 6), but also to barriers

against dispersing the particles in the first place.

The latter feature means that, to date, there have

been few successful attempts at dispersing high

concentrations of particles into LCs. But analogy

with dispersions in simple liquids suggests that

constructing a colloid-LC composite at high par-

ticle volume fraction, f, may pay rich dividends

both in terms of applications (for instance, better

mechanical stability) and fundamental science

(for example, understanding glassy arrest).

We have synthesized a soft solid (Fig. 1) by

dispersing a high concentration (f ≤ 50%) of

particles directly into a nematic LC. This con-

trasts with the majority of previous work where

f→ 0, and the particles were initially dispersed

into the isotropic phase. Computer simulations

show that the rigidity (Fig. 2) of our new colloid-

LC gel (Fig. 3) is due to particle-entangled defect

lines percolating in three dimensions (Fig. 4).

Rigidity is important because LCs are increas-

ingly being used as biomedical sensors (7), for

which materials able to support their own weight

(5) and the weight of embedded living cells (6)

are needed. Our findings are also of fundamental

interest to a larger audience interested in in-

teracting line defects, from LCs in porous media

(8) through vortices in superconductors (9) to

cosmic strings (10).

In a (thermotropic) nematic LC, the aniso-

tropic molecules align, on average, along a di-

rector, n. The physics of single particles in

nematic LCs is reasonably well known in broad

outline only in the f → 0 limit (11). A particle

(radius a) anchors the LC molecules to its sur-

face, either in parallel or perpendicularly (ho-

meotropic), with energy ∼Wa2 (where W is the

anchoring strength), giving rise to an inhomog-

eneous director field n(r) and stored elastic en-

ergy ∼Ka (where K is an average Frank elastic

constant). For weak anchoring, Wa/K << 1, n(r)

is continuous. AsWa/K increases, topological sin-

gularities appear: first, an equatorial ring on the

particle surface, and then a ring away from the

surface (a “Saturn ring”), either of which gener-

ates an n(r) with quadrupolar symmetry. But at

the highest value ofWa/K, a defect pattern with a

totally different (dipolar) symmetry appears.

Although the conditions under which these

defects occur are still open to debate (12), it is

clear that the elastic distortion associated with

any of these defects around a particle induces an

anisotropic interparticle attraction. In a confined,

two-dimensional (2D) environment where the ne-

matic LC is aligned parallel to the confining

planes (a 2D planar nematic cell), such elasticity-

mediated interparticle interaction gives rise to

straight chains (for dipoles) (2) and zigzag lines

(for Saturn rings) (13) when f is vanishingly small

(f→ 0). In these multiparticle structures, the de-

fect around each particle retains its individual

character. Recent simulations and experiments

(14–16) have revealed that multiparticle struc-

tures can also form when particle-mediated de-

fects become entangled. Again, in a 2D planar

nematic cell, different entangled-defect configu-

rations around particles can give rise to various

multiparticle clusters (chains, etc.), as well as 2D

crystals (13). A simulation study (15) of 3D self-

assembly of particles in a nematic LC at finite f

ð≲8%Þ showed a more or less random dispersion

of planar clusters.

Experimental study of such defect-mediated

colloidal self-assembly is challenging for kinet-

ic reasons. The calculated phase diagram of a

colloid-LC mixture (17) shows that below the

isotropic-nematic transition temperature (TIN), a

practically particle-free nematic phase should co-

exist with particles at f ≈ 64%. Thus, we expect

all space-filling defect-mediated particle struc-

tures to bemetastable. Simply quenching a particle-

laden isotropic LC below TIN in the bulk does not

produce such structures. Instead, particles are

swept along by fast nematic-isotropic fronts and

Scottish Universities Physics Alliance and School of Physicsand Astronomy, The University of Edinburgh, James ClerkMaxwell Building, Kings Buildings, Mayfield Road, Edinburgh,EH9 3JZ, UK.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

Fig. 1. (A) A quadrupolarbirefringencepatternarounda 2-mm-diameter particlein a uniformly aligned ne-matic cell. (B) A colloid-nematic composite at f =49% can be sculpted as asolid at room temperature.(C) The sculpture melts atthe isotropic-nematic tran-sition temperature. Scalebars, 1 cm.

A B C

Fig. 2. (A) Measured storage (G′, black circles) and loss (G′′, open circles)moduli as a function of strain amplitude (g) at f = 28%. (B) Maximum storagemodulus as a function of volume fraction f. Particle diameters are 0.7 mm(black squares), 1.2 mm (red circles), and 2.0 mm (blue triangles); the line is aguide for the eye. (C) Storage and loss moduli measured before and after a

f = 28% sample is sheared at 200 s−1 for 150 s, with the shear history shownby the continuous line. (D) Plot of G′(Δt)* = [G′max − G′(Δt)]/(G′max − G′0),versus the time elapsed (Δt ) since the cessation of shear. Here, G′max is themaximum modulus attained during our experimental period, and G′0 is themodulus at Δt = 0.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org80

REPORTS

Page 81: Science - 07 October 2011

eventually become trapped between nematic do-

mains, giving rise to a cellular solid (17). (A bulk

simulation that is smaller than the size of a typical

nematic domain does not face this constraint.) In

2D experiments (16), well-defined boundary con-

ditions (hence, the planar nematic cell) and local

laser preheating are necessary to observe defect-

entangled particle clusters.

We generated extended defect-mediated par-

ticle structures by dispersing sterically stabilized

polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) particles (2a =

0.7, 1.2, 2 mm) directly into the bulk nematic

phase of 4-cyanobiphenyl (5CB) (TIN = 35.2°C)

in untreated 2-cm3 sample bottles at room tem-

perature (≈19°C). (Note that, as in other similar

systems (17), no measurable shift in TIN due to

particle dispersion was found.) The core of the

particles includes the dye 7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-

diazolemethylmethacrylate chemically linked to

the PMMA polymer. Polarized optical micros-

copy shows that single particles are surrounded

by a quadrupolar director field (Fig. 1A), con-

sistent with either a surface or Saturn-ring de-

fect. From this, we estimate an upper bound for

our anchoring strength: A quadrupolar director

field should only occur if Wa=K ≲ 25 for par-

ticles in 5CB (11).

Attempts to disperse dried PMMA particles

into nematic 5CB by hand-shaking failed; large

clumps of undispersed particles, presumably held

together by entangled defects, sedimented. Our

simulations suggest that it takes ∼102kBT (kB, the

Boltzmann constant; T, temperature) to break

such clumps. We used vigorous mechanical agi-

tation on a “whirly mixer” to input this energy

and produce well-dispersed samples. We estimate

that our shaking induces maximum velocities

on the order of v ∼ 10−2 m s−1, and the viscosity

of 5CB at room temperature is h ≈ 20mPa s–1 (18),

so that a typical force at the particle level is F ∼

hva ∼ 200 pN. The work done by this force over

a distance on the order of a disclination core, lc ∼

5 nm (19), is Flc ∼ 200kBT, consistent with our

estimate of the energy barrier for dispersion.

Here, we focus on samples with f ≳ 5%.

Macroscopically, none of our samples sedimented

over long times (up to many months); that is,

particles remain dispersed throughout the whole

volume of the LC. All samples were solid enough

to be scooped out of their vials. Within the range

5% ≲ f ≲ 20%, samples had a “curdlike” ap-

pearance. As f increased above 8%, larger ag-

gregates became visible within the curdlike sample,

and the aggregate size increased with volume

fraction until the samples adopted a homoge-

neous appearance at f ≈ 23%. At the highest

concentrations reached, f ≳ 50%, samples were

found to be highlymalleable. A sculpture molded

by a metal spatula is shown in Fig. 1B. When

heated to above TIN, this sculpture melted into a

liquid (Fig. 1C), demonstrating that the rigidity is

provided by the nematic order.

We probed the mechanical properties of these

arrested states using oscillatory rheometry in a

cone-plate stress-controlled rheometer (TA In-

struments, New Castle, DE, AR2000; 40 mm, 1°

cone) at a frequency of 1 Hz. The cone and plate

presented rough boundary conditions and home-

otropic anchoring to the LC molecules. All

samples with f ≳ 5% exhibited solidlike re-

sponses at low strain amplitudes (g) with plateaus

in both the storage (G′) and loss (G′′) moduli

that are g-independent. The plateau moduli sat-

isfy G′′

max=G′

max ≲ 0:5; the behavior of the sam-

ple shown in Fig. 2A is typical. At f ≲ 10%, the

plateau storage modulus (G′max) is essentially

constant (Fig. 2B), staying at G′

max ¼ G0 ≲ 102

Pa. Beyond f ≈ 10%, G′max(f) increases rapidly

with f, with a functional form that is consistent

with G′max(f) – G0 ∼ (f – fc)n with n = 2.5 T 0.5

and fc = 0.12 T 0.01; data for three different

particle sizes collapse onto the same curve.

As the strain amplitude increases, both G′

andG′′ begin to drop, with the former dropping

faster than the latter so that they eventually cross.

Again, the behavior shown in Fig. 2A is typical.

The crossing may be taken as the point at which

a solidlike (G′ > G′′) colloid-nematic composite

yields into a liquidlike state (G′ < G′′). It was dif-

ficult to obtain reliable values of the yield strain

(gc) at low f. Above f ∼ 0.1, gc settles down to

valueswell below1% (Fig. 2A), reaching gc≈ 0.2%

at f ≈ 60%.

We also used rheometry to probe the kinetics

of network formation. We shear-melted the gel

structure at a steady shear rate of 200 s−1, then

switched off the steady shear and monitored

the recovery of G′ and G′′ as a function of time

(Fig. 2C). Plotting G′(t) against the logarithm of

elapsed time since the cessation of shear (Fig.

2D) shows a two-staged recovery of solidlike

behavior. Half of the recovery is fast, complete in

∼10 s, then the process dramatically slows down,

with the rest of the recovery not complete for

another ∼103 s. Both stages of the recovery, es-

pecially the much slower second stage, are linear

in this representation.

The rheology data in Fig. 2B suggest that

there are two regimes of gel behavior: below and

above f ≈ 15%. To make sense of these two re-

gimes, we turn to confocalmicroscopy (performed

with the use of a Nikon TE300 inverted micro-

scope and a BioRad Radiance 2100 scanner at an

incident wavelength of 488 nm). The thickness of

the sample was ∼100 mm. Due to turbidity, we

could only image ∼10 mm into each sample.

We show images typical of the two regimes,

5% f ≲ 10% and f ≳ 20%; respectively. A sam-

ple at f = 6% shows disconnected clusters of

particles (Fig. 3A). These clusters do not show

any visible thermal fluctuations (Brownian mo-

tion). On the other hand, the sample at f = 33%

shows a connected particle structure (Fig. 3B).

This qualitative change in the microstructure

presumably lies behind the change from approx-

imately constant G′ to a regime in which G′ in-

creases strongly with f.

To understand this transition from single clus-

ters to a space-filling network, we need to know

how the defect lines interact with the particles.

We performed extensive simulations of the be-

havior of defect lines interacting with multiple

particles (radius a) in a 3D box of volume (12a)3

with periodic boundary conditions [see supporting

onlinematerial (SOM) for all algorithmic details].

We used a Landau-de Gennes model (4) at two

anchoring strengths, Wa/K ≈ 15 and 30, brack-

eting our estimate of the upper bound of the

anchoring strength in our systemWa/K≲ 25. We

also studied a range of finite particle volume

fractions: 3% < f < 30%. Particles move ac-

cording to a molecular-dynamics algorithm de-

fined on the basis of the elastic forces calculated

by integrating the LC stress tensor over their

surfaces. Thermal noise is also included, although

elastic forces dominate. The LC order parameter

relaxes to minimize the Landau-de Gennes free

energy, which consists of: (i) a bulk term favor-

ing nematic ordering in the bulk; (ii) a distortion

term penalizing splay, twist, and bend defor-

mations in n(r); and (iii) an anchoring energy

that favors normal anchoring of n at the particle

surface. The time scale of the relaxational dy-

namics is given by the rotational viscosity of the

LC. We typically started simulations from an

isotropic configuration quenched to the nematic

phase. We identify defect lines as regions where

the order parameter drops below 60% of its max-

imum bulk value.

The size of particle clusters that are entan-

gled by a single defect line increases with f. We

A B

Fig. 3. (A) Confocal micrograph at f = 6%: Colloids aggregate in loosely connected clusters within largeexpanses of a nematic LC. (B) At f = 33%, the colloid structure is densely knitted around small nematicdomains. Scale bars, 20 mm.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 81

REPORTS

Page 82: Science - 07 October 2011

quantify this by plotting the volume of defect

lines associated with the largest defect-entangled,

system-spanning cluster (normalized by the total

defect volume) as a function of f (Fig. 4A). At

low volume fractions, f ≲ 5%, we see some iso-

lated particles supporting Saturn-ring defects.

Even at such f, the Saturn-ring defects on neigh-

boring particles can already merge to form en-

tangled point defects, giving rise to clusters of a

few particles, some of which can be linear or

planar (see Fig. 4B for an example). In the steady-

state configuration, clusters interact and hold each

other in place through long-range elastic dis-

tortions in the LC. This is confirmed by an inverse

quench into the isotropic phase, which releases

elastic forces and quickly leads to the dissolution

of the clusters.

A fully percolated defect structure emerges at

f ≈ 15 to 20% (Fig. 4C, see also fig. S3 for

versions with the particles removed). Interesting-

ly, the volume fraction at which this occurs does

not depend much on anchoring strength for the

range we simulated. What is crucial is the nature

of the anchoring: We find that entangled defect

structures are not observed with planar anchoring

of the LC at particle surfaces.

These simulations throw light on our bulk

observations, rheological measurements, and mi-

croscopy images. First, our simulations allow us

to estimate typical energy barriers between states.

In particular, we find that an energy on the order

of 102 to 103kBT is needed to form a dimer held

together by a defect line starting from separated

colloidal particles (see SOM). This is consistent

with our earlier estimate of an input of ≳ 102kBT

in vigorous shaking to mix particles into nematic

5CB to prepare our samples.

Visually, both confocal microscopy and sim-

ulations find two aggregation regimes: isolated

clusters (Figs. 3A and 4B) and space-spanning

clusters (Figs. 3B and 4C). Our simulations sug-

gest that these clusters are held together by en-

tangled defects. In the simulations, the isolated

clusters at low f hold each other in place by the

elastic interaction mediated by the LC, which we

take to be the origins of the finite storage mod-

ulus, G′0 ∼ 102 Pa, in our samples at f ≲ 10%

(Fig. 2B). The curdlike appearance of our sam-

ples in the range 5% ≲ f ≲ 20% is presumably

due to the presence of large clusters of this kind.

We associate the sharp change in rheological

properties observed at f ≳ 20% (Fig. 2B) with

the emergence of a system-spanning cluster held

together by percolated defect lines seen in simu-

lations at around the same particle concentration

(Fig. 4A). It has been known for some time that a

dense network of defect lines in a nematic LC

displays considerable elasticity (20), but without

permanent pinning centers, this elasticity decays

in a matter of days. In our case, the percolated

network pins the defects, and the elasticity lasts

indefinitely (years).

Quantitatively, we find that the measured

storage modulus for all particle sizes is given by

G′

maxðfÞ ≈ G′

0 þ Gðf − fcÞv ð1Þ

with the prefactor G ≈ 105Pa ≈ K=l2c [whenK ∼

10−11 N (21)]. A full theory for this behavior is

not yet available, but the relevant physics is

reasonably clear. First, note that the form of the

f scaling is ubiquitous in percolated systems,

which typically display a nonuniversal elasticity

exponent in the range 1:5 ≲ v ≲ 3:5 (22). Next,

to understand the prefactor, we first recall that

the elasticity of a network of defect lines with

mesh size x can be estimated by K/x2 (23). Thus,

it appears that the scale of elasticity in our system

G is set by defect lines packed at close to maxi-

mum possible density (one per l 2c ). We expect

this to occur in the space between two particles

entangled by disclinations (Fig. 4, B and C). A

geometric argument (see SOM) then suggests

that in a close packed system of defect-entangled

particles (f ≈ 0.64), the scale of the modulus is

indeed set by ∼K=l 2c , independent of particlesize.

Finally, we turn to the kinetics of formation of

our gel. Figure 2C shows that the recovery of the

storage modulus is a two-staged process. Be-

cause our simulations show that this new form of

soft matter is dominated by disclinations, we sug-

gest that the kinetics of the initial, fast process are

controlled by the relaxation of stretched disclina-

tion lines, which is dependent logarithmically on

system size (24). Disclinations in a nematic LC

with properties very similar to 5CB confined to

∼102 mm, which is the order of magnitude of the

gap size in our cone-plate rheometer, relax with a

characteristic time of ∼10 s (24), in good agree-

ment with the location of the cross-over to a

second process in our data (Fig. 2D). The latter is

presumably due to the much slower relaxation of

entangled disclination line in a disordered particle

environment (8). It is known that the motion of

defects in systems where they can be pinned into

favorable metastable configurations by frozen-in

disorder generically gives rise to kinetics with

log(t) scaling (25). More interestingly, dynamics

controlled by log(t) were also found in amodel of

a self-quenched glass (26).

Particles can also organize defects in 3D in

other LC mesophases; for example, in a choles-

teric, particles can act as nodes in a network of

disclinations, even at f → 0 (23). But in the ne-

matic, which is the least ordered of all meso-

phases, we never observed isolated clusters linked

by long defect lines in our simulations. Arrested

states due to 3D entangled defects associated

with particles in other mesophases remain to be

discovered and characterized. Our entangled-

defect colloidal gel (Fig. 1A) should also be care-

fully distinguished from the kind of foamlike soft

solids previously made by quenching a disper-

sion of PMMA particles in the isotropic phase of

5CB to below TIN (17). The latter relies on totally

different physics: particles being jammed at (and

therefore stabilizing) the interfaces between ne-

matic domains, and a near analog being the

“bijel” (1, 27) (though the fact that the relevant

order parameters are nonconserved and conserved,

respectively, in LCs and binary liquids imposes

interesting differences).

To summarize, we have dispersed hard-

sphere colloids in thermotropic liquid crystals

over a wide range of volume fractions. We find

that beyond some critical volume fractions, fc ≈

12%, the elasticity of the samples increases rap-

idly, and the storage modulus exhibits power-law

behavior G′ ∼ (f – fc)2.5 . At high f, the mate-

rial yields at a strain of ∼0.1%. Simulations sug-

gest that we have prepared a defect-entangled

gel in which the rigidity is due to a percolating

network of disclination lines entangled with the

particles.

Our material has conceptual similarities with

vortex glasses in type II superconductors (9),

where preexisting, static impurities pin vortex

lines. Liquid crystals in random porous media (8)

form a “soft matter analog” of such vortex glasses.

However, in our case, the particles (pinning cen-

ters) generate the defects, and the collective mo-

tion of the defects and particles spontaneously

organize each other into a jammed percolating

network. Such a self-quenched glass of line de-

fects, where the dynamical arrest does not orig-

inate from any intrinsic (quenched) disorder but

arises from geometric constraints on the coupled

motions of the interacting particle-disclination sys-

tem (28), invites comparison with more tradition-

al self-quenched glasses (29), especially structural

Fig. 4. (A) Fraction of percolated defects as a function of the colloid-packing fraction from simulations:weak homeotropic anchoring (blue circles), Wa/K ≈ 15; strong homeotropic anchoring (red squares),Wa/K ≈ 30; and planar anchoring (green triangles). The dotted lines denote a typical uncertainty (TSD).(B) Snapshot of a configuration with a nonpercolated defect line at f = 4%. (C) Snapshot of a con-figuration with percolated defect lines at f = 16%. In the snapshots, blue ribbons are defects, andoranges spheres are particles.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org82

REPORTS

Page 83: Science - 07 October 2011

glasses of various kinds. Finally, we note that the

very slow log(t) long-time aging of the storage

modulus is reminiscent of similar stretched dy-

namics in systems with quenched (9) or self-

induced (26, 28) disorder.

References and Notes1. E. M. Herzig, K. A. White, A. B. Schofield, W. C. K. Poon,

P. S. Clegg, Nat. Mater. 6, 966 (2007).

2. P. Poulin, H. Stark, T. C. Lubensky, D. A. Weitz, Science

275, 1770 (1997).

3. U. Tkalec, M. Ravnik, S. Čopar, S. Žumer, I. Muševič,

Science 333, 62 (2011).

4. P. G. de Gennes, J. Prost, The Physics of Liquid Crystals

(Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 1995).

5. S. K. Pal, A. Agarwal, N. L. Abbott, Small 5, 2589

(2009).

6. A. Agarwal, E. Huang, S. Palecek, N. L. Abbott,

Adv. Mater. 20, 4804 (2008).

7. S. J. Woltman, G. D. Jay, G. P. Crawford, Nat. Mater. 6,

929 (2007).

8. T. Araki, M. Buscaglia, T. Bellini, H. Tanaka, Nat. Mater.

10, 303 (2011).

9. E. H. Brandt, Rep. Prog. Phys. 58, 1465 (1995).

10. M. J. Bowick, L. Chandar, E. A. Schiff, A. M. Srivastava,

Science 263, 943 (1994).

11. H. Stark, Phys. Rep. 351, 387 (2001).

12. R. W. Ruhwandl, E. M. Terentjev, Phys. Rev. E 55, 2958

(1997).

13. I. Muševič, M. Škarabot, Soft Matter 4, 195 (2008).

14. O. Guzmán, E. B. Kim, S. Grollau, N. L. Abbott,

J. J. de Pablo, Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 235507 (2003).

15. T. Araki, H. Tanaka, Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 127801

(2006).

16. M. Ravnik et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 247801 (2007).

17. V. J. Anderson, E. M. Terentjev, S. P. Meeker, J. Crain,

W. C. K. Poon, Eur. Phys. J. E 4, 11 (2001).

18. A. G. Chmielewski, E. Lepakiewicz, Rheol. Acta 23, 207

(1984).

19. A. Mertelj, M. Čopič, Phys. Rev. E 69, 021711 (2004).

20. L. M. Walker, N. J. Wagner, R. G. Larson, P. A. Mirau,

P. Moldenaers, J. Rheol. 39, 925 (1995).

21. J. D. Bunning, T. E. Faber, P. L. Sherrell, J. Phys. 42,

1175 (1981).

22. L. Benguigui, Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2028 (1984).

23. M. Zapotocky, L. Ramos, P. Poulin, T. C. Lubensky,

D. A. Weitz, Science 283, 209 (1999).

24. N. Osterman, J. Kotar, E. M. Terentjev, P. Cicuta,

Phys. Rev. E 81, 061701 (2010).

25. A. J. Bray, Adv. Phys. 43, 357 (1994).

26. J. Török, S. Krishnamurthy, J. Kertész, S. Roux,

Eur. Phys. J. B 18, 697 (2000).

27. K. Stratford, R. Adhikari, I. Pagonabarraga, J.-C. Desplat,

M. E. Cates, Science 309, 2198 (2005).

28. L. F. Cugliandolo, J. Kurchan, R. Monasson, G. Parisi,

J. Phys. A 29, 1347 (1996).

29. L. Berthier, G. Biroli, Rev. Mod. Phys. 83, 587 (2011).

Acknowledgments: The work was funded by Engineering

and Physical Sciences Research Council grants

EP/D071070/1 and EP/E030173/1. We thank R. Besseling

and M. Cates for illuminating discussions.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/79/DC1

Materials and Methods

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S4

References (30–38)

17 June 2011; accepted 24 August 2011

10.1126/science.1209997

Adaptation to Climate Across theArabidopsis thaliana GenomeAngela M. Hancock,1 Benjamin Brachi,2 Nathalie Faure,2 Matthew W. Horton,1

Lucien B. Jarymowycz,1 F. Gianluca Sperone,1 Chris Toomajian,3 Fabrice Roux,2 Joy Bergelson1*

Understanding the genetic bases and modes of adaptation to current climatic conditions is essentialto accurately predict responses to future environmental change. We conducted a genome-wide scanto identify climate-adaptive genetic loci and pathways in the plant Arabidopsis thaliana. Aminoacid–changing variants were significantly enriched among the loci strongly correlated with climate,suggesting that our scan effectively detects adaptive alleles. Moreover, from our results, we successfullypredicted relative fitness among a set of geographically diverse A. thaliana accessions when growntogether in a common environment. Our results provide a set of candidates for dissecting the molecularbases of climate adaptations, as well as insights about the prevalence of selective sweeps, which hasimplications for predicting the rate of adaptation.

Climate change has already led to altered

distributions of species, phenotypic vari-

ation, and allele frequencies (1–5), and

the impact of changing climates is expected to

intensify. The capacity to respond to changing

climate is likely to vary widely as a consequence

of variation among species in their degree of

phenotypic plasticity and their potential for ge-

netic adaptation (6), which in turn depends on the

amount of standing genetic variation and the rate

at which new genetic variation arises.Arabidopsis

thaliana is an excellent model for investigating

the genetic basis and mode of adaptation to cli-

mate owing to the extensive climatic variation

across its native range, as well as the availability

of genome-wide single-nucleotide polymorphism

(SNP) data among a geographically diverse col-

lection. We examined the correlations between

107ecologically important phenotypes inA. thaliana

(7) and 13 climate variables that represent extremes

and seasonality of temperature and precipitation,

photosynthetically active radiation (PAR), rela-

tive humidity, season lengths, and aridity (figs. S1

to S4). We observed strong correlations between

1Department of Ecology and Evolution, University of Chicago,1101 East 57th Street, Chicago, IL 60637, USA. 2LaboratoireGénétique et Evolution des Populations Végétales, FRE CNRS3268, Université des Sciences et Technologies de Lille 1,Villeneuve d'Ascq, France. 3Department of Plant Pathology,Kansas State University, Manhattan, KS 66502, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

Fig. 1. Enrichment of aminoacid–changing SNPs (red), syn-onymous SNPs (green), and in-tergenic SNPs (yellow) in the1% tails of the distributions for(A) climate overall (using a rankstatistic based on the minimumrank across climate variables) and(B) for each individual climatevariable. Enrichments shown arerelative to the proportion of eachclass of SNPs in the genomeoverall. Gray dots show the dis-tribution of results of 1000 per-mutations. The gray line showsthe expected enrichment underthe null hypothesis of no en-richment. Enrichments that aresignificant relative to permuta-tions are denoted by asterisks.

clim

ate

over

all

0.4

0.6

0.8

11.

21.

41.

6F

old

En

rich

men

t

A B

arid

ity

prec

ipita

tion

wet

test

mon

th

prec

ipita

tionn

drie

st m

onth

prec

ipita

tion

seas

onal

ity

tem

pera

ture

seas

onal

ity

tem

pera

ture

war

mes

t mon

th

tem

pera

ture

cold

est m

onth

num

ber

offr

ost−

free

day

s

num

ber

ofco

ld d

ays

grow

ing

seas

on le

ngth

phot

osyn

thet

ical

lyac

tive

radi

atio

n

rela

tive

hum

idity

dayl

engt

h

0.4

0.60.

81

1.2

1.41.

6F

old

En

rich

men

t

** ** * ** ** * ** ** * *** * * * * * **

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 83

REPORTS

Page 84: Science - 07 October 2011

day length and phenotypes related to de-

velopment time and flowering, supporting the

observation that flowering time in the field is

modulated by complex environmental cues that

are difficult to simulate under controlled growth

conditions (8–10). Correlations were also found

between leaf yellowing (chlorosis) and temper-

ature (11), as well as between dormancy-related

traits and those related to temperature and mois-

ture (12), consistent with the role for both ver-

nalization and moisture in breaking dormancy.

These results provide evidence for a genetic basis

for climate adaptations in A. thaliana.

We conducted genome-wide scans to detect

climate associations for ~215,000 SNPs geno-

typed across 948 A. thaliana accessions distrib-

uted throughout the native range of the species

(fig. S5) (13). Because we cannot be certain that

our model completely accounts for the effects of

population history (13), we tested whether our

results detect true signals of adaptations by as-

sessing enrichment of likely functional [i.e., non-

synonymous (NS)] variants relative to putative

neutrally evolving [i.e., synonymous (S) and in-

tergenic] variants in the 1% tail of the combined

climate correlation distributions (14). We found

that intergenic SNPs show deficits and NS SNPs

show strong and significant enrichments in the

tail relative to their proportions in the genome as

a whole for climate overall (Fig. 1A), as well as

for all but 1 of the 13 individual climate variables

(precipitation seasonality; Fig. 1B). The pattern

was similar when we controlled for allele fre-

quency but contrasts sharply to climate correla-

tions that did not control for population history

(13) (fig. S6).

Notably, for climate overall and for many

individual variables, S variants are also signifi-

cantly enriched in the tail (Fig. 1). The tendency

toward enrichment of S variants is expected be-

cause of linkage disequilibrium under neutral pro-

cesses but may be intensified by background

selection (15) and/or hitchhiking (16). NS SNPs

were slightly enriched relative to S SNPs (ratio of

NS to S = 1.146, P = 0.036) for climate overall.

In addition, precipitation in the wettest and driest

months, relative humidity, length of the growing

season, and PARwere enriched for NS relative to

S variants (ratios ranging from 1.137 to 1.361

and P values ranging from 0.025 to 1 × 10−4).

Given that we do not have data for all individual

SNPs, but rather use SNPs to represent variation

in the genome, these results are surprisingly

strong.

We examined which biological processes are

overrepresented among strong climate correlations,

focusing in particular on climate variables for

which we observed a significant NS-to-S enrich-

ment (Table 1 and table S2). PAR shows the largest

number of enriched categories, including photo-

synthesis, auxin biosynthesis, and gravitropism.

In addition, we found enrichment of processes

related to energy metabolism (i.e., starch metab-

olism and mitochondrial electron transport) with

both precipitation extremes. These links between

energy metabolism and water availability likely

result from variation in photosynthetic capac-

ity across precipitation gradients due to differ-

ences in the proportion of time when stomata are

open (17).

Although pleiotropic gene functions may in-

fluence the rate of adaptation (18, 19), we have

an incomplete understanding of the extent and

magnitude of their effects on adaptation (20). We

find substantial overlap in the 1% tails of climate

variables, with pairwise combinations sharing 0

to 70% of top SNPs (fig. S7), suggesting that

pleiotropy is common among adaptive alleles.

However, some of these results may be due to

correlations among the climate variables them-

selves, rather than pleiotropy per se. Indeed, a

significant positive correlation was observed be-

tween the matrix of pairwise correlation coef-

ficients among climate variables and the matrix

of their proportional overlap of SNPs (Mantel

r2 = 0.59, P = 2 × 10−4). Hence, outliers that are

compared to the variable correlation matrix are

particularly interesting (e.g., fig. S8).

It would be difficult to confirm the candidates

from climate-related genome scans, even if it

were possible to predict climate with absolute

certainty, because of the scale of such tests. We

thus validated our model by reasoning that if we

are observing true signals, then they should be

able to predict the relative fitness of genotypes

grown in a particular climate. We tested our abil-

ity to predict the relative fitness of 147 A. thaliana

accessions planted in the fall in a common garden

in Lille, France (Fig. 2A). In particular, we se-

lected all SNPs in the 0.01% tail of correlations

with any climate variable and pruned this set of

SNPs to include only one per chromosomal re-

gion on the basis of patterns of linkage dis-

equilibrium. We identified alleles that are more

common within a window of climate similar to

Lille’s. Then, we asked whether the count of

these alleles could predict relative fitness, as mea-

sured by total silique length (21) among the

accessions. We created a null distribution by con-

ducting the same analysis on resampled sets of

SNPs. We found a strong and significant corre-

Table 1. Enrichment of biological processes (BPs) in the 1% tail (P < 1 × 10−3) for climate variables withsignificant NS relative to S enrichments.

Biological process Enrichment P value

Photosynthetically active radiation

Maintenance of root meristem identity 31.42 1.0 × 10−5*

Indoleacetic acid biosynthetic process 28.94 1.0 × 10−5*

Cellular response to water deprivation 27.26 6.0 × 10−5*

Regulation of defense response 24.24 2.8 × 10−4

Gynoecium development 22.44 2.0 × 10−5*

Red light signaling pathway 21.62 1.1 × 10−4

Stomatal complex development 21.62 1.1 × 10−4

Cotyledon vascular tissue pattern formation 18.96 5.0 × 10−5*

Positive gravitropism 15.47 1.0 × 10−5*

Cotyledon development 10.34 2.1 × 10−4

Phloem or xylem histogenesis 9.09 3.1 × 10−4

Jasmonic acid mediated signaling pathway 7.57 1.0 × 10−3

Photosynthesis 4.59 1.0 × 10−3

Response to cold 2.98 6.9 × 10−4

Precipitation in the wettest month

Pyridine nucleotide biosynthetic process 17.39 6.8 × 10−4

Base-excision repair 13.59 9.0 × 10−5

Root hair cell tip growth 11.68 1.0 × 10−3

Stomatal complex morphogenesis 11.11 7.4 × 10−4

Starch metabolic process 9.72 1.0 × 10−3

Protein catabolic process 6.42 2.9 × 10−4

Cell division 5.75 3.0 × 10−4

Precipitation in the driest month

Maintenance of root meristem identity 22.85 3.6 × 10−4

Indoleacetic acid biosynthetic process 21.05 1.0 × 10−4

Mitochondrial electron transport, succinate to ubiquinone 20.68 1.0 × 10−3

Length of the growing season

Mitochondrial electron transport, NADH to ubiquinone 24.99 5.0 × 10−4

Base-excision repair 13.59 8.0 × 10−5

Epidermal cell differentiation 13.11 3.0 × 10−4

Embryonic development ending in seed dormancy 2.25 2.2 × 10−4

Relative humidity

Synapsis 12.30 5.0 × 10−4

Regulation of signal transduction 29.99 1.0 × 10−3

*Significance with P < 0.05 with Bonferroni correction across BP categories (P < 6.83 × 10−5).

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org84

REPORTS

Page 85: Science - 07 October 2011

lation between the number of favored alleles and

fitness (Spearman’s rho = 0.48, P= 0.003; Fig. 2,

B and C), demonstrating that our climate scan is

picking up a true signal. As no accessions from

within 100 km of Lille were included in the

analysis, the correlation between relative fitness

and the number of favorable alleles is robust to

home versus away effects. Further, additional

analyses support this conclusion (13).

The geographic extent of climate-correlated

SNPs provides at least an initial picture of how

climate shapes patterns of genetic variation in

A. thaliana. Geographic extents varied widely

across climate variables, with day length and rel-

ative humidity representing the extremes (Fig.

3A); SNPs correlated with day length tended to

be localized, whereas SNPs correlated with rel-

ative humidity tended to be widespread (Fig. 3B

and fig. S9). These results, at least in part, can be

understood in relation to the geographic distri-

bution of the climate variables themselves.

Narrow SNP distributions may correspond to

“hard selective sweeps,” or situations in which a

new variant was driven quickly to high frequen-

cy in the population. A scan for hard selective

sweeps based on extended pairwise haplotype

homozygosity (PHS) (22) identified partial se-

lective sweeps throughout the genome and ex-

amined the geographic extents of these genomic

regions (Fig. 3A). SNPs identified as candidates

for selective sweeps were, indeed, shifted toward

narrow geographic distributions, consistent with

the idea that hard sweeps result in narrow geo-

graphic distributions. To quantify the generality of

these results, we examined overlap between the 1%

tails of the overall climate correlation distributions

100 110 120 130

020

0040

0060

00

Number of ‘favorable’ alleles

Sili

que

Leng

th (

mm

)

r = 0.48

Spearman’s rhoF

requ

ency

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

5010

015

020

00

A

B C

Fig. 2. The SNPs with strongest climate correlations predict ranksin reproductive success (fitness) in Lille, France. (A) Red dots showthe locations where accessions included in the experiment werecollected, and the green cross shows the location where plantswere grown. (B) The relation between total silique length (a mea-sure of reproductive success) and the number of alleles expectedto be favorable based on the climate analysis. (C) ObservedSpearman correlation coefficient between total silique lengthand number of favorable alleles (red line) compared to thedistribution of correlation coefficients from permutations.

0.0 0.5 1.0

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Percent Rank of Area

Den

sity

daylengthrelative humidityall climatephsall SNPs

A B

Fig. 3. Geographic distributions of SNPs with the strongest climate cor-relations. (A) Distributions of SNP extents for all SNPs and for SNPs in the 1%tail for climate overall, day length, relative humidity, and PHS. SNPs rep-resented in the plot were filtered to remove redundant information resultingfrom linkage disequilibrium between SNPs. (B) Distributions of the top five regions for day length overlaid on a map of the distribution of this variable (withvalues ranging from 12.3 to 16.6 hours). The central panel contains polygons showing the geographic extents of all five SNPs, and other panels show the centralfeature and extent of each individual SNP.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 85

REPORTS

Page 86: Science - 07 October 2011

and the PHS results and found overlap threefold

greater than expected by chance if the two var-

iables were independent. This increased to nearly

10-fold enrichment when we examined overlap

among the 10% of climate-related SNPs with the

smallest geographic extents; enrichments were

strongest for aridity, maximum temperature, pre-

cipitation in the driest month, and length of the

growing season. Although selection on standing

variation also plays a role, these results reveal

that selective sweeps are likely an importantmode

of adaptation in A. thaliana. The central role of

selective sweeps here suggests that species like

A. thalianamay reach adaptive limits under rapid

climate change, owing to the constraints imposed

by waiting for new mutations.

References and Notes1. W. E. Bradshaw, C. M. Holzapfel, Proc. Natl. Acad.

Sci. U.S.A. 98, 14509 (2001).

2. S. J. Franks, S. Sim, A. E. Weis, Proc. Natl. Acad.

Sci. U.S.A. 104, 1278 (2007).3. D. B. Lobell, W. Schlenker, J. Costa-Roberts, Science 333,

616 (2011).4. M. Lynch, R. Lande, in Biotic Interactions and Global

Change, P. M. Kareiva, J. G. Kingsolver, R. B. Huey,

Eds. (Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA, 1993),

pp. 234–250.

5. P. A. Umina, A. R. Weeks, M. R. Kearney, S. W. McKechnie,

A. A. Hoffmann, Science 308, 691 (2005).6. A. A. Hoffmann, C. M. Sgrò, Nature 470, 479 (2011).7. S. Atwell et al., Nature 465, 627 (2010).8. J. Bergelson, F. Roux, Nat. Rev. Genet. 11, 867 (2010).9. B. Brachi et al., PLoS Genet. 6, e1000940 (2010).10. C. Weinig et al., Genetics 162, 1875 (2002).

11. D. H. Kim, M. R. Doyle, S. Sung, R. M. Amasino,

Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 25, 277 (2009).

12. B. Rathcke, E. P. Lacey, Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 16, 179

(1985).

13. See supporting material in Science Online.

14. A. M. Hancock et al., PLoS Genet. 7, e1001375 (2011).

15. B. Charlesworth, M. T. Morgan, D. Charlesworth,

Genetics 134, 1289 (1993).

16. J. H. Gillespie, Genetics 155, 909 (2000).

17. H.-u, -R. Athar, M. Ashraf, in Handbook of

Photosynthesis, M. Pessarakli, Ed. (CRC Press, Boca

Raton, FL, 2005), p. 928.

18. H. A. Orr, Evolution 54, 13 (2000).

19. Z. Wang, B. Y. Liao, J. Zhang, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.

107, 18034 (2010).

20. G. P. Wagner, J. Zhang, Nat. Rev. Genet. 12, 204 (2011).

21. F. Roux, J. Gasquez, X. Reboud, Genetics 166, 449 (2004).

22. C. Toomajian et al., PLoS Biol. 4, e137 (2006).

Acknowledgments: Funded by NIH GM083068 and

NSF DEB0519961 to J.B. A.M.H. was supported by a

V. Dropkin Postdoctoral Fellowship, and M.W.H. was

supported by an NSF Predoctoral Fellowship and a

Graduate Assistance in Areas of National Need (GAANN)

training grant. F.R. was supported by a Bonus Qualité

Reserche (BQR) grant from the University of Lille, and

B.B. received funding from a Ph.D. fellowship from

the French Research Ministry and a mobility grant from

the Collège Doctoral Européen. This is contribution

11-389-J from the Kansas Agricultural Experiment

Station. We thank J. Borevitz, A. Fournier-Level,

M. Nordborg, A. Platt, J. Schmitt, members of the

Bergelson laboratory, and two anonymous reviewers

for helpful input. Climate data for the 948 accessions

used in these analyses, result files for the correlation

analyses, and a browser that allows for viewing the

results in their genomic context are available at

http://bergelson.uchicago.edu/regmap-data/

climate-genome-scan/. The genotype data used for

these analyses resulted from the RegMap project

(http://regmap.uchicago.edu).

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/83/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S10

Table S1

References (23–35)

2 June 2011; accepted 25 August 2011

10.1126/science.1209244

A Map of Local Adaptationin Arabidopsis thalianaA. Fournier-Level,1 A. Korte,2 M. D. Cooper,1 M. Nordborg,2 J. Schmitt,1* A. M. Wilczek1,3

Local adaptation is critical for species persistence in the face of rapid environmental change,but its genetic basis is not well understood. Growing the model plant Arabidopsis thaliana in fieldexperiments in four sites across the species’ native range, we identified candidate loci for localadaptation from a genome-wide association study of lifetime fitness in geographically diverseaccessions. Fitness-associated loci exhibited both geographic and climatic signatures of localadaptation. Relative to genomic controls, high-fitness alleles were generally distributed closerto the site where they increased fitness, occupying specific and distinct climate spaces. Independentloci with different molecular functions contributed most strongly to fitness variation in eachsite. Independent local adaptation by distinct genetic mechanisms may facilitate a flexibleevolutionary response to changing environment across a species range.

Adaptation to local environments has been

observed experimentally in many or-

ganisms (1) and may critically limit a

given species’ capacity to evolve in the face of

rapid environmental change (2–4). However,

the molecular basis of local adaptation remains

largely unexplored (5, 6). Understanding the ge-

netic mechanisms of adaptation requires under-

standing the genetic basis of fitness variation

within and across natural environments (7, 8).

Although genome scans for signatures of past

selection have identified candidate loci show-

ing high levels of environmental differentiation

(9, 10), few studies have directly connected fit-

ness variation measured in the natural environment

of the species to the corresponding molecular

variation (11, 12). Determining the extent of lo-

cal adaptation requires identification of the loci

associated with individual fitness in different nat-

ural environments, as well as characterization of

the distribution pattern of adaptive variants, their

environment specificity, and the type of genes

involved.

To identify loci associated with fitness in the

annual plant Arabidopsis thaliana, we grew a geo-

graphically diverse set of ecotypes (inbred lines

derived from natural populations) across their

native range, in replicated common garden ex-

periments in four European field sites (fig. S1).

Sites in Oulu (Finland) and Valencia (Spain)

spanned the species climate range limits from

Nordic to Mediterranean environments; sites in

Halle (Germany) and Norwich (UK) represented

continental and oceanic climates at similar mid-

range latitude (13). Mean survival and lifetime

fruit (silique) production differed markedly among

ecotypes within each planting site, indicating

heritable variation among source populations in

viability and fecundity (table S1). We carried out

a genome-wide association study (GWAS) for

survival and silique number using 213,248 single-

nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a mixed-

model approach to eliminate confounding due to

genomic background (14, 15). For each fitness

trait in each of the four field sites, we defined

a set of associated SNPs corresponding to the

0.05% of the SNPs that explained the most var-

iance (around 100 per GWAS; figs. S2 and S3).

Individual SNPs explained a substantial amount

of variation in lifetime fitness, with R2 in GWAS

models ranging on average from 9% for the SNP

set associated with survival in England to 24% for

the SNP set associated with survival in Finland

(fig. S1).

We tested whether alleles associated with

high fitness in a given site were more locally abun-

dant than genomic controls, as expected if they

contributed to the local adaptation of that pop-

ulation (16). Indeed, the geographic centroids of

the alleles associated with higher survival in En-

gland and Spain and silique number in Germany,

England, and Spain were significantly closer to

the planting sites in Germany, England, and Spain,

respectively, relative to genomic controls; this con-

stitutes evidence of local adaptation for specific

loci (Fig. 1). Similar analyses excluding low-

frequency polymorphisms provided similar re-

sults, demonstrating that the result was not biased

as a result of the presence of rare alleles (table

S2). In contrast, we found no evidence that the

alleles conferring high fitness in Finland were

locally abundant. However, our ability to detect

1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, BrownUniversity, Providence, RI 02912, USA. 2Gregor Mendel Insti-tute, Austrian Academy of Sciences, 1030 Vienna, Austria.3Deep Springs College, Big Pine, CA 93513, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org86

REPORTS

Page 87: Science - 07 October 2011

locally adapted alleles near the species’ northern

and southern range limits may have been limited

by sample size in Finland (16) as well as by the

sparse sample of local ecotypes available for

our sites in Finland and Spain (fig. S1).

We next examined whether local alleles as-

sociated with fitness are associated with specific

climatic factors, as expected if climate variation

has strongly contributed to adaptation. We used

maximum entropy models [MaxEnt (17)] to in-

fer the contributions of 11 bioclimatic varia-

bles to the distribution of each SNP allele (table

S3) (16) and tested whether fitness-associated al-

leles occupy specific climate spaces relative to

genomic controls. We then used a random re-

sampling procedure to compare climate spec-

ificity scores for each fitness-associated SNP for

each climate variable to genomic controls. Ex-

cluding rare alleles (frequency <5%; table S4)

had little effect on the results. The distribution

of alleles associated with survival was particu-

larly limited by temperature variables (fig. S4 and

table S3). In some cases, the alleles associated

with high fitness exhibited greater climate spec-

ificity (e.g., temperature of the coolest quarter for

survival in Germany, Finland, and Spain; table

S4). However, more often alleles associated with

low fitness exhibited greater climate specializa-

tion (e.g., to precipitation in the coolest quarter

for survival and to temperature in the warmest

quarter for silique number) (Fig. 2 and table S3).

Such alleles may be effectively neutral within the

specific climate conditions where they occur, but

deleterious when transplanted to field sites with

different climates.

We also investigated whether locally adapt-

ive alleles tended to be rare or common rela-

tive to the overall genome. If selection favors

specific alleles in restricted geographic regions,

we expect those variants to be common only

in those regions and otherwise rare. On the

other hand, if local adaptation acts largely by

culling locally deleterious alleles that are neu-

tral elsewhere in the range, then we might ex-

pect high-fitness alleles to occur at relatively high

frequency. We therefore tested whether the glob-

al frequency of the alleles associated with high

fitness was different relative to genomic con-

trols. Alleles associated with increased silique

number were significantly rarer than genomic

controls (table S5), which suggests that their

advantage was local for all sites except Finland

(where no evidence of local adaptation was found).

In contrast, alleles improving survival were high-

frequency alleles, which suggests that viability

selection keeps deleterious alleles rare, confining

their genetic load to environments where they

have no effects (i.e., are neutral; fig. S5). We also

tested whether fitness-associated SNPs were in-

volved in recent selective sweeps by computing

the integrated extended haplotype homozygos-

ity (iEH) around each SNP (18, 19), both in the

global sample and in the local population for

each field site (16). With the exception of sur-

vival in Germany and marginally in Finland, we

found no evidence that loci associated with fit-

ness had significantly greater iEH than genomic

Fig. 1. Locations of the centroids of alleles associated with increasedsilique number for the 0.05% most strongly associated SNPs in Spain orFinland (left) and in England or Germany (right). Large squares representthe location of the planting site; small squares represent the centroid of the

allele increasing the fitness in the planting site of similar color. Thehigher-fitness alleles in a particular environment are distributed signif-icantly closer to that location than are genomic controls, as tested by 10,000random draws.

Fig. 2. Influence of temperature and precipitation on the distribution of alleles linked to fitness variation.(A) Variation in temperature during the warmest quarter of the year. (B) Variation in precipitationduring the coolest quarter of the year. (C to F) Box plots of the difference in climatic contributionbetween pairs of SNP alleles significantly associated with fitness in Germany, England, Finland, andSpain. Negative values indicate when the deleterious alleles are more correlated with the climatevariable; positive values indicate when the beneficial alleles are more correlated with the climatevariable. Light and dark shades represent the 25% and 50% quantile statistics of genome-wide neutralexpectation obtained through permutation (16). *P < 0.004, **P < 0.0001. All test statistics are reportedin table S2.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 87

REPORTS

Page 88: Science - 07 October 2011

controls (table S5), which suggests that no re-

cent selective sweeps have occurred at these loci.

Thus, environment-specific fitness may depend

more on standing variation than on recent pos-

itive selection at specific loci, as recently observed

in aspen (20).

We examined the genetic architecture of lo-

cal adaptation by determining whether local selec-

tion in different environments more commonly

acted upon alternate alleles of the same loci, or

if entirely different loci were found among dif-

ferent environments. Individual SNP additive

effects for survival were weakly negatively cor-

related between Finland and England or Spain,

which suggests cross-environment tradeoffs at

specific loci (fig. S6) (16). In contrast, SNP ef-

fects on survival were weakly positively correlated

between England and Spain, which suggests

that they share a similar genetic basis for fitness.

However, all the observed correlations across sites

were relatively weak, and loci associated with

fruit production in England showed little to no

effect on fitness in either Finland or Spain; such

findings suggest an environment-specific genet-

ic basis. Overall, among the 797 top SNPs, only

12 SNPs were associated with fitness in more

than one environment; loci with major genetic

effects were largely independent across sites.

This result suggests that local adaptation relies

on different loci in each environment. Such in-

dependent local adaptation by different genetic

mechanisms may facilitate flexible evolutionary

response to changing environments across the

species range.

We sought insight into the molecular func-

tions of the genes contributing to local adap-

tation by testing whether the candidate genes

present in 10,000–base pair (10-kbp) windows

surrounding the associated SNPs were enriched

for a particular subset of the Gene Ontology (GO

slim) annotations relative to 1000 genomic per-

mutations (16). The loci associated with fitness

displayed significant enrichment for specific mo-

lecular functions in all sites (fig. S7). However,

no molecular function was significantly over- or

underrepresented in all sets of candidate genes

(table S6). Typically, only transcription factor

and protein binding activities showed significantly

different enrichment for the same trait in more

than one site. Protein binding was overrepresented

in genes associated with survival in Germany

and underrepresented in England, whereas tran-

scription factor activity was underrepresented

in both England and Spain. Overall, those mo-

lecular functions that were significantly over- or

underrepresented relative to the whole genome

always differed among field sites. This result sug-

gests that local selection acts not only on different

target loci but also on different molecular processes

in different environments across the species cli-

mate range.

To identify potential candidate genes for lo-

cal adaptation, we searched for fitness-associated

SNPs in the top 0.05% (with minor allele fre-

quency >8% to exclude rare deleterious muta-

tions) that also appeared in the top 0.5% of allele

Fig. 3. Geographic distribution probabilityof the survival-associated alleles locatedwithin the SAG21 gene (left) and the CHR8gene (right). Probabilities were calculatedwith MaxEnt models as described (16). Forboth genes, the minor allele is distributedat the species range margin following a par-ticular climate space and shows signs ofrecent positive selection. They correspond tothe best candidate genes for local adapta-tion reported in this study.

Table 1. List of candidate genes associated with fitness in field condition.

Chromosome Position SiteClimate

variableTrait Rank P SNP position Locus Gene name

Molecular function

(biological process)Ref.

1 6235221 GER Temperature

seasonality

Silique number 41 3.80 × 10–4 In the gene AT1G18140 LAC1 Laccase (lignin catabolic

process)

(21)

Within 10 kbp AT1G18130 ATP binding (threonyl-tRNA

aminoacylation)

2 8132698 GER Precipitation

during the

warmest

quarter of

the year

Survival 33 1.08 × 10–4 In the gene AT2G18770 CHR8 Signal recognition particle

binding

(22)

Within 10 kbp AT2G18780 F-box domain–containing

protein

AT2G18790 PHYB G protein–coupled

photoreceptor (abscisic

acid metabolism)

(25)

3 5510910 FIN Precipitation

during the

coolest

quarter of

the year

Survival 26 1.12 × 10–4 In the gene AT3G16240 D-TIP Ammonia transmembrane

transporter

Silique number 29 4.41 × 10–4 Within 10 kbp AT3G16250 NDF4 Electron carrier activity

(photosystem I)

AT3G16260 TRZ4 3′-tRNA processing

endoribonuclease

AT3G16270 (Intracellular protein

transport)

4 1046738 FIN Isothermality Survival 4 2.69 × 10–6 In the gene AT4G02380 SAG21 (Response to water

deprivation)

(23, 24)

Silique number 1 1.11 × 10–4 Within 10 kbp AT4G02370

AT4G02390 PARP1 NAD+ ADP-ribosyltransferase

(protein amino acid

ADP-ribosylation)

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org88

REPORTS

Page 89: Science - 07 October 2011

climate differentiation and in the top 5% of glob-

al iEH (Table 1). This screen identified four SNPs

within four candidate genes, and linked within

10 kbp to eight additional candidate genes. The

three most interesting candidate genes with the

associated SNP situated in the coding region

were the LAC1 gene (AT1G18140), involved in

the response to necrotrophs (21), associated with

silique number in Germany; CHR8 (AT2G18770),

involved in DNA repair after viral infection (22),

associated with survival in Germany; and SAG21

(AT4G02380), involved in water stress tolerance

(23, 24) and associated with survival in Finland.

Note that for both CHR8 and SAG21, the allele

showing iEH evidence of a selective sweep cor-

responds to the minor and geographically re-

stricted allele. The CHR8 allele associated with

low survival in Germany is established in the

species northern range, and the SAG21 allele

associated with low survival in Finland is re-

stricted to the southern part of the species range

(Fig. 3). Recent positive selection may have fa-

vored these alleles locally, but their geographic

range may be restricted by negative pleiotropic

effects on fitness in other environments, such as

our field sites.

This study provides robust molecular evidence

for broad scale local adaptation in A. thaliana.

By investigating SNPs linked to loci experienc-

ing real-time selection in different natural en-

vironments, we found that the genetic basis of

fitness differs dramatically across sites. More-

over, alleles associated with high fitness within

sites tend to be local alleles linked to partic-

ular climatic factors, providing evidence of lo-

cal adaptation in A. thaliana at the scale of the

European continent. Our finding that loci as-

sociated with fitness in natural environments

display geographic and climatic signatures of

adaptation complements recent observations

of candidate loci associated with climate (10).

GWAS of fitness traits measured in multiple

natural environments, combined with geograph-

ic and climatic analyses, constitutes a powerful

approach to identify environment-specific can-

didate genes for local adaptation.

References and Notes1. J. Hereford, Am. Nat. 173, 579 (2009).

2. S. N. Aitken, S. Yeaman, J. A. Holliday, T. L. Wang,

S. Curtis-McLane, Evol. Appl. 1, 95 (2008).

3. J. R. Bridle, T. H. Vines, Trends Ecol. Evol. 22, 140

(2007).

4. A. S. Jump, J. Peñuelas, Ecol. Lett. 8, 1010 (2005).

5. D. H. Reed, R. Frankham, Evolution 55, 1095

(2001).

6. I. M. Ehrenreich, M. D. Purugganan, Am. J. Bot. 93,

953 (2006).

7. J. Bergelson, F. Roux, Nat. Rev. Genet. 11, 867

(2010).

8. J. Stapley et al., Trends Ecol. Evol. 25, 705 (2010).

9. I. Baxter et al., PLoS Genet. 6, e1001193 (2010).

10. A. J. Eckert et al., Mol. Ecol. 19, 3789 (2010).

11. M. C. Hall, D. B. Lowry, J. H. Willis, Mol. Ecol. 19, 2739

(2010).

12. C. Mariac et al., Mol. Ecol. 20, 80 (2011).

13. A. M. Wilczek et al., Science 323, 930 (2009).14. S. Atwell et al., Nature 465, 627 (2010).

15. H. M. Kang et al., Nat. Genet. 42, 348 (2010).16. See supporting material on Science Online.17. S. J. Phillips, R. P. Anderson, R. E. Schapire, Ecol. Modell.

190, 231 (2006).

18. P. C. Sabeti et al., Nature 419, 832 (2002).

19. K. Tang, K. R. Thornton, M. Stoneking, PLoS Biol. 5, e171

(2007).20. D. De Carvalho et al., Mol. Ecol. 19, 1638 (2010).

21. L. Pourcel et al., Plant Cell 17, 2966 (2005).

22. J. Molinier, E. J. Oakeley, O. Niederhauser, I. Kovalchuk,

B. Hohn, Mutat. Res. 571, 235 (2005).

23. L. M. Weaver, S. S. Gan, B. Quirino, R. M. Amasino,

Plant Mol. Biol. 37, 455 (1998).

24. S. B. Mowla et al., Plant J. 48, 743 (2006).

25. A. C. McCormac, G. C. Whitelam, M. T. Boylan, P. H. Quail,

H. Smith, J. Plant Physiol. 140, 707 (1992).

Acknowledgments: We thank M. Blázquez, C. Dean,

M. Hoffmann, H. Kuittinen, and O. Savolainen for

hosting the experiments; J. Anderson, D. Eaton, J. F. Egan,

C. Lopez-Gallego, L. J. Martin, C. D. Muir, R. Petipas, J. Roe,

and R. N. Schaeffer for managing the field experiments;

Brown undergraduates for fruit counts; and J. Bergelson,

A. Hancock, and J. Mossman for comments on the

manuscript. Supported by NSF grant EF-0425759

and an Alexander von Humboldt Research Award.

Supplemental data for the phenotypes and the associated

SNPs are available at http://dx.doi.org/10.5061/

dryad.37f9t. Genotype data for the SNPs used in this study

are available at http://regmap.uchicago.edu.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/334/6052/86/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S7

Tables S1 to S6

References

2 June 2011; accepted 25 August 2011

10.1126/science.1209271

The Shaping of Modern HumanImmune Systems by MultiregionalAdmixture with Archaic HumansLaurent Abi-Rached,1 Matthew J. Jobin,2,3 Subhash Kulkarni,1 Alasdair McWhinnie,4 Klara Dalva,5

Loren Gragert,6 Farbod Babrzadeh,7 Baback Gharizadeh,7 Ma Luo,8,9 Francis A. Plummer,8,9

Joshua Kimani,10 Mary Carrington,11,12 Derek Middleton,13 Raja Rajalingam,14 Meral Beksac,5

Steven G. E. Marsh,4,15 Martin Maiers,6 Lisbeth A. Guethlein,1 Sofia Tavoularis,16

Ann-Margaret Little,4,15 Richard E. Green,17 Paul J. Norman,1 Peter Parham1*

Whole genome comparisons identified introgression from archaic to modern humans. Our analysis ofhighly polymorphic human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class I, vital immune system components subject tostrong balancing selection, shows how modern humans acquired the HLA-B*73 allele in west Asia throughadmixture with archaic humans called Denisovans, a likely sister group to the Neandertals. Virtualgenotyping of Denisovan and Neandertal genomes identified archaic HLA haplotypes carrying functionallydistinctive alleles that have introgressed into modern Eurasian and Oceanian populations. These alleles,of which several encode unique or strong ligands for natural killer cell receptors, now represent more thanhalf the HLA alleles of modern Eurasians and also appear to have been later introduced into Africans.Thus, adaptive introgression of archaic alleles has significantly shaped modern human immune systems.

Whether or not interbreeding occurred

between archaic and modern humans

has long been debated (1, 2). Recent

estimates suggest that Neandertals contributed

1 to 4% to modern Eurasian genomes (3), and

Denisovans, a likely sister group to the Neander-

tals, contributed 4 to 6% to modern Melanesian

genomes (4). These studies, based on statistical

genome-wide comparisons, did not address if

there was selected introgression of functionally

advantageous genes (5). We explored whether the

highly polymorphic HLA class I genes (HLA-A,

-B, and -C) (fig. S1) of the human major histo-

compatibility complex (MHC) are sensitive probes

for such admixture. Because of their vital func-

tions in immune defense and reproduction, as

ligands for T cell and natural killer (NK) cell re-

1Department of Structural Biology and Department of Mi-crobiology and Immunology, Stanford University School ofMedicine, Stanford, CA 94305, USA. 2Department of An-thropology, Santa Clara University, Santa Clara, 95050, USA.3Department of Anthropology, Stanford University, Stanford,CA 94305, USA. 4Anthony Nolan Research Institute, Royal FreeHospital, London NW3 2QG, UK. 5Department of Hematology,Ankara University, 06520 Ankara, Turkey. 6National MarrowDonor Program, Minneapolis, MN 55413, USA. 7Stanford Ge-nome Technology Center, Stanford University School of Medi-cine, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. 8Public Health Agency ofCanada, National Microbiology Laboratory, Winnipeg, ManitobaR3E 3R2, Canada. 9Department of Medical Microbiology, Uni-versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3E 0J9, Canada.10Department of Medical Microbiology, University of Nairobi,Nairobi 00202, Kenya. 11Cancer and Inflammation Program,Laboratory of Experimental Immunology, SAIC-Frederick, Inc.,National Cancer Institute-Frederick, Frederick, MD 21702,USA. 12Ragon Institute of MGH, MIT and Harvard, Boston, MA02129, USA. 13Division of Immunology, School of Infectionand Host Defense, University of Liverpool, Transplant Immu-nology, Royal Liverpool University Hospital, Liverpool L7 8XP,UK. 14UCLA Immunogenetics Center, Department of Pathologyand Laboratory Medicine, David Geffen School of Medicine atUCLA, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA90095, USA. 15UCL Cancer Institute, University College London,Royal Free Campus, London WC1E 6BT, UK. 16Canadian BloodServices, Head Office, HLA Laboratory, Ottawa, Ontario KIG 4J5,Canada. 17Department of Biomolecular Engineering, Universityof California Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz, CA 95064, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 89

REPORTS

Page 90: Science - 07 October 2011

ceptors, maintaining a variety of HLA-A, -B, and

-C proteins is critical for long-term human sur-

vival (6). Thus, HLA-A, -B, and -C are subject to

strong multiallelic balancing selection, which,

with recombination, imbues human populations

with diverse HLA alleles and haplotypes of dis-

tinctive structures and frequencies (7).

An exceptionally divergent HLA-B allele is

HLA-B*73:01 (8, 9). Comparison with the other

>2000 (10) HLA-B alleles and chimpanzee and

gorilla alleles from the same locus (MHC-B)

shows that HLA-B*73:01 is most closely related

to subsets of chimpanzee and gorilla MHC-B

alleles (11) (figs. S2 to S4). This relation extends

throughout a ~9-kilobase (kb) region of the

B*73:01 haplotype (Fig. 1A) and defines a deep-

ly divergent allelic lineage (MHC-BII ), distinct

from the MHC-BI lineage to which other human

HLA-B alleles belong. These two lineages diverged

~16 million years ago (Fig. 1B), well before the

split between humans and gorillas, but whereas

MHC-BI comprises numerous types and subtypes,

MHC-BII is only represented in modern humans

by B*73:01 (fig. S5). HLA-B*73:01 combines an-

cient sequence divergence with modern sequence

homogeneity, properties compatible with modern

humans having recently acquired HLA-B*73:01

through introgression.

In modern humans,HLA-B*73 is concentrated

in west Asia and is rare or absent in other regions

(12) (Fig. 1C and fig. S6). This distribution is

consistent with introgression of HLA-B*73 in

west Asia, a site of admixture between modern

and archaic humans (3). Also consistent with in-

trogression is the linkage disequilibrium (LD) be-

tween B*73:01 andHLA-C*15:05 (13), an allele

having wider distribution than B*73, but con-

centrated in west and southeast Asia (Fig. 1D).

Worldwide, ~98% of people carrying B*73

also carry C*15:05 (Fig. 1E and fig. S7). In Af-

ricans, the LD reaches 100%, but in west Asians,

it is weaker (~90%). These data are all consist-

ent with introgression in west Asia of an archaic

B*73:01-C*15:05 haplotype that expanded in

frequency there, before spreading to Africa and

elsewhere. HLA-B*73 is absent from Khoisan-

speaking and pygmy populations who likely

diverged from other Africans before the Out-of-

Africa migration (14) (fig. S8). That Khoisan

and pygmies uniquely retain ancient mitochon-

drial and Y-chromosome lineages (14, 15), as

well asMHC-BI diversity (fig. S8), suggests that

B*73 was probably not present in any African

population at the time of the migration. These

data argue for models in which modern humans

acquired B*73 by archaic admixture in west

Asia and against models in which B*73 arose in

F

HLA-C*15:05

E

D

4.94.03.02.01.00.0

C

Modern/archaic homo split

Admixture

Out-of-Africa migration

Back-to-Africamigration

Africa West Asia

Models

67.5kya

270-440kya

50kya

B*73+C*15+

B*73+C*15-

10kya

Emergenceof C*15:05

65kya

B*73-C*15+

B*73+C*15-

ba

HLA-B*73:01

4.03.02.01.00.0

4.5

af(%)

A

20kb 30kb 38kb10kb1

HLA-B*73E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6-7

1 2 3 4 5 141311 12

1067

8 9

af(%)

ARCHAIC

MO

DE

RN

Eurasia

B

30kya

Geneduplication

Formation oftwo lineages

MHC-BI

MHC-BII

Gene loss

MHC-B

16.3 MYA[13.8-19.9 MYA]

§

Inter-locusrecombination

Human

Gorilla

HLA-B*73

Chimpanzee

Preservation of two lineages at the same locus

Europe 2,677 98.4 0.3 0.4 0.9

Europe# 2,907 98.5 0.3 0.3 0.9

Africa 39 100 0.0 0.0 0.0

Africa## 90 97.8 2.2 0.0 0.0

W Asia 128 89.8 5.5 0.8 3.9

N/S/E Asia 53 92.5 5.7 1.9 0.0

Other 498 99.0 0.0 0.4 0.6

Total 3,676 98.2 0.5 0.4 0.9

Geographic

regionN

B*73 individuals+

C*15

not15:05

15:05

Associated

HLA-C alleles

(%)

Not C*15

12:02not

12:02

DisappearFig. 1. Modern humans acquired HLA-B*73 from archaic humans. (A) The B*73 haplotype containssegments most closely related to chimpanzee and gorilla MHC-B alleles (green) and flanking segmentshighly related to other HLA-B (blue) (brown segment is related to HLA-C) (fig. S4). (B) B*73’s divergentcore has its roots in a gene duplication that occurred >16 million years ago (MYA on figure). (Left toright) MHC-B duplicated and diverged to form the MHC-BI and BII loci. One allele of BII recombined tothe BI locus, giving rise to the ancestor of B*73 and its gorilla and chimpanzee equivalents. B*73 isthus the only remnant in modern humans of a deeply divergent allelic lineage. §Mean and 95% credibility interval. (C to E) B*73:01 is predominantly foundoutside Africa (C) as is C*15:05 (D), which is strongly associated with B*73 in 3676 individuals worldwide (E). (C and D) Color scale bars give allele frequency(af) categories (top number, highest tick mark). Individuals with the B*73 haplotype were categorized on the basis of their geographic origin and the status ofthe most commonly linked (C*15) and second-most commonly linked (C*12:02) HLA-C alleles (fig. S24). Number sign (#) includes Hispanic-Americans, doublenumber sign (##) includes African-Americans. (F) Archaic admixture (model a) or African origin (model b) could explain the distribution and association ofB*73 with C*15:05; simulations favor the former (a = 0.01 to 0.001) (figs. S9 to S11) (11). The large dotted box indicates the part of the models examinedby simulation; kya, thousand years ago.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org90

REPORTS

Page 91: Science - 07 October 2011

Africa and was carried to other continents in the

Out-of-Africa migration (Fig. 1F), as do the re-

sults of coalescence simulations that implement

rejection-based approximate Bayesian inference

(16) (a = 0.01 to 0.001) (figs. S9 to S11).

By reanalyzing genomic sequence data (3,4,11),

we characterized archaicHLAclass I content from a

Denisovan and three Neandertals. The Denisovan’s

twoHLA-A and twoHLA-C allotypes are identi-

cal to common modern allotypes, whereas one

HLA-B allotype corresponds to a rare modern

recombinant allotype, and the other has never

been seen in modern humans (Fig. 2B and fig.

S12). The Denisovan’s HLA type is thus consist-

ent with an archaic origin and the known propen-

sity for HLA-B to evolve faster than HLA-A and

HLA-C (17, 18).

Not knowing the haplotype phase, we ex-

amined all possible combinations of Denisovan

HLA-A and HLA-C for their current distribution

worldwide. All four combinations are present in

Asia and Oceania, but absent from sub-Saharan

Africa, and uncommon in Europe (Fig. 2, C and D,

and fig. S13). Genome-wide comparisons showed

that modern and archaic non-African genomes

share only 10 long, deeply divergent haplotypes (3),

which are all considerably shorter (100 to 160 kb)

than the ~1.3-megabase (Mb) HLA-A-C haplotype

(Fig. 2A). Because modern HLA haplotypes di-

versify rapidly by recombination (17–19), it is im-

probable that the HLA-A-C haplotypes shared

by modern humans and Denisovans were pre-

served on both lines since modern and Denisovan

ancestors separated >250 thousand years ago

(kya) [~10,000 generations (4)]. More likely is

that modern humans acquired these haplotypes

by recent introgression from Denisovans [note

II.6 in (11)]. Both alternative haplotype pairs are

common in Melanesians and reach 20% frequen-

cy in Papua New Guinea (PNG), consistent with

genome-wide assessment of Denisovan admix-

ture in Melanesians (4). The current distribution

Fig. 2. Effect of adaptive introgression of DenisovanHLA class I alleles on modern Asian and Oceanianpopulations. (A) Simplified map of the HLA class Iregion showing the positions of the HLA-A, -B,and -C genes. (B) Five of the six Denisovan HLA-A,

-B, and -C alleles are identical to modern counter-parts. Shown at the left for each allele is the num-ber of sequence reads (4) specific to that allele andtheir coverage of the ~3.5-kb HLA class I gene. Cen-ter columns give the modern-human allele (HLA type)that has the lowest number of single-nucleotidepolymorphism (SNP) mismatches to the Denisovanallele. The next most similar modern allele and the

number of SNP differences are shown in the columns on the right. ¶A recombinant allele with 5′ segments originating from B*40. §The coding sequence isidentical to C*15:05:02. (C and D) Worldwide distributions of the two possible Denisovan HLA-A to -C haplotype combinations. Both are present in modernAsians and Oceanians but absent from sub-Saharan Africans. (E to G) The distribution of three Denisovan alleles: HLA-A*11 (E), C*15 (F), and C*12:02 (G), inmodern human populations shows they are common in Asians but absent or rare in sub-Saharan Africans. (H) Estimation of divergence times shows that A*11,C*15, and C*12:02 were formed before the Out-of-Africa migration. Shown on the left are the alleles they diverged from, on the right are the divergence timeestimates: median, mean, and range.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 91

REPORTS

Page 92: Science - 07 October 2011

of the Denisovan haplotypes (Fig. 2, C and D,

and fig. S13) shows, however, that Denisovan ad-

mixture widely influenced the HLA system of

Asians and Amerindians.

Of the two Denisovan HLA-A alleles (Fig. 2B),

A*02 is widespread in modern humans, whereas

A*11 is characteristically found in Asians (Fig.

2E) and reaches 50 to 60% frequency in PNG and

China, is less common in Europe, and is absent

from Africa (fig. S14). This distribution cou-

pled with the sharing of long HLA-A-C haplo-

types between Denisovans and modern Asians,

particularly Papuans (fig. S13), indicates that

Denisovan admixture minimally contributed the

A*11:01-C*12 or A*11:01-C*15 haplotype to mod-

ern Asians. A*11:01, which is carried by both these

archaic haplotypes, is by far the most common

A*11 subtype (12). Because HLA alleles evolve

subtype diversity rapidly (17, 18), it is highly im-

probable that A*11:01 was preserved indepen-

dently in Denisovan and modern humans through-

out >250,000 years (4), as would be required if the

Out-of-Africa migration contributed any signif-

icant amount of A*11. The more parsimonious

interpretation is that all modern A*11 is derived

from Denisovan A*11 and that, after introgres-

sion, it increased in frequency to ~20% to become

almost as common in Asia as A*02 at ~24% (11).

Denisovan HLA-C*15 and HLA-C*12:02 are

also characteristic alleles of modern Asian popula-

tions (Fig. 2, F and G, and fig. S14). At high fre-

quency in PNG, their distribution in continental

Asia extends further west than A*11 does, and in

Africa, their frequencies are low. C*12:02 and C*15

were formed before the Out-of-Africa migration

(Fig. 2H and fig. S15) and exhibit much higher

haplotype diversity in Asia than in Africa (fig. S16),

contrasting with the usually higher African genetic

diversity (20). These properties fit with C*12:02

and C*15 having been introduced to modern

humans through admixture with Denisovans in

west Asia, with later spreading to Africa (21, 22)

(Fig. 1F and fig. S11 for C*15). Given our min-

imal sampling of the Denisovan population, it is

remarkable that C*15:05 and C*12:02 are the

two modern HLA-C alleles in strongest LD with

B*73 (Fig. 1E). AlthoughB*73was not carried by

the Denisovan individual studied, the presence of

these two associatedHLA-C alleles provides strong

circumstantial evidence that B*73 was passed

from Denisovans to modern humans.

Genome-wide analysis showing that three

Vindija Neandertals exhibited limited genetic di-

versity (3) is reflected in our HLA analysis: Each

individual has the same HLA class I alleles (fig.

S17). Because these HLA identities could not be

the consequence of modern human DNA con-

tamination of Neandertal samples, which is <1%

(3), they indicate that these individuals likely

belonged to a small and isolated population (fig.

Fig. 3. Effect of adaptive introgression of Nean-dertal HLA class I alleles on modern human pop-ulations. (A) All six Neandertal HLA-A, -B, and -C

alleles are identical to modern HLA class I alleles.Shown at the left for each allele is the number ofallele-specific sequence reads (3) and their cover-age of the ~3.5-kb HLA gene. Center columns givethe modern-human allele (HLA type) having thelowest number of SNP differences from the Nean-dertal allele. The next most similar modern alleleand the number of SNP differences are shown in

the columns on the right. Alleles marked with § include additional rare alleles. (B and C) Worldwide distributions of the two possible Neandertal HLA-A to -Chaplotype combinations. Both are present in modern Eurasians, but absent from sub-Saharan Africans. (D to G) Distribution of four Neandertal alleles: HLA-B*07:02/03/06 (D), B*51:01/08 (E), C*07:02 (F), and C*16:02 (G), in modern human populations.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org92

REPORTS

Page 93: Science - 07 October 2011

S18). Clearly identified in each individual were

HLA-A*02, C*07:02, and C*16; pooling the three

sequence data sets allowed identification of HLA-

B*07, -B*51 and either HLA-A*26 or its close

relative A*66 as the other alleles (Fig. 3A). As

done for the Denisovan, we examined all combi-

nations of Neandertal HLA-A and HLA-C for their

current distribution worldwide. All four combi-

nations have highest frequencies in Eurasia and

are absent in Africa (Fig. 3, B and C, and fig. S19).

Such conservation and distribution strongly sup-

port introgression of these haplotypes into mod-

ern humans by admixture with Neandertals in

Eurasia. The NeandertalHLA-B and -C alleles were

sufficiently resolved for us to study their distribution

in modern human populations (fig. S20); their

frequencies are high in Eurasia and low in Africa

(Fig. 3, D to G, and fig. S21). Our simulations of

HLA allele introgression predicted the increased

frequency and haplotype diversity in Eurasia that

we observed (Fig. 1 and fig. S11) and was particu-

larly strong for B*51 and C*07:02 (fig. S22), and

the presence of such alleles in Africa was due to

back-migrations. Thus, Neandertal admixture con-

tributed B*07-, B*51-, C*07:02-, and C*16:02-

bearing haplotypes to modern humans and was

likely the sole source of these allele groups. Un-

like the distributions of Denisovan alleles, which

center in Asia (Fig. 2, E to G), Neandertal alleles

display broader distributions peaking in different

regions of Eurasia (Fig. 3, D to G).

Modern populations with substantial levels of

archaic ancestry are predicted to have decreased

LD (23). From analysis of HapMap populations

(20), we find that HLA class I recombination rates

are greater in Europeans (1.7- to 2.5-fold) and

Asians (2.9- to 7.7-fold) than in Africans, con-

sistent with their higher frequencies of archaic

HLA class I alleles (Fig. 4A). Enhanced LD de-

cay correlates with the presence of archaic alleles

(Fig. 4B and fig. S23), and the strongest correla-

tion was with HLA-A, for which the six haplo-

types exhibiting enhanced LD decay are restricted

to non-Africans. These haplotypes include A*24:02

and A*31:01, along with the four archaic allele

groups we characterized (A*11, A*26, and two

A*02 groups). A*24:02 and A*31:01 are common

in non-Africans and thus likely also introgressed

from archaic to modern humans. From the com-

bined frequencies of these six alleles, we estimate

the putative archaic HLA-A ancestry to be >50%

in Europe, >70% in Asia, and >95% in parts of

PNG (Fig. 4, C and D). These estimates for HLA-A

are much higher than the genome-wide estimates

of introgression (1 to 6%), which shows how

limited interbreeding with archaic humans has,

in combination with natural selection, substan-

tially shaped the HLA system in modern human

populations outside of Africa. Our results demon-

strate how highly polymorphic HLA genes can

be sensitive probes of introgression, and we pre-

dict that the same will apply to other polymorphic

immune-system genes, for example, those encod-

ing the killer-cell immunoglobulin-like receptors

(KIR) of NK cells. Present in the Denisovan ge-

nome (11), a candidate KIR for introgression is

KIR3DS1*013 (Fig. 4E), rare in sub-Saharan Af-

ricans, but the most common KIR3DL1/S1 allele

outside Africa (24).

On migrating out of Africa, modern humans

encountered archaic humans, residents of Eurasia

for more than 200,000 years, who had immune

systems better adapted to local pathogens (25).

Such adaptations almost certainly involved changes

in HLA class I, as exemplified by the modern hu-

man populations who first colonized the Americas

(17, 18). For small migrating populations, admix-

ture with archaic humans could restore HLA di-

versity after population bottleneck and also provide

a rapid way to acquire new, advantageous HLA

variants already adapted to local pathogens. For

example, HLA-A*11, an abundant archaic allo-

type in modern Asian populations, provides T

cell–mediated protection against some strains of

Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) (26), and in combina-

tion with a peptide derived from EBV, is one of

only two HLA ligands for the KIR3DL2 NK cell

receptor (27). HLA*A11 is also the strongest lig-

and for KIR2DS4 (28). Other prominent intro-

gressed HLA class I proteins are good KIR ligands.

HLA-B*73 is one of only two HLA-B allotypes

carrying the C1 epitope, the ligand for KIR2DL3

(29). Prominent in Amerindians, C*07:02 is a

strong C1 ligand for KIR2DL2/3 and both B*51

and A*24 are strong Bw4 ligands for KIR3DL1

(30). Such properties suggest that adaptive intro-

gression of these HLA alleles was driven by their

role in controlling NK cells, lymphocytes essential

for immune defense and reproduction (6). Con-

versely, adaptive introgression of HLA-A*26,

-A*31, and -B*07, which are not KIR ligands,

was likely driven by their role in T cell immunity.

Adaptive introgression provides a mechanism for

A

C

D E

Putative archaic ancestry at HLA-A

30.0

0.0

98.2

60.0

90.0

af(%) 15.0

0.0

52.3

30.045.0

af(%)

KIR3DS1*013

B

Mean SD

African 0.33 0.02

European 0.57 0.05

Japanese 0.98 0.11

Chinese 1.07 0.11

African 0.32 0.03

European 0.57 0.06

Japanese 0.92 0.09

Chinese 0.95 0.10

African 0.51 0.10

European 1.72 0.39

Japanese 2.52 0.52

Chinese 3.94 0.81

Genomicregion

Population

Recombinationrate (cM/Mb)

HLA-A-B(~1.4Mb)

HLA-A-C(~1.3Mb)

HLA-C-B(~85kb)

Population Putative archaic ancestry at HLA-A

African 6.7%European 51.7%Chinese 72.2%Japanese 80.7%Papua New Guinea 82.3% [65.9% - 95.3%]

African European Chinese Japanese

22 17 14 11Number 0 5 3 5

02:01 02:01 02:0102:06 02:06

--- 11:01 11:01--- 24:02 24:02 24:02

26:01 26:01--- 31:01

Allele-specific

haplotypes

with

enhanced

LD decay

Population

Distinct alleles

HLA-A

Defining

allele

name

(A* )

Fig. 4. LD decay patterns of modern HLA haplotypes identify putative archaic HLA alleles. (A) HLA class Irecombination rates in Eurasia exceed those observed in Africa. We focused on the three intergenicregions between HLA-A, -B, and -C (left-most column) in the four HapMap populations (center column)(20). Recombination rates were corrected for effective population size (11). (B) Enhanced HLA class I LDdecay significantly correlates with archaic ancestry (a = 0.0042) (11). Shown for each HapMappopulation are (top row) the number of distinct HLA-A alleles present and (second row) the numberexhibiting enhanced LD decay [all allele-defining SNPs (correlation coefficient r2 > 0.2) are within 500kb of HLA-A (31)]. The allele names are listed (rows 3 to 8) and colored green when observed in archaichumans (Figs. 2 and 3) or associated with archaic-origin haplotypes (fig. S25). HLA-B and -C are shown infig. S23. Dashed line indicates absent in the population. (C) Predicted archaic ancestry at HLA-A [on thebasis of the six alleles of panel (B)] for the four HapMap populations and six populations from PNG; for thelatter, mean and extreme values are given. (D and E) Worldwide distribution in modern human populationsof putative archaic HLA-A alleles (D) and KIR3DS1*013, a putative archaic NK cell receptor (E).

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 93

REPORTS

Page 94: Science - 07 October 2011

rapid evolution, a signature property of the extra-

ordinarily plastic interactions between MHC class

I ligands and lymphocyte receptors (6).

References and Notes1. A. Gibbons, Science 331, 392 (2011).

2. V. Yotova et al., Mol. Biol. Evol. 28, 1957 (2011).

3. R. E. Green et al., Science 328, 710 (2010).

4. D. Reich et al., Nature 468, 1053 (2010).

5. V. Castric, J. Bechsgaard, M. H. Schierup, X. Vekemans,

PLoS Genet. 4, e1000168 (2008).

6. P. Parham, Nat. Rev. Immunol. 5, 201 (2005).

7. K. Cao et al., Hum. Immunol. 62, 1009 (2001).

8. P. Parham et al., Tissue Antigens 43, 302 (1994).

9. C. Vilches, R. Pablo, M. J. Herrero, M. E. Moreno,

M. Kreisler, Immunogenetics 40, 166 (1994).

10. J. Robinson et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 39 (Database issue),

D1171 (2011).

11. Materials and methods are available as supporting

material on Science Online.

12. F. F. Gonzalez-Galarza, S. Christmas, D. Middleton,

A. R. Jones, Nucleic Acids Res. 39 (Database issue), D913

(2011).

13. C. Vilches, R. Pablo, M. J. Herrero, M. E. Moreno,

M. Kreisler, Immunogenetics 40, 313 (1994).

14. D. M. Behar et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet. 82, 1130 (2008).

15. O. Semino, A. S. Santachiara-Benerecetti, F. Falaschi,

L. L. Cavalli-Sforza, P. A. Underhill, Am. J. Hum. Genet.

70, 265 (2002).

16. M. J. Jobin, J. L. Mountain, Bioinformatics 24, 2936 (2008).

17. M. P. Belich et al., Nature 357, 326 (1992).

18. D. I. Watkins et al., Nature 357, 329 (1992).

19. M. L. Petzl-Erler, R. Luz, V. S. Sotomaior, Tissue Antigens

41, 227 (1993).

20. The International HapMap Consortium, Nature 437,

1299 (2005).

21. F. Cruciani et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet. 70, 1197 (2002).

22. Y. Moodley et al., Science 323, 527 (2009).

23. M. DeGiorgio, M. Jakobsson, N. A. Rosenberg, Proc. Natl.

Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 106, 16057 (2009).

24. P. J. Norman et al., Nat. Genet. 39, 1092 (2007).

25. A. Ferrer-Admetlla et al., J. Immunol. 181, 1315

(2008).

26. P. O. de Campos-Lima et al., Science 260, 98 (1993).

27. P. Hansasuta et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 34, 1673 (2004).

28. T. Graef et al., J. Exp. Med. 206, 2557 (2009).

29. A. K. Moesta et al., J. Immunol. 180, 3969 (2008).

30. M. Yawata et al., Blood 112, 2369 (2008).

31. P. I. de Bakker et al., Nat. Genet. 38, 1166 (2006).

Acknowledgments: We thank individual investigators and the

Bone Marrow Donors Worldwide (BMDW) organization

for kindly providing HLA class I typing data, as well as

bone marrow registries from Australia, Austria, Belgium,

Canada, Cyprus, Czech Republic, France, Ireland, Israel,

Italy, Lithuania, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Singapore,

Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom,

and United States for contributing typing data through

BMDW. We thank E. Watkin for technical support. We are

indebted to the large genome sequencing centers for

early access to the gorilla genome data. We used

sequence reads generated at the Wellcome Trust Sanger

Institute as part of the gorilla reference genome

sequencing project. These data can be obtained from

the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI)

Trace Archive (www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Traces). We also

used reads generated by Washington University School of

Medicine; these data were produced by the Genome

Institute at Washington University School of Medicine in

St. Louis and can be obtained from the NCBI Trace

Archive (www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Traces/). Funded by NIH

grant AI031168, Yerkes Center base grant RR000165,

NSF awards (CNS-0619926, TG-DBS100006), by federal

funds from the National Cancer Institute (NCI), NIH

(contract HHSN261200800001E), and by the Intramural

Research Program of the NCI, NIH, Center for Cancer

Research. The content of this publication does not

necessarily reflect the views or policies of the Department

of Health and Human Services, nor does mention of

trade names, commercial products, or organizations

imply endorsement by the U.S. government. Sequence

data have been deposited in GenBank under accession

nos. JF974053 to 70.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1209202/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S26

References (32–87)

1 June 2011; accepted 5 August 2011

Published online 25 August 2011;

10.1126/science.1209202

An Aboriginal Australian GenomeReveals Separate HumanDispersals into AsiaMorten Rasmussen,1,2* Xiaosen Guo,2,3* Yong Wang,4* Kirk E. Lohmueller,4* Simon Rasmussen,5

Anders Albrechtsen,6 Line Skotte,6 Stinus Lindgreen,1,6 Mait Metspalu,7 Thibaut Jombart,8

Toomas Kivisild,9 Weiwei Zhai,10 Anders Eriksson,11 Andrea Manica,11 Ludovic Orlando,1

Francisco M. De La Vega,12 Silvana Tridico,13 Ene Metspalu,7 Kasper Nielsen,5 María C. Ávila-Arcos,1

J. Víctor Moreno-Mayar,1,14 Craig Muller,15 Joe Dortch,16 M. Thomas P. Gilbert,1,2 Ole Lund,5

Agata Wesolowska,5 Monika Karmin,7 Lucy A. Weinert,8 Bo Wang,3 Jun Li,3 Shuaishuai Tai,3

Fei Xiao,3 Tsunehiko Hanihara,17 George van Driem,18 Aashish R. Jha,19 François-Xavier Ricaut,20

Peter de Knijff,21 Andrea B Migliano,9,22 Irene Gallego Romero,19 Karsten Kristiansen,2,3,6

David M. Lambert,23 Søren Brunak,5,24 Peter Forster,25,26 Bernd Brinkmann,26 Olaf Nehlich,27

Michael Bunce,13 Michael Richards,27,28 Ramneek Gupta,5 Carlos D. Bustamante,12

Anders Krogh,1,6 Robert A. Foley,9 Marta M. Lahr,9 Francois Balloux,8 Thomas Sicheritz-Pontén,5,29

Richard Villems,7,30 Rasmus Nielsen,4,6† Jun Wang,2,3,6,31† Eske Willerslev1,2†

We present an Aboriginal Australian genomic sequence obtained from a 100-year-old lock ofhair donated by an Aboriginal man from southern Western Australia in the early 20th century.We detect no evidence of European admixture and estimate contamination levels to be below0.5%. We show that Aboriginal Australians are descendants of an early human dispersal intoeastern Asia, possibly 62,000 to 75,000 years ago. This dispersal is separate from the one thatgave rise to modern Asians 25,000 to 38,000 years ago. We also find evidence of gene flowbetween populations of the two dispersal waves prior to the divergence of Native Americansfrom modern Asian ancestors. Our findings support the hypothesis that present-day AboriginalAustralians descend from the earliest humans to occupy Australia, likely representing one of theoldest continuous populations outside Africa.

The genetic history of Aboriginal Austra-

lians is contentious but highly important

for understanding the evolution of modern

humans. All living non-African populations like-

ly derived from a single dispersal of modern hu-

mans out of Africa, followed by subsequent serial

founder effects (1, 2). Accordingly, eastern Asia

is hypothesized to have been populated by a

single early migration wave rather than multiple

dispersals (3). In this “single-dispersal model,”

Aboriginal Australians are predicted to have di-

versified from within the Asian cluster [for defi-

nitions of human populations and groups, see (4)]

(Fig. 1A, top). Recent whole-genome studies re-

veal a split between Europeans and Asians dat-

ing to 17,000 to 43,000 years before the present

(B.P.) (5, 6). Because greater Australia (Australia

andMelanesia, including NewGuinea) has some

of the earliest archaeological evidence of ana-

tomically modern humans outside Africa, dating

back to ~50,000 years B.P. (7, 8), a divergence of

aboriginal Australasians from within the Asian

cluster is not compatible with population conti-

nuity in Australia. Alternatively, on the basis of

archaeological and fossil evidence, it has been

proposed that greater Australia was occupied by

an early, possibly independent out-of-Africa dis-

persal, before the population expansion giving

rise to themajority of present-day Eurasians (9, 10).

According to this “multiple-dispersal model,”

the descendants of the earlier migration became

assimilated or replaced by the later-dispersing

populations, with a few exceptions that include

Aboriginal Australians (10, 11) (Fig. 1A, bottom).

We sequenced the genome of an Aboriginal

Australian male from the early 20th century to

overcome problems of recent European admix-

ture and contamination (4). We used 0.6 g of hair

for DNA extraction (4, 12). Despite its relatively

young age, the genomic sequence showed a high

degree of fragmentation, with an average length

of 69 base pairs. The genome was sequenced to

an overall depth of 6.4×; the ~ 60% of the ge-

nomic regions covered was sequenced to an av-

erage depth of 11× (4) [theoretical maximum is

~85% (12)]. Cytosine-to-thymine misincorpora-

tion levels typical of ancient DNA (13) were low

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org94

REPORTS

Page 95: Science - 07 October 2011

1Centre for GeoGenetics, Natural History Museum of Denmark,and Department of Biology, University of Copenhagen, ØsterVoldgade 5-7, 1350 Copenhagen, Denmark. 2Sino-DanishGenomics Center, BGI-Shenzhen, Shenzhen 518083, China,and University of Copenhagen, Denmark. 3Shenzhen KeyLaboratory of Transomics Biotechnologies, BGI-Shenzhen,Shenzhen 518083, China. 4Departments of Integrative Biol-ogy and Statistics, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley,CA 94720, USA. 5Center for Biological Sequence Analysis,Department of Systems Biology, Technical University ofDenmark, 2800 Lyngby, Denmark. 6Department of Biology,University of Copenhagen, 2200 Copenhagen, Denmark.7Department of Evolutionary Biology, Tartu University andEstonian Biocentre, 23 Riia Street, 510101 Tartu, Estonia.8MRC Centre for Outbreak, Analysis andModeling, Departmentof Infectious Disease Epidemiology, Imperial College Facultyof Medicine, London W2 1PG, UK. 9Leverhulme Centre forHuman Evolutionary Studies, Department of BiologicalAnthropology, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB21QH, UK. 10Beijing Institute of Genomics, Chinese Academyof Sciences, No. 7 Beitucheng West Road, Chaoyang District,Beijing 100029, China. 11Evolutionary Ecology Group,

Department of Zoology, University of Cambridge, CambridgeCB2 3EJ, UK 12Department of Genetics, Stanford UniversitySchool of Medicine, Stanford, CA 94305, USA. 13Ancient DNALab, School of Biological Sciences and Biotechnology,Murdoch University, Western Australia 6150, Australia.14Undergraduate Program on Genomic Sciences, NationalAutonomous University of Mexico, Avenida Universidad s/nChamilpa 62210, Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. 15GoldfieldsLand and Sea Council Aboriginal Corporation, 14 ThrossellStreet, Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 6430, Australia. 16Ar-chaeology, University of Western Australia, Crawley, WesternAustralia 6009, Australia. 17Department of Anatomy, KitasatoUniversity School of Medicine, 1-15-1 Kitasato, Minami-ku,Sagamihara 252-0374, Japan. 18Institut für Sprachwissenschaft,Universität Bern, 3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. 19Department ofHuman Genetics, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL 60637,USA. 20Laboratoire d’Anthropologie Moléculaire et Imagerie deSynthèse, Université de Toulouse (Paul Sabatier)–CNRS UMR5288, 31073 Toulouse Cedex 3, France. 21Department of Hu-man and Clinical Genetics, Postzone S5-P, Leiden UniversityMedical Center, 2333 ZA Leiden, Netherlands. 22Departmentof Anthropology, University College London, London WC1E

6BT, UK. 23Griffith School of Environment and School ofBiomolecular and Physical Sciences, Griffith University,Nathan, Queensland 4111, Australia. 24Novo NordiskFoundation Center for Protein Research, Faculty of HealthSciences, University of Copenhagen, 2200 Copenhagen, Den-mark. 25Murray Edwards College, University of Cambridge,Cambridge CB3 0DF, UK. 26Institute for Forensic Genetics,D-48161 Münster, Germany. 27Department of Human Evolu-tion, Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology,04103 Leipzig, Germany. 28Department of Anthropology,University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British ColumbiaV6T 1Z1, Canada. 29Novo Nordisk Foundation Center forBiosustainability, Technical University of Denmark, 2800Lyngby, Denmark. 30Estonian Academy of Sciences, 6 KohtuStreet, 10130 Tallinn, Estonia. 31NovoNordisk Foundation Centerfor Basic Metabolic Research, University of Copenhagen, 2200Copenhagen, Denmark.

*These authors contributed equally to this work.†To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected] (E.W.); [email protected] (W.J.);[email protected] (R.N.)

Fig. 1. (A) The two models for early dispersal of modern humans into easternAsia. Top: Single-dispersal model predicting a single early dispersal of modernhumans into eastern Asia. Bottom: Multiple-dispersal model predicting sep-arate dispersals into eastern Asia of aboriginal Australasians and the an-cestors of most other present-day East Asians. AF, Africans; EU, Europeans;ASN, Asians; ABR, Aboriginal Australians. Arrow symbolizes gene flow. (B) PCAplot (PC1 versus PC2) of the studied populations and the ancient genome of

the Aboriginal Australian (marked with a cross). Inset shows the greaterAustralia populations (4). (C) Ancestry proportions of the studied 1220 in-dividuals from 79 populations and the ancient Aboriginal Australian as re-vealed by the ADMIXTURE program (28) with K = 5, K = 11, and K = 20. Astacked column of the K proportions represents each individual, with fractionsindicated on the y axis [see (4) for the choice of K]. The greater Australia pop-ulations are shown in detail at the upper right.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 95

REPORTS

Page 96: Science - 07 October 2011

(maximum 3%of all cytosines) andwere restricted

to a 5-nucleotide region at each read terminus.

For this reason, read termini were trimmed to im-

prove single-nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) call

quality (4).

The genome was mapped and genotyped,

identifying 2,782,401 SNPs, of which 449,115

were considered high-confidence, with a false-

positive rate of <2.4%, and were used in further

analyses (4). Of these, 28,395 (6.3%) have not

been previously reported (4). Despite extensive

handling of the hair by people of European an-

cestry, contamination levels based on the level of

X-chromosome heterozygosity were estimated

to be less than 0.5% (4). These findings are in

agreement with studies showing that ancient hu-

man hair can be decontaminated by pretreatment

(12, 14). Furthermore, no evidence of recent Eu-

ropean admixture or contamination could be de-

tected at the genotype level (4).

The Australian individual’s mitochondrial ge-

nome (mtDNA) was sequenced to an average

depth of 338×. It belongs to a new subclade of

haplogroup O (hg O) that we term hg O1a (4).

Haplogroup O is one of the four major lineage

groups specific to Australia and has been re-

ported from various parts of the Northern Terri-

tory (15 to 16%) (15–17). From high-confidence

Y-chromosome SNPs, we assigned his Y chro-

mosome to the K-M526* macro-haplogroup (4).

Although the O and P branches of haplogroup

K-M526 account for the majority of East and

West Eurasian Y chromosomes, the unresolved

K-M526* lineages are more common (>5%) on-

ly among contemporary populations of Australasia

(15, 18). Both uniparental markers fall within the

known pattern found among contemporary Ab-

original Australians (15), providing further evi-

dence that the genomic sequence obtained is not

contaminated.

We compared our high-confidence SNPswith

Illumina SNP chip data from 1220 individuals

belonging to 79 populations (4). Among these

are individuals from the Kusunda and Aeta, two

populations of hunter-gatherers from Nepal and

the Philippines, respectively. Both groups have

been hypothesized to be possible relict popula-

tions from the proposed early wave of dispersal

across eastern Asia (19, 20).

Principal components analysis (PCA) results

illustrated genetic differentiation among Africans,

Asians, and populations of greater Australia. The

Australian genome clusters together with High-

land Papua New Guinea (PNG) samples and is

thus positioned roughly between South and East

Asians. Apart from the neighboring Bougainville

Papuans, the closest populations to the Aborig-

inal Australian are the Munda speakers of India

and the Aeta from the Philippines (Fig. 1B). This

pattern is confirmed from 542 individuals from 43

Asian and greater Australia populations (4) and by

including an additional 25 populations from India

(21) that all fall on the Eurasian axis, including

those of the Great Andamanese and Onge from

the Andaman Islands (21). The PCA and ad-

mixture results (Fig. 1C) further confirm the lack

of European contamination or recent admixture in

the genome sequence.

We used the D test (22, 23) on the SNP chip

data and genomes to look for shared ancestry

between Aboriginal Australians and other groups

(4). We found significantly larger proportions of

shared derived alleles between the Aboriginal

Australian and Asians (Cambodian, Japanese,

Han, and Dai) than between the Aboriginal Aus-

tralian and Europeans (French) (Table 1, rows

1 to 4). We also found a significantly larger pro-

portion of shared derived alleles between the

French and the Asians than between the French

and the Aboriginal Australian (Table 1, rows 5

to 8). These findings do not allow us to dis-

criminate between the two models of origin, but

they do rule out simple models of complete iso-

lation of populations since divergence. Our data

do not provide consistent evidence of gene flow

between populations of greater Australia (Ab-

original Australian/PNG Highlands) and Asian

ancestors after the latter split from Native Amer-

icans under various models (4) (there may still be

some gene flow between Bougainville and some

Asian ancestors after that time; Table 1). This sug-

gests that before European contact occurred, Ab-

original Australian and PNGHighlands ancestors

Table 1. Results of D test.

Ingroup 1 Ingroup 2 Outgroup Difference* Total† D‡ SD§ Z||

1 French Cambodian Australian 461 8,035 0.06 0.013 4.5

2 French Japanese Australian 463 8,107 0.06 0.013 4.5

3 French Han Australian 674 7,908 0.09 0.012 7.0

4 French Dai Australian 636 8,214 0.08 0.013 6.0

5 Australian Cambodian French 435 8,009 0.05 0.013 4.3

6 Australian Japanese French 357 7,991 0.04 0.012 3.6

7 Australian Han French 487 7,713 0.06 0.012 5.1

8 Australian Dai French 343 7,919 0.04 0.012 3.5

9 Surui Cambodian Australian –4 7,644 0.00 0.012 0.0

10 Surui Japanese Australian 1 7,477 0.00 0.013 0.0

11 Surui Han Australian 215 7,261 0.03 0.013 2.4

12 Surui Dai Australian 169 7,493 0.02 0.013 1.7

13 Surui Cambodian PNG Highlands –195 64,149 0.00 0.006 –0.5

14 Surui Japanese PNG Highlands 288 62,364 0.00 0.006 0.7

15 Surui Han PNG Highlands 393 60,947 0.01 0.006 1.0

16 Surui Dai PNG Highlands 427 62,925 0.01 0.006 1.0

17 Surui Cambodian Bougainville 319 64,951 0.00 0.006 0.8

18 Surui Japanese Bougainville 1,543 63,063 0.02 0.007 3.6

19 Surui Han Bougainville 1,577 62,019 0.03 0.006 3.9

20 Surui Dai Bougainville 1,691 63,585 0.03 0.006 4.2

*Number of sites where a derived allele is shared between outgroup and ingroup 1 subtracted from sites where the derived allele isshared between outgroup and ingroup 2. †Number of sites where a derived allele is found in the outgroup and one of theingroups. ‡D test statistics (difference divided by total). §Standard deviation (found by block jackknife). ||Standardizedstatistics (to determine significance).

Table 2. Results of the D4P test. The results are from NA19239 (for YRI), NA12891 (for CEU), HG00421(for ASN), and the Aboriginal Australian genome (ABR). The two groups are patterns representing the twoways in which eligible SNPs can partition the four genomes (they have not been polarized).

Group 1 Group 2

YRI 1 1

ABR 0 1

CEU 0 0

ASN 1 0

Observed number* 13,974 14,765

Observed proportion (95% CI)† 48.6%

(47.8 to 49.4%)

51.4%

(50.6 to 52.2%)

Expected proportion under multiple-dispersal model 1‡ 48.7% 51.3%

Expected proportion under multiple-dispersal model 2§ 48.0% 52.0%

Expected proportion under single-dispersal model|| 50.3% 49.7%

*Average number of eligible SNPs showing groups 1 and 2 across block bootstrap replicates. †95% confidence interval obtainedfrom a block bootstrap (4). Z test rejects the null hypothesis that this value is equal to 50% (Z = 3.3, P < 0.001). ‡Expectedproportion from a multiple-dispersal model in which aboriginal Australasians split from Eurasian populations 2500 generations ago,before the split of European and Asian populations. This split time was estimated using the Aboriginal, NA12891, and HG00421sequences (4). These were the same individuals used for the D4P analysis. §Expected proportion from amultiple-dispersal model inwhich aboriginal Australasians split from Eurasian populations 2750 generations ago, before the split of European and Asian pop-ulations. This split time was estimated using the Aboriginal Australian and all Eurasian sequences (4). ||Expected proportion fromcoalescent simulations under a model in which aboriginal Australasians split from Asian populations 1500 generations ago. The otherparameters were those estimated by Schaffner et al. (27). See (4) for additional models.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org96

REPORTS

Page 97: Science - 07 October 2011

had been genetically isolated from other pop-

ulations (except possibly each other) since at least

15,000 to 30,000 years B.P. (24).

To identify which model of human dispersal

best explains the data, we sequenced three Han

Chinese genomes to an average depth of 23 to

24× (4) and used a test comparing the patterns of

similarity between these or the Aboriginal Aus-

tralian to African and European individuals (4).

This test, which we call D4P, is closely related to

theD test (22, 23) but is far more robust to errors

and can detect subtle demographic signals in the

data that may be masked by large amounts of

secondary gene flow (4).

Taking those sites where the Aboriginal Aus-

tralian (ABR) differs from a Han Chinese repre-

senting eastern Asia (ASN), and comparing ABR

and ASN with the Centre d’Etude du Polymor-

phisme Humain (CEPH) European sample (CEU)

representing Europe and the Yoruba represent-

ing Africa (YRI), the single-dispersal model (Fig.

1A, top) predicts an equal number of sites sup-

porting group 1 [(YRI, ASN), (CEU, ABR)] and

group 2 [(YRI, ABR), (CEU, ASN)]. In contrast,

the multiple-dispersal model (Fig. 1A, bottom)

predicts an excess of group 2. Indeed, we found

a statistically significant excess of sites (51.4%)

grouping the Yoruba and Australian genomes

together (group 2) relative to the Yoruba and East

Asian genomes together (group 1, 48.6%, P <

0.001), consistent with a basal divergence of Ab-

original Australians in relation to East Asians and

Europeans (Table 2). Another possible explana-

tion of our findings is that gene flow between

modern European and East Asian populations

caused these two populations to appear more sim-

ilar to each other, generating an excess of sites

showing group 2, even under the single-dispersal

model. However, simulations under such amodel

show that the amount of gene flow between Eu-

ropeans and East Asians (5) cannot generate the

excess of sites showing group 2 unless Aborig-

inal Australian, East Asian, and European ances-

tral populations all split from each other around

the same time, with no subsequent migration be-

tween aboriginal Australasians and East Asians

(4). Such a model, however, would be incon-

sistent with our results from D test, PCA, and

discriminant analysis of principal components

(DAPC) (4), given that the Aboriginal Australian

is found to be genetically closer to East Asians

than to Europeans (Table 1 and Fig. 1B). Thus,

our findings suggest that a model in which Ab-

original Australians are directly derived from an-

cestral Asian populations, as proposed by the

single-dispersal model, is not compatible with

the genomic data. Instead, our results favor the

multiple-dispersal model in which the ancestors

of Aboriginal Australian and related popula-

tions split from the Eurasian population before

Asian and European populations split from each

other (4).

To estimate the times of divergence, we de-

veloped a population genetic method for esti-

mating demographic parameters from diploid

whole-genome data. The method uses patterns of

allele frequencies and linkage disequilibrium to

obtain joint estimates of migration rates and di-

vergence times between pairs of populations (4).

Using this method, we estimate that aboriginal

Australasians split from the ancestral Eurasian

population 62,000 to 75,000 years B.P. This es-

timate fits well with the mtDNA-based coales-

cent estimates of 45,000 to 75,000 years B.P. of

the non-African founder lineages (4, 15, 25, 26).

Furthermore, we find that the European andAsian

populations split from each other only 25,000 to

38,000 years B.P., in agreement with previous

estimates (5, 6). All three populations, however,

have a divergence time similar to the representa-

tive African sequence. Additionally, our esti-

mated split time between aboriginal Australasians

and the ancestral Eurasian population predicts the

observed excess of sites showing group 2 dis-

cussed above (Table 2). To obtain confidence

intervals and test hypotheses, we used a block

bootstrap approach. In 100 bootstrap samples, we

always obtained a longer divergence time be-

tween East Asians and the Aboriginal Australian

than between East Asians and Europeans, show-

ing that we can reject the null hypothesis of a

trichotomy in the population phylogeny with sta-

tistical significance of approximately P < 0.01. In

these analyses we have taken changes in popu-

lation sizes and the effect of gene flow after

divergence between populations into account.

However, our models are still relatively simple,

and the models we consider are only a subset of

all the possible models of human demography. In

addition, we have not attempted directly tomodel

the combined effects of demography and selec-

tion. The true history of human diversification is

likely to be more complex than the simple de-

mographic models considered here.

We used two approaches to test for admixture

in the genomic sequence of the Aboriginal Aus-

tralian with archaic humans [Neandertals and

Denisovans (22, 23)]. We asked whether previ-

ously identified high-confidence Neandertal ad-

mixture segments in Europeans and Asians (22)

could also be found in the Aboriginal Australian.

We found that the proportion of such segments

in the Aboriginal Australian closely matched that

observed in European and Asian sequences (4).

In the case of the Denisovans, we used a D test

(22, 23) to search for evidence of admixture with-

in the Aboriginal Australian genome. This test

compares the proportion of shared derived al-

leles between an outgroup sequence (Denisovan)

and two ingroup sequences. This test showed a

relative increase in allele sharing between the

Denisovan and the Aboriginal Australian genomes,

compared to other Eurasians andAfricans includ-

ing Andaman Islanders (4), but slightly less allele

sharing than observed for Papuans. However, we

found that the D test is highly sensitive to errors

in the ingroup sequences (4), and shared errors

are of particular concern when the comparisons

involve both an ingroup and outgroup ancient

DNA sequence. Althoughwe cannot exclude these

results being influenced by such errors, the latter

result is consistent with the hypothesis of in-

creased admixture betweenDenisovans or related

groups and the ancestors of the modern inhab-

itants of Melanesia (23). This admixture may

have occurred in Melanesia or, alternatively, in

Eurasia during the early migration wave.

The degree to which a single individual is

representative of the evolutionary history of Ab-

original Australians more generally is unclear.

Nonetheless, we conclude that the ancestors of

Fig. 2. Reconstruction of early spread of modern humans outside Africa. The tree shows the divergence ofthe Aboriginal Australian (ABR) relative to the CEPH European (CEU) and the Han Chinese (HAN) withgene flow between aboriginal Australasians and Asian ancestors. Purple arrow shows early spread of theancestors of Aboriginal Australians into eastern Asia ~62,000 to 75,000 years B.P. (ka BP), exchanginggenes with Denisovans, and reaching Australia ~50,000 years B.P. Black arrow shows spread of East Asians~25,000 to 38,000 years B.P. and admixing with remnants of the early dispersal (red arrow) some timebefore the split between Asians and Native American ancestors ~15,000 to 30,000 years B.P. YRI, Yoruba.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 97

REPORTS

Page 98: Science - 07 October 2011

this Aboriginal Australian man—and possibly of

all Aboriginal Australians—are as distant from

Africans as are other Eurasians, and that the Ab-

original ancestors split 62,000 to 75,000 years B.P.

from the gene pool that all contemporary non-

African populations appear to descend from.

Rather than supporting a single early human ex-

pansion into eastern Asia, our findings support

the alternative model of Aboriginal Australians

descending from an early Asian expansion wave

some 62,000 to 75,000 years B.P. The data also

fit this model’s prediction of substantial admix-

ture and replacement of populations from the first

wave by the second expansion wave, with a few

populations such as Aboriginal Australians, and

possibly PNG Highlands and Aeta, being rem-

nants of the early dispersal (Fig. 2). This is com-

patible with mtDNA data showing that although

all haplogroups observed in Australia are unique

to this region, they derive from the same few

founder haplogroups that are shared by all non-

African populations (4). Finally, our data are in

agreement with contemporary Aboriginal Aus-

tralians being the direct descendants from the

first humans to be found in Australia, dating to

~50,000 years B.P. (7, 8). This means that Ab-

original Australians likely have one of the oldest

continuous population histories outside sub-

Saharan Africa today.

References and Notes1. S. Ramachandran et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.

102, 15942 (2005).

2. H. Liu, F. Prugnolle, A. Manica, F. Balloux, Am. J.

Hum. Genet. 79, 230 (2006).

3. HUGO Pan-Asian SNP Consortium, Science 326, 1541

(2009).

4. See supporting material on Science Online.

5. R. N. Gutenkunst, R. D. Hernandez, S. H. Williamson,

C. D. Bustamante, PLoS Genet. 5, e1000695 (2009).

6. A. Keinan, J. C. Mullikin, N. Patterson, D. Reich,

Nat. Genet. 39, 1251 (2007).

7. G. R. Summerhayes et al., Science 330, 78 (2010).

8. J. O’Connell, J. Allen, J. Archaeol. Sci. 31, 835 (2004).

9. L. Cavalli-Sforza, P. Menozzi, A. Piazza, The History and

Geography of Human Genes (Princeton Univ. Press,

Princeton, NJ, 1994).

10. M. M. Lahr, R. Foley, Evol. Anthropol. 3, 48 (1994).

11. M. M. Lahr, R. A. Foley, Yearb. Phys. Anthropol. 41,

137 (1998).

12. M. Rasmussen et al., Nature 463, 757 (2010).

13. J. Binladen et al., Genetics 172, 733 (2006).

14. M. T. P. Gilbert et al., Science 320, 1787 (2008).

15. G. Hudjashov et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 104,

8726 (2007).

16. M. Ingman, U. Gyllensten, Genome Res. 13, 1600 (2003).

17. S. M. van Holst Pellekaan, M. Ingman, J. Roberts-Thomson,

R. M. Harding, Am. J. Phys. Anthropol. 131, 282 (2006).

18. T. M. Karafet et al., Mol. Biol. Evol. 27, 1833 (2010).

19. M. Lahr, The Evolution of Modern Human Diversity:

A Study of Cranial Variation (Cambridge Univ. Press,

Cambridge, 1996).

20. P. Whitehouse, T. Usher, M. Ruhlen, W. S.-Y. Wang,

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 101, 5692 (2004).

21. D. Reich, K. Thangaraj, N. Patterson, A. L. Price, L. Singh,

Nature 461, 489 (2009).

22. R. E. Green et al., Science 328, 710 (2010).

23. D. Reich et al., Nature 468, 1053 (2010).

24. T. Goebel, M. R. Waters, D. H. O’Rourke, Science 319,

1497 (2008).

25. P. Endicott, S. Y. W. Ho, M. Metspalu, C. Stringer,

Trends Ecol. Evol. 24, 515 (2009).

26. P. Soares et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet. 84, 740 (2009).

27. S. F. Schaffner et al., Genome Res. 15, 1576 (2005).

28. D. H. Alexander, J. Novembre, K. Lange, Genome Res. 19,

1655 (2009).

Acknowledgments: Our work was endorsed by the Goldfields

Land and Sea Council, the organization representing

the Aboriginal Traditional Owners of the Goldfields

region, including the cultural (and possibly the

biological) descendents of the individual who provided

the hair sample. See (4) for letter. Data are accessible

through NCBI Sequence Read Archive SRA035301.1 or

through http://dx.doi.org/10.5524/100010. We note the

following additional affiliations: S.T. also works for the

Australian Federal Police; J.D. is a partner in Dortch &

Cuthbert Pty. Ltd.; P.F. is director of Genetic Ancestor Ltd.

and Fluxus Technology Ltd.; and C.D.B. serves as an

unpaid consultant for 23andMe. For author contributions

and extended acknowledgements, see (4).

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1211177/DC1

Materials and Methods

SOM Text

Figs. S1 to S39

Tables S1 to S28

References

14 July 2011; accepted 13 September 2011

Published online 22 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1211177

Acetylcholine-SynthesizingT Cells Relay Neural Signalsin a Vagus Nerve CircuitMauricio Rosas-Ballina,1* Peder S. Olofsson,1* Mahendar Ochani,1 Sergio I. Valdés-Ferrer,1,2

Yaakov A. Levine,1 Colin Reardon,3 Michael W. Tusche,3 Valentin A. Pavlov,1 Ulf Andersson,4

Sangeeta Chavan,1 Tak W. Mak,3 Kevin J. Tracey1†

Neural circuits regulate cytokine production to prevent potentially damaging inflammation. Aprototypical vagus nerve circuit, the inflammatory reflex, inhibits tumor necrosis factor–a productionin spleen by a mechanism requiring acetylcholine signaling through the a7 nicotinic acetylcholinereceptor expressed on cytokine-producing macrophages. Nerve fibers in spleen lack the enzymaticmachinery necessary for acetylcholine production; therefore, how does this neural circuit terminate incholinergic signaling? We identified an acetylcholine-producing, memory phenotype T cell populationin mice that is integral to the inflammatory reflex. These acetylcholine-producing T cells are requiredfor inhibition of cytokine production by vagus nerve stimulation. Thus, action potentials originating in thevagus nerve regulate T cells, which in turn produce the neurotransmitter, acetylcholine, required tocontrol innate immune responses.

Neural circuits regulate organ function in

order to maintain optimal physiological

stability, providing homeostasis to the

body’s internal environment. The vagus nerve,

named by the Latin word for “wandering,” is a

paired structure that arises in the brain stem and

travels to visceral organs, where it regulates phys-

iological responses to environmental changes, in-

jury, and infection. In the immune system, electrical

stimulation of the vagus nerve inhibits cytokine

release; attenuates tissue injury; and ameliorates

inflammation-mediated injury in endotoxemia,

sepsis, and other cytokine-dependent models of in-

flammatory disease (1–4). This neural circuit, termed

the inflammatory reflex, requires action poten-

tials arising in the vagus nerve, and acetylcholine

interacting with the a7 subunit of the nicotinic ace-

tylcholine receptor (nAChR) expressed on cytokine-

producing macrophages in spleen (5). Selective

cholinergic agonists significantly inhibit cytokine

production in spleen and improve outcome in ex-

perimentalmodels of inflammatory disease (6–12).

Vagus nerve fibers terminate in the celiac gan-

glion, the location of neural cell bodies that project

axons in the splenic nerve to innervate the spleen

(13, 14). Electrical stimulation of either the vagus

nerve above the celiac ganglion or the splenic nerve

itself significantly inhibits tumor necrosis factor–a

(TNF-a) production by red pulp andmarginal zone

macrophages, the principal cell source of TNF-a

released into the circulation during endotoxemia

(15–17). Paradoxically, nerve fibers in spleen, orig-

inating in the celiac ganglion, are adrenergic, not

cholinergic, and utilize norepinephrine as the pri-

mary neurotransmitter (18). Thus, although the

spleen has been shown to contain acetylcholine

(19, 20), the cellular source of this terminal neuro-

transmitter in the inflammatory reflex is unknown.

Because lymphocytes can synthesize and release

acetylcholine (21, 22), we reasoned that theymight

be the source of acetylcholine that relays functional

information transmitted by action potentials origi-

nating in the vagus nerve to the spleen.

To determine whether vagus nerve stimulation

induces increased acetylcholine release in the spleen,

1Laboratory of Biomedical Science, The Feinstein Institute forMedical Research, 350 Community Drive, Manhasset, NewYork 11030, USA. 2Elmezzi Graduate School of MolecularMedicine, The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research, 350Community Drive, Manhasset, New York 11030, USA. 3TheCampbell Family Institute for Breast Cancer Research, Univer-sity Health Network, Toronto, Ontario M5G 2C1, Canada.4Department of Women’s and Children’s Health, KarolinskaInstitutet, S-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden.

*These authors contributed equally to this work.†To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org98

REPORTS

Page 99: Science - 07 October 2011

wemeasured acetylcholine in perfusate samples col-

lected by microdialysis. Acetylcholine levels were

elevated within minutes after electrical vagus nerve

stimulation and reached peak levels within 20 min

(Fig. 1A). This indicates that action potentials orig-

inating in the vagus nerve can enhance acetylcho-

line release in the spleen. Previous work indicated

that adrenergic nerve endings in the spleen termi-

nate in the T cell region of the white pulp and that

splenic nerve stimulation enhances norepinephrine

release from spleen (23, 24). To determine the effect

of norepinephrine on acetylcholine release,we incu-

bated spleen lymphocytes in the presence of nor-

epinephrine. Norepinephrine significantly stimulated

acetylcholine release by spleen lymphocytes (Fig.

1B), which suggested that functional stimulation

of adrenergic splenic neurons can stimulate spleen

lymphocyte acetylcholine release.

Next, to evaluate the role of T cells in mediat-

ing the inflammatory reflex, we studied the effect

of vagus nerve stimulation in nude mice, which

are devoid of functional T cells. As expected,

vagus nerve stimulation in control BALB/c mice

significantly suppressed serum TNF-a produc-

tion during endotoxemia (Fig. 1C). Vagus nerve

stimulation failed to attenuate serum TNF-a in

nude mice, which indicated that T cell deficiency

impairs the inflammatory reflex (Fig. 1D). To

identify acetylcholine-producing T cells required

for the integrity of the inflammatory reflex, we

Fig. 1. Vagus nerve stimulation increases acetylcholine levels in the spleenand requires T lymphocytes to attenuate TNF-a in endotoxemia. (A) BALB/cmice (n = 5) were subjected to vagus nerve stimulation (5 min), and spleenacetylcholine levels were determined in dialysate samples by mass spectrom-etry. Results are expressed as a percentage of the average levels of threeconsecutive samples T SEM obtained before vagus nerve stimulation (basal).P < 0.05 at 20 min compared with basal [repeated measures analysis of var-iance (ANOVA) and the Dunnett post hoc test]. VNS, vagus nerve stimulation.(B) Acetylcholine was measured by mass spectrometry in supernatants of

nonadherent spleen cells in the presence or absence of norepinephrine atthe indicated concentrations. Data were obtained from pooled cells stimulatedin duplicate. Results are expressed as the mean of two experiments. *P < 0.05compared with unstimulated cells (two-tailed t test). (C) BALB/c mice (four orfive per group) and (D) BALB/c nude mice (five per group) were subjected tosham surgery or vagus nerve stimulation followed by endotoxin injection. Serumwas obtained 90 min after endotoxin administration, and TNF-a was measuredby enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Results are means T SEM.*P < 0.05 compared with the sham group (two-tailed t test).

Fig. 2. Spleen acetylcholine-synthesizing T cells express amemory T cell phenotype. (A)ChAT-EGFP expression in spleenCD3+ T cells of wild-type andChAT(BAC)-EGFP mice. (B) Ex-pression of ChAT-EGFP in CD4+

and CD8+ spleen T cells. (C)CD44 and CD62L expression inspleen CD4+ cells (left), andChAT-EGFP expression in CD4+

CD44high CD62Llow and CD4+

CD44low CD62Lhigh spleen cells(middle and right, respectively).(D) Percentage of ChAT-EGFP–

and ChAT-EGFP+ cells amongspleen CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow

cells, n = 5. (E) Spleen CD4+

CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP–

and CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow

ChAT-EGFP+ cells were obtainedby cell sorting. (F) Acetylcholineconcentration was determined

0 102 103 104 105

CD3

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

0 102 103 104 105

CD3

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

WT ChAT(BAC)eGFP

0 2.2

0 102 103 104 105

CD4

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

0 102 103 104 105

CD8

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

ChAT(BAC)eGFP ChAT(BAC)eGFP

3.6 0.1

CD44lowCD62L high CD44highCD62Llow CD4 + CD4 + CD4 +

0 102 103 104 105

CD44

0

102

103

104

105

CD

62L

0 102 103 104 105

CD4

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

0 102 103 104 105

CD4

0

102

103

104

105

Ch

AT

-eG

FP

9.4 0.04

ChAT-eGFP- ChAT-eGFP+0

25

50

75

100

*

% o

f CD

4+ CD

44hi

ghC

D62

Llo

w

A B

C D

E F

ChAT-eGFP- ChAT-eGFP+0

20

40

60 *

Ace

tylc

ho

line

(nm

ol/L

)

0 102 103 104 105

ChAT-eGFP

0

50

100

150

200

250

# C

ells

ChAT-eGFP - ChAT-eGFP +

0.05 96

0 102 103 104 105

ChAT-eGFP

0

20

40

60

80

# C

ells

96

in supernatants of cells under resting conditions. Data wereobtained from pooled cells cultured in duplicate. Results arethe means of two experiments. *P < 0.05 compared withCD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP– cells (two-tailed t test).

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 99

REPORTS

Page 100: Science - 07 October 2011

used ChAT(BAC)-EGFP mice, which express en-

hanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP) under

the control of transcriptional regulatory elements

for ChAT, the enzyme that catalyzes the biosyn-

thesis of acetylcholine (25). Flow cytometry re-

vealed that ChAT-EGFP+ cells were 2.6 T 0.4%

of total spleen CD3+ T cells (Fig. 2A), which in-

dicated that only a relatively small subset of total

spleen T cells express ChAT. ChAT-EGFP was

expressed in 4.4 T 0.7% of CD4+ cells, but in

only a negligible number (0.2 T 0.1%) of CD8+

T cells (Fig. 2B). When CD4+ cells were further

divided into CD44high CD62Llow memory and

CD44low CD62Lhigh naïve Tcell populations, ChAT-

EGFP+ cells were predominantly observed in the

CD44high CD62Llow population (Fig. 2C). Among

the total memory CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow cells,

10.5 T 2.1% were ChAT-EGFP+ T cells (Fig. 2D).

To examine the capacity for acetylcholine syn-

thesis by T cells, spleen CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow

ChAT-EGFP+ and CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow

ChAT-EGFP– cells were collected by cell sorting,

and acetylcholine was measured in supernatants

of these cells under basal conditions. Acetyl-

choline production was significantly elevated in

supernatants of CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-

EGFP+ cells, as compared with CD4+ CD44high

CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP– (Fig. 2, E and F). To func-

tionally characterize these acetylcholine-producing

T cells, spleen CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-

EGFP+ cells were stimulated with plate-bound

CD3-specific antibody. Levels of interleukin-17A

(IL-17A), IL-10, and the T helper 1 cytokine

interferon-g (IFN-g) were significantly elevated

in supernatants 48 hours after stimulation (fig.

S1), whereas the T helper 2 cytokines IL-4 and

IL-6 were not significantly elevated (fig. S1). This

suggested that ChAT expression is not restricted

to a discrete functional T cell subset and raised the

possibility that T cell acetylcholine-synthesizing

capacity might be linked to T cell activation

status. To examine this, ChAT-EGFP expression

was analyzed on CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-

EGFP– T cells after stimulation with CD3-specific

antibody. Flow cytometry analysis revealed a sig-

nificant increase in ChAT-EGFP expression with-

in 48 hours after T cell stimulation (fig. S2), which

suggested that T cell activation enhances ex-

pression of ChAT and acetylcholine release.

The spatial relation between ChAT-EGFP+ T

cells and splenic nerve fibers was explored by

immunofluorescence analysis of spleen sections

to reveal that ChAT-EGFP expression in T lym-

phocytes localized primarily in the white pulp

(Fig. 3, A and B). ChAT-EGFP+ cells in the white

pulp were adjacent to splenic nerve fibers ex-

pressing tyrosine hydroxylase, the rate-limiting

enzyme in catecholamine synthesis (Fig. 3C).

As expected, splenic nerve fibers failed to express

ChAT-EGFP, in agreement with earlier results,

which indicated that splenic nerves are adrener-

gic and do not produce acetylcholine (15, 18).

Synaptophysin, a glycoprotein expressed at neu-

ral synapses, was localized adjacent to ChAT-

EGFP+ cells in white pulp parenchyma (Fig. 3D).

Together with previous results indicating that

splenic nerve endings form synapse-like structures

on T lymphocytes (23), the termination of these

synaptophysin-positive nerve fibers on ChAT-

EGFP+ T cells provides an anatomical basis for

splenic nerve fibers interacting with acetylcholine-

producing T cells. Extensive prior work has es-

tablished that splenic nerve signals modulate

T cell responses by signal transduction through

b-adrenergic receptors (26–28). Analysis of mRNA

levels of adrenergic receptors b1, b2, and b3 in

CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+ spleen

ChAT-eGFP CD3

B

D

ChAT-eGFP Synaptophysin

ChAT-eGFP TH

CA

C

A ChAT-eGFP CD3

CA

20 m20 m

20 m 5 m

Fig. 3. Acetylcholine-synthesizing T cells in spleen are located in the proximity of catecholaminergicnerve endings. (A and B) Immunofluorescent micrographs of ChAT-EGFP (green) expression by T cells inspleen white pulp (CD3, red). (C) Immunofluorescent micrographs of ChAT-EGFP+ cells (green) and nervefibers stained with tyrosine hydroxylase (TH, red). (D) Fluorescent micrographs of splenic nerve endings(synaptophysin, red) juxtaposed (arrows) to ChAT-EGFP+ (green) cells in the white pulp. CA, central artery.(A) ×400 magnification, (B) ×630 magnification, (C) ×400 magnification, (D) ×630 magnification. Imagesare representative of spleen sections (n = 3 to 5) from five experiments.

SHAM VNS0

50

100

150

*

seru

m T

NF

(% o

f sh

am)

ChAT-eGFP+A

SHAM VNS0

50

100

150

seru

m T

NF

(% o

f sh

am)

ChAT-eGFP-B

SHAM VNS0

50

100

150

*

Scrambled siRNA

seru

m T

NF

(% o

f sh

am)

C

SHAM VNS0

50

100

150ChAT siRNA

seru

m T

NF

(% o

f sh

am)

D

Fig. 4. Vagus nerve stimulation requires acetylcholine-synthesizing T cells toattenuate TNF-a in endotoxemia. Indicated groups of mice were subjected tosham surgery or vagus nerve stimulation followed by endotoxin injection.Serum was obtained 90 min after endotoxin administration, and TNF-a wasmeasured by ELISA. (A) BALB/c nude mice receiving spleen CD4+ CD44high

CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+ cells, eight mice per group. (B) BALB/c nude mice re-

ceiving spleen CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP– cells, six or seven miceper group. (C) BALB/c nude mice receiving spleen CD4+ cells transfected withcontrol scrambled siRNA, five or six mice per group. (D) BALB/c nude micereceiving spleen CD4+ cells transfected with ChAT siRNA, six or seven miceper group. Results are means T SEM. *P < 0.05 compared with the respectivesham group (two-tailed t test).

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org100

REPORTS

Page 101: Science - 07 October 2011

cells revealed expression of adrenergic receptors

b1 and b2, but not b3 (fig. S3). This agrees with

previous work that b-adrenergic receptors on T

cells underlie the mechanism of adrenergic splenic

nerve signaling (26–28).

In order to assess the role of acetylcholine-

producing T cells in the inflammatory reflex,

CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+ cells ob-

tained by cell sorting were adoptively transferred

to nude mice. Vagus nerve stimulation significant-

ly decreased serum TNF-a levels in endotoxemic

nude mice reconstituted with CD4+ CD44high

CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+ cells (Fig. 4A) but not

in controls reconstituted with CD4+ CD44high

CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP– cells (Fig. 4B). The fate

of adoptively transferred CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow

ChAT-EGFP+ T cells in this nude mouse model

was examined by flow cytometry and histo-

logical analysis of spleen sections. We found

that CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+

and CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP– T

cells harvested from spleens of recipient nude

mice remained ChAT-EGFP+ and ChAT-EGFP–,

respectively (fig. S4, A and B). We also ob-

served significant accumulation of ChAT-EGFP+

cells in the vicinity of synaptophysin-positive nerve

fibers in white pulp (fig. S4C). The localization of

ChAT-EGFP+ T cells in the white pulp of nude

mice after adoptive transfer was indistinguishable

from that of ChAT-EGFP+ Tcells observed in trans-

genic ChAT(BAC)-EGFP mice (Fig. 2). Together,

these results indicate that acetylcholine-producing

T cells populate the spleen after adoptive transfer

and localize to the region of splenic neurons under

functional control of action potentials originating

in the vagus nerve.

It remained theoretically possible that some

other unanticipated effect of these cells not re-

lated to acetylcholine restored the inflammatory

reflex. Accordingly, we next utilized small inter-

fering RNA (siRNA) to deplete (knockdown)

ChAT in spleen CD4+ T cells (fig. S5). Scram-

bled or ChAT siRNA-transfected CD4+ T cells

were adoptively transferred into nude mice. Vagus

nerve stimulation attenuated serum TNF-a levels

in mice that received CD4+ T cells transfected

with control siRNA (Fig. 4C), but failed to atten-

uate TNF-a in nude mice that received CD4+

T cells transfected with ChAT siRNA (Fig. 4D).

Vagus nerve stimulation also significantly reduced

serum IL-6 and IL-10 levels in nude mice that

received CD4+ T cells transfected with control

siRNA, but not in nude mice that received ChAT

siRNA-treated T cells (fig. S6). Together, these

data indicate that T cells with an intrinsic ca-

pacity to synthesize acetylcholine are required

for the integrity of the inflammatory reflex.

It had been previously established that the

inflammatory reflex requires an intact splenic

nerve (15) and a7 nAChR expression in effector

cytokine-producing cells in spleen (16). These

results were previously difficult to rectify with

observations that splenic nerves are adrenergic

and do not produce the neurotransmitter, acetyl-

choline, required to interact with a7 nAChR. As

early as 1965, investigators had observed that

electrical stimulation of the splenic nerve in-

duced acetylcholine release in spleen, but the

cell source of this acetylcholine had been con-

tested (29–32). The present findings show that

vagus nerve stimulation also increases acetyl-

choline release from spleen and that spleen lym-

phocytes release acetylcholine in response to

norepinephrine. It is likely that the regulatory

effect of acetylcholine-synthesizing T cells de-

scribed here is not restricted to the spleen, because

CD4+ CD44high CD62Llow ChAT-EGFP+ T cells

are also present in lymph nodes and Peyer’s patches

(fig. S7), which are innervated by adrenergic neu-

rons (33). Further, polyclonal activation of T cells

also up-regulates ChAT-EGFP expression (fig. S2)

(34) and augments acetylcholine production and

release (35), which together make plausible the

possibility that T cell activation status modulates

the activity of the inflammatory reflex.

A major finding of this study is the surpris-

ing functional role for acetylcholine-producing

memory T cells as integral components of a neu-

ral information system that controls innate im-

mune responses. It should be possible to target

these cells as therapeutic modalities for inflam-

matory and autoimmune diseases.

References and Notes1. L. V. Borovikova et al., Nature 405, 458 (2000).2. J. M. Huston et al., Crit. Care Med. 35, 2762 (2007).3. S. Guarini et al., Circulation 107, 1189 (2003).4. J. M. Huston et al., J. Immunol. 183, 552 (2009).5. H. Wang et al., Nature 421, 384 (2003).6. M. Kox et al., Biochem. Pharmacol. 78, 863 (2009).7. M. Rosas-Ballina et al., Mol. Med. 15, 195 (2009).8. D. J. van Westerloo et al., Gastroenterology 130, 1822 (2006).9. V. A. Pavlov et al., Crit. Care Med. 35, 1139 (2007).10. W. R. Parrish et al., Mol. Med. 14, 567 (2008).11. M. M. Yeboah et al., Kidney Int. 74, 62 (2008).12. I. A. Giebelen, D. J. van Westerloo, G. J. LaRosa, A. F. de Vos,

T. van der Poll, Shock 28, 700 (2007).13. H. R. Berthoud, T. L. Powley, J. Auton. Nerv. Syst. 42, 153

(1993).

14. D. L. Bellinger, S. Y. Felten, D. Lorton, D. L. Felten,

Brain Behav. Immun. 3, 291 (1989).

15. M. Rosas-Ballina et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 105,

11008 (2008).16. J. M. Huston et al., J. Exp. Med. 203, 1623 (2006).17. M. G. Kees, G. Pongratz, F. Kees, J. Schölmerich,

R. H. Straub, J. Neuroimmunol. 145, 77 (2003).18. D. L. Bellinger, D. Lorton, R. W. Hamill, S. Y. Felten,

D. L. Felten, Brain Behav. Immun. 7, 191 (1993).19. H. H. Dale, H. W. Dudley, J. Physiol. 68, 97 (1929).20. D. Todman, Eur. Neurol. 60, 162 (2008).21. K. Kawashima, H. Oohata, K. Fujimoto, T. Suzuki,

Neurosci. Lett. 104, 336 (1989).22. I. Rinner, K. Schauenstein, J. Neurosci. Res. 35, 188 (1993).23. S. Y. Felten, J. Olschowka, J. Neurosci. Res. 18, 37 (1987).24. D. L. Bellinger, S. Y. Felten, T. J. Collier, D. L. Felten,

J. Neurosci. Res. 18, 55, 126 (1987).25. Y. N. Tallini et al., Physiol. Genomics 27, 391 (2006).26. R. D. Feldman, G. W. Hunninghake, W. L. McArdle,

J. Immunol. 139, 3355 (1987).27. A. P. Kohm, V. M. Sanders, Pharmacol. Rev. 53, 487 (2001).28. C. Riether et al., Brain Behav. Immun. 25, 59 (2011).29. K. W. Brandon, M. J. Rand, J. Physiol. 157, 18 (1961).30. F. E. Leaders, C. Dayrit, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 147,

145 (1965).31. K. Bulloch, T. Damavandy, M. Badamchian, Int. J. Neurosci.

76, 141 (1994).32. L. G. Stephens-Newsham, C. Hebb, S. P. Mann, H. Banns,

Gen. Pharmacol. 10, 385 (1979).33. D. L. Felten, S. Y. Felten, S. L. Carlson, J. A. Olschowka,

S. Livnat, J. Immunol. 135, (Suppl), 755s (1985).34. T. Fujii et al., J. Neuroimmunol. 82, 101 (1998).35. I. Rinner, K. Kawashima, K. Schauenstein, J. Neuroimmunol.

81, 31 (1998).

Acknowledgments: This work was supported in part by

grants from National Institute of General Medical Sciences,

NIH, to K.J.T. and from the Wenner-Gren Foundations in

Stockholm to P.S.O. We thank B. Diamond for helpful

discussions, and H. Borrero and S. Matheravidathu for

technical support. The data reported in this paper are

tabulated in the main text and supporting online material.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1209985/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S7

References

17 June 2011; accepted 26 July 2011

Published online 15 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1209985

Functional Innervation of HepaticiNKT Cells Is ImmunosuppressiveFollowing StrokeConnie H. Y. Wong,1 Craig N. Jenne,1,2 Woo-Yong Lee,1 Caroline Léger,2 Paul Kubes1,2,3*

Systemic immunosuppression has been associated with stroke for many years, but the underlyingmechanisms are poorly understood. In this study, we demonstrated that stroke induced profoundbehavioral changes in hepatic invariant NKT (iNKT) cells in mice. Unexpectedly, these effects weremediated by a noradrenergic neurotransmitter rather than a CD1d ligand or other well-characterizeddanger signals. Blockade of this innervation was protective in wild-type mice after stroke but had noeffect in mice deficient in iNKT cells. Selective immunomodulation of iNKT cells with a specific activator(a-galactosylceramide) promoted proinflammatory cytokine production and prevented infections afterstroke. Our results therefore identify a molecular mechanism that leads to immunosuppression afterstroke and suggest an attractive potential therapeutic alternative to antibiotics, namely,immunomodulation of iNKT cells to prevent stroke-associated infections.

Amajor cause of death resulting from

stroke is infection (1, 2). Immunosup-

pression, perhaps due to a systemic shift

from T helper cell (TH) 1–type to TH2-type cy-

tokine production, has been proposed as a com-

pensatory response to protect the post-ischemic

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 101

REPORTS

Page 102: Science - 07 October 2011

brain from overwhelming inflammation (3). This

excessive activation of inhibitory pathways in-

creases the susceptibility to infections (4–6), al-

though the underlying mechanism has remained

elusive to date. Invariant natural killer T (iNKT)

cells have a highly restricted repertoire of T cell

receptors (TCRs) that recognize lipid antigens

presented by CD1d (7, 8). These antigens include

various bacterial glycolipids but also endogenous

moieties that could function as alarmins and alert

the immune system to danger. Because iNKT

cells reside in the vasculature of organs like the

liver, where circulating antigens can be captured

and presented, we proposed that iNKT cells in

this tissue are also able to respond to remote sites

of injury, such as the brain, and modulate sys-

temic immune responses.

iNKT cells primarily reside in the liver and

spleen (9). iNKT cells patrol the hepatic micro-

vasculature and can be tracked inCxcr6gfp/+ mice

(10). When activated with either CD1d ligands or

exogenous administration of interleukin (IL)–12

and IL-18, iNKT cells showed altered behavior,

including cessation of intravascular crawling as-

sociated with activation and release of key cyto-

kines (11). We hypothesized that, on the basis of

their intravascular localization, iNKT cells are

well positioned to detect distant tissue injury and

participate in systemic immunomodulation. To

investigate this, we examined liver iNKT cell be-

havior in response to transient midcerebral artery

occlusion (MCAO)–induced brain injury, a ro-

dent model of stroke. Using intravital spinning-

disk confocalmicroscopy, we observed that iNKT

cells crawl randomly within liver sinusoids under

control conditions (Fig. 1A; fig. S1, A and B; and

movie S1) (12). The crawling velocities of iNKT

cells in control and sham-operated animals did

not differ (fig. S1C). In contrast, we observed

markedly restricted crawling of liver iNKT cells

after MCAO as reperfusion progressed (Fig. 1, B

and C, and fig. S1D). There was a significant

decrease in the number of crawling iNKT cells

and an increasing number of stationary iNKTcells

at 4, 8, and 24 hours after MCAO (Fig. 1D and

movie S2). Some of the arrested cells continued to

send out pseudopods, “pirouetting” or scanning in

a circular pattern (Fig. 1, D and E, and movie S3).

These behaviors were particular to the ischemia-

reperfusion in the brain, as ischemia-reperfusion

injury of the hindlimb had no effect on the be-

havior of liver iNKT cells (fig. S1E).

Stroke induces major immune changes, in-

cluding severe lymphopenia in the peripheral

blood, thymus, and spleen (13, 14). Interestingly,

the number of iNKT cells did not decrease in

the peripheral blood, liver, spleen, thymus, and

lymph node of post-ischemic mice (fig. S2). How-

ever, increased expression of CD69 in iNKTcells

was observed in the peripheral blood and liver

(Fig. 1, F and G), which suggests regional iNKT

cell activation after stroke (Fig. 1G). Taken to-

gether, these data demonstrate that brain injury

has far-reaching effects, including the capacity to

induce profound behavioral changes in hepatic

iNKT cells.

Activated iNKT cells produce cytokines and

chemokines (15). After MCAO, systemic TH1-

type cytokines such as interferon-g (IFN-g) and

IL-12p70 decreased in wild-type mice (fig. S3, Ai

and Bi), reaching significance at 8 hours reper-

fusion. By contrast, TH2-type cytokines, includ-

ing IL-10 and IL-5, were increased at 4 hours

after MCAO (fig. S3, Ci and Di). We did not

detect IL-4 at any time. In the liver, iNKT cells

produced significantly increased amounts of

IL-10, but not IFN-g or IL-4, at 8 hours after

MCAO (Fig. 1H). The increased ratio of TH2-

type over TH1-type cytokines in post-ischemic

wild-type mice highlights a general switch in sys-

temic immunity fromTH1- to TH2-type in the early

stages of reperfusion after stroke (fig. S3E).

Consistent with the view that stroke triggers

an immunomodulatory response that decreases

the antimicrobial drive of the immune system in

humans (5), all of the wild-type mice developed

infection 24 hours after MCAO, detectable in

blood, lung, liver, and spleen (Fig. 2A and fig.

S4). These mice also displayed a significant in-

crease in neutrophilic infiltration into lungs, as

measured by myeloperoxidase (MPO) levels, and

pulmonary edema (Fig. 2, B and C), both hall-

mark features of pneumonia, the most common

infection in humans after stroke. Wild-type mice

always demonstrated somemortality afterMCAO

throughout the study (Fig. 2D), nearly identical

to human mortality data of 12 to 14% (16, 17).

To investigate the role of iNKTcells in stroke

and the associated systemic bacterial infection

and tissue injury, mice deficient in iNKT cells

(Cd1d –/–) were also subjected to MCAO. Bacte-

rial cultures from blood and lungs were clearly

evident as early as 8 hours afterMCAO inCd1d –/–

1Calvin, Phoebe, and Joan Snyder Institute for Infection,Immunity, and Inflammation, University of Calgary, Calgary,Alberta, Canada. 2Department of Critical Care Medicine, Uni-versity of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada. 3Department ofPhysiology and Pharmacology, University of Calgary, Calgary,Alberta, Canada.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected]

Fig. 1. Stroke alters the behavior of hepatic iNKTcells in vivo. The tracks of green fluorescent protein–positive (GFP+) cells within the liver during 10 minof recording in sham-operated (A) and post-ischemicCxcr6

gfp/+mice at 8 hours (B) and 24 hours (C). Pathsare normalized for their origins, and the dotted circledenotes 10 mm radius from origin. N ≥ 4 individualmice per group. (D) The percentage of crawling, sta-tionary, and pirouetting GFP+ cells in the liver ofsham-operated and post-ischemic Cxcr6gfp/+ mice at4, 8, and 24 hours after MCAO. Data are expressedas the percentage of GFP+ cells per field of view(FOV). N ≥ 4 individual mice per group; error bars,mean T SEM; ***P < 0.001, *P < 0.05 versus shamby t test. (E) A representative pirouetting GFP+ cellshowing cell surface ruffling and pseudopod pro-trusion during 8 min of recording. The “x” denotesstationary cell body, and the yellow arrow denotesthe direction of the cell’s pseudopod. Scale bar,25 mm. (F) CD69 expression in the hepatic iNKT cellsof control (gray tint), positive control a-GalCer–treated (blue line), or post-ischemic Cxcr6gfp/+ miceat 24 hours after MCAO (red line). (G) The percent-age of iNKT cells with CD69 expression in indicatedorgans or peripheral blood (PBL) of sham-operatedand post-MCAO mice at 24 hours was determined by flow cytometry (LN, sixindividual lymph nodes collected from the periphery). N ≥ 4 individual mice pergroup; error bars,mean T SEM; ***P<0.001, *P<0.05 by t test. (H) Intracellular

hepatic iNKT cell production of IL-10, IFN-g, and IL-4 from sham-operated andpost-MCAO mice at 8 hours reperfusion was examined by flow cytometry. N ≥ 4individual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM; *P < 0.05 by t test.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org102

REPORTS

Page 103: Science - 07 October 2011

mice (Fig. 2A and fig. S4A). Cd1d–/– mice de-

veloped even greater pulmonary damage as

early as 4 hours after MCAO, with more prom-

inent pulmonary neutrophil infiltration (Fig. 2B)

and edema (Fig. 2C), suggestive of even earlier

pneumonia-like symptoms. The majority of post-

ischemic Cd1d –/– mice did not survive past 12

hours of reperfusion (Fig. 2D); this occurred de-

spite the fact that both strains of mice showed

similar brain infarct size (Fig. 2E) (18).

We hypothesized that the high mortality rate

of post-ischemic Cd1d –/– mice was the result of

their increased susceptibility to post-stroke in-

fections. Indeed, prophylactic administration of

antibiotics in post-ischemic mice dramatically

improved the survival rate of both strains of mice

(Fig. 2D). Most striking was the increase in sur-

vival of post-ischemic Cd1d –/– mice. The antibi-

otic treatment did not affect the infarct size of the

brain lesion after MCAO but completely pre-

vented the infections in post-ischemic wild-type

and Cd1d –/– mice (fig. S5). Moreover, wild-type

mice pretreated with recombinant IL-10, a TH2-

type cytokine that iNKT cells were shown to

produce after MCAO (Fig. 1H), developed in-

creased stroke-induced lung infections (fig. S6).

Clearly, stroke-activated iNKT cells continued to

function and afforded some protection to the

host, whereas a complete absence of iNKT cells

rendered the animals even more susceptible to

post-stroke infections, consistent with the lower

TH1-type cytokine levels observed in these mice,

including no detectable IFN-g (fig. S3, Aii and E).

We next investigated where iNKT cells fit

into the previously described peripheral lympho-

cyte changes in post-stroke mice (14, 19, 20).

T cell activation (CD69 expression) was in-

creased in the peripheral blood and liver after

stroke inwild-type but notCd1d –/–mice (Fig. 2F).

In fact, Cd1d –/– mice failed to activate CD4+ T

cells in the peripheral blood (Fig. 2G) and CD8+

T cells in the liver after MCAO (Fig. 2H), tissues

where iNKT cells were observed to be activated

after stroke (Fig. 1G). These data suggest that the

immune regulation of post-ischemic iNKT cells

is upstream of CD4+ and CD8+ T cell activation

in the peripheral blood and liver, respectively,

and that iNKT cells function as the conductor of

immunity, whereby their acute responses modu-

late and facilitate the adaptive immune response.

Although a systematic assessment of numbers of

lymphocytes, NK cells, and granulocytes after

stroke revealed some additional changes in blood

and tissues, thesewere not affected by the presence

or absence of iNKT cells (fig. S7), suggesting

that not all changes to leukocyte cell numbers are

modulated by iNKT cells.

The manner in which iNKTcells detect tissue

damage after stroke could be through endoge-

nous glycolipids presented by CD1d, cytokines

like IL-12 and/or IL-18 released from other

sentinel cells (e.g., macrophages), or some other

as-yet-unknown mechanism. Antibody blockade

of CD1d had no effect on iNKT cell arrest in

response to MCAO (fig. S8, A to C), whereas it

prevented cessation of iNKTcells caused by stim-

ulation with the CD1d ligand a-galactoceramide

(a-GalCer), a specific activator of iNKT cells

(fig. S8D) (21). Another inhibitor that blocks the

presentation of glycolipid ligands in the context

of CD1d, isolectin B (iB) 4, also did not alter

iNKT cell arrest after MCAO (fig. S8, A to C),

ruling out glycolipid presentation by CD1d as the

pathway alerting iNKTcells to distal tissue injury

in stroke. Furthermore, blockade of IL-12 and

IL-18, cytokines known to activate and arrest

iNKTcells (fig. S8E) (11), had no effect on iNKT

cell arrest in response toMCAO (fig. S8, A to C).

Finally, apyrase, an inhibitor of ATP, a well-known

“alarmin” in the brain and liver (22), had no effect

on iNKTcell responses toMCAO (fig. S8,A toC).

An as-yet-unidentified, long-distance path-

way was affecting the crawling behavior and ac-

tivation of iNKT cells in the liver after cerebral

ischemia. Previous literature suggested that the

nervous system may affect immune cells, includ-

ing iNKT cells, and alter their function (23, 24),

thereby potentially regulating the magnitude of

the host response to infection or injury (25, 26).

Administration of the nonspecific b-adrenergic

receptor blocker, propranolol, reversed the iNKT

cell phenotype induced by MCAO (Fig. 3, A to

C; fig. S9A; and movie S4). Furthermore, post-

ischemic cessation of iNKT cell crawling was

completely inhibited by specific chemical deple-

tion of peripheral neuronal terminals containing

noradrenalinewith 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA),

suggesting a neural rather than humoral input

(Fig. 3, A, B, and D, and fig. S9A). Despite the

phenotypic changes of iNKT cells after systemic

administration of propranolol or 6-OHDA, these

treatments did not alter the blood flow (fig. S9B)

or infarct size in post-ischemic mice (fig. S9C).

Fig. 2. iNKT cells are critical in the defense against stroke-associated infections. (A) Bacteriologicalanalysis was carried out to investigate the bacterial load in the lungs of sham-operated and post-ischemicwild-type and Cd1d

–/– mice at 4, 8, and 24 hours of reperfusion. ND, not detectable; †, mice did notsurvive for analysis. Values represent the number of colony-forming units (CFU) per mg of tissue. N ≥ 4individual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM; *P < 0.05 by t test. The lungs of sham-operated andpost-ischemic wild-type and Cd1d –/–mice at 4, 8, and 24 hours of reperfusion were removed and assayedfor neutrophil infiltration, as measured by MPO activity (B) or analyzed for lung edema formation (C).†, mice did not survive for analysis.N≥ 4 individual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM; ***P< 0.001,**P < 0.01 Cd1d

–/– versus corresponding wild-type counterparts; ###P < 0.001, ##P < 0.01 post-ischemicwild-type versus sham-operated wild-type; &&&P < 0.001, &&P < 0.01, &P < 0.05 post-ischemic Cd1d –/–

versus sham-operated Cd1d –/–, all by t test. (D) Survival rate of post-ischemic wild-type and Cd1d –/– micetreated with or without antibiotics. N ≥ 15 mice per untreated group; N ≥ 5 mice per antibiotics-treatedgroup. (E) Infarct size of post-ischemic wild-type and Cd1d–/–mice assessed at 8 and 24 hours after MCAO.ND, not detectable. N ≥ 4 individual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM. The percentage of CD3+ (F),CD4+ (G), or CD8+ (H) T cells with CD69 expression in the indicated organs from sham-operated and post-MCAO wild-type and Cd1d

–/– mice at 24 hours reperfusion was determined by flow cytometry (LN, sixindividual nodes collected from the periphery). NS, not statistically significant. N ≥ 3 individual mice pergroup; error bars, mean T SEM; **P < 0.01, *P < 0.05 by t test.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 103

REPORTS

Page 104: Science - 07 October 2011

Mortality at 24 hours of reperfusion was reduced

by 50% with 6-OHDA and completely inhibited

by propranolol (fig. S9D).

Localized noradrenaline administration direct-

ly mimicked the behavior of iNKT cells in the

liver of post-ischemic Cxcr6gfp/+ mice in vivo.

Significantly fewer iNKTcells crawled, and more

cells adopted a pirouetting phenotype in the epi-

center of noradrenaline administration (Fig. 3, E

and F, and fig. S10). By contrast, in an area of

liver distant from the localized noradrenaline su-

perfusion, iNKT cells did not alter their crawling

behavior (Fig. 3, E and F, and fig. S10). In ad-

dition, when noradrenaline was applied to iNKT

cells in vitro, these cells acquired a “flattened”

and pseudopod protruding phenotype reminis-

cent of iNKT cell behavior after MCAO in vivo

(Fig. 3, G and H). In fact, pretreatment of iNKT

cells with propranolol inhibited this behavioral

change (Fig. 3I), suggesting that noradrenaline

directly induces the biology we observed in vivo.

Next, we examined whether direct immuno-

modulation of iNKT cells can reverse the stroke-

induced immunosuppression and infection.

Administration of a-GalCer in a therapeutically

relevant manner significantly increased systemic

levels of endogenous IFN-g (Fig. 4A) and re-

duced stroke-induced neutrophil pulmonary in-

flux, lung edema (Fig. 4, B and C), and infections

in post-ischemic mice (Fig. 4, D to G). a-GalCer

is an immunostimulant that could potentially have

deleterious effects on cerebral ischemia, but we

found no notable differences in infarct sizes (fig.

S11A). Furthermore, a-GalCer has been docu-

mented to induce liver damage, but we found no

significant difference in liver enzyme levels with-

in the blood of post-ischemic mice after the sin-

gle dose of a-GalCer (fig. S11B).

Interestingly, wild-type mice receiving pro-

pranolol or 6-OHDA also demonstrated signif-

icantly reduced bacterial infections at 24 hours

after MCAO in a manner similar to that observed

in a-GalCer–treated mice (Fig. 4, D to G). Fur-

thermore, the effects of propranolol were entirely

dependent on iNKT cells, because the addition

of propranolol to Cd1d –/– mice provided no pro-

tection from infection or mortality (fig. S12). No-

tably, post-ischemic wild-type mice treated with

propranolol reversed the preference for intracel-

lular IL-10 production back to an intracellular

IFN-g dominant production and toward a TH1-

dominant phenotype (fig. S13). These data strongly

suggest that direct modulation of iNKTcells with

Fig. 3. iNKT cell crawling cessation after MCAO is dependenton sympathetic innervation. The percentage of crawling (A)and stationary (B) GFP+ cells in the liver of sham-operated andpost-ischemic Cxcr6gfp/+ mice treated with propranolol (PPL) or6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA) at 24 hours after MCAO. Dataare expressed as percentage of GFP+ cells per FOV. N ≥ 4 in-dividual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM; ***P < 0.001,**P < 0.01 by t test. The tracks of GFP+ cell within the liverduring 10 min of recording in post-ischemic Cxcr6

gfp/+ micetreated with propranolol (C) or 6-OHDA (D) at 24 hours afterMCAO. Paths are normalized for their origins, and the dottedcircle denotes 10 mm radius from the origin. N ≥ 4 individualmice per group. The percentage of crawling (E) and pirouetting(F) GFP+ cells within the liver of sham-operated and Cxcr6

gfp/+

mice treated with localized noradrenaline superfusion. Data areexpressed as percentage of GFP+ cells per FOV. N ≥ 4 individualmice per group; error bars, mean T SEM; ***P < 0.001, **P <0.01 by t test. Representative photographs of isolated iNKTcells for in vitro analysis in untreated (G) and noradrenaline-treated conditions (H). Scale bar, 50 mm. N ≥ 4 individual experi-ments per group. (I) The percentage of nonpolarized (nonactivated)and polarized (activated) iNKT cells was determined in un-treated, noradrenaline-treated, and propranolol-pretreated plusnoradrenaline-treated in vitro. Data are expressed as percentageof iNKT cells per FOV. N ≥ 4 individual experiments per group;error bars, mean T SEM; ***P < 0.001, *P < 0.05 by t test.

Fig. 4. Selective modulation of iNKT cells decreased stroke-induced lung injury and infectiouscomplications. (A) For determination of IFN-g production, blood samples were collected and cytokineexpression was analyzed as described in the supporting online material. N ≥ 5 individual mice per group;**P < 0.01 by t test. The lung tissues were removed at 24 hours after MCAO and measured for neutrophilinfiltration by MPO activity (B) or lung edema (C). N ≥ 4 individual mice per group; error bars, mean T

SEM; ***P< 0.001, **P< 0.01 by t test. Bacteriological analysis was performed to investigate the bacterialculture from peripheral blood (D), lungs (E), livers (F), and spleens (G) in post-ischemic mice treated witha-GalCer, propranolol, or 6-OHDA 24 hours after MCAO. ND, not detectable. Data are presented asnumber of CFU per ml of blood or mg of tissue. N ≥ 4 individual mice per group; error bars, mean T SEM;**P < 0.01, *P < 0.05 versus MCAO by one-way analysis of variance with Bonferroni’s post-test.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org104

REPORTS

Page 105: Science - 07 October 2011

a-GalCer or through the blockade of noradrener-

gic neurotransmitters was sufficient to modulate

iNKT cells in a manner that results in reduced

infection and associated lung injury after stroke.

iNKTcells are emerging as an important pop-

ulation of cells crucial for the regulation of im-

munity. We have described an essential role of

the sympathetic nervous system and iNKT cells

in the defense against infectious complications

after stroke. Although aspiration pneumonia is

a contributing factor to increased infection in

stroke patients, it cannot explain the immuno-

suppression noted by us and others. Our data sug-

gest that a functional innervation of iNKTcells in

the liver contributes to this immunosuppression.

Our study also provides insights into the cross-

talk that occurs between the central nervous

system and the immune system, which is only

beginning to be understood, and may be a step

toward the development of an effective therapy

for the number one killer in stroke patients,

namely, infection. Although antibiotics may be

a viable option for treatment, with the ever-

increasing problem of antibiotic resistance, im-

munomodulation is an attractive alternative.

References and Notes1. K. Kimura, K. Minematsu, S. Kazui, T. Yamaguchi; Japan

Multicenter Stroke Investigators’ Collaboration ( J-MUSIC),

Cerebrovasc. Dis. 19, 171 (2005).

2. P. Langhorne et al., Stroke 31, 1223 (2000).

3. A. Chamorro, X. Urra, A. M. Planas, Stroke 38, 1097

(2007).

4. C. Meisel et al., Stroke 35, 2 (2004).

5. A. Chamorro et al., J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 77,

1279 (2006).

6. R. J. Howard, R. L. Simmons, Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. 139,

771 (1974).

7. L. Brossay et al., J. Exp. Med. 188, 1521 (1998).

8. T. Kawano et al., Science 278, 1626 (1997).

9. A. Bendelac, P. B. Savage, L. Teyton, Annu. Rev.

Immunol. 25, 297 (2007).

10. F. Geissmann et al., PLoS Biol. 3, e113 (2005).

11. P. Velázquez et al., J. Immunol. 180, 2024

(2008).

12. W. Y. Lee et al., Nat. Immunol. 11, 295 (2010).

13. H. Offner, A. A. Vandenbark, P. D. Hurn, Neuroscience

158, 1098 (2009).

14. K. Prass et al., J. Exp. Med. 198, 725 (2003).

15. D. I. Godfrey, M. Kronenberg, J. Clin. Invest. 114, 1379

(2004).

16. J. H. Lichtman et al., Neurology 76, 1976 (2011).

17. V. L. Roger et al.; American Heart Association

Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics

Subcommittee, Circulation 123, e18 (2011).

18. A. Liesz et al., Brain 134, 704 (2011).

19. H. Offner et al., J. Cereb. Blood Flow Metab. 26, 654

(2006).

20. H. Offner et al., J. Immunol. 176, 6523 (2006).

21. J. Mattner et al., Nature 434, 525 (2005).

22. B. McDonald et al., Science 330, 362 (2010).

23. M. Minagawa et al., Hepatology 31, 907 (2000).

24. H. Oya et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 121, 384 (2000).

25. L. Steinman, Nat. Immunol. 5, 575 (2004).

26. K. J. Tracey, Nat. Rev. Immunol. 9, 418 (2009).

Acknowledgments: We thank D. R. Littman (New York

University School of Medicine) for the Cxcr6gfp/+

knock-in mice, and the Live Cell Imaging Facility

funded by the Canada Foundation for Innovation and

P. Colarusso for training and assistance related to

microscopy. We thank C. Badick for excellent technical

support. The NIH Tetramer Core Facility provided mouse

PBS57-loaded CD1d-tetramer for identification of

iNKT cells by flow cytometry. We also thank the

University of Calgary Flow Cytometry Facility and

L. Kennedy for their assistance with the flow cytometric

analysis. The work is supported by the Canadian

Association of Gastroenterology (C.H.Y.W), the Canadian

Institutes of Health Research (C.H.Y.W., W-Y.L., and P.K.),

the Canada Research Chairs Program (P.K.), the Alberta

Innovates Health Solutions (C.N.J and P.K.), and the

Calvin, Phoebe, and Joan Snyder Chair for Translational

Research in Critical Care Medicine (C.L.). The data

reported in this paper are tabulated in the supporting

online material. The authors declare no competing

financial interests. C.H.Y.W designed and did most of

the experiments, analyzed the results, and prepared

the manuscript; C.N.J. did some flow cytometry

experiments; W-Y.L. isolated iNKT cells for the in vitro

experiments; C.L. performed the multiplex mouse

cytokine/chemokine assay; and P.K. provided overall

supervision, helped design all of the experiments,

and prepared the manuscript.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1210301/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S13

References (27–32)

Movies S1 to S4

24 June 2011; accepted 4 August 2011

Published online 15 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1210301

Linking Long-Term Dietary Patternswith Gut Microbial EnterotypesGary D. Wu,1* Jun Chen,2,3 Christian Hoffmann,4,5 Kyle Bittinger,4 Ying-Yu Chen,1

Sue A. Keilbaugh,1 Meenakshi Bewtra,1,2 Dan Knights,6 William A. Walters,7 Rob Knight,8,9

Rohini Sinha,4 Erin Gilroy,2 Kernika Gupta,10 Robert Baldassano,10 Lisa Nessel,2 Hongzhe Li,2,3

Frederic D. Bushman,4* James D. Lewis1,2,3*

Diet strongly affects human health, partly by modulating gut microbiome composition. We useddiet inventories and 16S rDNA sequencing to characterize fecal samples from 98 individuals.Fecal communities clustered into enterotypes distinguished primarily by levels of Bacteroidesand Prevotella. Enterotypes were strongly associated with long-term diets, particularly proteinand animal fat (Bacteroides) versus carbohydrates (Prevotella). A controlled-feeding study of10 subjects showed that microbiome composition changed detectably within 24 hours ofinitiating a high-fat/low-fiber or low-fat/high-fiber diet, but that enterotype identity remainedstable during the 10-day study. Thus, alternative enterotype states are associated withlong-term diet.

We coexist with our gut microbiota as

mutualists, but this relationship some-

times becomes pathological, as in obe-

sity, diabetes, atherosclerosis, and inflammatory

bowel diseases (1, 2). Factors including age,

genetics, and diet may influence microbiome com-

position (3). Of these, diet is easiest to modify

and presents the simplest route for therapeutic

intervention. Recently, an analysis of gut micro-

bial communities proposed three predominant

variants, or “enterotypes,” dominated by Bacte-

roides, Prevotella, and Ruminococcus, respec-

tively (4). The basis for enterotype clustering is

unknown but appears independent of nationality,

sex, age, or body mass index (BMI).

Here, we investigated the association of die-

tary and environmental variables with the gut mi-

crobiota. First, in a cross-sectional analysis of 98

healthy volunteers (abbreviated “COMBO”), we

collected diet information using two questionnaires

that queried recent diet (“Recall”) and habitual

long-term diet (food frequency questionnaire;

“FFQ”). Second, 10 individuals were sequestered

in a hospital environment in a controlled-feeding

study (abbreviated “CAFE”) to compare high-

fat/low-fiber and low-fat/high-fiber diets. Stool

samples were collected (5), and DNA samples

were analyzed by 454/Roche pyrosequencing (6)

of 16S rDNA gene segments and, for selected

samples, shotgun metagenomics (7). In CAFE,

rectal biopsy samples were also collected and

analyzed on days 1 and 10.

For COMBO, we used 16S ribosomal DNA

(rDNA) sequence information to calculate pair-

wise UniFrac distances (8) among the microbial

communities. We assessed both relative abundance

data (weighted analysis) and presence/absence in-

formation (unweighted analysis). Specific nutrients

associated with variation in the gut microbiome

for the 98 subjects were extracted, along with

1Division of Gastroenterology, Perelman School of Medicine,University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA.2Center for Clinical Epidemiology and Biostatistics, PerelmanSchool of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,PA 19104, USA. 3Department of Biostatistics and Epidemiol-ogy, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania,Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. 4Department of Microbiology,Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Phil-adelphia, PA 19104, USA. 5Instituto de Ciências Biológicas,Universidade Federal de Goiás Goiania, GO, 74001-970, Bra-zil. 6Department of Computer Science, University of Colorado,Boulder, CO 80309, USA. 7Department of Molecular, Cellularand Developmental Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder,CO 80309, USA. 8Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry,University of Colorado, Boulder, CO 80309, USA. 9HowardHughes Medical Institute, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO80309, USA. 10Division of Gastroenterology, Children’s Hos-pital of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA.

*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail:[email protected] (G.D.W.); [email protected] (J.D.L.); [email protected] (F.D.B.)

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 105

REPORTS

Page 106: Science - 07 October 2011

demographic factors (table S1). For each nu-

trient, we performed PERMANOVA (9) to test

for nutrient microbiome association, from which

we identified 72 and 97 microbiome-associated

nutrients in Recall and FFQ, respectively, at a

false discovery rate (FDR) of 25% (the relatively

high value was used so as not to miss possible

effects of diet on low-abundance bacteria). Both

weighted and unweighted UniFrac identified

similar nutrients, although the discrimination was

sharper with unweighted UniFrac, indicating that

change in community membership rather than

community composition was the main factor.

For each of these nutrients, we used Spearman

correlations to identify the associated bacterial

genera. We considered only the 78 taxa that had

abundance ≥0.2% in at least one sample and ap-

peared in more than 10% of the samples. Figure

1 shows a heat map summarizing Spearman cor-

relations between nutrients from the FFQ and

bacterial taxa. For a given taxon, individual nutri-

ents account for 3 to 20% of the between-subject

variation in abundance.

Nutrients of the same food groups from Recall

and FFQ tended to cluster together (fig. S1A).

The nutrients from fat versus plant products and

fiber showed inverse associations with microbial

taxa (Spearman r = –0.68, P < 0.0001). Inverse

associations were also seen with amino acids and

proteins versus carbohydrates (Spearman r =

–0.73, P < 0.0001) and with fat versus carbo-

hydrates (Spearman r = –0.61, P = 0.0001).

Phyla positively associated with fat but neg-

atively associated with fiber were predominant-

ly Bacteroidetes and Actinobacteria, whereas

Firmicutes and Proteobacteria showed the op-

posite association. However, within each phylum,

not all lower-level taxa demonstrated similar cor-

relations with dietary components (fig. S1B).

Taxa correlated with BMI also correlated with

fat and percent calories from saturated fatty acids

(fig. S1B and table S1).

Following the suggestion by Arumugam et al.

(4) that the human gut microbiome can be parti-

tioned into enterotypes, we investigated whether

the 98 COMBO samples partitioned into clusters

that were detectably associated with dietary or

demographic data (Fig. 2). Several methods for

data processing and clustering were compared

(fig. S2). In one analytical approach (weighted

UniFrac, no lane masking; fig. S2), partitioning

around medoids (PAM) analysis favored parti-

tioning into three clusters, although with quite

low support (silhouette score 0.2) suggesting that

clustering could be due to chance. Comparison to

the three genera specified byArumugam et al. (4)

showed that relatively high levels of the genera

Bacteroides and Prevotella distinguished two of

the clusters, whereas the third showed slightly

higher levels of Ruminococcus. However, most

methods showed two clusters, with stronger sup-

port (Fig. 2; Jensen-Shannon distance, silhouette

score 0.66), in which the Bacteroides enterotype

was fused with the less well distinguished

Ruminococcus enterotype. As described below,

Peonidin, anthocyanidinMalvidin, anthocyanidinPetunidin, anthocyanidinTotal anthocyanidinsDelphinidin, anthocyanidinPelargonidin, anthocyanidinPotassiumPotassium w/o suppl.MagnesiumMagnesium w/o suppl.Free Choline, choline−contrib. metaboliteFree Choline w/o suppl.Natural Food FolateAOAC fiberPantothenic Acid w/o suppl.Naringenin, flavanoneVitamin E w/o vit. suppl. Proanthocyanidin, 4−6mersProanthocyanidin, trimersProanthocyanidin, 7−10mersCyanidin, anthocyanidinProanthocyanidin, polymersProanthocyanidin, dimersCatechin, flavan−3−olAlcoholPhenylalanine, AspartameAspartic Acid, AspartameAspartameCaffeineRetinolRetinol Equivalents of Vit ATotal Folate post 1998Folate Equivalents, suppl. & fort. foodsRiboflavin B2 w/o vit. pillsHistidineThreonineMethionineLysineLeucineTyrosineValineIsoleucineProteinPhenylalanineSerineTryptophanGlycineAlanineArginineAsparateCholine, PhosphatidylcholineCholine, Phosphatidylcholine w/o suppl.Total Choline, no betaineCholine w/o suppl.Sum of Betaine & CholineCystineGlutamateProlineVitamin D w/o vit. pillsCholine, GlycerophosphocholineCholine, PhosphocholinePhosphorusPhosphorus w/o suppl.CalciumCalcium w/o vit. pillsDairy ProteinDairy CalciumAnimal ProteinCholine, SphingomyelinCholesterolTaurinePalmitoleic fatty acidHydroxyprolineAnimal fatc9,t11 conjug diene isomer 18:2 LinoleicPalmitic fatty acidSaturated fatStearic fatty acidPalmitelaidic trans fatty acidSodiumDihydrophylloquinone Vitamin K1 Trans Oleic fatty acidTotal TransTotal Trans/Cis Trans LinoleicEicosenoic fatty acidGamma Linolenic fatty acid (2002)Gamma linolenic fatty acid (2000)FructoseGlucoseCarbohydratesTotal SugarsSucroseGlycemic IndexMaltoseEriodictyol, flavononeAdded Germ from wheatsVitamin E, Food Fortification

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

*

***

**

**

*

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

*

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

***

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

*

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

*

Bacteroides Prevotella

−0.2 0 0.2

Spearman Correlation

Phylum

FirmicutesBacteroidetesActinobacteriaProteobacteria

Amino Acidsand

Choline

Fiberand

Plant DerivedCompounds

Fats

Carbohydrates

Fig. 1. Correlation of diet and gut microbial taxa identified in the cross-sectional COMBO analysis. Columnscorrespond to bacterial taxa quantified using 16S rDNA tags; rows correspond to nutrients measured by dietaryquestionnaire. Red and blue denote positive and negative association, respectively. The intensity of the colorsrepresents the degree of association between the taxa abundances and nutrients as measured by the Spearman’scorrelations. Bacterial phyla are summarized by the color code on the bottom; lower-level taxonomic assign-ments specified are in fig. S1. The dots indicate the associations that are significant at an FDR of 25%. The FFQdata were used for this comparison (both FFQ and Recall dietary data are shown together in fig. S1). Columnsand rows are clustered by Euclidean distance, with rows separated by the predominant nutrient category.

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org106

REPORTS

Page 107: Science - 07 October 2011

2004 2006 2009 2016 2019 2005 2008 2011 2012 2020

Day 1 to othersBetween other days

Subject Number

Wei

ghte

d U

niF

rac

Dis

tanc

e

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5A B

Low Fat Diet High Fat Diet

Fig. 3. Changes in bacterial communities during controlled feeding. Tensubjects were randomized to high-fat/low-fiber or low-fat/high-fiber diets, andmicrobiome composition was monitored longitudinally for 10 days by sequenc-ing 16S rDNA gene tags (CAFE study). (A) Cluster diagram–based principalcoordinates analysis using unweighted UniFrac. Colors indicate samples fromeach individual. (B) Day 1 samples are outliers compared to all other days,

indicating change in the gut microbiome within 24 hours of initiating con-trolled feeding. In this analysis, weighted UniFrac distances between samplesare compared within subjects in two groups. The first collection of distancescompares the day 1 samples to days 2 to 10; the second group comparessamples from all days to all others excluding day 1, indicating rapid change(P = 0.0003, 10,000 permutations). Error bars indicate 1 SD of the distances.

5 10 15 20

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

PAM clustering assessment

k (# clusters)

Ave

rage

silh

ouet

te w

idth

best2

1 2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

Bacteroides

Enterotype

Pro

port

ion

1 2

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

Prevotella

Enterotype

Pro

port

ion

PC

2PC1

−0.8 0 0.6

Color Key

AB

C

Met

hion

ine

Leuc

ine

Val

ine

Lysi

neTy

rosi

neS

erin

eH

istid

ine

Isol

euci

neTa

urin

eG

luta

mat

eP

rolin

eP

heny

lala

nine

Thr

eoni

neA

lani

neA

spar

ate

Hyd

roxy

prol

ine

Gly

cine

Arg

inin

eTr

ypto

phan

Cys

tine

Pro

tein

Ani

mal

Pro

tein

Dai

ry P

rote

inC

holin

e, S

phin

gom

yelin

Cho

line,

Pho

spha

tidyl

chol

ine

w/o

sup

pl.

Cho

line,

Pho

spha

tidyl

chol

ine

Sum

of B

etai

ne &

Cho

line

Tota

l Cho

line,

no

beta

ine

Cho

line

w/o

sup

pl.

Cho

line,

Gly

cero

phos

phoc

holin

eC

hole

ster

olA

nim

al fa

tLo

ng C

hain

N3

Fatty

Aci

d no

vit.

pill

sLo

ng C

hain

N3

Fatty

Aci

d 20

5+22

5+22

6O

meg

a 3,

no a

lpha

−lin

olen

ic a

cid

Long

Cha

in F

atty

Aci

d no

supp

l.G

amm

a Li

nole

nic

fatty

aci

d (2

002)

Long

Cha

in F

atty

Aci

dD

ocos

ahex

aeno

ic fa

tty a

cid

(DH

A)

Ara

chid

onic

fatty

aci

dP

alm

itole

ic fa

tty a

cid

Gam

ma

linol

enic

fatty

aci

d (2

000)

c9,t1

1 co

njug

die

ne is

omer

18:

2 Li

nole

icD

airy

Cal

cium

Cal

cium

Vita

min

D w

/o v

it. p

ills

Pho

spho

rus

w/o

sup

pl.

Zin

c w

/o v

it. p

ills

Dai

ry V

itam

in D

Vita

min

B12

w/o

vit.

pill

sLa

ctos

eG

erm

Sco

res

Fru

ctos

eC

arbo

hydr

ates

Glu

cose

Suc

rose

Enterotype 2(Prevotella)

Enterotype 1(Bacteroides)

Fig. 2. Clustering of gut microbial taxa into entero-types is associated with long-term diet. (A) Clustering inthe COMBO cross-sectional study using Jensen-Shannondistance. The left panel shows that the data are mostnaturally separated into two clusters by the PAM method.The x axis shows cluster number; the y axis shows sil-houette width, a measure of cluster separation (12). Theright panel shows the clustering on the first two principalcomponents. (B) Proportions of bacterial taxa characteristic of each en-terotype. Boxes represent the interquartile range (IQR) and the line insiderepresents the median. Whiskers denote the lowest and highest valueswithin 1.5 × IQR. (C) The association of dietary components with eachenterotype. The strength and direction of each association, as measured by

the means of the standardized nutrient measurements, is shown by the colorkey at the lower right. Enterotype is shown at the right. Red indicates greateramounts, blue lesser amounts of each nutrient in each enterotype (completelists of nutrients are in table S2). Columns were clustered by Euclideandistance.

www.sciencemag.org SCIENCE VOL 334 7 OCTOBER 2011 107

REPORTS

Page 108: Science - 07 October 2011

dietary effects primarily distinguish thePrevotella

enterotype from the Bacteroides enterotype.

At an FDR of 5%, six genera differed be-

tween the Prevotella andBacteroides enterotypes

(fig. S3). The Bacteroides enterotype was distin-

guished by the additional presence of Alistipes

andParabacteroides (phylumBacteroidetes). The

Prevotella enterotype was distinguished by the

additional presence of Paraprevotella (phylum

Bacteroidetes) and Catenibacterium (phylum

Firmicutes) (fig. S3). The enterotype clustering

was driven primarily by the ratio of the two dom-

inant genera, Prevotella to Bacteroides, which de-

fines a gradient across the two enterotypes (fig. S5).

At an FDR of 25%, nutrients from the long-

term FFQ but not the short-term Recall question-

naire were associatedwith enterotype composition,

indicating that long-term diet strongly correlates

with enterotype (the relatively high FDR was

used to avoid excessively strict filtering and to

visualize the full pattern). The Bacteroides entero-

type was highly associated with animal protein, a

variety of amino acids, and saturated fats (Fig.

2C), which suggests that meat consumption as in

a Western diet characterized this enterotype. The

Prevotella enterotype, in contrast, was associated

with low values for these groups but high values

for carbohydrates and simple sugars, indicat-

ing association with a carbohydrate-based diet

more typical of agrarian societies. Self-reported

vegetarians (n = 11) showed enrichment in the

Prevotella enterotype (27%Prevotella enterotype

versus 10% Bacteroides enterotype; P= 0.13). The

one self-reported vegan was in the Prevotella

enterotype. No significant associations were seen

with demographic data at this FDR.

A short-term controlled-feeding experiment

(CAFE) was carried out to test the stability of

the gut microbiome and the observed nutrient-

microbiome associations. Ten subjects were se-

questered and randomized to high-fat/low-fiber

or low-fat/high-fiber diets and were then sampled

over 10 days (Fig. 3). Analysis of 16S tag data

from stool samples showed that intersubject var-

iation was by far the predominant source of var-

iance in the data (10). Figure 3A shows sharp

clustering of the microbiome sequence data by

individual in unweighted UniFrac, emphasizing

that distinctive lineages are present in each sub-

ject. Over 10 days of controlled feeding, there

was no reduction inUniFrac distances for stool or

biopsy samples between individuals fed the same

diet, demonstrating that a short-term identical

diet does not overcome intersubject variation.

Remarkably, changes in microbiome compo-

sition were detectable within 24 hours of ini-

tiating controlled feeding. For each individual

sampled, the first sampling day represented an

outlier (Fig. 3B; P = 0.0003, 10,000 permuta-

tions), indicating rapid change. Similar results

were seen in the unweighted analysis (P= 0.0002).

The taxa affected differed among individuals.

The relationship of changes inmicrobiome com-

position to the transit time of material through the

gutwas also investigated. Subjects swallowedx-ray–

opaque markers at the start of the study, allowing

quantification of transit time by abdominal x-ray.

Transit time was faster with the high-fiber diet (2

to 4 days) than with the high-fat diet (2 to 7 days;

P = 0.02; two-sidedWilcoxon rank sum test), as ex-

pected. All patients retained at least one of the 24

markers 48 hours after the start of the experimental

diet. Thus, the changes in microbiome composi-

tion, which occurred within 24 hours, were faster

than clearance of residual material from the gut.

To probe metabolic functionality during the

CAFE study, we also analyzed changes in total

gene content using shotgun metagenomics. We

compared stool samples from day 1 and day 10

(1.05 × 106 sequence reads total). Sequence reads

were annotated for function using the KEGG

database (11), then interrogated to assess the

taxa and classes of genes present. No significant

changes in proportions among archaea, bacteria,

and eukaryotes were detected, and bacterial taxa

inferred from shotgun metagenomic data paral-

leled the 16S rDNA data (fig. S4). We investi-

gated gene groups that changed significantly

between day 1 and 10 and differed between the

high-fat and high-fiber groups. To control for

between-subject variability, we used the day

1 samples as within-subject controls, and sub-

tracted each subject’s day 1 functional category

counts from day 10 samples from that same sub-

ject. Functional categories that differentiated diets

included bacterial secretion system (P = 0.01,

t test), protein export (P = 0.022), and lipoic acid

metabolism (P = 0.045), thus indicating bacterial

functions potentially involved in responding to

these dietary changes.

We next assessed the response of enterotypes

to the controlled feeding regimen. Each of the

samples from the 10 subjects was assigned to an

enterotype category on the basis of their micro-

biome distances to the medoids (12) of the en-

terotype clusters as defined in the COMBO data.

All subjects started in the Bacteroides enterotype

(high protein and fat). None switched stably to

the Prevotella (carbohydrate) enterotype over the

duration of the study. A single specimen scored

in the Prevotella (carbohydrate) enterotype but

reverted by the time of the next sample. Thus,

over the 10 days of the dietary intervention, we

did not see stable switching between the two

enterotype groups characterized by the dietary

extremes, despite feeding of a low-fat/high-fiber

diet to half the subjects.

Finally, several factors were significantly cor-

related with microbiome composition but not

with enterotype partitioning. Examples included

BMI, red wine, and aspartame consumption (7).

Thus, not all associations between host and mi-

crobiota are captured in the enterotype distinctions.

Comparison of long-term and short-term die-

tary data showed that only the long-term diet was

correlated with enterotype clustering in the cross-

sectional study. In the interventional study, changes

were significant and rapid, but the magnitude of

the changes was modest and not sufficient to

switch individuals between the enterotype clus-

ters associated with protein/fat and carbohydrates.

Thus, our data indicate that long-term diet is par-

ticularly strongly associated with enterotype parti-

tioning. The dietary associations seen here parallel

a recent study comparing European children, who

eat a typical Western diet high in animal protein

and fat, to children in Burkina Faso, who eat

high-carbohydrate diets low in animal protein (13).

The European microbiome was dominated by

taxa typical of theBacteroides enterotype, where-

as the African microbiome was dominated by the

Prevotella enterotype, the same pattern seen here.

There are, of course, many differences between

Europe and Burkina Faso that might influence

the gut microbiome, but dietary differences pro-

vide an attractive potential explanation. Having

confirmed enterotype partitioning and established

the association with dietary patterns, it will be

important to determine whether individuals with

the Bacteroides enterotype have a higher inci-

dence of diseases associated with a Western diet,

and whether long-term dietary interventions can

stably switch individuals to thePrevotella entero-

type. If an enterotype is ultimately shown to be

causally related to disease, then long-term dietary

interventions may allow modulation of an in-

dividual’s enterotype to improve health.

References and Notes1. L. V. Hooper, J. I. Gordon, Science 292, 1115 (2001).

2. A. Emminger, E. Kahmann, D. S. Savage, Cancer Lett. 2,

273 (1977).

3. S. R. Gill et al., Science 312, 1355 (2006).

4. M. Arumugam et al., Nature 473, 174 (2011).

5. G. D. Wu et al., BMC Microbiol. 10, 206 (2010).

6. M. Margulies et al., Nature 437, 376 (2005).

7. See supporting material on Science Online.

8. C. Lozupone, M. Hamady, R. Knight, BMC Bioinformatics

7, 371 (2006).

9. B. H. McArdle, M. J. Anderson, Ecology 82, 290 (2001).

10. R. E. Ley, P. J. Turnbaugh, S. Klein, J. I. Gordon, Nature

444, 1022 (2006).

11. M. Kanehisa, S. Goto, S. Kawashima, Y. Okuno,

M. Hattori, Nucleic Acids Res. 32 (database issue), D277

(2004).

12. P. J. Rousseeuw, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 20, 53 (1987).

13. C. De Filippo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 107,

14691 (2010).

Acknowledgments: Supported by NIH grants UH2 DK083981

(F.D.B., J.D.L., and G.D.W.) and RO1 AI39368 (G.D.W.);

Penn Genome Frontiers Institute; Penn Digestive Disease

Center grant P30 DK050306; Joint Penn-CHOP Center

for Digestive, Liver, and Pancreatic Medicine grants

S10RR024525, UL1RR024134, and K24-DK078228; and

the Howard Hughes Medical Institute. The content is

solely the responsibility of the authors and does not

necessarily represent the official views of the National

Center for Research Resources, National Institutes of

Health, or Pennsylvania Department of Health. Accession

numbers (Sequence Read Archive): for the CAFE study,

SRX021237, SRX021236, SRX020587, SRX020379,

and SRX020378 (metagenomic); for the COMBO study,

SRX020773, SRX020770, and SRX089367.

Supporting Online Materialwww.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1208344/DC1

Materials and Methods

Figs. S1 to S5

Tables S1 to S10

References (14–21)

13 May 2011; accepted 17 August 2011

Published online 1 September 2011;

10.1126/science.1208344

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencemag.org108

REPORTS

Page 109: Science - 07 October 2011

membercentral.aaas.org

22minutes and 58 seconds of

video on accelerated mass lossfrom Antarctica’s ice shelves.

One more data point on why you should spend

more time at membercentral.aaas.org. There

you can enjoy evidence-based videos, webinars,

downloads, blogs, and discounts geared for

people who live for all things empirical.

Page 110: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org/products

CR

ED

IT: ©

ISTO

CK

PHO

TO.C

OM

/STI

GG

DR

IVE

R

UPCOMING FEATURES

Genomics: Gene Expression—November 4

Genomics: Building Clinically Relevant Models—February 24

Toxicology: Animal-Free Techniques—March 2

The Gene Quantification website is like a 7-Eleven store for quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR): a one-stop shop for news, advice, and prod-uct links. Its curator is Michael W. Pfaffl, a professor in the physiology department at Technical University

of Munich, who has been developing qPCR methodology for more than a decade. Pfaffl sees qPCR innovation in three areas: platforms, technologies, and physiology.

“Innovations in platforms are in high throughput and miniatur-ization,” says Pfaffl, and a major factor is microfluidics technol-ogy—running submicroliter reactions in submillimeter spaces. The RainStorm platform in RainDance Technologies’ RDT 1000 produces picoliter droplets at a rate of 10 million per hour by running aqueous samples through a stream of oil. Samples in the droplets undergo PCR amplification on a disposable chip that allows more than 2.5 million parallel reactions. Using com-pletely different microfluidics technology, the Fluidigm BioMark HD runs PCR reactions in soft rubber chips that control the flow of picoliter reaction mixes with pressure-activated valves, “like a hose on a driveway that you drive across,” says Fluidigm Chief Executive Officer Gajus Worthington. The highest capacity chip runs 96 reactions on 96 samples for 9,216 assays in just a few hours.

You don’t need microfluidics to run thousands of simultane-ous assays, though. A more traditional high throughput option, specialized for detection of cancer-related genes or microRNAs, is the WaferGen SmartChip System. The system’s metal-alloy chips run as many as 5,184 qPCR reactions in about two hours, with instruments and software for loading, amplifying, and an-alyzing cDNA samples in SmartChip Panels. These come pre-loaded with primers for expression profiling up to 1200 human microRNAs or 1,250 human cancer-related genes, with controls. Panels can also be made with custom configurations of Wafer-Gen pre-validated or customer-specified primers.

A DIGITAL REVOLUTION High throughput capability is driving the development of digi-tal PCR, named for its binary output—a yes or no answer to the question “Did the reaction contain the target sequence?”

Digital PCR allows absolute instead of relative quantification, eliminating the need for standard curves or endogenous con-trols. “You partition samples to the point where a reaction either has a template molecule or it doesn’t,” explains Ramesh Ramak-rishnan, director of molecular biology and assay development at Fluidigm. End-point PCR is conducted on an array of diluted samples, “then you figure out the starting concentration of the sample by counting positives after the partitioning.” Ramakrish-nan’s group published a 2010 PLoS One proof-of-concept study on haplotyping, or determining the sequence of alleles along a chromosome. They found that digital PCR can be used to show that specific alleles are linked—meaning they are on the same chromosome—if the alleles are co-amplified in a single-molecule reaction. The alleles tested by the group included one that modi-fies the severity of sickle cell anemia.

Another application of digital PCR is cell-free, noninvasive fetal diagnostic assays using nucleic acids from maternal blood samples. In 1997, Yuk Ming Dennis Lo, director of the Li Ka

Shing Institute of Health Sciences, Chinese University of

Hong Kong, found that fetal DNA could be detected in maternal blood plasma, and surprisingly, about 5–10 percent of DNA from the mother’s plasma is fetal. “We can easily detect the sex of the baby using Y chromosomal DNA in the blood,” he says. Then, for a male fetus, his group established prenatal diagnosis principles using single-molecule counting by digital PCR for recessive, X-linked diseases such as hemophilia. If a woman carries one normal and one affected allele for the hemophilia gene, Lo’s digital PCR assay will show a balance between the normal allele on one X chromosome and the disease allele on the other X. When she is carrying a male fetus, which has one X

qPCR Innovations and

BlueprintsQuantitative PCR users can rapidly generate large amounts of high-quality data with new instruments and products made possible by microfluidics and miniaturization technology. These platforms are the tools for developing techniques that require extremely high throughput and sensitivity such as digital PCR and single-cell analysis. Researchers are adopting these meth-ods to ask sophisticated questions about genetics and cancer biology as well as to develop novel research and diagnostic assays. As qPCR innovators explore new frontiers and everyday users venture into more complicated workflows, international groups of industry and academic partners are keeping us on the path of best practices. Two consortia are generating guidelines on the qPCR process—from experimental design and pre-analy-sis sample collection, to processing data and publishing results. The guidelines are blueprints that ensure reproducibility, validity, and transparency. By Chris Tachibana

“One reason we’re excited about digital

now is because there are fi nally platforms

that can perform large numbers of

reactions with reasonable economics.”

LIFE SCIENCE TECHNOLOGIES

qPCR

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

110

Page 111: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org/products

and one Y chromosome, the inherited allele for the hemophilia gene—normal or affected, will stand out as overrepresented in the maternal plasma. The same principle can be applied to Down syndrome (trisomy 21) detection for overrepresentation of chromosome 21 sequences relative to sequences on other chromosomes.

Digital PCR is a rapid and sensitive method for detecting chro-mosome or gene copy number variations, says Ramakrishnan. Another application is monitoring targeted drug treatments, such as with the breast cancer drug herceptin, which targets the HER2 receptor. Tumor cells become resistant to the drug as the copy number of the HER2 gene increases. “With microarrays, you’re doing well if you can see two-fold differences in copy number,” says Ramakrishnan. “With real-time PCR, a two-fold difference is easy, but seeing the difference between two- and three-fold, or three- and four-fold is difficult.” As long as enough molecules are sampled for good statistics, he says, digital PCR allows simple counting against a reference sequence, so subtle differences in ratios can be detected, such as 3-to-1 versus 4-to-1. Digital PCR is also a sensitive method for detecting low levels of pathogens or contaminants in a dilute sample.

Paul Pickering, head of the Digital PCR Business Unit for Life

Technologies, says that digital PCR is not a new idea, but is now feasible with the availability of high throughput instruments like the OpenArray Real-Time PCR Platform, a system capable of simultaneously running up to three plates, each with 3,072 wells of 33-nanoliter reaction size, for more than 36,000 data points per day. Imagine trying to do that with 384-well plates, says Pickering. “One reason we’re excited about digital now is because there are finally platforms that can perform large num-bers of reactions with reasonable economics.” Life Technologies offers a kit of plates, software and a proprietary master mix op-timized to facilitate digital PCR.

LOOKING AT INDIVIDUALS INSTEAD OF POPULATIONSNew qPCR technologies let researchers ask increasingly sophis-ticated physiological questions. Besides detecting nucleic acids in blood or urine, a hot topic at qPCR meetings is single-cell analysis. Fluidigm’s Worthington says that current gene profiling methods for tissue or culture samples are “like getting a com-bined score for all kids and all subjects in a classroom, instead of individual grades by subject. Many differences can’t be seen unless you test individuals instead of populations.” Because it enables this level of analysis, single-cell qPCR is gaining much interest from the cancer biology community.

“Tumors are not one kind of cell,” says Mikael Kubista, chief executive officer of the qPCR training and contract services com-pany TATAA Biocenter, and head of the Department of Gene

Expression Profiling, Biotechnology Institute, Academy of

Sciences, Czech Republic. Single-cell qPCR promises a more nuanced analysis of the genetics and gene expression of biopsy cells, he says. Several systems can now collect individual cells for analysis, including laser microdissection of cells from solid tissue, or capturing single cells in suspension by fluorescence-activated cell sorting or micromanipulation with glass capillaries the width of an individual cell. The next step is addressing tech-nical issues such as the best way to lyse a single cell and re-verse transcribe its approximately one picogram of mRNA with minimal loss and variability. New analysis methods are needed to distinguish genuine cell-to-cell differences from technical vari-ation and noise. With the right methods and markers, however, Kubista says that single-cell expression profiling could detect cancer stem cells, which have the potential for self-renewal and differentiation and to cause relapse and metastasis. “Expression

profiling on 10,000 cells won’t pick up the signature of a few tumor stem cells,” he says. However, single-cell assays might be able to detect cells undergoing an epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition with a loss of cell-cell adhesion and increase in mobil-ity that is associated with tumor invasiveness. Single-cell qPCR requires an extremely careful workflow, though. “You have such tiny amounts, if you make a mistake, your sample is gone,” says Pfaffl.

qPCR GUIDELINES (THERE’S AN APP FOR THAT)Attention to workflow, from experimental design to sample pro-cessing to final analysis, is increasingly important as research-ers push the boundaries of qPCR, yet strive to stay within the lines of reliability, reproducibility, and validation. Years of discus-sion on these issues are coalescing into universal guidelines for qPCR best practices. “We’re entering a phase where standard-ization is important for making more reliable, robust assays,” says Kubista.

An example is the four-year European Union “Standardisation and improvement of generic Pre-analytical tools and procedures for In-vitro DIAgnostics” (SPIDIA) initiative. This consortium of academic and industry partners and the European Committee for Standardization (CEN) is generating evidence-based guide-lines and tools for standardizing the pre-analysis process, such as ways to collect samples that preserve gene expression pro-files as they were in vivo and to minimize ex vivo biomolecu-lar synthesis, degradation, and modification. The project is co-ordinated by Qiagen, and Uwe Oelmueller is Qiagen’s SPIDIA coordinator and vice president of Research and Development, Molecular Diagnostic Sample Preparation. “Qiagen is in charge of overall project management, coordinating the activities of the 16 partners,” he says, “and we also do science—develop-ment and discovery work.” Of the €13 million

FEATURED PARTICIPANTS

Barts and the London School of Medicine and Dentistry, University of London www.smd.qmul.ac.uk

Biogazelle www.biogazelle.com

Department of Gene Expression Profi ling, Biotechnology Institute, Academy of Sciences, Czech Republic www.img.cas.cz/ge

Fluidigm www.fl uidigm.com

Ghent University www.ugent.be/en

Life Technologieswww.lifetechnologies.com

Li Ka Shing Institute of Health Sciences, The Chinese University of Hong Kong www.lihs.cuhk.edu.hk

QIAGENwww.qiagen.com

RainDance Technologieswww.raindancetechnologies.com

TATAA Biocenter www.tataa.com

Technical University of Munich www.tum.de

Thermo Fisher Scientifi c www.thermo.com

Wafergen www.wafergen.com

continued »

LIFE SCIENCE TECHNOLOGIES

qPCR

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

111

Page 112: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org/products

budget, €4 million comes largely from the industry partners, says Oelmueller. The project is a natural fit with Qiagen’s prod-ucts for sample preparation that preserve bioanalyzable profiles, and all consortium companies benefit from the networking and product development opportunities. Guideline releases have been ongoing, from the SPIDIA consortium’s published recom-mendations to standards that require approval by 31 European countries, which will take several years to finalize.

In 2009, a set of qPCR best-practice guidelines was published by an international consortium led by Stephen A. Bustin, pro-fessor of molecular science, Barts and the London School of

Medicine and Dentistry, University of London. The minimum information for publication of quantitative real-time PCR experi-ments (MIQE, or “mikey”) guidelines are a blueprint for good assay design, and they standardize the information submitted with publications. Developed in part after considerable variability was found in clinical qPCR assay results, the guidelines include a checklist of items to include with any publication using qPCR, and cover everything from sample collection and experimental design, to data analysis and reporting results. Guideline devel-opers are urging journals to include MIQE compliance in their publication requirements. Some MIQE guidelines are simple, for example, using the term RT-PCR for reverse transcription-qPCR, and qPCR for quantitative real-time PCR, which might not include reverse transcription. Others require more effort from investigators, such as supplying primer or amplicon sequences. It’s worth it, though. “A researcher following the guidelines is virtually guaranteed to end up with an efficient PCR assay and is encouraged to provide all assay details to enhance the transpar-ency of experiments,” says Bustin. And to make MIQE easy and fun, there’s an iPhone app with links to references and screens to tick off checklist items.

DOI: 10.1126/science.opms.p1100058

Chris Tachibana is a science writer based in Seattle, USA, and

Copenhagen, Denmark.

Companies are now helping investigators follow MIQE guide-lines. Ian Kavanagh, senior research and development manager at Thermo Fisher Scientific says the Solaris qPCR gene expres-sion assays were developed with input from the MIQE guideline authors. The assays offer predesigned, optimized primers and probes that detect all known splice variants of mRNAs in the human and mouse genomes. An essential component of the MIQE guidelines is knowing your amplicon, and Kavanagh says, “Solaris fully discloses all primer and probe sequences so cus-tomers can do their own bioinformatics searches to see what the amplicon looks like.”

On the data-crunching end, MIQE compliance is a feature of qbasePLUS, third-party qPCR data-analysis software that is com-patible with more than 95 percent of qPCR instruments on the market. It originated as freeware developed by Jan Hellemans and Jo Vandesompele, researchers at Ghent University in Bel-gium, who started the qPCR software and services company Biogazelle in 2007. Vandesompele says qbasePLUS “uses only peer-reviewed quantification models for relative quantification, efficiency correction, inter-run calibration and error propagation, and stores and exports the assay information that is required for MIQE guidelines.” This information includes primer sequences, target information, and PCR efficiency.

The MIQE guidelines are a work in progress. An update was published in March 2011 and guideline developers are constantly receiving feedback from researchers. Some find the checklist daunting, but Kavanagh says, “every scientist should have the information it asks for in their laboratory notebooks anyway, if they’ve done their experiments correctly.”

THE FUTURE: LEAVING IT TO THE PROSOf course, one way to ensure high-quality qPCR is to let the pros do it. Kubista predicts developments in qPCR “similar to oligonucleotide synthesis and sequencing, which were first set up in academic labs, then in core labs. Today, it’s cheaper to send samples to a specialized provider with high throughput instru-mentation and quality control programs, so everything is accord-ing to guidelines and best practices. Within five years I believe we will have this change in qPCR.” Kubista is banking on this trend with the TATAA Biocenter. In addition to offering training in basic qPCR, including hands-on workshops, and courses in experimental design, sample preparation, standardization, qual-ity control, data mining, and data analysis, the TATAA Biocenter performs qPCR contract services, from study design to post-PCR analysis. Biogazelle also provides contract services, includ-ing expression profiling for human and mouse microRNAs and long non-coding RNAs, and WaferGen offers proof-of-principle expression profiling or single-nucleotide polymorphism genotyp-ing on customer-supplied samples.

With the economies of scale and quality assurance that core facilities or contract research organizations can provide, out-sourcing qPCR work is tempting. Researchers still need to un-derstand good data handling and experimental design, though, says Kubista. “The user doesn’t need to be a statistician, but has to understand the purpose of different controls and repli-cates.” It’s a lot to keep track of, with technological advances leading researchers in many directions; but a regular stop at the Gene Quantification website will keep you stocked up on current qPCR news and developments.

CR

ED

IT: ©

ISTO

CK

PHO

TO.C

OM

/DR

A_S

CH

WA

RTZ

“A researcher following the guidelines is virtually guaranteed to end up with an

effi cient PCR assay.”

LIFE SCIENCE TECHNOLOGIES

qPCR

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

112

Gene Quantifi cation Web Pageswww.gene-quantifi cation.info

MIQE App itunes.apple.com/app/miqe-qpcr/id423650002?mt=8

MIQE Guidelineswww.clinchem.org/cgi/content/full/55/4/611

SPIDIAwww.spidia.eu

ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

Page 113: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencemag.org/products

PORTABLE PCR SYSTEM The Palm PCR system is an innovative portable polymerase chain reaction (PCR) device that delivers high performance nucleic acid amplifi cation in a small handheld format. The palm-sized, battery-powered Palm PCR thermocycler promises to extend the range of applications of this well-established technology beyond its cur-rent indoor limitations. Designed for simplicity and robustness, the Palm PCR system delivers fast and effi cient amplifi cation of a large variety of targets including very low copy number human ge-nomic DNA. Its battery-powered automated operation (more than four hours of continuous operation on a single battery charge), extremely low power consumption (less than 5 W), and high ef-fi ciency make it ideal for both indoor and outdoor applications. It is designed to conform to the standard 9 mm spaced well format to use with a disposable plastic sample tube. The Palm PCR deliv-ers highly accurate and reproducible results with high temperature uniformity (less than +/- 0.1 degrees Celsius).Ahram BiosystemsFor info: 408-400-0600 www.ahrambio.com

MICRORNA PCR PANELSThe highly fl exible Pick & Mix microRNA PCR Panels are for sensi-tive and specifi c quantifi cation of custom selected microRNAs in both 96- and 384-well array formats. The Pick & Mix microRNA Panel system allows customers to design a real-time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) array based on pre-validated LNA-enhanced microRNA PCR primers via an online array confi guration tool. In simple, intuitive steps the array confi guration tool guides custom-ers through selections including choice of format: 96-well or 384-well plate format, array layout, target organism, microRNA assays, controls, and real-time PCR instrument of choice. These custom-ized qPCR arrays are delivered ready-to-use. Reliable microRNA profi ling can be achieved using only 1 pg of total RNA without need for pre-amplifi cation and can be performed on challenging samples such plasma, including plasma from mouse and rat where only very little sample material can be obtained. ExiqonFor info: 888-647-2879 www.exiqon.com

STEM CELL PLURIPOTENCY KITThe PluriPCR Kit has been designed as a quantitative and reliable assay of fi ve genes strongly specifi c to pluripotency. These genes (Oct-3/4, Nanog, DNMT3b, Dppa4, and Rex1) are expressed by human embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells, and are all sharply down regulated during differentiation. Both simple and easy to use with existing real time quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR) equipment, PluriPCR uses these fi ve key genes in combination with a unique normalization method to give a reliable and quantitative readout for a cell line’s pluripotency. This kit is ideally suited for all aspects of pluripotent stem cell research: To measure if culture conditions result in the loss of pluripotency, to assess the success of iPS cell nuclear re-programming, and as a release assay in the manufacture and clini-cal development of pluripotent stem cells. The PluriPCR kit is fully optimized for routine quality control using either two-step or one-step qRT-PCR methods.AMS BiotechnologyFor info: +44-(0)-1235-828200 www.amsbio.com

PCR TARGET ENRICHMENT KITThe new HaloPlex Target Enrichment Kit revolutionizes next gener-ation sequencing, reducing costs and saving up to 80% in sample preparation time compared to many other kits. HaloPlex Target En-richment Kit introduces a dramatically improved polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technology that enables millions of PCR reactions in a single tube. Following fragmentation using specifi cally selected restriction endonucleases, and denaturing of the DNA sample, a Selector Probe library is added. Each probe, designed to hybridize to both ends of a targeted DNA restriction fragment, guides the targeted fragments to form circular DNA molecules. Only circular DNA targets are amplifi ed, ready for sequencing using any next generation procedure, and results are highly reproducible. This new Halo Genomics kit provides a “lab-in-a-tube” solution which greatly simplifi es PCR workfl ow, with no need for expensive in-strumentation or automation.CambioFor info: +44-(0)-1954-210200 www.cambio.co.uk

Electronically submit your new product description or product literature information! Go to www.sciencemag.org/products/newproducts.dtl for more information.

Newly offered instrumentation, apparatus, and laboratory materials of interest to researchers in all disciplines in academic, industrial, and governmental organizations are featured in this space. Emphasis is given to purpose, chief characteristics, and availability of products and materials. Endorsement by Science or AAAS of any products or materials mentioned is not implied. Additional information may be obtained from the manufacturer or supplier.

PCR ARRAY SYSTEMThe qBiomarker Somatic Mutation PCR Array System is designed for rapid and accurate mutation profi ling in basic research and drug discovery. The assays consist of collections of pathway- or cancer-specifi c assays in 96- or 384-well plate formats with a number of pathways (EGFR, ErbB2, etc.) and cancer types. Laboratory experiments have shown that the PCR arrays provide a sensitivity of as low as 1–2% mutant DNA in a background of wild-type DNA. The pathway-focused approach also enables an in-depth understanding of the mutations that are present in a specifi c tumor sample in a short time frame. The experiments require approximately two hours from sample to result and are easy to perform: The DNA is extracted from the sample, amplifi ed if needed, and then used for the PCR array with any block-based real-time cycler.

QiagenFor info: 888-503-3187 www.qiagen.com

113

LIFE SCIENCE TECHNOLOGIES

NEW PRODUCTS: qPCR

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

Page 114: Science - 07 October 2011

BASIC SCIENCE RESEARCHDIRECTOR, ASIA.

Estee Lauder Companies, a global innovatorin prestige skincare, is seeking an MD orPhD with focus on dermatology or relatedfields to manage its growing basic scienceresearch program in Asia, headquarteredin Shanghai, China. The position includesdirecting basic and clinical research,collaborating with academic institutions,supporting product development, representingthe company’s research to the Asian press,and communicating with and travel to thecompany’s research centers in Europe andNew York. The candidate should have 5+years working in basic or clinical research,preferably with time in the personal careindustry. The candidate should have strongpeople management and networking skills,and excellent communication in English andChinese. Estee Lauder provides a generousand competitive compensation package.

Please submit a cover letter summarizinggoals and qualifications together with resumetoMs. Jing Cheng, [email protected].

Tracy HolmesWorldwide Associate DirectorScience CareersPhone: +44 (0) 1223 326525

UNITED STATES & CANADAE-mail: [email protected]: 202-289-6742

Tina BurksMidwest/West Coast/South Central/CanadaPhone: 202-326-6577

Elizabeth EarlyEast Coast & IndustryPhone: 202-326-6578

Marci GallunSales AdministratorPhone: 202-326-6582

Online Job Posting QuestionsPhone: 202-312-6375

EUROPE & REST OF WORLDE-mail: [email protected]: +44 (0) 1223 326532

Simone JuxPhone: +44 (0)1223 326529

Alex PalmerPhone: +44 (0) 1223 326527

Lisa PattersonPhone: +44 (0) 1223 326528

JAPANMakiko HaraPhone: +81 (0) 90-9853-9982E-mail: [email protected]: +81 (0) 3-6369-4491

CHINA & TAIWANRuolei WuPhone: +86-1367-1015-294E-mail: [email protected]

For full advertising details, go toScienceCareers.org and click For Employers,

or call one of our representatives.

All ads submitted for publication must complywith applicable U.S. and non-U.S. laws. Sciencereserves the right to refuse any advertisementat its sole discretion for any reason, includingwithout limitation for offensive language orinappropriate content, and all advertising issubject to publisher approval. Science encour-ages our readers to alert us to any ads thatthey feel may be discriminatory or offensive.

ScienceCareers

Advertising

Faculty PositionThe Koch Institute for Integrative Cancer Researchat the Massachusetts Institute of Technology(http://ki.mit.edu/) invites applications for a junioror senior faculty appointment. The Koch Instituteis an NCI-designated Cancer Center whichfeatures research across a wide range of areas incancer biology and cancer-oriented engineering.

This is an open search with regard to field ofstudy and specific research focus, but clear cancerrelevance of the proposed research program isessential. Areas of interest include, but are notlimited to: imaging, proteomics, single-cellanalysis, systems biology, metastasis, stem cellbiology, and novel approaches to detecting,monitoring and treating cancer. The candidate(s)will be expected to develop and lead aninternationally competitive research program aswell as participate in undergraduate and graduateteaching. The successful candidate(s) will havelaboratory space in the recently opened KochInstitute building and a faculty appointment inan appropriate department at MIT.

The deadline for the complete application withletters is November 1, 2011.

Please apply athttps://academicjobsonline.org/ajo/jobs/926

The David H. Koch Institute for Integrative Cancer Researchat MIT is an Equal Employment Opportunity/AffirmativeAction Employer.

We’re Looking forWorld-Class Faculty.Come Invent the Future with Us.

Virginia Tech plans to recruit 100

faculty members during

2011-12. Searches will focus on

faculty members who will contribute

to four discovery areas from the

university’s strategic plan:

• Energy, Materials, and Environment

• Health, Food, and Nutrition

• Innovative Technologies and

Complex Systems

• Social and Individual

Transformation

Faculty members will be recruited

across the eight colleges to promote

growth in these and other research

areas.

Please visit www.provost.vt.edu to

review faculty searches as they are

launched across the fall semester.

COLLEGES

http://www.vt.edu/academics/academic-departments.html

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences

College of Architecture and Urban Studies

Pamplin College of Business

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts and Human Sciences

College of Natural Resources and Environment

College of Science

College of Veterinary Medicine

RESEARCH INSTITUTES

http://www.research.vt.edu/institutes/index.php

Fralin Life Science Institute

Institute for Creativity, Arts, and Technology

Institute for Critical Technology and Applied Science

Institute for Society, Culture and Environment

Virginia Bioinformatics Institute

Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute

Virginia Tech Transportation Institute

Virginia Tech is an AA/EEO employer; applications from

members of underrepresented groups are especially

encouraged.

............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

TOP EMPLOYERS

Page 115: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencecareers.org 115www.sciencecareers.org

The 2011 Science Careers Top Employers Survey was designed to identify the 20 companies with the fi nest reputations in the industry, as well as the characteris-tics that most impact an employer’s status. The results are based on 3,784 responses to a web-based sur-vey (see Survey Methodology on p. 116).

Nearly half of the respondents are under 40 years old, 79 percent work in the United States, and 40 percent are female.

Besides innovation and research, survey respondents expect a leading company to be socially responsible, treat its employees with respect, and inspire their loyalty. This year, the #5 criteria—“has a top leadership that suc-cessfully makes changes needed to keep the organiza-tion moving in the right direction”—replaced 2010’s “has a clear vision of where the organization is headed.” (See Driving Characteristics chart on p. 120.)

The 2011 results brought a new, fi rst-time #1 employer: Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (#3 in 2010). In fact, three of the highest-ranking companies are new to the top 20 list (see Top 20 Employers chart on p. 116 for complete company listing). These shifts aren’t surprising, because “It’s been an interesting time in the industry,” observes Alan Smith, Genzyme Corporation’s chief scientifi c offi cer before its acquisition by Sanofi . “For us, the past year has been a period of upheaval, but we’ve regularly scored well in this survey,” he notes (Genzyme is #13 this year, #8 in 2010). Now chief science advisor for Sanofi Global Research and Development, he says, “As part of Sanofi , we’ll take the approach we’ve used at Genzyme and apply it more generally.”

Other top employers are entering new phases, too. Vertex re-cently introduced their fi rst drug, Incivek, to the market, and began building their fi rst commercial team. “This [survey] recognition is tied directly to the passion and creativity that our 1,800 employees bring to Vertex each day, as we seek to change the lives of peo-ple with devastating diseases,” says Peter Mueller, Vertex’s chief science offi cer and executive vice president for global research and development.

Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (#2, and new to the top 20 list) has a treatment for a major eye disease under FDA review. Later this year, they’ll seek FDA approval for a new cancer drug and request an additional application for Arcalyst, their fi rst product on the market. Since Arcalyst was created for a rare genetic condition, Regeneron is now essentially developing a brand-new sales and marketing func-tion. Explains Ross Grossman, human resources vice president, “We’ve focused a great deal of energy on retaining a true biotech culture—[stressing] innovation and great science—as we’ve grown and matured as a company. It’s especially gratifying to be recognized

UPCOMING FEATURES

Focus on Europe—October 21

Neuroscience: Emerging Fields—November 4

Focus on China—December 9

Innovation and ResearchThe Human FactorContinuous innovation and outstanding research are the most important attributes to respondents choosing this year’s best biotech and pharma companies—yet to top employers, their scientists’ ingenuity and enthusiasm are the real essentials for excellence. By Carol Milano

li

"We choose people who

aren't afraid to take risks—

by trying something new or

bringing a nontraditional idea

forward—and who are not

satisfi ed with the status quo."

—Lisa Kelly-Croswell, senior

vice president, Vertex

h i ib

FOCUS ON CAREERS Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

TOP EMPLOYERS SURVEY

by Science for our science-driven culture, and to come out so high in our fi rst year.”

Eight of this year’s top 20 companies are based in Europe. Global collaborations and concerns are increasingly important to leading biotech/pharma companies, which pay careful attention to their re-

search facilities and services in devel-oping countries. Health care provid-ers in less-developed areas may not have access to the newest medical procedures and pharmaceutical treat-ments.

Denmark-based Novo Nordisk (#9 this year, and also new to the top 20 list) is one pharmaceutical company that is addressing a specifi c interna-tional need. Diabetes treatments ac-count for about 75 percent of Novo Nordisk’s business. They provide training about best practices in dia-

betes care for thousands of physicians in China. “Diabetes doesn’t get the attention it deserves there because of limited resources,” observes Steve Chinn, vice president for human resources. “We’re striving to be a partner with the Chinese health care system, not simply as just a maker of medicine, but by doing more to help educate and inform patients and physicians about the severity of the disease.”

SELECTING THE SCIENTISTSBeing an “innovative leader” continues to be the most powerful driver for selecting a company as a top employer. When asked to describe “what makes the best company, the best,” survey respon-dents specifi cally mentioned “supports a culture of innovation,” “employee-driven curiosity,” and “innovative ideas of everyone are considered.”

How do top employers create an innovative and inspiring corporate atmosphere? Among many highly qualifi ed applicants, they search for the exceptional scientists most likely to bring fresh, original ideas to the company.

At Novo Nordisk, Chinn specifi es one priority:

CR

ED

IT: ©

ISTO

CK

PHO

TO.C

OM

/TO

MM

L

continued »

Page 116: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencecareers.org116

“Passion about diabetes and hemophilia,” the two diseases for which the company creates medications. “We want people who are very knowledgeable and educated about these disease states, and who are known within their fi eld for the research they’ve done or for being thought leaders.”

Bayer’s U.S. division seeks scientists with the “ingenuity, curiosity, and enthusiasm for working at an organization striving for innovations that make a difference in the world,” summarizes Bryan

Iams, director of external communications. “In a global company operating in every country, can they be respectful and understand that in different cultures, different beliefs drive people?” he asks. With 108,000 employees worldwide, the Germany-based company (#20; reappearing on the list since being #19 in 2006) looks for versatility and the kind of entrepreneurial thinking encouraged at Bayer’s “innovation centers” in China, Europe, and California. “These then hook into and get translated into our larger global organization,” explains Iams.

“It’s sometimes easy to hire someone just because they are an exceptional scientist, but we spend ample time to fi nd a person with the technical skills who also fi ts with our core values,” says Lisa Kelly-Croswell, Vertex's senior vice president of human resources. “We choose people who aren’t afraid to take risks—by

trying something new or bringing a nontraditional idea forward—and who are not satisfi ed with the status quo.”

Their research and development group hires “for what we want to be, not what we are today,” says Vertex’s Mueller, who looks for people with “the scientifi c and technologic expertise to take Vertex to the next frontier, and the courage to constantly move the frontier forward. In science, experiments often have unexpected outcomes. Some scientists have the willingness and joy to deal with this uncertainty. That’s the phenotype we’re looking for.”

Mueller wants his scientists “maximally integrated across all func-tions—research, development, commercial, legal, human resources, accounting—so they can communicate and collaborate. That’s fun-damental to our ultimate goal: Discovering and developing transfor-mational medicines.”

Genzyme prefers highly trained scientists, several years be-yond their Ph.D.s. “Our best hires, in a creative sense, have about fi ve years of postdoc experience. They’re really where the excitement is in research—and they’re exciting to be around,” says Smith.

In 2008, needing several hundred additional employees for a new collaboration with Sanofi -Aventis, Regeneron worked

The 20 companies with the best reputations as employers and the top three driving characteristics for each company, according to respondents in the 2011 survey undertaken for the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Offi ce. The companies without a 2010 rank did not rank among the top 20 in the 2010 survey.

This web-based survey was conducted from March 24 to April 11, 2011 by Brighton Con-sulting Group and Cell Associ-ates. For this year’s survey, a mixed methodology was again used.

The fi rst part of this meth-odology included e-mailed invitations to roughly 46,000 individuals who were located worldwide. These individuals were Science website visitors who have registered with AAAS and past survey respondents. This year Facebook, Twitter, and online banner ads were also used to promote participation in this survey. Forty-two percent of all surveys submitted were from this fi rst effort.

The second part of the meth-odology included an e-mail blast to a list of about 500 human resource contacts at industry fi rms that were pulled from the Science Careers sales data-base. The remaining 58 percent of the surveys were from this second effort.

This report is based on a total sample of 3,784 survey respondents.

SURVEYMETHODOLOGY

Top Twenty Employers

FOCUS ON CAREERS

TOP EMPLOYERS SURVEY

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

Inn

ov

ati

ve le

ad

er

in t

he

ind

ust

ry

Is s

oci

all

y re

spo

nsi

ble

Ma

ke

s ch

an

ge

s n

ee

de

d

Tre

ats

em

plo

yee

s w

ith

re

spe

ct

Do

es

imp

ort

an

t, q

ua

lity

re

sea

rch

Ha

s lo

ya

l em

plo

yee

s

2011Rank

2010Rank Employer (Global Headquarters)

1 3 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (Cambridge, MA) • • •2 – Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Tarrytown, NY) • • •3 1 Genentech (South San Francisco, CA) • • •4 19 Pioneer Hi-Bred, a DuPont business (Johnston, IA) • • •5 4 Millennium: The Takeda Oncology Company (Cambridge, MA) • • •6 10 Amgen (Thousand Oaks, CA) • • •7 6 Boehringer Ingelheim (Ingelheim, Germany) • • •8 7 Syngenta (Basel, Switzerland) • • •9 – Novo Nordisk (Bagsvaerd, Denmark) • • •10 15 Biogen Idec (Weston, MA) • • •11 13 Abbott (Abbott Park, IL) • • •12 9 Merck KGaA/Merck Serono/EMD Serono (Darmstadt, Germany) • • •13 8 Genzyme Corp. (Cambridge, MA) • • •14 11 Novartis (Basel, Switzerland) • • •15 5 Roche (Basel, Switzerland) • • •16 2 Monsanto Company (Creve Coeur, MO) • • •17 14 Eli Lilly and Company (Indianapolis, IN) • • •18 17 Gilead Sciences (Foster City, CA) • • •19 20 AstraZeneca PLC (London, UK) • • •20 – Bayer (Leverkusen, Germany) • • •

continued »

Page 117: Science - 07 October 2011

THE SCIENCE of POSSIBILITY

Vertex creates new possibilities in medicine to cure

diseases and improve people’s lives.

Join us as we work with leading researchers, doctors, public health

experts and other collaborators who share our vision for transforming

the lives of people with serious diseases, their families and society.

Discover the possibilities. www.vrtx.com/careers

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

Page 118: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencecareers.org118

new therapeutic areas have Bachelor’s or Master’s degrees. They’re working alongside M.D.s and Ph.D.s.

“This is such a diverse organization, we want people who bring a different perspective and understanding, so we can expand globally,” explains Susan Bunz, human resources and corporate services vice president at Pioneer Hi-Bred, a DuPont business, the plant genetics company that ranked #4 this year (a big leap from #19 in 2010). The Iowa-based company’s 3,000 plus scientists work at 110 research locations in 24 countries. “Our culture is very collaborative. People share a ‘can do’ attitude, want to work in a very dynamic environ-ment, and know how to complete a project.”

RETAINING OUTSTANDING SCIENTISTSThe world’s best scientists are always on recruiters’ radar screens, and employers know that people often change jobs. “It’s one thing to attract new talent, another to retain them,” says Bayer’s Iams.

“You must provide an environment that recognizes accomplish-ment and celebrates the entire team,” Iams continues. Bayer offers growth programs, such as internal education activities, so an em-ployee always feels, “I’m learning here.” Motivators include letters of recognition, awards (some monetary), and performance-based bonuses, which are sometimes reinvested into company shares.

However, many biotech/pharma companies are moving away from broad eligibility for stock options, according to Grossman. Regen-eron, though, remains “absolutely committed to employee owner-ship. Every new hire will be a shareholder.” The company recently introduced an on-site “mini-MBA program” with Rutgers University professors presenting a broad view of the industry’s business is-sues. Beyond classrooms, “we give scientists very challenging roles, where they can contribute to the fullest extent of their abili-ties,” adds Grossman.

From microbiology to entomology to agronomy, Pioneer Hi-Bred uses a diverse range of expertise. A scientist’s specifi c assignment depends somewhat on his or her degree, explains Bunz. Ph.D.s are at the senior scientist level; a B.S.-degree holder would be an as-sociate or assistant researcher. Thanks to the educational support Pioneer provides, “employees can go back to school while they’re here, when they see that additional education will increase their pro-motional opportunities.”

Novo Nordisk encourages scientists to “focus on a specifi c job aspect that will forward their research, and their personal develop-ment,” says Chinn. Every employee is required to prepare an “Indi-vidual Development Plan.” They can opt to attend symposia, specifi c educational programs, or other learning opportunities. The company gladly provides tuition “to further their employees’ education. We hope it’s holistic—not just to help Novo Nordisk, but to improve their own specialized skills,” he explains.

Vertex holds weekly “social hours” where scientists and other staff members share perspectives. The company also has unique employee incentives, such as “the Vertex Nobel Prize” for outstand-ing research and the recently introduced Science Technology Ex-change Program (STEP), a sabbatical opportunity. Bench scientists whose proposals are accepted get to “STEP out” of their usual roles and pursue a new path for three months. The program was devel-oped by seven Vertex scientists working in a focus group on improv-ing career paths and recognition.

In many professions, accomplishments and recognition bring pro-motion into management. “For a scientist, that means moving away from the bench,” Smith observes, “but you may not want to have a hundred people reporting to you.” Genzyme offers a popular, four-level alternative track: fellow, senior fellow, distinguished fellow, and one coveted slot as presidential fellow. “If you want to stay at the bench, a fellow here can be paid as much as a senior

with a recruitment and branding fi rm to attract the right people. They launched an online ad campaign, highlighting what Grossman calls their “quirkiness and selectivity,” by presenting their recently formalized corporate values (“The Regeneron 5”), through reverse psychology:

• If science isn’t your obsession—DON’T APPLY• If you’re content being the smartest person in the room—

DON’T APPLY• If you’re afraid to fail—DON’T APPLY• If you think good enough is good enough—DON’T APPLY• If you need a routine to defi ne you—DON’T APPLY

By the year’s end, Regeneron met its goal of hiring 350 highly qualifi ed new employees.

Genentech, a member of the Roche group, (#3 in 2011; #1 in eight of 10 previous surveys) is continuously recognized for its innovative leadership, high-quality research, and talent pool. Genentech’s deci-sion makers are extremely respectful of the company’s scientists. Emphasizing excellent communication skills, Genentech screens for a strong publication record, because they feel that it indicates an ability to communicate well in writing. “Everyone I interview is very bright, motivated, and accomplished, especially on the biology side,” observes Andy Chan, senior vice president of research biol-ogy. “But they must really want to translate biology into medicine. That’s the driving force behind who comes to Genentech, and why we’re in the business.” Some skilled scientifi c problem solvers, Chan believes, are far better suited for academia. “We want the ones who want to make something happen that helps people.”

At these top employers, research and development jobs aren’t only for Ph.D.s. Throughout his organization, reports Novo Nordisk’s Chinn, scientists work at many different levels. At their Seattle site, for example, some of the scientists doing fundamental research on

FOCUS ON CAREERS

TOP EMPLOYERS SURVEY

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

SURVEY DEMOGRAPHICS

GENDER57% Male, 40% Female, 3% No response

EXPERIENCE64% have 10 years or more of work experience

HIGHEST DEGREE EARNED42% Doctorate, 26% Master's, 27% Bachelor's, 5% Other

COMPANY TYPE53% Biotech, 34% Pharma, 7% University,6% Other; more than four out of fi ve work in private industry

NATURE OF WORK36% Development, 33% Applied Research, 27% Basic Research, 13% Administrative/Executive, 11% QA/QC/ Regulatory Affairs, 19% Other (Respondents were able to choose more than one response.)

GEOGRAPHY80% from North America; 12% from Europe; 6% from Asia/Pacifi c Rim; 2% from rest of world

CR

ED

IT: ©

ISTO

CK

PHO

TO.C

OM

/AR

EN

AC

RE

ATI

VE

continued »

Page 119: Science - 07 October 2011

THAT’S UNCOMMON. THAT’S REGENERON.

REGENERONregeneron.jobs

WE’VE DISCOVERED11 NEW DRUG CANDIDATES NOW IN CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT.

And there are many more in our labs. At Regeneron,we are dedicated to great science.

We take pride in overcoming challenges and searching for new and better ways to

do things. We’re the rare company that discovers, develops and commercializes its

own products. Regeneron people work hard because we believe in what we do and

we enjoy the people we work with. We were voted one of the Best Places to Work

in our industry in 2008, 2009 and 2010 and were ranked in the 2010 Top 10 Most

Innovative Biotech Companies by Fast Company.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

Page 120: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencecareers.org120

vice president. It’s a great way to keep people who may not want management, but want to progress. It’s very effective—these are such valuable people,” he says.

“It’s easier to do well when things are going well,” Smith refl ects, “and hard to do well when times are tough. I’m very proud and pleased that we’ve scored well this year—it says that people are seeing and believing in new opportunity here. We pay a lot of atten-tion to how we convince and keep convincing people that this is a good place to work even during a rough period. Very few people have left since the acquisition.”

INNOVATION AND RESEARCHTwo of the survey’s perennial top drivers—innovative leadership and quality research—are never taken for granted at excellent compa-nies. They’re carefully nurtured and cultivated.

“We’re highly committed to further strengthening our innovative capabilities—innovation is key to maintaining or gaining a leading po-sition in every market in which we operate, and also the foundation for improving the lives of many millions of people,” says Katharina

Jansen, director of global media relations and issues management for Bayer Schering Pharma AG in Leverkusen, Germany. She consid-ers Bayer’s research and development investments to be long-term: Their pharmaceutical or agricultural research projects average 10 years before reaching the marketplace.

To encourage innovation, Regeneron labs operate like a hybrid of academe and business, Grossman explains. “We give researchers a great deal of freedom, and encourage employees to suggest im-provements at the implementation level. Anyone comfortable with a scientifi c organization’s give-and-take can be part of any discussion here. We’re not yet big enough to have lots of channels, formal procedures, or hierarchies. The enemy is bureaucracy,” he says.

Regeneron is continuously seeking new approaches, says Gross-man, and asking at every stage, “What’s the next generation of tech-nology?” He elaborates: “When it wasn’t fashionable, we invested in building a technology that was then highly innovative, and brought us to our fi rst marketable product. Then we invented a suite of tech-niques that led to Arcalyst.” Although Regeneron uses these suc-cessful techniques to develop other drugs, they’re also committed to ongoing innovation.

Genentech concentrates on innovations in transformative therapy. “Our strength is our patient focus,” asserts Mike Varney, senior vice president, small molecule drug discovery. “We constantly work with clinical groups to understand what’s going on with a particular disease, how it’s treated, and the limitations of existing therapies. This proximity to the patient is rare. Even with portfolio reviews,

discussions center around the patients, how to help them, and the reality of improving a patient’s life.”

Genentech’s culture encourages ambitious research. “Genentech values risk-taking, creativity, and sci-entifi c exploration, which spur our scientists to succeed,” says Chan. “Once they make a breakthrough, it’s a very addicting feeling. Their success encourages more emphasis on innovation.”

With its “incredibly strong com-mitment to high-risk innovation, Ver-tex starts with a disease and fi nds a way to treat its underlying cause,” says Mueller. “We’re innovative in the way we partner, how we set our-

selves up as an organization, how we reach out in the community, and how we interact with patients and physicians. We balance risk on several shoulders, increasing our chances for success, through our network of global partners.”

For Pioneer Hi-Bred, global interconnections are internal. They’ve added 4,000 employees since 2007, in 95 locations. Research and development (R&D) scientists in Europe, Asia/Pacifi c, Latin America, and North America are in constant contact. “They know where the soils are similar and who should be collaborating. One strategy may be applicable in North and South America, but the same products don’t work globally,” explains Bunz.

Bayer takes a similar approach. “Collaboration at our worldwide locations is part of our model for success,” Iams emphasizes. “Shar-ing information today is so much easier than even fi ve years ago. Other scientists can access your fi les to further [distant] collabora-tions. Now our high-growth regions are really learning from other locations, allowing much faster development in China, India, and Latin America.” All 2,500 Bayer scientists, engineers, and chemists in various labs are charged with driving innovation.

ECONOMIC IMPACTSurvey respondents indicated that the soft economy has led to lay-offs, site closures, and outsourcing. When asked which key events have had the greatest effect on the industry over the past year, re-spondents named mergers and acquisitions, which have created some instability and uncertainty. Yet, many top employers experi-enced surprisingly few effects during the lengthy global recession.

“Bayer takes adequate precautions that economic instabilities do not impact R&D activities, a priority on our agenda,” says Jansen. Bayer’s R&D investments increased from €2.9 billion (US$4.06 bil-lion) in 2009 to €3.1 billion (US$4.34 billion) in 2010 and 2011.

Another international fi rm, Novo Nordisk, has thrived, with 36 quarters of double-digit growth. “We actually grew, added employ-ees, and brought new products to market last year,” says Chinn.

Regeneron also seems countercyclical, having “hired two-thirds of our employees since 2008, when we were under 700. We’ll soon reach 1,800,” says Grossman. “At the end of 2010, 43 percent of employees had been here one year or less.”

Like Regeneron, Genentech has been expanding. Since 2008, as cutbacks left talented professionals unemployed, the company has been “very lucky to hire some exceptionally qualifi ed scientists,” says Varney. “Our small molecule group, and research in general, have been growing, while the rest of the industry is contracting. Be-ing a little out of sync allowed us to cherry-pick the very best.”

Weather, not economics, is the biggest variable

Black type indicates the characteristics in common for the two years.

FOCUS ON CAREERS

TOP EMPLOYERS SURVEY

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

DRIVING CHARACTERISTICS

1. Innovative leader in the industry2. Treats employees with respect 3. Loyal employees4. Socially responsible5. Clear vision6. Does important quality research7. Work and personal values are aligned

201020111. Innovative leader in the industry2. Treats employees with respect3. Socially responsible4. Loyal employees5. Makes changes needed6. Does important quality research

CR

ED

IT: ©

ISTO

CK

PHO

TO.C

OM

/RA

PID

EY

E

continued »

Page 121: Science - 07 October 2011

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

We’re passionate and rigorous about our science. For more than 30 years, Genentech has been at the forefront of the biotechnology industry, using

innovative science to develop breakthrough medicines that improve the lives of people with serious or life-threatening diseases. We’re also passionate

about our people, our most important asset. That’s why we offer Genentech employees:

• The chance to make a difference in the lives of patients

• Extraordinary colleagues

• An inclusive environment that encourages diversity

• Highly competitive benefits

Now a member of the Roche Group, Genentech has multiple medicines on the market for cancer and other serious illnesses. We are an equal opportunity

employer and in 2011, we were named a “top employer in the biopharmaceutical industry” by Science magazine.

Join us as we continue to tackle medicine’s most challenging problems and live a life inspired. For complete position descriptions and to apply, please visit

careers.gene.com and enter the Requisition number in the keyword search field.

LifeInspired.

careers.gene.com

Sergio, Patient

Associate Director/Director, Antibody Engineering – Req. #377081

The successful candidate will lead a group of 15-30 researchers in

developing innovative antibody technologies and therapeutics as well

as running their own lab. The ideal candidate will have a PhD and

10+ years of experience in engineering antibodies for human therapy,

including publications, patents, and generation of investigational

drugs. Candidates with strong leadership skills are particularly

encouraged to apply.

Associate Director, Immune Cell Signaling – Req. #376671

This position will lead research efforts focused on discovering and

pursuing new drug targets and will be jointly appointed within the

departments of Discovery Immunology and Biochemical Pharmacology.

The ideal candidate has a PhD or equivalent in biological sciences

with extensive research as well as small molecule drug discovery

experience in immunology. Eight or more years’ experience as an

independent scientist in a biopharmaceutical and/or academic

environment is required.

Associate Director, Bioinformatics – Req. #380051

As an Associate Director within the Bioinformatics department, this

position will focus on novel variant discovery, biomarker discovery,

and data integration. The ideal candidate should have well developed

research plans that will take advantage of newer technologies such as

DNA-seq, ChIP-seq, RNA-seq, proteomics and metabolomics. A PhD in

life sciences, computer sciences, mathematics or other relevant field

is required.

Associate Director, Drug Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics

(DMPK) – Req. #379896

The Associate Director will lead a team of more than 15 talented

ADME Scientists and work closely with colleagues in other

departments on advancing projects ranging from early to late

stage discovery and in the clinic up to approval. A PhD degree in

pharmacokinetics, drug metabolism or other relevant fields such

as pharmaceutical, biological or chemical sciences and at least 10

years’ industrial experience is required.

We have the following opportunities in Genentech Research and Early Development (gRED) in our South San Francisco, CA, headquarters:

• Scientist/Senior Scientist, Antibody Engineering B-Cell Cloning

Req. #376466

• Senior Scientist, X-ray Crystallography

Req. #377162

• Senior Scientist, Antibody Drug Conjugates

Req. #380053

• Scientist, Vascular and Lymph System Biology

Req. #379942

Passionate About Our Science and Our People

Page 122: Science - 07 October 2011

EMD Serono is the US biopharmaceutical division of Merck KGaA,

Darmstadt, Germany, a global pharmaceutical and chemical company.

As a leader in US biotechnology, we focus on reproductive health,

metabolic endocrinology, oncology and neurology. With more than

1,100 employees in the United States, EMD Serono is dedicated to

fostering the culture of the possible and recognizes that our

strength is our people. Our employees are intellectually curious,

thrive on new experiences, and welcome professional challenges.

We pride ourselves on rewarding our employees by offering

a rich, competitive array of benefits and value-added programs

which support a healthy work/life balance.

EMD Serono is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. No employee orapplicant for employment will be discriminated against on the basis of race,color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, national origin, ancestry, disability,military or veteran status, genetic information, or any other classificationprotected by applicable federal, state, and local law.

For more information on career opportunities atEMD Serono, please visit:

www.emdserono.com/careers.

MAKE GREAT THINGS HAPPENUse your imaginationto transform lives

©2011 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. All rights reserved.

Our achievements change lives. Our people inspire cures.AtMillennium: The Takeda Oncology Company located in Cambridge, MA, “We Aspire to Cure Cancer”. As a leading

biopharmaceutical company focused on oncology, Millennium combines the agility, ideals and camaraderie of a start-up

with the resources of Japan’s largest pharmaceutical company. The result is an entrepreneurial culture where the priorities

are quality science and making a difference in patients’ lives and the communities we serve.

Our people share a commitment to innovation in an environment where individual contributions are not just valued, but

rewarded. Here you’ll enjoy outstanding benefits, a friendly, respectful atmosphere and a culture that promotes flexibility

between your personal and professional life. Join Millennium and improve the lives of others while living yours to the fullest.

To view our current career opportunities and apply online,

visit: joinmillennium.com/25

Image: colored scanning electron

micrograph (SEM) of a lung cancer cell.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

Page 123: Science - 07 October 2011

To learn more about Pioneer careers, visit www.Pioneer.com/Careers.®, TM, SM Trademarks and service marks of Pioneer Hi-Bred. © 2011 PHII 11-2922

The DuPont Oval Logo, DuPont™ and The miracles of science™ are trademarks of DuPont or its affiliates.

Are youready to

meet thechallenge?

Are you ready to meet the challenge of

feeding and fueling a world population of

nine billion people by 2050?

Join the Pioneer team, where people are passionate

about moving science forward to serve our customers.

We are a respected leader in the agricultural industry,

with nearly 100 years of experience advancing

agricultural production. Pioneer provides seed that

contains the most highly developed technologies for

growing corn, soybeans, sorghum, sunflower, alfalfa,

rice, canola and wheat, among others.

We use our unique germplasm with tools such as

biotechnology to create a rich pipeline of superior

products for our customers, who are located in 90

countries. While our reach is global, our commitment

to the best products, service, business partners and

employees remains constant.

Join our team and work on projects where the results

are used around the world. At Pioneer, we’re not on the

cutting edge of research, we’re pushing past it.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

Page 124: Science - 07 October 2011

www.sciencecareers.org124

DOI: 10.1126/science.opms.r1100109

Carol Milano is an independent journalist in New York City, covering

health care and science.

FOCUS ON CAREERS

TOP EMPLOYERS SURVEY

O

To hear the Top Employers Podcast and read the extended content about social responsibility, see the online version at www.sciencecareers.org/TopEmployers2011

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITYSocial responsibility is increasingly signifi cant to both survey respon-dents and excellent employers. It’s the #3 driver, up from #5 in 2010. “That’s a big part of who we are,” says Novo Nordisk’s Chinn. “We know we have a fi nancial responsi-bility to shareholders, and we also have a social and environmental responsibility.”

Chan praises Genentech for its “signifi cant infrastructure and phil-anthropic funds to help patients copay for medications.” Since 1985, when their fi rst product was approved, the company has dispensed US$2.3 billion of free medications in the United States. Genentech’s Access To Care Foundation is based on the prin-ciple that no patient should ever go without a Genentech drug

because of inability to pay. The top bio/pharma companies are also particularly proud of their

science education programs, both local and distant. Since the late 1990s, over two million students in Asia have participated in Bayer’s youth environmental programs, which educate schoolchildren about the science and technology that is available to help address current environmental problems.

Regeneron cosponsors the Westchester County National Intel Science and Engineering program, and sends its BioBus to local schools. The rolling science lab is designed to introduce kids to what makes science so exciting. “We also have 75 high-school and col-lege interns,” says Grossman, “and we’ve come full-circle. One of our high school interns now is a patient who suffers from the condi-tion that our fi rst drug treats.”

In Vertex’s STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathe-matics) Initiative, staff scientists volunteer in local schools in nearby communities, and engage kids to become enthusiastic about sci-ence. The company works with United Way to bring six-to-ten-year-olds to Vertex’s headquarters for hands-on science exploration.

Apart from their academic and motivational benefi ts to students (and strong appeal to staff scientists), science education efforts are valuable for high-achieving bio/pharma companies. “These types of programs are mission-critical,” Vertex’s Mueller declares. “Unfortu-nately, in our society the science and technology track is no longer the most wanted. We have to engage kids when they’re young, so that science becomes understandable to them, and fun. As a com-pany, but also as a society, we need to nurture and inspire future scientists.”

Top employers invest in developing a stream of eager, curious future scientists because they recognize that, as Genzyme’s Alan Smith attests, “Your most precious resource is your people.”

for Pioneer Hi-Bred. “We continue to create products to deal with weather factors,” says Bunz. An innovative new drought-resistant product, AQUAmax, is for areas with a dry climate or too little rainfall for farming. New products have to be tested in-ground in a target-type location, but uncooperative weather can prevent planting. In areas with a single growing season, that can delay testing for an entire year.

CORPORATE CULTUREThree of this year’s top fi ve drivers refl ect workplace values and environment. To survey respondents, outstanding employers are socially responsible and have loyal employees whom they treat with respect.

“What we do to shape our culture comes from listening to em-ployees,” notes Vertex's Kelly-Croswell. “We hold numerous focus groups, often in-the-moment. We take what we hear and translate it into action. Employees routinely tell us, ‘Hey, thanks for asking.’”

Leading companies often codify their corporate values, as exempli-fi ed by “The Regeneron 5.” “Not only do we hire scientists who will treat patients with respect, we also expect them to respect each other,” asserts Chinn. The recently revised “Novo Nordisk Way” stresses accountability and responsibility. “Our employees have a right and a responsibility to say something if they see people not treating someone else well. Being an organization focused on just a few therapeutic areas, rather than many, makes us different, and gives us a shared sense of commitment.”

Bayer, too, recently updated its global corporate values statement, choosing an acronym easily remembered in many languages: LIFE. It stands for Leadership, Integrity, Flexibility, and Effi ciency. The company seeks to keep its culture consistent throughout all loca-tions. “LIFE encourages individual employees to make decisions, to take the lead whenever they see things they think could be changed or adapted. The culture empowers our research scientists to think independently, see ideas and solutions, and propose or just imple-ment whatever helps the company move towards our larger vision,” Iams summarizes.

“This is the only place I’ve ever worked,” declares Vertex’s Kelly-Croswell, “where everyone can recite our core values, because we all live them: Fearless pursuit of excellence; innovation is our life-blood; and ‘we’ wins.”

Comparison of the top 10 companies on the basis of the top three drivers (scored out of 100): Socially responsible (bubble width), Innovative leader (x-axis), and Treats employees with respect (y-axis).Comparison of the top 10 companies on the basis of the top three drivers (scored out of 100): Socially responsible

Genentech

100

95

85

75

80

70

90

65

65 70 75 80 90 95 10085

RE

SP

EC

T

BUBBLE WIDTH = SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE

Vertex

Regeneron

Pioneer Hi-Bred

Amgen

Millennium/ Takeda

Syngenta

BiogenIdec

Boehringer Ingelheim

Novo Nordisk

6060

INNOVATIVE

COMPARISON OF TOP TEN'S TOP CHARACTERISTICS

Produced by the Science/AAAS Custom Publishing Office

Page 125: Science - 07 October 2011

Genzyme. Today.

For those eager to improve the lives of people with

debilitating medical conditions, there is no better place

to work than Genzyme. One of the world’s leading

biotechnology companies, Genzyme is dedicated to

making a major positive impact on the lives of people

with serious diseases.

Since its founding in 1981, the company has introduced

breakthrough treatments that have provided new hope

for patients. Genzyme focuses its efforts on well-defined

medical areas with serious, unmet needs—where

breakthrough therapies and services might significantly

improve patients’ lives. Genzyme’s research and

development efforts span a range of medical areas,

including rare genetic diseases, multiple sclerosis,

cardiovascular disease, and endocrinology.

Genzyme is continuing to grow and we are looking for

qualified candidates to join us. If your passion for impact

matches your dedication to helping others, Genzyme

offers a workplace unrivaled in the industry.

Join us, and be a part of everything Genzyme is, today.

www.jobsatgenzyme.com

Genzyme is an EOE/AA employer.

LIFE CHANGING WORK @Work fearlessly to remove the boundaries

caused by serious diseases in neurology,

immunology and hematology.

Feel that your work will truly matter to the

lives of patients…

…and change even your own life.

For more information about life changing work

opportunities at Biogen Idec, please contact

www.biogenidec.com/careers.

Biogen Idec is an equal opportunity employer.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgto

p em

plo

yers

Page 126: Science - 07 October 2011

Division of Vision ScienceTORONTO WESTERN RESEARCH

INSTITUTEUniversity Health Network

Donald K. Johnson Chair in VisionSciences

The TorontoWestern Research Institute of theUniversity Health Network invites applicantsto apply for the endowed Donald K. JohnsonChair inVision Sciences. The ideal candidatewill hold a PhD degree (or equivalent) andhave an established record of excellence inbasic science areas that have relevance tovision.

The successful candidate will have the abilityto establish an independent, well funded, pro-gram of international prominence and to col-laborate with other members of our researchand clinical staff. There will be the oppor-tunity to build vision science at the UHN.Qualified candidates will be appointed to theDepartments of Ophthalmology and VisionSciences at the University of Toronto, and anappropriateAcademicGraduateDepartment ata level commensurate with their experience.

Send applications (CV, statement of inter-est, and contact information for three refer-ees) by January 3rd, 2012 to Dr. MartinSteinbach, Director of Vision Research,

UHN, by e-mail only c/o Ms Janet Wong,([email protected])

CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF BIOLOGY& ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Department of Biology/Environmental Studies Program

ARTS AND SCIENCE

New York University invites applications for a full time, non tenure-track teaching

Clinical Assistant Professor appointment joint between the Department of Biology and

the Environmental Studies Program to start September 1, 2012, pending budgetary

and administrative approval. Responsibilities include developing and teaching

courses related to ecology and the environment to support the Biology Department’s

undergraduate minor in Environmental Biology and the Environmental Science Track

within the related Environmental Studies Program, and to serve as a core faculty

member in Environmental Studies. Teaching duties will include six courses annually.

Applicants should be able to teach fundamental courses in ecology and environmental

science and more specialized skill-building courses that utilize the unique urban and

coastal environment of the New York City region. Previous teaching and research

experience is strongly preferred. The Department of Biology (http://biology.as.nyu.

edu) and the Environmental Studies Programs (http://environment.as.nyu.edu) offer

an outstanding and collegial environment.

Candidates should submit applications, including a CV, teaching statement and

three letters of reference, through the NYU Department of Biology website

(http://biology.as.nyu.edu), via the “Faculty Recruitment” link. You may use the following

address in the cover letter: Chair of the Environmental Biology Search Committee,

Department of Biology, New York University, 1009 Silver Center, 100 Washington

Square East, New York, NY 10003. Closing date is November 30, 2011.

NYU is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rgTOP EMPLOYERS

POSITIONS OPEN

Page 127: Science - 07 October 2011

The National Institutes of Health (NIH) . . . The center of medical andbehavioral research for the Nation.

DirectorNational Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, NIH

TheNational Institutes of Health is seeking candidates for the Director, National Center forAdvancingTranslational Sciences (NCATS), a newly proposedCenter of theNIH. NCATS, one of 27NIH Institutesand Centers, is being established to catalyze the generation of innovative methods and technologiesthat will enhance the development, testing, and implementation of diagnostics and therapeutics across awide range of human diseases and conditions. To accomplish itsmission, NCATS supports and enablesresearch on the process of therapeutics discovery, development, testing, and implementation into patientcare. By studying the steps in the therapeutics development pipeline, identifying constriction points,and testing novel approaches to circumvent those constriction points, NCATS works to advance theentire discipline. In this way, NCATS catalyzes translational medicine and therapeutics research inother NIH Institutes and Centers, academia, industry and other sectors. The Director, NCATS, offersa unique and exciting opportunity for an exceptional leader to serve as the chief executive, leadingall aspects of this highly complex scientific organization: providing visionary leadership, executivemanagement, and strategic direction for streamlining the process for therapeutics development. AsDirector, NCATS, s/he will be responsible for leading all NCATS initiatives, communicating withvarious sectors and stakeholders, overseeing the Clinical and Translational Science Awards (CTSA)program, and facilitating effective collaborations among government, academia, industry, venturecapitalists, non-profit and community organizations.

Applicantsmust possess an advanced degree (M.D., and/or Ph.D. or equivalent) in a field relatedto the mission of the NIH and have senior-level research experience and knowledge of researchprograms in one or more scientific areas related to the broad fields of biomedical, clinical andtranslational research. Applicants should be recognized by scientists, industry leaders, educators andresearch administrators as individuals of outstanding scientific competence within their profession,both nationally and internationally.

Salary is commensurate with experience and accomplishments.Afull package of Federal benefits,including leave, health and life insurance, retirement, and savings plan (401K equivalent) will beprovided.

Please access the detailed vacancy announcement for mandatory qualifications requirements andapplication procedures at http://www.jobs.nih.gov/ (under Executive Jobs). Applications will bereviewed starting December 2, 2011, and will be accepted until the position is filled.

NCATS, NIH, AND DHHS ARE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYERS.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 128: Science - 07 October 2011

Applications are invited for:-

Department of Physics

Assistant Professors

(Ref. 1112/019(665)/2)

The Department invites applications for faculty positions at the level ofAssistant Professor with prospect for substantiation tenable from the academicyear 2012-2013. The Department anticipates that there will be a maximum ofthree positions.

Applicants should have a relevant PhD degree with postdoctoral researchexperience. Outstanding candidates in all areas of physics, particularly in thefields of experimental condensedmatter physics, theoretical and computationalmaterials physics, and theoretical or experimental biophysics, are welcome toapply. Successful candidates are expected to demonstrate a strong record ofresearch accomplishments, potential for establishing a significant externallyfunded research programme, and a strong interest in teaching at undergraduateand postgraduate levels. Appointments will normally bemade on contract basisfor up to three years initially, which, subject to mutual agreement, may lead tolonger-term appointment or substantiation later (substantive appointment maybe considered during the second three-year contract). Applications will beaccepted until the positions are filled.

Salary and Fringe BenefitsSalary will be highly competitive, commensurate with qualifications andexperience. The University offers a comprehensive fringe benefit package,includingmedical care, a contract-end gratuity for appointments of two years orlonger, and housing benefits for eligible appointees. Further information aboutthe University and the general terms of service for appointments is available athttp://www.cuhk.edu.hk/personnel. The termsmentioned herein are for referenceonly and are subject to revision by the University.

Application ProcedureApplications (comprising a full curriculum vitae, a detailed publication list withthree selected published papers, a research plan, a teaching statement, and threeletters of recommendation) should be sent to Professor Ke-Qing Xia, Chairman,Department of Physics, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shatin, HongKong. (email: [email protected]; fax: (852) 2603 5204). The PersonalInformation Collection Statement will be provided upon request. Please quotethe reference number and mark ‘Application – Confidential’ on cover.

TRANSLATIONAL BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH OPPORTUNITY

Genomic Medicine/Bioinformatics

Sigfried and JanetWeis Center for Research is seeking outstanding independentscientists for full-time research positions at ranks equivalent to Assistant,Associateor Full Professor in the areas of Genomics and Bioinformatics. TheWeis Center isa basic and translational research facility of Geisinger Clinic located at GeisingerMedical Center (GMC) in Danville, PA. Genomic Medicine is a strategic focus fortranslational research at Geisinger.

Genomic Medicine is a strategic focus for translational research at Geisinger.

About the position:• Expertise in laboratory, computational, or statistical genetic approaches• Expand ongoing research on the genetic basis of disease• Proven records of innovative research with relevance to human disease• Collegial environment with collaborative research opportunities

Geisinger Health System’s advanced electronic medical record system and healthinformation technology infrastructure allows for electronic capture of clinical dataand large biorepository of patient specimens.

Technical resources include instrumentation for confocal,TIRF, and single cellfluorescence imaging, microarray analysis, genotyping, DNA sequencing, and flowcytometry, and an AAALAC-accredited animal facility. Substantial resources areavailable for start-up, ongoing research support and salary.

Qualified individuals should submit curriculum vitae, statement of research interestsand three reference letters to Ms. Kristin Gaul,Weis Center for Research, GeisingerClinic, via email ([email protected]). Please refer to positionWCR-3638 in thesubject line. Applications will be accepted until the positions are filled.

For more information on research programs at Geisinger visit our website athttp://www.geisinger.org/professionals/research/wcr.

Geisinger Health System is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer

HEA LTH S YS T EM

REDEFINING THE BOUNDARIES OF MEDICINE

http://www.neu.edu

Assistant/Associate ProfessorPharmaceutics and Drug Delivery

The Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences at Northeastern University invites applications for a tenure-track or tenured faculty position at the rank of Assistant or Associate Professor. Northeastern Universityis located in the heart of Boston within close proximity to major biotech/pharma companies, academicinstitutions, and medical centers.

The candidate should have demonstrated research productivity through a focused research program inPharmaceutics and Drug Delivery, and complement the Department’s existing strengths in targeted drugdelivery and nanomedicine, drug discovery/medicinal chemistry, neuropharmacology, as well as ininflammation and immunology. The successful candidate will be expected to establish an extramurally-fundedresearch program, participate in both professional PharmD and graduate (MS and PhD) teaching, and service.Applicants with current transferable funding will be given a priority. The candidate must have experience in,or commitment to, working with diverse student populations and/or in a culturally diverse work andeducational environment. The Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences houses the Center for DrugDiscovery, New England Inflammation and Tissue Protection Institute, the Center for PharmaceuticalBiotechnology and Nanomedicine, and the Center for Translational Imaging. For additional informationabout the Department, please visit the website: http://www.pharmsci.neu.edu.

Interdisciplinary appointments and highly competitive start-up packages are available to qualifiedapplicants. The candidate should send his/her curriculum vitae, statement of research interests, anda list of three references to: Heather Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Search Committee Chair,Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Room 110, Mugar Life Sciences Building, 360 HuntingtonAvenue, Boston, MA 02115. She can also be reached by telephone at 617-373-3091 or email [email protected].

Equal Employment Opportunity:

Northeastern University is an Equal Opportunity, Affirmative Action Educational Institution andEmployer, Title IX University. Northeastern University particularly welcomes applications fromminorities, women and persons with disabilities. Northeastern University is an E-Verify Employer.

Faculty Positions in Materials

Science and Engineering

The Department of Materials Science and Engineering atthe University of Pennsylvania (www.mse.seas.upenn.edu)invites applications for a faculty position in the area oftheory and computational modeling of materials. A tenuredappointment at the Associate or Full Professor level isstrongly preferred, although extraordinary junior candidatesmay apply at the Assistant Professor level.

In addition, we encourage appropriate candidates to applyto the School of Engineering and Applied Science’s PennNano Cluster-Hiring Initiative (www.seas.upenn.edu/nano)in anticipation of the opening of the $100M Krishna P. SinghCenter for Nanotechnology.

Successful candidates for these positions must becommitted to excellence in undergraduate and graduateteaching and conduct leading edge research programsbenefiting from Penn’s strong interdisciplinary tradition andmulti-school research institutes. These include twoNSF-funded centers, a Materials Research Science andEngineering Center and a Nanoscale Science andEngineering Center, the Nanotechnology Institute and theInstitute of Medicine and Engineering.

Applications (CV, statement of research and teachinginterests, and names of three references) should besubmitted online at www.mse.seas.upenn.edu/jobs.Applications submitted by mail will not be accepted.

Applications will be evaluated on a rolling basis. Finaldeadline for submission: December 15, 2011.

The University of Pennsylvania is an equal opportunity

employer. Minorities, women, individuals with disabilities

and veterans are encouraged to apply.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 129: Science - 07 October 2011

Tenure-Track Group Leader Positionin RNA Biology

The Friedrich Miescher Institute for Biomedical Research (FMI) in Basel,Switzerland invites applications for a tenure-track group leader position(equivalent to an assistant professorship). We are seeking an outstandingindividual who will establish an ambitious research program on fundamentalquestions in the field of RNA Biology.

Opportunities exist for collaborative interactions with the other FMI researchprograms located within the focal areas of Epigenetics, Signaling & Cancer, andNeurobiology. The Institute provides core facilities for advanced microscopy andimage analysis, cell sorting, genomics, protein crystallography, proteomics, andbioinformatics. We also offer a highly competitive start-up package.

Applications, including a CV, the names andemail addresses of three referees, and aconcise description of research interests and

future plans should be submitted online at:

www.fmi.ch/gl_search

Informal inquiries can be sent to:Dr. Helge Grosshans ([email protected])or the Director of the FMIDr. Susan Gasser ([email protected])

The closing date for applications isNovember 1, 2011.

The Friedrich Miescher Institute for Biomedical Research (FMI) invites applicationsfor a tenure track group leader position (equivalent to an assistant professorship)in Neurobiology. We are seeking an outstanding individual who will establish anambitious interdisciplinary research program focused on the function of neuronalcircuits. We are particularly interested in research investigating circuits in vivoin behaving animals. This could for example involve combinations of neuronalensemble imaging, in vivo electrophysiological recordings, genetic targeting ofidentified neurons, optogenetic strategies, virtual reality protocols and quantita-tive analyses of behavior.

Neurobiology groups at FMI investigate the assembly, function and dysfunction ofidentified neuronal circuits, using combinations of genetic, molecular, cellular,anatomical, physiological, behavioral and computational approaches. Individualgroups currently focus on the circuits of vision, olfaction, proprioception, memory,fear and motor control. Opportunities exist for collaborative interactions with otherFMI research groups in the areas of Epigenetics, Stem cells, Genome stability andCancer. A highly competitive start-up package will be provided.

Applications, including a CV, the names andemail addresses of three referees, and aconcise description of research interests and

future plans should be submitted online at:

www.fmi.ch/gl_search

Informal inquiries can be sent to:Dr. Botond Roska ([email protected])or the Director of the FMI

Dr. Susan Gasser ([email protected])

The closing date for applications isOctober 31, 2011.

Tenure-Track Group Leader Position inNeurobiology: from Circuits to Behavior

The Friedrich Miescher Institute for Biomedical Research is an international biomedical research center with more than 300members, including approximately 200 postdoctoral fellows and graduate students, dedicated to basic research in areas ofrelevance to human health and disease. It is part of the Novartis Research Foundation and associated with the University ofBasel. The Institute runs a successful international PhD program. The FMI is situated in Basel, Switzerland, which offers anoutstanding scientific and cultural environment in the center of Europe. Institute core facilities include experimental mousegenetics, high-end microscopy, single cell genomics, proteomics, histology, protein structure determination and bioinformatics.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 130: Science - 07 October 2011

Arkansas State University invites nominations and applications for a dynamic, visionary individual toserve as the Executive Director of the Arkansas Biosciences Institute (ABI) at Arkansas State University(http://abi.astate.edu). The ABI currently supports several broad interdisciplinary research areas relat-ed to health improvement. ASU is an Equal Opportunity Employer/Affirmative Action Employer with astrong institutional commitment to the achievement of excellence and diversity among its administrators,faculty, staff, and students.

The successful candidate will have a clear understanding of ABI’s role and importance; a vision forenhancing and expanding its contributions to scholarship, teaching, and economic development; ademonstrable commitment to diversity; and a record of outstanding leadership and accomplishments ina university or research setting. The candidate must hold an earned terminal degree in science, engineer-ing, medicine or related field from an accredited institution of higher education, possess academic cre-dentials and a record of scholarly accomplishments sufficient to merit a tenured appointment at seniorrank in one of the University’s academic departments, and have a proven record of administrative expe-rience that may include academic appointments as department chairperson, associate dean, and/or dean,and must have a record of establishing and maintaining scholarly, interdisciplinary collaboration.

Please visit https://jobs.astate.edu for detailed information and to apply for position A00246.

Screening of completed applications will begin on October 24, 2011 and will continue until the positionis filled. Under the provisions of Arkansas’ Freedom of Information Act, applications are subject to pub-lic inspection. Rent Consulting Group, LLC is assisting in the search and may be contacted for moreinformation at [email protected] or 704-366-2388. Nominations should be sent to theChair of the Search Committee, Dr. Andrew Sustich, ASU Graduate School, PO Box 60, StateUniversity, AR 72467, 870-972-3029, or [email protected].

Executive DirectorArkansas Biosciences Institute

ASU is committed to creating a productive workplace in which both persons and property are secure. To achievethat goal, background investigations are conducted on all final applicants recommended for employment.

Cancer Biology Positions atThe Tisch Cancer Institute

The newly established Tisch Cancer Institute of Mount Sinai Schoolof Medicine invites applications from outstanding scientists for facultypositions at the Assistant, Associate or Full Professor level. Our areas ofinterest include: Cancer model systems, Cancer epigenetics, Cancer stemcells, Cancer systems biology, Cancer therapeutics and Cancer immunol-ogy. Disease areas that are presently the focus of theTisch Cancer Instituteare: Hepatocellular carcinoma, Hematological malignancies, Head andneck cancer, Prostate, Breast, and Lung cancer.

Applicants should have anM.D., and/or Ph.D. degree with an outstandingrecord of publications. The successful candidate will receive generousstart-up resources with state-of-the-art laboratory space and institutionalshared resources to support their research activities.

The Tisch Cancer Institute members are working together to integrateMount Sinai’s expanding research capacity. Over the next several years,the Cancer Institute will grow by 150,000 sq. ft. of research and clinicalspace in the new Center for Science and Medicine building. The Centerfor Science and Medicine is under construction with an expected occu-pancy by mid-2012.

Mount Sinai School ofMedicine andMount Sinai Hospital are among theworld’s leading biomedical institutions. TheMedical Center is in themidstof a $1 billion capital campaign in support of our $2.25 billion strategicplan, which has a primary focus on the delivery of outstanding clinicalcare and translational research leading to therapeutic discoveries.

Candidates should send a CV, three letters of reference, and a summaryof their research to: Steven Burakoff, M.D., Chair of the Search Com-mittee, c/o Chan-Bene Lin ([email protected]) by October31, 2011.

Mount Sinai Medical Center is an Equal Opportunity/AffirmativeAction Employer. We recognize the power and importance of a diverseemployee population and strongly encourage applicants with various

experiences and backgrounds.

Integrative Biologists in Cell Biology,Physiology, or Ecology

As part of a long-term hiring plan, theDepartment of Biology expects to fillmultiple full-time tenure-trackAssistant orAssociate Professor positions.We encourage applications from candidates working in the broad areasof cell biology, organismal physiology, or interdisciplinary ecology.We are particularly interested in candidates appreciative of the breadth ofresearch encompassed within the Department of Biology and whose workactually or potentially integrates perspectives from multiple disciplines.Some of many examples include:• theoretical or empirical approaches to genotype – phenotypemapping• systems or engineering approaches to cell biology• ecological or evolutionary approaches to developmental biology,physiology, or both• novel approaches to understanding interactions within or betweenorganisms, or between organisms and their environment

As a Department, we are looking for individuals with a record of outstand-ing achievement or strong indications of outstanding future potential, ratherthan specific research topics or study organisms. Priority will be given toapplications received by 15 October 2011 at: http://www.biology.washington.edu/faculty/search/. Applicants must have earned a doctorate bythe date of appointment. All University of Washington faculty engage inteaching, research, and service.

The University of Washington is an Affirmative Action, EqualOpportunity Employer. The University is building a culturally diversefaculty and staff and strongly encourages applications from women,minorities, individuals with disabilities and covered veterans. The

University is the 2006 recipient of the Alfred P. Sloan award for FacultyCareer Flexibility, and is committed to supporting the work-life balance

of its faculty. Our NSF-supported ADVANCE programhttp://advance.washington.edu/ is dedicated to increasing the

participation of women in STEM disciplines.

Tenure Track Position

Biophysics or Nanoscience

The Department of Physics invites applications for

an open rank tenure-track position in experimental

or theoretical areas of biophysics or nanoscience to

begin in the fall of 2012. The successful candidate

should have a Ph.D. in physics or in closely related

areas and will have, or high potential of, a vigorous

externally funded research program.

Requirements:

Interested candidates should submit an application

(in pdf format) consisting of (i) a cover letter

addressing the alignment of the candidate’s

research with the department’s interests, (ii) a

curriculum vitae, (iii) a description of research

plans addressing the connection to the department

and WPI, (iv) a statement of teaching philosophy,

and (v) arrange for three to five reference letters.

Send to Prof. Germano Iannacchione, Head,

Department of Physics at [email protected].

Review of applications will be conducted on a

rolling basis but application materials should be

submitted by December 1st, 2011.

To apply, please visit: apptrkr.com/207070

To enrich education through

diversity, WPI is an affirmative action,

equal opportunity employer.

Worcester Polytechnic Institute

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 131: Science - 07 October 2011

COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENTIST

TheGEORGEWASHINGTONUNIVERSITYseeks to fill a tenure-trackposition for anASSISTANT PROFESSOR of PSYCHOLOGY, to beginin Fall, 2012. We seek an investigator with established expertise in themolecular, genetic, cell biological, developmental and/or physiologicalcharacterization of a distinctive brain circuit that mediates behaviorswhose performance can be measured and related back to the organiza-tion of the circuit. We will focus on investigators working in mammaliananimal models, especially the mouse. This position is part of the recruit-ment effort to expand neuroscience research across the campus withappointments made in the College of Arts and Sciences, the School ofMedicine and Health Sciences, and the George Washington Institute forNeuroscience. Basic

Qualifications: Applicants must have a Ph.D. or equivalent degree inneuroscience or a closely related field, post-doctoral research training,a strong publication record in peer-reviewed journals, and a planned orongoing research program with the potential for future external funding.Competitive salary and startup funds are available commensurate withexperience.

Application Procedure:Only complete applications will be considered.To be considered, please send electronic copies (pdfs preferred) of yourcurriculum vitae, a statement of research and teaching interests, up to 3representative reprints, and three letters of recommendation to:CognitiveNeuroscience Search Committee, [email protected]. Reviewof applications will begin on December 1, 2011, and will continue untilthe position is filled.

The George Washington University is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS: Please apply to the Scholars Program through the BSSP website at:(http://www.med.umich.edu/medschool/research/bssp/). A curriculum vitae (including bibliography), a three-page research plan, an NIH biosketch, and three original letters of support should all be submitted through the BSSPwebsite. More information about the Scholars Program, instructions for applicants and those submitting letters ofrecommendation, and how to contact us is located on the BSSP web site: (http://www.med.umich.edu/medschool/research/bssp/). The deadline for applications is Friday, October 28, 2011.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES SCHOLARS PROGRAM

For Junior, Tenure-Track Faculty

The University of Michigan announces recruitment for the Biological Sciences Scholars Program (BSSP) tocontinue to enhance its investigational strengths in the life sciences research programs.

Now entering its 15th year, this Program has led to the recruitment of outstanding young scientists in theareas of genetics, microbiology, immunology, virology, structural biology, pharmacology, biochemistry,molecular pharmacology, stem cell biology, cancer biology, physiology, cell and developmental biology, andthe neurosciences. The Program seeks individuals with PhD, MD, or MD/PhD degrees, at least two yearsof postdoctoral research experience, and evidence of superlative scientific accomplishment and scholarlypromise. Successful candidates will be expected to establish a vigorous, externally-funded researchprogram, and to become leaders in departmental and program activities, including teaching at themedical,graduate, and/or undergraduate levels. Primary college and department affiliation will be determinedby the applicant’s qualifications and by relevance of the applicant’s research program to departmentalinitiatives and focus. All faculty recruited via the BSSP will be appointed at the Assistant Professor level.

The University of Michigan is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

H O WA R D H U G H E S M E D I C A L I N S T I T U T E

J A N E L I A F A R M R E S E A R C H C A M P U S

Janelia Farm invites committed and gifted graduate

students to apply to a fully funded, collaborative Ph.D.

program with either the University of Cambridge or

the University of Chicago.

Find out more and apply: www.janelia.org/grad/sci

APPLICATION DEADLINES:DEC. 1, 2011 (University of Chicago)FEB. 1, 2012 (University of Cambridge)

DONʼT JUST STUDY GREATSCIENCE. LIVE IT.

The Howard Hughes Medical Institute

is an equal opportunity employer.

Page 132: Science - 07 October 2011

Director, Center for Immunology

TheDirector will lead the newCenter for Immunologywith responsibilityto expand the existing Immunology research program in the Departmentof Pathology and lead interdepartmental research and education programsin Immunology. A substantial start-up package will be provided for theDirector’s laboratory, and the Director will have responsibility to leadrecruitment of 3-4 additional faculty positions supported by start-uppackages.

The current Immunology program’s strengths include fundamentalimmunology (innate immunity, signaling, MHCmolecules,APCs, T cellbiology), immunology of infectious diseases (particularly tuberculosisand HIV), autoimmunity (e.g. IBD) and other topics. Annual researchfunding in areas related to infectious disease immunology, pathogen-esis and biology exceeds $100M at CWRU and affiliated institutions.Research training is focused on the ImmunologyTraining Program (http://www.case.edu/med/pathology/training/itp.html).

Candidates should be established scientists with international stature andsuccessful and rigorous research programs. Leadership experience and asuccessful track record as a scientific mentor are desired. Appointmentas Professor with tenure is anticipated.

Please send a cover letter, CV, and contact information for three referencesto Clifford V. Harding, Chair, Department of Pathology, c/o DeniseDavis ([email protected]).

In employment and education, CWRU is committed to equalopportunity and diversity. Women, veterans, members of

underrepresented minority groups, and individuals with disabilities areencouraged to apply. Accommodations for application and hiring aredescribed at http://www.case.edu/diversity/faculty/writinganad.html.

The Molecular Biology Program of the Sloan-Kettering Institute, Memorial

Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center (www.ski.edu), has initiated a faculty search

at the Assistant Member level (equivalent to Assistant Professor). We are

interested in outstanding individuals who have demonstrated records of

significant accomplishment and the potential to make substantial contributions

to the biological sciences as independent investigators. Successful applicants

will have research interests that move the Program into exciting new areas that

complement and expand our existing strengths in the areas of maintenance

of genomic integrity, regulation of the cell cycle, and regulation of gene

expression. Faculty will be eligible to hold appointments in the Gerstner

Sloan-Kettering Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences, the Weill Cornell

Graduate School of Medical Sciences, as well as the Tri-Institutional MD/PhD

Training Program.

The deadline for applications is November 1, 2011. Interested candidates

should visit http://facultysearch.ski.edu to apply via the on-line faculty

application. Please visit the site as soon as possible, as it contains important

information on the required application materials, including deadlines for

submission of letters of reference.

Informal inquiries may be sent to Julie Kwan at [email protected]

or to Dr. Kenneth Marians, Chair, Molecular Biology Program at

[email protected]. MSKCC is an equal opportunity and affirmative

action employer committed to diversity and inclusion in all aspects of recruiting

and employment. All qualified individuals are encouraged to apply.

www.mskcc.org

Faculty PositionMolecular Biology

Sloan-Kettering Institute

EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEProfessorship in Earth and Environmental Science

The Department of Earth and Environmental Science at the Universityof Pennsylvania invites applications for a tenured professorship atthe Associate or Full Professor level. We seek an individual withresearch interests that complement or augment our existing strengthsin Earth history and surficial processes. The Department especiallyinvites applicants with research emphasis in: (1) the propertiesand interactions of Earth materials, and their formative physical,chemical and biological processes; and/or (2) the basic science ofnatural hazards associated with geologic, hydrologic, climatic andatmospheric processes.

The successful candidate is expected to have developed aninternationally recognized, externally funded, multi-disciplinaryresearch program, and will be required to actively participate in ourcore undergraduate and graduate teaching and in the administrationof the Department. Individuals who can further increase interactionswith other departments within the School of Arts and Sciencesare strongly encouraged to apply. Further information about theDepartment is available at www.sas.upenn.edu/earth/.

Applicants apply online at: https://facultysearches.provost.upenn.edu/applicants/Central?quickFind=50979 with a cover letter, CV,statements of research and teaching interests, and three publications.The Search Committee will begin to evaluate applications onJanuary 6, 2012.

The University of Pennsylvania is an Affirmative Action/EqualOpportunity Employer.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 133: Science - 07 October 2011

Founded in 1944 and located in The World-Famous HistoricalCity – Xi’an, Shaanxi Normal University (SNNU) is one of the keyinstitutions of higher learning directly affiliated to Ministry ofEducation and “211 Project University” in china. The universityis seeking individuals with outstanding scientific credentials forRecruitment Program of Global Experts, Thousand Young TalentsProgram, Chang Jiang Scholars Program, Bai Ren Scholars Planof Shaanxi Province and Qu Jiang Scholars Program of ShaanxiNormal University, which are designed for the recruitment atthe level of professors, associate professors and chair professors,etc.

QualificationsApplicants are expected to have remarkable academicachievements and todemonstrate capacity in leading an academicteam to keep a competitive edge in frontier areas. Successfulcandidates for the professorship will be expected to undertakefull-time teaching and research in general, and those for the chairprofessorship to work part-time (two months minimum/year).Applicants of “Thousand Young Talents Program” should beunder the age of 40, have obtained a doctoral degree in a world-renowned university, and have no less than three years of post-doctoral research experience. Applicants, who have obtained adoctoral degree in Mainland of China, should have no less thanfive years of overseas research experience after obtaining adoctoral degree. Special offers are granted to those who havemade distinguished research achievements in their doctoralstudies or in other areas. Successful candidates for “ThousandYoung Talents Program” will be expected to undertake full-timeteaching and research at SNNU.SNNU has a broad range of academic disciplines, positions areavailable in all the relevant areas below including but not limitedto: mathematics, physics, chemistry, material science, biology,computer science and technology, environmental science andengineering, food science.

Salary and Housing AllowancesThe university provides state-of-the-art research facilitiesand strong supporting staffs. Internationally competitivestart-up support, salary and benefits will be offered accordingto qualifications and experience. Successful candidates ofthe specially listed programs will receive supplementaryremuneration, including newly renovated office and laboratoryspaces, and a highly collegial and interactive environment, aswellas assistance on the establishment of a delicate research team.

Application DocumentsApplicants are expected to submit a CV with cover letter whichis supported by such documents as photocopies of advanceddegrees, and three recommendation letters among otherthings.Applications of “Thousand Young Talents Program” shouldinclude a résumé with a list of publications, a concise statementof research and teaching interests, and the names and addresses(including e-mail) of at least three referees.

You are welcome to click on the university website at http://rsc.snnu.edu.cn/zhaopin.asp for more information.Please direct your applications and inquiries to:

Mrs. Wu Jinfeng or Mr. Yang YuanzhengEmail address: [email protected]

Tel: 86-29-85310456, 86-29-85310455Fax: 86-29-85310359

Professorships and Chair Professorshipsat Shaanxi Normal University, China

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 134: Science - 07 October 2011

The Structural Biology Program of the Sloan-Kettering Institute (www.ski.

edu) invites applications for a tenure-track faculty position at the Assistant

Member level (equivalent to Assistant Professor). We are interested in

individuals who have an outstanding record of research accomplishments.

Areas of interest include x-ray crystallography, NMR spectroscopy, EM

and optical imaging, as well as the interface of structural, chemical

and computational biology. Faculty will be eligible to hold graduate

school appointments in the Gerstner Sloan-Kettering Graduate School

of Biomedical Sciences, the Weill Cornell Graduate School of Medical

Sciences, as well as the Tri-Institutional MD/PhD Training Program.

The deadline for applications is November 1, 2011. Interested

candidates should visit http://facultysearch.ski.edu to access the on-line

faculty application. Please visit the site as soon as possible, as it contains

important information on the required application materials, including

deadlines for submission of letters of reference.

Informal inquiries may be sent to Julie Kwan at [email protected]

or to Dr. Nikola Pavletich, Chair, Structural Biology Program at

[email protected]. MSKCC is an equal opportunity and affirmative

action employer committed to diversity and inclusion in all aspects of

recruiting and employment. All qualified individuals are encouraged

to apply.

www.mskcc.org

Faculty PositionStructural Biology Program

Sloan-Kettering InstituteThe Department of Genetics and the Center for Genomics

and Personalized Medicine invites applications to fillMULTIPLE TENURE-TRACK POSITIONS at the ASSISTANT,

ASSOCIATE, and/or FULL PROFESSOR level.

We are interested in outstanding scientists with innovative researchprograms in any area of genetics and/or genomics. Candidates should havea Ph.D. and/or M.D. degree and a clear record of creative achievement.The predominant criteria for appointment in the University Tenure Lineare a major commitment to research and teaching.

The Department of Genetics and The Center for Genomics andPersonalizedMedicine at theStanfordUniversitySchool ofMedicine offera highly collegial and interdisciplinary environment that spans clinicalmedicine, human genetics, model-organism genetics, and genome-scaleapproaches. For more information, see http://genetics.stanford.edu.

Stanford University is an equal opportunity employer and is committedto increasing the diversity of its faculty. It welcomes nominations ofand applications from women and members of minority groups, as wellas others who would bring additional dimensions to the University’sresearch, teaching, and clinical missions.

Candidates are encouraged to apply electronically by November 4,2011 with curriculum vitae and a statement of research and teachinginterests, in one pdf file, with your last name in the subject line, to:[email protected] for the position at theAssistantProfessor rank should also arrange to have three letters of evaluationsent to:

Michael Snyder, Chair

Department of Genetics

300 Pasteur Drive, Alway M344

Stanford, CA 94305-5120

[email protected]

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

TheDepartment of Neuroscience at the University of Texas SouthwesternMedical Center at Dallas, under the leadership of Dr. Joseph Takahashi,invites applications at the Assistant Professor level for a tenure-track Faculty position in the broadly defined areas of neurogenetics,electrophysiology and imaging.We seek outstanding scientists addressingmolecular and genetic mechanisms underlying behavior, neural circuitsand related neurological disorders. Our emphasis is on individuals usingforward genetic approaches to understand the nervous system andbehavior. Individuals using advanced functional approaches to studyneural circuits are also particularly encouraged to apply. Scientists withinthe Department of Neuroscience participate in a vibrant, interdisciplinary,interdepartmental, and highly collaborative research community withinthe University, and enjoy access to state-of-art research cores in imaging,mouse MRI imaging, metabolic phenotyping, behavioral phenotyping,protein chemistry, structural biology, genomics, genetics and transgenictechnology.

Applicants should submit a curriculum vitae, two-page summary ofresearch accomplishments and future plans. Applicants should arrangeto have 3-5 letters of recommendation sent to the search committee.

Please e-mail application materials to: [email protected], Neuroscience Search Committee,The University of

Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, 5323 Harry Hines

Blvd., Dallas, TX 75390-9111. The deadline for receipt of applicationsis November 15, 2011.

The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center is an AffirmativeAction/Equal Opportunity Employer. Women and minority candidates

are encouraged to apply.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 135: Science - 07 October 2011

Three Professorships in Biology and Ecologyand One Tenure-Track Lectureship in Biology

The School of Natural Sciences at the University of California, Mercedseeks applicants for four faculty positions: Ecology (Full or Associ-ate with tenure or Assistant tenure-track), Systems Biology (Assistanttenure-track), Biostatistics (Assistant tenure-track), and one tenure-track Biology Lecturer. For the Ecology position, we seek outstand-ing individuals with research interests in any ecological field usingexperimental, field, computational, and/or theoretical approaches andworking at population to global scales. The Systems Biology positionincludes research areas that use comprehensive datasets and multipletypes of analysis to relate overall biological function to underlyingbiochemical or biophysical processes for predictive understanding. TheBiostatistics research areas of interest include statistical methods forexperimental design, epidemiology, medical informatics, evolutionarybiology, sequence bioinformatics, genomics, evolution of microbialsystems and pathogens, and systems biology. The Lecturer posi-tion closely parallels a tenure-track Assistant Professor but with anemphasis on undergraduate education. All applicants must be able toteach effectively at both undergraduate and graduate levels. For moreinformation and to apply go to: http://jobs.ucmerced.edu/n/academic/listings.jsf?seriesId=1.

Interested applicants should submit materials online.Applications willbe considered starting December 1, 2011.

UC Merced is an AA/EOP Employer.

Assistant Professor

Duke University School of Medicine

Applications are invited for a tenure track appointment as Assistant

Professor in the Department of Pharmacology and Cancer Biology

in the Duke University School of Medicine. The department faculty

members have diverse interests that include cell signaling and

regulation, cancer biology, gene regulation, chemical biology,

neuropharmacology and metabolism. Individuals using innovative

approaches or pioneering techniques to investigate fundamental

biological questions are particularly encouraged to apply.

Applicants should submit curriculum vitae, a brief statement of past

research accomplishments and future research interests, and a list

of three references as a single PDF. In addition, the applicant should

arrange for three letters of recommendation to be sent by email to

the Pharmacology and Cancer Biology Search Committee 2011 at:

[email protected]

Applications and letters are due by December 1, 2011.

Make a Difference!Invest your career where you can

Founded in 1901, Idaho State University (ISU) is a growing research institution withdynamic research faculty, the largest number of graduate students in the state, and$36 million in new research activity per year. ISU offers a wide range of certificatesand degree programs including: technical certificates; Associate’s, baccalaureate,Master’s, and doctoral degrees; post-doctoral certificates; and residency programs infamily medicine, dentistry, and pharmacy. ISU educates approximately 15,000 stu-dents per year in more than 280 programs and has a statewide mission for educationin the health professions. The University has the Division of Health Sciences (Collegeof Pharmacy, Kasiska School of Health Professions, School of Nursing, Office ofMedical/Oral Health, School of Rehabilitation and Communication Sciences) and theColleges of: Arts and Letters, Business, Education, Science/Engineering, andTechnology. ISU’s main campus is located in Pocatello, a community of approximate-ly 60,000 nestled in a scenic mountain valley in southeastern Idaho. Described asthe “last undiscovered mountain college town in the west,” Pocatello is within a fewhours’ drive of Salt Lake City, Sun Valley, Yellowstone and Grand Teton NationalParks, and numerous world-class skiing, fishing, rafting, climbing, and mountainbiking opportunities. Through its outreach centers, early college programs, and dis-tance education classrooms, ISU delivers a wide range of courses and programsthroughout Idaho which include campuses in Pocatello, Idaho Falls, Twin Falls andthe Boise area, all contributing to ISU’s expanding research portfolio.

Position: Idaho State University is designated as a Carnegie Research University-Highinstitution and has a rapidly growing research agenda. The Office of the President isseeking an innovative Vice President for Research and Economic Development (VPR)with extensive research experience, strong interpersonal skills, creativity, vision, andinitiative to lead ISU’s research and intellectual property portfolio. The Office ofResearch coordinates all research activities at Idaho State University and works to facil-itate research opportunities for faculty and students. Additionally, the Office ofResearch oversees the Office of Sponsored Programs that facilitates the request andacceptance of external funding. ISU also has a number of research centers, institutes,and facilities, including: Boise Center Aerospace Laboratory (BCAL), Center forAdvanced Energy Studies (CAES), Center for Archaeology, Materials, and AppliedSpectroscopy (CAMAS), Center for Ecological Research and Education (CERE),Family Medicine Clinical Research Center, GIS Teaching and Research Center (GISTReC), ISU Biomedical Research Institute (IBRI), Idaho Accelerator Center (IAC),Informatics Research Institute (IRI), Institute of Nuclear Science & Engineering(INSE), Institute of Rural Health (IRH), Intermountain Center for EducationEffectiveness (ICEE), Measurement and Control Engineering Research Center(MCERC), and the Molecular Research Core Facility (MRCF). This position is a full-time, 12-month appointment with faculty rank (as applicable).

Responsibilities: The VPR reports directly to the President and will be a member ofthe President’s cabinet. The VPR works closely with the various levels of administra-tion (deans, chairs, principal investigators, and center/institute directors), faculty andstudent governance, staff councils, regional centers, and national labs. The VPR willhave direct responsibility for creation and review of large interdisciplinary researchcenters and institutes; faculty research startups and retention packages and seeding ofinitiatives and internal research programs; institutional-wide researchaffiliations/memberships; private/public partnerships that impact research; addressingthe federal and state research agenda; research compliance (including compliancecommittees), policies, ethics and conflict of interest; management of research space;material transfer and confidentiality agreements; liaison to sponsor negotiations andexport controls; intellectual property portfolio; sponsored program data, contracts andgrants; institutional research marketing publications; institutional workshops on pro-posal writing and funding opportunities; and other aspects of research administration.

Minimum Qualifications: Earned doctorate or equivalent in a relevant discipline;demonstrated progressive leadership; experience in obtaining extramural funding;publication record demonstrating research excellence within an academic or relatedsetting; outstanding communication skills; experience in budget management andplanning; ability to establish and maintain collaborative relationships with diverseindividuals, groups, and organizations across disciplines.

Preferred Qualifications: We seek a visionary leader with demonstrated success inobtaining extramural funds and fundraising; an academic with an appreciation for abroad range of research, scholarship, and creative activities; one who has experiencewith research infrastructure, contract and grant administration, national and statepolicies, and cyberinfrastructure and information systems; broad experience instrategic planning, and research program and infrastructure development; skills instaff and faculty management, consensus building, conflict resolution, and decisionmaking in complex environments; a history of fundraising, budgeting, and measuresof accountability; the ability to work closely with state and federal agencies, nation-al and international research organizations, and national laboratories; and one whocan encourage business development and technology transfer through successfulinteractions with corporate and community entities.

Salary: Commensurate with experience and qualifications; competitive benefits package.

Closing Date: Open until filled. Review of applications will begin on November 1, 2011.

Special Instructions to Applicants: Submit a cover letter describing your interestin this position and experiences and qualifications that make you anexceptional fit for ISU, your curriculum vita, and contact informationfor five professional references.

Application Process: For full consideration, please apply through theIdaho State University-Human Resources website (www.isujobs.net).For information, contact Dr. Herbert Maschner, Chair, VPR SearchCommittee, 208-282-5417, [email protected].

Vice President for Researchand Economic Development

Pocatello, Idaho

ISU is an equal opportunity/affirmative action employer. We have aninstitution-wide commitment to inclusion and diversity and encourage allqualified individuals to apply. Veterans' preference.Upon request, reasonable accommodations in the application process will beprovided to individuals with disabilities.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 136: Science - 07 October 2011

In recognizing the valueof creative research in providing intellectual assets

for the future, Nagoya University established the Institute for Advanced

Research (IAR) in April 2002 as a research base for achieving the highest

level of academic research. IAR’s founding director is Dr Ryoji Noyori, the

2001 Nobel Laureate in Chemistry. IAR is the first academic institution in

Japan that intensively promotes highly creative research in all academic

disciplines. IAR’s “Young Leaders CultivationTenure-track (YLC-t) Program”

has been selected as part of the JapaneseMinistry of Education, Culture,

Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT)’s “Program toDisseminate Tenure

Tracking System”. IAR is inviting applications fromyoung researchers from

all over the world for 3 tenure-track positions in the following fields: (1)

Advanced Life Sciences (Graduate School of Science), (2) Basic Medical

Science or Clinical Medical Science (Graduate School of Medicine), (3)

Foundation of Software Science, in particular Rewriting Computation

and its Application (Graduate School of Information Science). Appointees

selected will be appointed as Designated Associate Professors/Lecturers

of Nagoya University. Appointees will be provided with an outstanding

research environment and will be expected to commit to the highest

standards of scholarship and professionalism.

Requirements:A PhDdegree grantedwithin the past 10 years (as of April

1, 2011). Closing date: November 8, 2011.

Interested candidates should apply online at: http://www.iar.nagoya-u.ac.jp/ylc-t/index.html.Additional informationabout IARand theprogramcan be found at http://www.iar.nagoya-u.ac.jp/. Inquiries are handledby email only. Email Address: [email protected].

Nagoya University is an Equal Opportunity Employer.

INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED RESEARCH, NAGOYA UNIVERSITY

3 Tenure-Track Positions(Designated Associate Professors/Lecturers)

Faculty Positions in Cancer Biology

The Solid Tumor Program at the Ohio State University ComprehensiveCancer Center and the Department of Molecular Genetics in the Collegeof Arts and Sciences invites applications for tenure-track faculty posi-tions at the levels ofAssistant,Associate and Full Professor. Outstandingindividuals using and/or developing mouse models of cancer are encour-aged to apply.At present, research in the program and department spans awide range of topics in cancer biology including genetics, signaling, cellcycle, cell differentiation, DNA repair, transcription, DNA replication,checkpoint control, cachexia, metabolism, aging, tumor microenviron-ment. Additional information about the OSUCCC and the Departmentof Molecular Genetics is available at http://cancer.osu.edu and http://molgen.osu.edu.

Applicants should email their curriculum vitae and a brief description oftheir research interests to the attention of Dr. Gustavo Leone, Chair ofSearch Committee, at [email protected]. Applicants should requestthree letters of recommendation to be sent to the same address. Applica-tions will be considered beginning on November 1, 2011. The deadlinefor submission is December 15, 2011.

The Ohio State University is an Equal Opportunity Employercommitted to the recruitment of candidates traditionally

underrepresented on university faculties and encourages applicationsfrom women, minorities, veterans, and individuals with disabilities.

Flexible work options are available. EEO/AA Employer.Ohio State is an NSF Advance Institution.

Department of BiologyAssistant Professorship

California State University, Northridge invites applications for a tenure-track position in the Department of Biology. Applicants must hold aPh.D. and have post-doctoral experience. The successful candidateshall develop a vigorous research program involving undergraduate andMasters students, seek extramural research funding, and demonstrateteaching excellence.

Marine Biologist: Focused on the biology of early life stages of near-shore organisms with interests in population connectivity and the biologi-cal effects of climate change; expertise in mathematical modeling and thecapacity to develop a research program based in California is preferred.Teaching options include a course on early life stages/bentho-pelagiccoupling, climate change and the marine environment, and introductorybiology. Contact information: [email protected].

MolecularGeneticist: Specialized research combiningmolecular genet-ics andmolecular cell biology approaches to study fundamental questionsof modern eukaryotic genetics/cell biology. Teaching responsibilitiesinclude molecular genetics, molecular cell biology, and introductorybiology. Contact information: [email protected].

Applicants should submit a cover letter, CV, three letters ofrecommendation, summary of teaching experience, statements ofteaching philosophy and research interests, and three publications.Electronic submissions as a single PDF file are strongly preferred.For more information: www.csun.edu/facultyaffairs/openings/sm/.Screening will begin on November 14, 2011.

The Department of Neuroscience at Columbia Universityis now recruiting faculty in two broad areas of neuroscience.We are interested in investigators who: (1) analyze motor andcognitive processes in awake, nonhuman primates; or (2) usemolecular and cellular approaches to study the developmentor function of neural circuitry in genetically tractable modelsystems. We encourage applications for positions at all levels,from Assistant to Full Professors.

Columbia University has an exceptionally strong and broadprogram in the neurosciences and aims to enhance interac-tions between basic and clinical research, and to link theneurosciences with other scientific disciplines within theUniversity. New faculty will be affiliated with the Department ofNeuroscience and with the Doctoral Program in Neurobiologyand Behavior. There are many opportunities for interactionwith other scientific departments and programs at the MedicalCenter and Morningside Heights campuses.

Applications must be received by November 30, 2011, andshould be submitted online at:

https://academicjobs.columbia.edu/applicants/Central?quickFind=55356

Please include a curriculum vitae, cover letter, statement ofresearch interests, and three letters of reference.

Columbia University takes affirmative actionto ensure equal employment opportunity.

Neuroscience Faculty Recruitment

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 137: Science - 07 October 2011

TENURED AND TENURE-TRACK FACULTY POSITIONS

Department of BiologyJohns Hopkins University

As part of a major, multi-year expansion,the Department of Biology at JHU is seek-ing two talented new faculty members atthe levels of Assistant, Associate, and/orFull Professor. We especially invite appli-cants who apply whole-genome, quantita-tive approaches to investigate biologicalproblems in creative and innovative ways.Areas of particular interest include, but arenot limited to, genome function and regula-tion. Successful candidates will complementand enrich our scientific research programs,and will be expected to establish a vibrantresearch program and to participate in under-graduate and graduate teaching.Applicationsfrom women and minority candidates areespecially encouraged.

Please submit a single pdf file with a coverletter, CV, and statements of current andplanned research and teaching interests/philosophy to [email protected] to have three letters of recom-mendation sent also to this email address,or to: Chair, Search Committee, Dept. ofBiology, Krieger School of Arts and Sci-

ences, Johns Hopkins University, 3400

N. Charles St., Baltimore, MD 21218-

2608. Website: http://www.bio.jhu.edu.The deadline for receipt of all materials isNovember 15, 2011.

Three Faculty Positions

The Department of Biology at Northeastern University, Boston,Massachusetts invites applications for threetenure-track positions in the following areas:

• Developmental Neurobiology and/or Regenerative Biology: Specific areas of interest are adultstem cells and their role in either behavioral plasticity or tissue regeneration; or development of axonsand/or axonal regeneration.

• Microbial Genomics

• Computational Biology/Bioinformatics

Although appointments at the assistant professor levels are preferred, applications at associate or full professorlevels will be considered for candidates with particularly strong track records. The anticipated start date isthe Fall Semester 2012. A competitive start up package will be provided.

Responsibilities:Responsibilities will include: teaching undergraduate and graduate courses; conducting anindependent, externally funded research program; and engaging in university, professional, and communityactivities. The appointee in Computational Biology/Bioinformatics will also assume a leadership role in theProfessional ScienceMaster’s in Bioinformatics program. The department has 33 full-time faculty membersand administers programs in Biology, Biochemistry, and Behavioral Neuroscience for 1,200 undergraduates.It hosts 150 students in Ph.D., Master’s, and Professional Master’s programs.

Qualifications: Applicants should have a doctorate in Biology or a field relevant to the position, at leasttwo years of postdoctoral experience, and a strong record of publications.

Additional Information:Acomplete application includes a cover letter, curriculum vitae, research statement,teaching statement, and a list of three references. Letters of reference will be requested at a later stage.Review of applications by the Search Committees will begin November 15, 2011; each search will continueuntil the position is filled. For questions about the search, the Chair of the Department, Professor GüntherK.H. Zupanc, can be contacted at (617) 373-2260.

Equal Employment Opportunity: Northeastern University is an Equal Opportunity, Affirmative ActionEducational Institution and Employer, Title IX University. Northeastern University particularly welcomesapplications from minorities, women and persons with disabilities. Northeastern University is an E-VerifyEmployer.

How To Apply: To apply, visit Careers at Northeastern at: https://psoft.neu.edu/psc/neuhrprdpub/EMPLOYEE/HRMS/c/NEU_HR.NEU_JOBS.GBL. Click on Faculty Positions and search for thecurrent position under the College of Science.

You can also apply by visiting the College of Science website at: http://www.northeastern.edu/cos/ andclicking on the Faculty Positions button.

The Department of Chemistry

Is looking for a professor

Educational minimum requirements:

- MSc (and/or BSc) in Analytical Chemistry

- Doctorate in Science, preferentially on a

topic in phytochemistry

- International experience (e. g. Postdoc).

Job description: full time

We expect:

A. Research experience documented byoriginal publications in refereed journals

B. Willingness to teach in AnalyticalChemistry

Complete applications should be sent,

per email only, to:

[email protected]

Application deadline:

December 2nd, 2011Address your application materials to:MBARI, Human ResourcesJob code: Postdocs-20127700 Sandholdt Road, Moss Landing, CA 95039-9644

Submit by e-mail to [email protected] (preferred),by mail, or fax to (831) 775-1620.

EOE • MBARI Welcomes Diversity

Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute

2012 POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM

Applications for postdoctoral fellowship program at the Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute (MBARI)are invited. MBARI is dedicated to the development of state-of-the-art instrumentation, systems, and methodsfor scientific research in the oceans. Ongoing programs in marine robotics, ocean physics, chemistry, geology,and biology, as well as information management and ocean instrumentation research and development exist atMBARI. Located in Moss Landing, California at the head of Monterey Bay, MBARI enjoys convenient access todiverse oceanographic environments. The institute operates research vessels equipped with remotely operatedvehicles, autonomous underwater vehicles, and diverse oceanographic equipment, operates the MARS seafloorcabled observatory. MBARI is a non-profit oceanographic research institute supported by the David and LucilePackard Foundation.

Offers will be made to candidates from the fields of biological, chemical, and physical oceanography, marinegeology, and ocean engineering. Candidates must be awarded their Ph.D. degree prior to commencing thetwo-year appointment and start during the 2012 calendar year. Applicants are encouraged to communicatewith potential research sponsors at MBARI for guidance on project feasibility, relevance to ongoing researchprojects, and resource availability (http://www.mbari.org/about/postdoc_mentors.htm).

Application deadline: Wednesday, December 7, 2011

Selected candidates will be contacted in early March 2012.

Application requirements:1. Curriculum vitae2. At least three professional letters of recommendation3. Succinct statement of the applicant’s doctoral research4. Potential research goals at MBARI5. Supplemental Information online form (http://www.mbari.org/oed/jobs/forms/postdoc_form_2012.htm)

Competitive compensation and benefits package.MBARI considers all applicants for employment without regard to race,

color, religion, sex, national origin, disability, or veteran status.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 138: Science - 07 October 2011

POSITIONS OPEN

The University of South Florida_s (USF) Center forDrug Discovery and Innovation (CDDI) and Depart-ment of Chemistry are pleased to invite applicationsfor a tenure-track position in medicinal chemistry atthe ASSOCIATE/FULL PROFESSOR rank. CDDI(website: http://www.cddi.usf.edu), established in2007 as a State designated Florida Center of Excellenceon the USF campus is at the center of active efforts inearly phase drug discovery. CDDI supports drug dis-covery through its center faculty and core laboratories instructural biology (NMR, proteomics), protein produc-tion, and small molecule diversity. USF has establishedstrengths in synthetic organic chemistry, computation-al chemistry/molecular modeling, and disease targetidentification and screening in the areas of infectious,neurodegenerative, cancer, and metabolic diseases. Thejoint appointment with Chemistry, together with col-laborative opportunities with USF Health, the MoffittCancer Center, and the Byrd Alzheimer_s Center pro-vide a robust research environment. USF is the ninthlargest university in the United States. serving morethan 45,000 students and is one of three Research TierI universities in Florida with more than $380 million inresearch funding. The USF campus has a diverse stu-dent body reflecting the multicultural strength of theTampa Bay region. Successful applicants must possessa Ph.D. in Chemistry or a closely related area, have avigorous, externally funded research program consist-ent with the Center_s mission, and must be eminentlyqualified to teach undergraduate and graduate coursesin Chemistry. Salary is negotiable. Applicants shouldsubmit by 1 November 2011, curriculum vitae alongwith a letter of application detailing their research plansin the context of the center mission and a statement ofteaching philosophy. Three confidential letters of rec-ommendation should also be arranged. Send mate-rials to e-mail: [email protected] (preferred) orto: Professor Bill Baker, Director, CDDI, 3720 Spec-trum Boulevard, Suite 303, Tampa, FL 33612-9220.

PROFESSOR AND DIRECTORCenter for Bioinformatics and

Computational BiologyUniversity of Maryland, College Park

The University of Maryland invites applications forDirector of the Center for Bioinformatics and Com-putational Biology (CBCB). Candidates are expected tobe prominent scholars with publications and researchexperience at the interface of biological science andcomputing. Their primary responsibility will be to leada nationally visible research program complementing ex-isting strengths in computational genomics, proteomics,and molecular evolution. They will also be expected topromote the CBCB, and help build collaborative rela-tionships, both on and off-campus. Information aboutthe Center can be found atwebsite: http://www.cbcb.umd.edu. Collectively, the CBCB faculty spans the fieldsof computer science, mathematics and statistics, biology,and biochemistry. The Center is housed in contiguousspace and has access to significant high-end computinginfrastructure through the University of Maryland In-stitute for Advanced Computer Studies. CBCB facultymembers are also affiliated with at least one other cam-pus academic unit appropriate to their interests. Thereis ample potential for collaboration with other organi-zations in the area, such as the NIH, the JCVI, andthe Smithsonian Institution. For more information,contact the search chair, Thomas D. Kocher (e-mail:[email protected]). To apply, send a letter of application,curriculum vitae, and names of three references, fol-lowing the instructions at website: http://cbcb.umd.edu/hiring/. Review of applications will begin No-vember 15, 2011.

The University of Maryland is an Affirmative Action/EqualOpportunity Employer. Women and minorities are encouragedto apply.

POSITIONS OPEN

FULL PROFESSOR in Physical ChemistryFrancis Crick Endowed Chair in

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry atUC San Diego

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistryat UC San Diego (website: http://www-chem.ucsd.edu) is playing a key role in a UCSD campus-wideeffort to build the preeminent program in quantita-tive biosciences (q-Bio) research and teaching. To an-chor this effort, the department invites applicationsfor a tenured Full Professorship in Physical Chemistry,with a preferred focus on theoretical molecular bio-physics. The successful candidate will hold the FrancisCrick Endowed Chair, and will help to steer futuredevelopment of the q-Bio initiative. This will includecollaborations with other departments including Math-ematics and Physics, and such UCSD organizationsas the San Diego Supercomputer Center and the Cen-ter for Theoretical Biological Physics. Candidates musthave a Ph.D. in one of the quantitative physical sciencesand a recognized program of excellence in both teach-ing and research in theoretical molecular biophysics. Asuccessful candidate will be judged on teaching andresearch accomplishments as well as on a demonstratedcommitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion in highereducation. Salary is commensurate with qualifications.Candidates should submit online curriculum vitae, listof publications, reprints of up to five representativepapers, and a personal statement that includes a sum-mary of research plans as well as their past and/or po-tential contributions to and leadership in promotingequity, inclusion, and diversity atwebsite: https://apol-recruit.ucsd.edu/apply. Please select the followingrecruitment: Chemistry and Biochemistry Full Pro-fessor in Physical Chemistry (10-313). Candidatesshould also arrange to have three letters of referenceaddressing research, teaching and professional servicesubmitted at the above-mentioned URL. Prompt re-sponse is recommended. Review of applications willcommence on November 1, 2011 until the positionis filled. UCSD is an Affirmative Action/Equal OpportunityEmployer with a strong institutional commitment to excellencethrough diversity (website: http://diversity.ucsd.edu).

SYSTEMS BIOLOGIST

Loyola University Chicago (LUC), College of Artsand Sciences, Department of Biology, invites applica-tions for a full-time tenure-track position in SystemsBiology at the rank of ASSISTANT PROFESSOR,beginning August 2012. For an overview of the de-partment visit website http://www.luc.edu/biology.Candidates must have a Ph.D. and postdoctoral expe-rience, and will be expected to establish a vigorous,externally funded research program involving under-graduates and M.S. students. Preference will be givento candidates with expertise in systems biology whouse bioinformatics approaches. Teaching responsibil-ities will include Cell Biology, Developmental Biology,and an advanced course in the candidate_s area of spe-cialization that can contribute to the Bioinformatics pro-gram (website: http://www.luc.edu/bioinformatics).Candidates should complete the online applicationin full at www.careers.luc.edu with cover letter, curric-ulum vitae, research plan, teaching philosophy statement,and names/contact information for three references.Review of applications will begin November 1, 2011,and continue until the position is filled. Inquiries aboutthe position can be sent to: Systems Biology SearchCommittee, Department of Biology, Loyola Univer-sity Chicago, 1032 West Sheridan Road, Chicago,IL 60660. Loyola University Chicago is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer with a strong commitment to diver-sifying its faculty. Applications from women and minority candi-dates are especially encouraged. For information about LUC,visit website: http://www.luc.edu.

POSITIONS OPEN

ASSISTANT PROFESSORSHIPIN CHEMISTRYHarvard University

Candidates are invited to apply for a tenure-trackassistant professorship in chemistry. We are specificallyseeking individuals with research and teaching interestsin inorganic chemistry or associated fields. Candidatesshould arrange to have three letters of recommendationsent independently and provide curriculum vitae, state-ment of teaching philosophy, list of publications, andoutline of their future research plans. A strong doc-toral record is required. All applications and support-ing materials must be submitted via website: http://academicpositions.harvard.edu/postings/3694. Thedeadline for receipt of applications and supportingmaterials is October 15, 2011. Harvard University is anAffirmative Action, Equal Opportunity Employer. Applicationsfrom and nominations of women and minority candidates are stronglyencouraged.

NEUROBIOLOGIST

Loyola University Chicago (LUC), College of Artsand Sciences, Department of Biology, invites applica-tions for a full-time tenure-track position in Neuro-biology at the rank of ASSISTANT PROFESSOR,beginning August 2012. For an overview of the depart-ment visit website: http://www.luc.edu/biology/.Candidates must have a Ph.D. and postdoctoral ex-perience, and will be expected to establish a vigorous,externally funded research program involving under-graduates and M.S. students. Preference will be givento candidates with expertise in electrophysiogy and mo-lecular biology and with research interests in adult stemcells, neural plasticity, or vertebrate CNS development.Teaching responsibilities will include Neurobiology,Neuroscience Lab, and two or more other courses suchas Introductory Biology, Cell Biology, Genetics, Bio-chemistry, Molecular Biology, or an advanced course inthe candidate_s area of specialization. Candidates shouldcomplete the online application in full at website:http://www.careers.luc.edu with cover letter, curric-ulum vitae, research plan, teaching philosophy state-ment, and names and contact information for threereferences. Review of applications will begin on No-vember 1, 2011, and continue until the position is filled.Inquiries about the position can be sent to: Neuro-biologist Search Committee, Department of Biolo-gy, Loyola University Chicago, 1032West SheridanRoad, Chicago, IL 60660. Loyola University Chicago isan Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer with a strongcommitment to diversifying its faculty. Applications from womenand minority candidates are especially encouraged. For informa-tion about LUC, visit website: http://www.luc.edu.

TENURE-TRACK ASSISTANT PROFESSORin Human Physiology

The Department of Biology, University of Wisconsin–Stevens Point, offers a tenure-track, nine-month facultyposition in Human Physiology at the Assistant Profes-sor level, beginning August 2012. Teaching includeshuman physiology, introductory biology, senior sem-inar, and opportunity for advanced course in specialty.Research involving undergraduates, department ser-vice, and student advising are expected. Ph.D. in mam-malian physiology or equivalent required for tenure.Teaching and research experience are highly desirable,as defined by grants, publications, evidence of teachingexcellence, and/or postdoctoral work. Coursework orresearch in neurobiology is desirable.

Include curriculum vitae, statements of teaching phi-losophy and research interests, three letters of recom-mendation, and undergraduate and graduate transcripts.Send application materials to: Dr. C. Yahnke, Chair;Biology Department, University of Wisconsin–StevensPoint; Stevens Point, WI 54481. Review begins 15November 2011 and continues until filled. For moreinformation, telephone: 715-346-2455; fax: 715-346-3624; e-mail: [email protected]. We are an Af-firmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer.

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencecareers.org138

Page 139: Science - 07 October 2011

The Division of Hematology, Center for the Study of

Aging, and Duke Translational Research Institute are

jointly recruiting an established mid-career investigator actively

focusing on age-related aspects of non-malignant hematologic

problems (e.g. anemia of aging, coagulation, or stem cell

disorders). The Dean’s Biology of Aging initiative will support

translational and clinical investigations, along with laboratory-

based research, as appropriate to the candidate.

Duke Medicine strives to transform medicine and health

locally and globally through innovative scientific research,

rapid translation of breakthrough discoveries, educating

future clinical and scientific leaders, advocating and practicing

evidence-based medicine to improve community health, and

leading efforts to eliminate health inequalities.

Interested investigators should submit a full curriculum vitae

and current NIH Biosketch, along with a cover letter stating

relevant interests and activities, to:

Hematology and Aging Search Committee

c/o Marilyn Telen, MD

Wellcome Professor of Medicine

Box 2615 DUMC, Durham, NC 27710

Or by email to: [email protected]

Duke University is an Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity

Employer. Women and minorities are encouraged to apply.

Associate Professor Positions in Applied Physics,The University of Tokyo

Applications are invited for two faculty positions in Department of Applied Physics, The University of

Tokyo. The rank of the two positions is that of associate professor. The University of Tokyo seeks for

individuals of the highest international caliber who lead the research activity in applied physics on

appointment. The successful applicant is expected to have a strong background in physical science and

excellent research activities in experimental applied physics. The emphasis is put on the fields of soft-

matter science, condensed matter physics, quantum information and nanoscience, but other fields are

not excluded. The applicant is expected to teach at both Graduate School and College of Engineering in

The University of Tokyo. Salary will be commensurate with qualifications and experience, being subject

to the regulation of The University of Tokyo. Medical insurance and other benefits are equivalent to

those of employees of Japan government.

Job type: Associate ProfessorRank: Full-time (tenured)

Number of positions: Two

Qualifications: Applicants must have a Doctoral degree

Deadline for applications: December 15, 2011

Starting date: As soon as possible after the completion of the selection

Applicationmaterials: 1. Curriculum vitae, 2. Summary of achievements and aspiration for research (about

3000 words) and aspiration for education (about 1000 words), 3. Publication list (items are classified into

original paper, review, proceedings, book, patents, etc), 4. Reprints of three significant publications, 5. Two

recommendation letters. Application materials will not be returned.

Method of selection: An interview will be conducted following initial selection based on application

materials.

Where to contact: For inquiries regarding this invitation, please contact:

Professor Akira Furusawa, Department of Applied Physics,

School of Engineering, The University of Tokyo,

7-3-1 Hongo, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo 113-8656 JAPAN

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel: +81-3-5841-6857

Department URL: http://www.ap.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp/e/index.html

Applications are welcome from women according to “Declaration of Gender Equality Acceleration” of The

University of Tokyo (3 March 2009).

Professor and Director of the

Mildred E. Mathias Botanical Garden

The University of California, LosAngeles (UCLA) Department of Ecol-ogy and Evolutionary Biology seeks to fill an open-rank (tenure trackor tenured) faculty position in Plant Sciences. We are interested in allsubfields within organismal plant biology but especially in candidateswith strong interests in cross-disciplinary approaches to plant ecology,plant evolutionary biology, conservation science, and biogeography. Thesuccessful candidate is expected to establish an internationally recognizedand externally funded research program and will assume faculty director-ship of theMildred E. Mathias Botanical Garden, a seven-acre garden onthe UCLAcampus.We encourage applicants with experience relevant tobotanical garden administration and development but will consider appli-cants with other leadership experience or potential. As a campus with adiverse student body, individuals with a history ofmentoring under-repre-sentedminorities in the sciences are encouraged to discuss their activitiesin their cover letter.Applicants should submit applicationmaterials onlinetowww.eeb.ucla.edu/botgard including a cover letter, curriculum vitae,statements of research, teaching and interdisciplinary interests, and thenames and contact information of four references by December 1, 2011.Please use job number 0830-1112-01in all correspondence.

Additional information about the Botanical Garden and the Depart-ment may be found at http://www.botgard.ucla.edu/ and http://www.eeb.ucla.edu/, respectively. Inquiries regarding the posi-tion should be directed to Search Chair, Professor Philip Rundel,[email protected].

Women and minority applicants are encouraged to apply.UCLA is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employerwith a strong institutional commitment to the achievement of

faculty and staff diversity.

Download your free copy today at

ScienceCareers.org/booklets

Brought to you by theAAAS/Science Business Office

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

Page 140: Science - 07 October 2011

POSITIONS OPEN

FACULTY POSITIONPharmacology, Physiology and Neuroscience

University of South CarolinaSchool of Medicine-Columbia

The Department of Pharmacology, Physiology andNeuroscience at the University of South CarolinaSchool of Medicine in Columbia, SC invites appli-cations for a faculty position at the ASSISTANT orASSOCIATE PROFESSOR level. New faculty mem-bers will join a collegial and collaborative departmentat a university in the midst of an ambitious programto achieve national prominence in research and edu-cation. Candidates with research interests that com-plement the departmental research programs thatfocus on studying the molecular or cellular mecha-nisms underlying physiological processes, complexbehaviors, or drug action are desirable, with prioritygiven to our neuroscience-based research focus. Suc-cessful candidates will also be expected to participatein medical and graduate teaching. Applicants musthave a doctoral degree and postdoctoral experience.Preference will be given to individuals with experiencein medical education, funding success and potential,and research interests that enhance departmental pro-grams targeting neurological and neuropsychiatricdisorders. Substantial start-up funds and modern fa-cilities will be provided. For junior investigators, theinitial appointment could be viewed as a non-tenure-track position, with transition into a tenure-track follow-ing establishment of a funded, independent researchprogram and demonstration of teaching competency.Candidates with necessary credentials will be consid-ered for immediate appointment on the tenure-track asan Assistant or Associate Professor.

Qualified applicants may apply by submitting a sin-gle electronic file (PDF or Word) that includes a coverletter summarizing qualifications, curriculum vitae andpublication list, a statement of research plans and pro-fessional goals, and contact information for four refer-ences. The file should be attached to an e-mail messagesent to Dr. Marlene Wilson at e-mail: [email protected] with BPPN Faculty Search[ as the sub-ject before January 15, 2012. For more informationabout the department including our research programs,please visit website: http://ppn.med.sc.edu/. TheUniversity of South Carolina is an Affirmative Action/EqualOpportunity Employer.

MEDICAL DIRECTOR

Physician, biomedical researcher, or other medical/bioscience professional sought by Manhattan familyto research and coordinate family medical and healthcare issues. This person will manage a small team ofprofessionals and interface with physicians, medical re-searchers, and consultants (in academia and otherwise)to ensure delivery of highest-quality medical care tofamily members. Considerable weight will be givento unusual academic distinction and other intellectu-al achievements. Excellent communication skills are amust, a Ph.D. or M.D. is strongly preferred, and clini-cal experience is a plus. This is a full-time positionwith a highly attractive compensation package and sig-nificant upside potential. Resume to e-mail: [email protected].

POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATE inNeurophysiology

The College of William &Mary seeks a postdoctoralresearch associate to investigate the neural mechanismsof breathing in mammals. Experience with patch-clampelectrophysiology and fluorescence microscopy is de-sirable. Applicants should have a Ph.D. or M.D. by thetime of the appointment. The position is available No-vember 1. Review of applications will begin immediatelyand continue until position is filled. Submit curriculumvitae, statement of research interests, and contact in-formation for three references at website: https://jobs.wm.edu (position number F0685W). The Col-lege of William & Mary is an Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.

POSITIONS OPEN

University of Vermont-Department of Ani-mal Science seeks two tenure-track ASSISTANTPROFESSORS. Positions are in Ruminant Nu-trition and Animal Genetics/Genomics. Evalua-tion of applications begins November 15, 2011.For full position descriptions, seewebsite: http://www.uvmjobs.com. The University of Vermont isan Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Institution.

ENDOWED FACULTY POSITION inMolecular, Cellular, Developmental, and

Quantitative Biology at theUniversity of California, Santa Barbara

The Department of Molecular, Cellular, and De-velopmental Biology at the University of California,Santa Barbara invites applications for a faculty posi-tion at an open rank. A generous Endowed Chair is tobe filled at the advanced ASSISTANT, ASSOCIATE,or FULL PROFESSOR rank with cross-appointmentsavailable in the Department of Chemistry and Bio-chemistry, the Biomolecular Science and EngineeringProgram, and other departments as appropriate. Weseek an outstanding scholar with an internationallyrecognized research program in any area of molecular,cellular, and developmental biology and/or biochem-istry, with particular preference toward candidates whoapply cross-disciplinary quantitative experimental or the-oretical approaches to solving fundamental problemsin biology.

Applicants should submit curriculum vitae, selectedreprints, and a brief research plan, and, in the case ofjunior faculty applicants, arrange for three letters ofreference to be sent to: Faculty Search Committee,Department of Molecular, Cellular and DevelopmentalBiology, University of California, Santa Barbara, SantaBarbara, CA 93106-9610. Send application documentsin PDF Format to c/oMaria Boschee, e-mail: [email protected]. Review of applications willbegin on November 15, 2011, and will continue untilthe positions are filled.

In addition to submitting your application, pleasefill out the supplemental survey at website: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/viewform?formkey=dEFpeHJndVFLR2l1amNkOEEzYUZhYlE6MQ.

The department is especially interested in candidates who cancontribute to the diversity and excellence of the academic com-munity through research, teaching, and service. UCSB is an EqualOpportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.

FACULTY POSITION inEcological or Evolutionary Genomics

Saint Louis University, a Catholic, Jesuit institutiondedicated to student learning, research, health, and ser-vice, is seeking applicants for a tenure-track faculty po-sition in Ecological or Evolutionary Genetics/Genomicsin the Department of Biology. Competitive applicantswill have a Ph.D., postdoctoral experience, a record ofresearch productivity, and a commitment to undergrad-uate and graduate student training. The successful can-didate will be expected to establish an independent,extramurally funded research program that appliesgenetic and/or genomic approaches to fundamentalquestions in ecology or evolutionary biology. The fac-ulty member will contribute to an undergraduate coursein Genetics, a graduate course in the candidate_s areaof expertise, and/or a general biology course.

All applications must be made online at website:http://jobs.slu.edu (Req ID 20110817) and includea cover letter, curriculum vitae, a research statement,and a statement of teaching experience and philoso-phy. In addition, please have three letters of referencesent to Dr. Robert Wood, Department of Biolo-gy, Saint Louis University, 3507 Laclede Avenue,St. Louis, MO, 63103. Review of applications willbegin on 1 November 2011 and continue until theposition is filled. Additional information on the De-partment of Biology can be found at website: http://www.slu.edu/x14762.xml.

Saint Louis University is an Affirmative Action/Equal Oppor-tunity Employer (AA/EOE), and encourages nominations of andapplications from women and minorities.

POSITIONS OPEN

FACULTY POSITIONin Innate Immunology/Inflammation

Department Of ImmunobiologyThe University Of Arizona

The Department of Immunobiology at the Univer-sity of Arizona College of Medicine is seeking inter-active, well-qualified applicants for a Tenure-Track orTenured position at the ASSISTANT, ASSOCIATE,or FULL PROFESSOR rank depending upon qual-ifications, investigating the initiation and regulationof innate and inflammatory responses. Successful ap-plicants will be expected to bring novel expertise, de-velop independent research programs, and contributeto graduate (Ph.D.) and medical (M.D.) education.In addition, the candidate will be expected to invest afraction of their effort to help build interactive andcollaborative programs within and outside the De-partment to tackle larger biomedical problems rele-vant to human health.

The University of Arizona is ranked amongst thetop 20 public research and education universities. Itboasts excellent core facilities and a rich scientific envi-ronment that includes a number of strong, interactivedepartments covering a broad range of molecular andbiomedical sciences. The University also offers a livelycampus with nationally recognized academic, sports,and performing arts programs. It is located in sunnyTucson, which is surrounded by the majestic SonoranDesert and bio-diverse sky islands that rise to morethan 9,000 feet above the desert floor. The city boastsa vibrant multicultural population of approximately900,000, and a strong, diverse economy.

Please complete an online application for Job#48568& 48571 atwebsite: http://www.hr.arizona.edu. Be prepared to attach your curriculum vitae.

The University of Arizona is an Equal Employment Oppor-tunity/Affirmative Action Employer. Minorities/Women/Personswith Disabilities/Veterans.

ASSISTANT OR ASSOCIATE PROFESSORArthritis Center/Rheumatology

The Arthritis Center at the Boston University Schoolof Medicine invites applications for a position at therank of Assistant or Associate Professor in the areasof immunology relevant to autoimmune disorders. Out-standing candidates working in all areas of immunol-ogy are invited to apply. We particularly encourageapplications from candidates working in the field ofinnate immunity and lymphocyte function. Preferencewill be given to applicants with research interest andexperience in areas that complement and enhance theexisting programs (website: http://www.bumc.bu.edu/rheumatology/).

Successful candidates for this position are expectedto develop and maintain a competitively funded re-search program. The minimum requirements for anAssistant Professor position include a M.D., Ph.D., orM.D.-Ph.D. with at least three years postdoctoral ex-perience. Appointment at the Associate Professor levelrequires a minimum of five years experience at the As-sistant Professor level or equivalent, and a nationallyrecognized and federally funded research program.

Arthritis Center offers competitive startup package,excellent core facilities, and collegial atmosphere. Inter-ested candidates should electronically submit curricu-lum vitae, a brief summary of research interest andplans, and the contact information for three referencesto: Maria Trojanowska, Ph.D. (e-mail: [email protected]), Director, Arthritis Center, 72 East Con-cord Street, E-5, Boston, MA 02118.

Boston University is an Equal Opportunity Employer andactively seeks applications from women and underrepresentedgroups.

POSTDOCTORAL POSITIONGermline Stem Cells

Studies include culture, differentiation, and gene ac-tivity of male germline stem cells. See Science 316:404,2007 and PNAS 106:21672, 2009. Send curriculumvitae, names of three references, and a letter describingresearch experience to: R. L. Brinster, School of Vet-erinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania. E-mail:[email protected].

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencecareers.org140

Page 141: Science - 07 October 2011

Assistant Professor in Human Genetics

The Center for HumanGenetics (McDermott Center) at The Universityof Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas invites applicationsfor a tenure-track position of Assistant Professor. We are seekingindividuals with innovative experimental research programs in humanmolecular genetics. Successful applicants will be expected to establisha vigorous independent research program and to teach students at thegraduate level.

The individual should hold a graduate degree (MD, PhD or MD/PhD)and have completed a post-doctoral fellowship. The appointment willinclude a competitive salary, attractive start-up package, excellent labo-ratory space in a dynamic research environment with access to geneticcore facilities. The faculty member will have a joint appointment ina basic science or clinical department. Applicants should submit theircurriculum vitae containing a summary of past accomplishments, astatement of future objectives, and three professional references to:

Faculty Search Committee

c/o Susan Hayes

Dept. Administrator

McDermott Center for Human Growth & Development

UT Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas

5323 Harry Hines Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75390-8591

Or by email to: [email protected]

UTSW is an Equal Opportunity Employer.Women and Minorities are encouraged to apply.

Virologist - Tenure-Track Faculty PositionThe Department of Infectious Diseases and Pathology at the

University of Florida College of Veterinary Medicine is seeking avirologist to fill a tenure-accruing position, and strengthen ongoingresearch programs to advance diagnosis, prevention and/or therapyfor viral pathogens. This search encompasses all academic ranks,seeking an individual with the demonstrated skills needed to lead anextramurally-funded research program on diseases of veterinaryand/or public health interest. The incumbent is expected to provideexpertise in viral pathogens of public health or veterinary interest andteach veterinary virology to professional students. Applicants musthave a DVM/PhD, MD/PhD, PhD, or equivalent degrees, and arecord of NIH R01, or equivalent, extramural funding as anindependent investigator. The primary responsibility of the incumbentwill be to maintain a competitive research program that will formthe core of an expanding enterprise. The Department(http://www.vetmed.ufl.edu/ college/departments/patho/) has strongties to the UF Emerging Pathogens Institute, as well as an activegraduate program in infectious diseases, and excellent researchfacilities within a dynamic and expanding Health Science Centercomprised of six colleges and associated clinical facilities.Applicants should submit a letter outlining professional goals, acurriculum vitae, and a list of three professional referees to: Dr. JohnB. Dame, Search Committee Chair, Department of InfectiousDiseases and Pathology, College of Veterinary Medicine, P.O. Box110880, University of Florida, Gainesville FL 32611-0880; [email protected], fax: 352-392-9704. Review of applications will beginNovember 15, 2011 and will continue until the position is filled.

The University of Florida is an equal employment opportunity employer.

SCIENTIFIC, ENGINEERING & TECHNICAL STAFF VACANCIES

King Abdullah University of Science and Technology {KAUST} located in Saudi

Arabia, is an international graduate level research university dedicated to

advancing science and technology through bold and collaborative research and

to addressing challenges of regional and global significance, thereby serving the

Kingdom, the region and the world. KAUST faculty are engaged in such globally

significant areas as Energy, Water, and Food. In addition, KAUST emphasizes

research on the Environment and Red Sea, and the discipline of Computational

Science serves as an enabling technology for all its research activities.

KAUST is located on the Red Sea in Thuwal (80 km north of Jeddah). Newly

opened in September 2009. KAUST is an independent merit-based university

which welcomes exceptional researchers, faculty and students from around the

world. KAUST offers attractive salaries and a wide range of benefits. Further

information about KAUST can be found at http://www.kaust.edu.sa

KAUST now recruiting SCIENTISTS, ENGINEERS, SPECIALISTS & TECHNICAL STAFF

who are needed to operate and engage in collaborative research using state of the art

facilities in its extensive Labs:

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY LAB•

BIOSCIENCE LAB•

NANOFABRICATION, IMAGING & CHARACTERIZATION LAB•

MARINE OPERATIONS LAB•

SUPERCOMPUTING LAB•

VISUALIZATION LAB•

Interested persons may visit KAUST website www.kaust.edu.sa to find general information

about KAUST and to review the job requirements of Core Labs vacancies. Or may click on

the link under each of individual Lab. To apply: http://apptrkr.com/207836

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

www.westernu.edu

Faculty Positions in Pharmacologyand other disciplines

available for 2012

Western University of Health Sciences, a thriving center for human health careand veterinary medicine education is growing and along with our newly openedsite for the College of Osteopathic Medicine of the Pacific – Northwest (COMP-NW) in Lebanon, Oregon, we are further expanding our campus in Pomona, CA.The University’s 10 year plan and core values have propelled the Institution to bea benchmark University for the development of interprofessional and graduatemedical education. The University values a diverse institutional community andis committed to excellence in its faculty, staff and students. Western Universityseeks applicants of distinguished academic accomplishments who possess apassion for excellence and can illustrate a proven track record of educationalachievements.

The Department of Basic Medical Sciences provides the preclinical educationfor the College of Osteopathic Medicine, and invites applications from highlymotivated individuals for a tenure-track faculty position in pharmacology. Thisis a full-time, 12-month, tenure-track position at theAssistant Professor/AssociateProfessor/Professor rank dependent upon qualifications. Successful candidateswill be located at the COMPPomona, CAcampus. Applicants must have a Ph.D.in pharmacology or equivalent field and at least 2 years of postdoctoral experience.Similar positions in physiology, biochemistry, andmicrobiology/immunology arealso available at both the Lebanon, OR and Pomona, CA campuses. Preferencewill be given to master educators who have demonstrated excellence in teach-ing with significant scholarly activity and/or those with a history of extramuralfunding and a strong potential to obtain further grant support for their researchprogram. Submit a current curriculum vitae and a cover letter describing yourteaching experience and philosophy, your research activity and goals, and howyoumeet the qualifications for the position. Please include contact information forat least three references. These positions will remain open until filled.NissarA.Darmani, PhD,Assistant Dean forBasic Sciences andResearch, Department

of Basic Medical Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine of the Pacific,

Western University of Health Sciences, 309 E. Second Street, Pomona, CA

91766-1854; Email Address: [email protected]

Western University of Health Sciences is an Equal Opportunity Employer.

Page 142: Science - 07 October 2011

POSITIONS OPEN

CELL BIOLOGIST

The Biology Department at the University of theSouth seeks a Cell Biologist for a position as Tenure-Track ASSISTANT PROFESSOR in one of the na-tion_s top liberal arts institutions. Primary teachingresponsibilities will be in Cell Biology and Biochem-istry. The successful candidate will maintain an activeresearch program with opportunities for undergrad-uate involvement. Candidates should be enthusiasticabout developing a teaching and research program inthe context of the liberal arts tradition in education. TheUniversity of the South, familiarly known as Sewanee,consists of a highly selective, 1,425-student Collegeof Arts and Sciences and a 70-student School of The-ology. Located on a 13,000-acre campus on Tennes-see_s Cumberland Plateau, it is an institution of theEpiscopal Church that welcomes individuals of allbackgrounds.

Review of applications will begin October 3, 2011,and continue until the position is filled.

Eligibility for employment is contingent upon success-

ful completion of a pre-employment screening.

Send a letter of application, curriculum vitae, state-ments of teaching and research interests, transcripts,and three letters of reference to:

Ms. Tammy ElliottFaculty Hiring Specialist

The University of the South735 University Avenue

Sewanee, TN 37383-1000

Electronic submission is preferred e-mail: [email protected].

The University of the South is an Equal Opportunity Em-ployer. Women and minorities are encouraged to apply.

ELECTRON MICROSCOPISTSCenter Director and Assistant Director

Indiana University, Bloomington

The Departments of Chemistry, Biology and Mo-lecular and Cellular Biochemistry at Indiana Univer-sity, Bloomington seek outstanding candidates forleadership positions in the newly constituted ElectronMicroscopy Imaging Center (EMIC). This Center cur-rently houses a JEOL JSM-5800LV STEM and a JEOLJEM-1010 TEM and a new state-of-the-art JEOL JEM3200FS Cryo-TEM equipped for cryo-TEM, tomogra-phy, STEM, EELS, and EDS, as well as ancillary equip-ment (website: http://sites.bio.indiana.edu/Ècryo/).We seek applicants for both the Director and AssistantDirector positions in EMIC, to be filled commensuratewith experience. Applicants with primary or exclusiveexperience in materials chemistry applications or cryo-TEM of biological samples are strongly encouragedto apply. The primary responsibilities of these posi-tions are data collection and processing, user trainingand liaison, and scope maintenance. Opportunities forcollaboration, independent research, and some teach-ing will also be made available. Applicants must have aPh.D. in a relevant field, with five years experience inelectron microscopy desirable. Review of applicationswill begin on November 1, 2011 and the anticipatedstart date is no later than July 1, 2012. Please submit acover letter, curriculum vitae, and a statement outliningresearch experience with EM techniques/applications,data processing, and image reconstruction and ar-range to have three letters of recommendation sent to:David P. Giedroc, Chair, Department of Chemis-try, Indiana University, 800 E. Kirkwood Avenue,Bloomington, IN 47405, preferably as a single PDFto e-mail: [email protected]. Indiana University isan Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.

PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGIST. Tenure-track ASSISTANT PROFESSOR to begin September2012; Ph.D. required. Eckerd College, Saint Petersburg,Florida. Teach seven course equivalents per academicyear, including botany, genetics, organisms and evolu-tion, other courses in the biology major, and JanuaryTerm; participate in the general education program;develop a research program that includes undergrad-uates. Application deadline 7 November Full detailswebsite: http://www.eckerd.edu/hr/employment.php.

POSITIONS OPEN

RESEARCH ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

The Division of Metabolism, Endocrinology, andNutrition in the Department of Medicine at the Uni-versity of Washington is recruiting a full-time facultymember at the Research Assistant Professor level. Theappointment requires a Ph.D., M.D., or equivalent de-gree and a record of research publications in the areaof lipid metabolism and the brain. The applicant isexpected to have expertise in the role of lipid transferproteins in the brain, lipid and lipoprotein metabolismin health and disease, pathophysiology of neurode-generative and neuroinflammatory diseases and otherneurological disorders and partial support for his/herresearch. In order to be eligible for University sponsorship

for an H-1B visa, graduates of foreign (non-U.S.) med-

ical schools must show successful completion of all three

steps of the U.S. Medical Licensing Exam (USMLE),

or equivalent as determined by the Secretary of Health

and Human Services. Interested applicants should sub-mit a letter of interest, curriculum vitae, and a brief sum-mary of research capabilities and funding to: JohnAlbers, Ph.D., Search Committee Chair NorthwestLipid Metabolism and Diabetes Research Labora-tories, 401 Queen Anne Avenue North, Campus Box359119, Seattle, WA 98109, telephone: 206-685-3300, e-mail: [email protected]. Review of ap-plications will begin immediately and continue untilthe position is filled. University of Washington faculty en-gage in teaching, research, and service. The University of Washing-ton is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer. TheUniversity is building a culturally diverse faculty and staff andstrongly encourages applications from women, minorities, individ-uals with disabilities, and protected veterans.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORBiological Chemistry

The Johns Hopkins UniversitySchool of Medicine

The Department of Biological Chemistry at TheJohns Hopkins University School of Medicine invitesapplications for a new tenure-track faculty position atthe Assistant Professor level. The Department is seek-ing candidates with an outstanding record in any areaof biochemistry, cellular, or molecular biology and acommitment to excellence in research and teaching.Applicants should submit (preferably, as a single PDFfile) curriculum vitae, list of publications, summary ofresearch accomplishments, and a description of theirfuture research plans by November 1, 2011. Electronicfiles should be sent to e-mail: [email protected]. Applicants should also request that three let-ters of recommendation be sent electronically or tothe address below:

Daniel M. Raben, Ph.D.Faculty Search Committee Chair

C/O Ms. Angelina HinesDepartment of Biological Chemistry

The Johns Hopkins UniversitySchool of Medicine

725 North Wolfe StreetBaltimore, M.D. 21205-2185

Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer

POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCHER in Analy-sis and Modeling of Social Networks The Center forComplex Networks and Systems Research (website:http://CNetS.indiana.edu) at Indiana Universityhas an open postdoctoral position to study how ideaspropagate through complex online social networks(website: http://www.jsmf.org/grants/2011022/).The appointment starts in January 2012 for one yearand is renewable for up to three additional years.The ideal candidate will have a Ph.D. in computing orphysical sciences; a strong background in analysis andmodeling of complex systems and networks; and solidprogramming skills necessary to handle big data anddevelop large scale simulations. To apply, send curric-ulum vitae and e-mails of three references to CNetS(e-mail: [email protected]) or to: 919 E 10thStreet, Bloomington, IN 47408, USA. Applicationsreceived by October 16, 2011 will be given full con-sideration, but the position will remain open until filled.Indiana University is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative ActionEmployer.

POSITIONS OPEN

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR (Tenured-Track)Department of Pharmacology

Job Description. We seek an experienced researchscientist with strong expertise and a publication recordin drug abuse research involving bioinformatics, neuro-pharmacology, and neurobehavioral approaches. Thisindividual will have a doctoral degree in a basic biomed-ical science and completed rigorous postdoctoral train-ing. Evidence of strong interpersonal skills and a provenability to manage a multi-dimensional laboratory whiledirectly maintaining an active laboratory research pro-gram is essential. This individual will have a depth ofknowledge and practical expertise in the following areas:(a) neurobehavior using operant self-administration andsocial interactions; (b) neuroanatomy, including confocalmicroscopy, laser capture microdissection, Golgi stain-ing, and synaptic mapping; and (c) neurogenomic anal-ysis of RNAseq data and text mining using Linux-basedprogramming.

Curriculum vitae, succinct statement of research in-terests and accomplishments, and three letters of refer-ence should be sent to:

Jeffery D. Steketee, Ph.D.,Pharmacology Search CommitteeDepartment of Pharmacology

University of Tennessee Health Science Center874 Union Avenue; Suite 115Memphis, Tennessee 38163E-mail: [email protected]

The University of Tennessee is an Equal Employment Op-portunity/Affirmative Action/Title VI/Title IX/Section 504/ADA/ADEA Institution in the provision of its education andemployment programs and services.

Find your future

here.↓

www.ScienceCareers.org

More scientists agree —we are the most useful website.

www.ScienceCareers.org

MARKETPLACE

Promab Biotechnologies Inc.Custom MonoclonalAntibody $4,200

>3,000 CLONESWILL BE SCREENED1-866-339-0871

www.promab.com [email protected]

onlin

e @

scie

ncec

aree

rs.o

rg

7 OCTOBER 2011 VOL 334 SCIENCE www.sciencecareers.org142

Page 143: Science - 07 October 2011

The term metagenomics has been in the lexicon

of life scientists for a number of years now. More

recently, this �eld has been showing rapid progress,

particularly as DNA sequencing technology advances

in leaps and bounds. The power of metagenomics

has been clearly demonstrated in its application to

many diverse areas�including characterizing the

microbiomes of the human gut, seawater samples,

and soil samples�impacting human health, ecology,

and agriculture/agronomy. All microbes in a particular

specimen can now be catalogued�and useful

biomarkers identi�ed�without the need for culturing

of these organisms. This type of analysis also provides

a truer representation of the in situ conditions present

when sampling occurred. This live, video webinar

will introduce the viewer to the important �eld of

metagenomics and provide insight into how it can be

integrated into their research.

12 noon Eastern � 9 a.m. Pacific � 4 p.m. GMT � 5 p.m. UKf G

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 19, 2011

VIEWERS OF THIS WEBINAR WILL:

� Receive an introduction to metagenomics, its utility, andits application

� Learn how metagenomics can be applied to real-worldquestions in genomics research

� Hear how experts have successfully used metagenomicsto characterize different microbiomes

� Ask their questions live!

Jack Gilbert, Ph.D.University of Chicago

Chicago, IL

Karen E. Nelson, Ph.D.J. Craig Venter Institute

Rockville, MD

Jun Wang, Ph.D.BGI

Shenzhen, China

PARTICIPANTS:

HARNESSING THE POWEROF METAGENOMICSApplications, Methods, and Real World Examples

WEBINAR

Brought to you by the Science/AAAS

Custom Publishing Of�ce

Webinar sponsored by

Sign Up At:www.sciencemag.org/webinar

REGISTER NOW!

Page 144: Science - 07 October 2011

Poweredby semiconductor technology.Propelled by a global community.Get on themapwith the Ion Personal GenomeMachine™ (PGM™) Sequencer.

In just one year, throughput has increased 100-fold, sequencing readlength has doubled to

200 bp—recently topping 400 bp internally—and we’re on a path to clinical applications. We’ve

also opened our protocols, datasets, and source code to the Ion Community—a network of

scientists who are collaborating and developing applications. When the global community gets

open access to transformative technology, you get a genomic revolution.

Watch the video atwww.lifetechnologies.com/ionfirstyear/scienceRegister for your chance to win $1million at www.lifetechnologies.com/grandchallenges

FORRESEARCHUSE ONLY. NOT INTENDED FORANY ANIMAL ORHUMAN THERAPEUTIC ORDIAGNOSTIC USE.

© 2011 Life Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. The trademarksmentioned herein are the property of Life Technologies Corporation

or their respective owners, unless otherwise noted.